February, 2001
Ashcroft Nomination
The longer one lives the more one appreciates the
old
Greek's statement that "there is nothing new under the sun."
During the confirmation hearings of Senator
Ashcroft for Attorney General the Salt Lake Tribune carried an
article
about the Senator with the headline: "Democrats Zero In on Ashcroft
Speech
Referring to Jesus as King of the U.S."
This is a typical example which
demonstrates how
public opinion is manipulated, because a fair number of readers just
glance at
headlines and then go on to the sports pages unless they have already
read
those first. Politics is not their bag and that is why they don't
bother to
vote. The article, authored by Libby Quaid, and carried by the
Associated
Press, deals with Ashcroft's "six paragraph address" before the
students and faculty of Bob Jones University which is a Fundamentalist
Christian
institution. The article quoted Ashcroft as saying "Unique among the
nations, America recognized the source of our character as being godly
and
eternal, not being civic and temporal. And because we have understood
that our
source is eternal, America has been different. We have no king but
Jesus."
The article did admit that Ashcroft had said earlier that the "American
colonists routinely told emissaries from the king of England, 'We have
no king
but Jesus' when they were asked to pay taxes." The fact that the
audience
was profoundly Christian does put the comment into a different context
which
tends to be missed when one only reads the headline.
For Christians Jesus is indeed their king
and
this got Cardinal Innitzer of Vienna in October of
1938 into
deep trouble when he had the audacity to tell this to Catholic
university
students who had gathered for the annual mass at the beginning of the
school
year. From the pulpit of St. Stephen's cathedral he told his audience:”
we will
especially at this time [5 months after the Nazis had taken over
Austria]
assert strongly and resolutely our faith; to testify for Jesus
our
Fuehrer and master, our king and his
church."
Predictably the Nazis did not take kindly to this affront because there
was
only one Fuehrer of Greater Germany and his name was Adolf Hitler. What
the
Nazis did, thereafter, can be found in War and Mayhem.
Have some of our Democrats now stepped
into the
shoes of the Nazis? Are they also determined to stamp out this
"mischievous superstition" as Tacitus had called Christianity?
March 2001
Whither
Zionism?
Whither Zionism? is now at the publisher and ought to be available within a month or so. It
presents the historical basis of the current Middle East conflict from the Greco-Roman era until
today. But don't worry, it is written in simple language that even our politicians and "public
opinion makers" can understand. Furthermore the information is condensed into only a little over one
hundred pages.
This was done on purpose so that the people in charge of our lives have no excuse of being too
busy for reading the material. The Arab-Israeli conflict is nothing else but a replay of ancient
history with America having assumed the role formerly played by Rome. Since our tax dollars are used for arms and ammunitions in that part of the world, and since the oil spigot can be turned off at a moment's notice,
the history of that region is not an idle academic exercise but vitally important to all of us. One of
my goals in life has always been to deprive myself of excuses and now is the time to do this to our
policy makers. Ignorance is not bliss, it leads to disasters.
April 2001
Arab-Israeli Conflict
Whither Zionism? is now available
through www.trafford.com/robots/01-0067.html.
The site also provides the Introduction and the Conclusion of the book.
Additional excerpts are available here. In view of the deteriorating
situation
in the Middle East the book is exceedingly topical and not only
provides the
reasons for the conflict but also makes some concrete suggestions. If
these
were followed further escalation of the fighting could be prevented and
some
degree of stability might be achieved.
Since neither the Israelis nor the Palestinians will be able to
disengage
themselves from the current level of violence the suggestion is made
that the
United States agree that a fact-finding commission, appointed by the
United
Nations, be dispatched to the Middle East. This commission ought to
consist of
members from countries who are truly neutral in the conflict. A White
Paper
should then be published which presents the world with the facts as
they
currently exist but without casting blame. The commission's
recommendations
should then be publicly discussed and a reasonable compromise between
the
wishes of the opposing parties may become possible.
The Israeli government may oppose such a commission as outside
interference
into what are regarded as internal concerns. Nevertheless the precedent
for
such "interference" has been set in the recent "non-war"
with Yugoslavia. Kosovo was and is part of the national territory of
Yugoslavia
but NATO under U.S. leadership felt obligated to bomb the country in
defense of
human rights. The "West Bank" is not part of Israel proper but
represents occupied territory. The American people do not have full
information
on what transpires in the area because Israeli military censorship
prevents it.
Complete disclosure is, therefore, essential so that a solution which
provides
justice for both sides can be arrived at.
The American Jewish community will have a vital role to play now. If
the
leaders of major Jewish organizations support a commission as suggested
above
and bring their influence to bear on the Knesset towards a just and
peaceful
resolution of this tragedy, they will have provided great benefits to
America,
Israel, and the world at large. They will have shown that Jews really
mean it
when they say that the task of Judaism is to be "a blessing to the
world!" If the American Jewish community simply abstains from making
comments this will be taken as tacit support for current policies by
the powers
in Jerusalem, and the slaughter will continue. If the American Jewish
community
were to openly oppose the suggested commission and force the United
States to
veto a resolution in the Security Council for sending an unarmed
fact-finding,
rather than peace- keeping, commission to the area they would lend
active
assistance to chauvinistic circles in the Israeli government. Under
those
circumstances a major war in the area with disastrous economic
world-wide
consequences may well be impossible to avert.
Official American Jewish circles are very concerned about a
re-emergence of
anti-Semitism in this country and are actively soliciting funds to
combat it.
Money cannot solve the problem; only honesty and good will can do so!
This
means, however, that first of all one has to listen to the other side
and
reason has to take precedence over passion. If Jewish passions
(understandable
as they might be) were allowed to overrule reason, anti-Semitism would
erupt in
full bloom.
May 2001
Today's Vienna
This was a rather busy month taken up by attempts
to promote
Whither Zionism?, a trip to Vienna with
a side-tour to Munich, and the dispatch of a manuscript entitled Satan
to First Things.
The results of the efforts in regard to Whither Zionism? will
be
discussed in the June segment and the trip to Vienna had a dual
purpose. The
timing had been dictated by testimony in a court case but there was
also the
intent to use the occasion to get some publicity for War and Mayhem
in
my native city. The side-trip to Munich was made in order to meet a
colleague
and his wife for scientific purposes and subsequently another physician
couple
who had expressed interest in translating War and Mayhem into
the
German language.
Apart from this official program I had also looked forward to the trip
in order
to visit with old friends, enjoy the Viennese cuisine and one of the
highlights
was supposed to have been a visit to the Burgtheater.
Anyone
who has read War and Mayhem will recall my fondness for this
institution of classic theater performances. It is Vienna's answer to
the Comédie
Francaise in Paris. The building has been restored from the war
ravages to
its former glory and Weh dem der luegt by Grillparzer
(Austria's most
famous poet and dramatist) was on the program.
Grillparzer has always intrigued me, not only out of
local
patriotism but also on account of some of the verses which stayed in
memory.
For instance in Der Traum ein Leben (The Dream a Life)
Rustan, a
simple boy, dreamt that he was king; but in achieving this exalted
station and
in the execution of his office he had to commit several outrages. Upon
awakening
in the morning Rustan was exceedingly grateful for his lowly stature in
life
and prayed on his knees: Eines nur ist Glueck hienieden. Eins: des
Innern
stiller Frieden und die schuldbefreite Brust! Und die Groesze ist
gefaehrlich.
Und der Ruhm ein leeres Spiel; Was er gibt sind nicht'ge Schatten, Was
er nimmt
es ist so viel! (The only happiness here below is inner peace and
the
heart which is freed of guilt. Greatness is dangerous, glory a
pointless game,
what it gives are merely shadows, what it takes away is oh so much). In
1849
Grillparzer expressed his feelings about the previous year's revolution
in the
guise of Emperor Rudolf's II words during the 30 years war. In the
drama the
dregs of society had risen up and demanded equality, to which Rudolf
answered: bis
alles gleich, weil alles niedrig (till everything is equal because
everything is base)! Our current society is also doing its best to
erase
distinctions of any kind bis alles gleich, weil alles niedrig!
The timelessness of classic literature was also driven home to me
during the
Clinton-Lewinsky scandal. I had a vague feeling of having been aware of
a
similar situation but didn't realize the close parallel until I re-read
Grillparzer's Die Juedin von Toledo (the Jewess of Toledo).
It's all
there except that our friend Bill did not require much seduction and
the ending
was different. Rahel-Monica gets killed by infuriated friends of the
Queen,
rather than ending up with book contracts, and the King goes off to
fight the
Moors, instead of traveling around the world making money by giving
speeches to
one and all. Those were some of my associations with the Burgtheater
and the
reason why I looked forward to the evening.
Unfortunately past memories where the classic plays were performed in
appropriate
period decor and where, even during war time, people were dressed in
their
Sunday best when they went to the theater, had to remain locked in the
brain
and could not be revitalized by what was going on in the audience and
on the
stage. I had never seen nor read Weh dem der luegt (Woe to him
who
lies) previously, and as author of "thinkruth.com" was ready for an
interesting morality play. Unfortunately post-modern deconstructionism
has also
hit Europe and what was offered on the stage was a disaster. All one
could say
was: poor Grillparzer; he really didn't deserve that.
The stage setting ranged from primitive to absent e.g. the entire first
and
fifth act had only the huge empty stage with the three walls adorned by
flowery
wallpaper. I found out subsequently that the scene was to have taken
place in a
garden. Apparently the wallpaper was supposed to lead one to that
conclusion!
In the other acts the setting was equally primitive and gave no hint to
the
uninitiated as to what the author's intent had been. As far as the rest
of the
performance was concerned, there was open display of nudity, the
purpose of
which eluded one and rock noises emanated intermittently from
loudspeakers
which drowned out what the poor actors were trying to say. In the final
act
where the play calls for Christian forgiveness of the enemy and secure
passage
for those who had surrendered we were treated to an attempted rape and
a
gruesome killing where the perpetrator seems to tear open the
adversary's
innards and then smears himself with the blood of the victim. All this
on the
stage of a theater which prides itself as the epitome of German
language
culture. At the end I had no idea what the play was really intended to
be all
about. I vowed then and there that I would no longer visit the
Burgtheater
unless they present classic material in timeless form.
In addition, not only were the actors dressed shabbily so was the
audience.
Sweaters, T- shirts and Levis were in and the dark suit I wore was out.
Grillparzer was right: bis alles gleich weil alles niedrig!
Unless you
can play to, and for, the lowest instincts and you profane whatever has
been
held holy you no longer belong to the world of art and culture. You are
simply
"not with it."
I thought that this particular performance may have been a temporary
aberration
and an isolated event but as my friends and colleagues assured me this
is in
fact what is regarded as art even in Vienna, which used to be a beacon
of
culture. The Opera has also been infected by this
"modernity," as I was told. In Beethoven's Fidelio
the helpers of the evil Pizarro wore SS uniforms! Why were they not
presented
as GPU commissars or even more modern as Castro's henchmen? Is evil
from now on
limited to Nazis? These are cheap propaganda tricks which detract from
the
performances rather than enhance them. I had, and still have, no use
for the
Nazis but the current so called art scene does smack of "entartete
Kunst" (degenerate art).
Even in Austria the intellectual elite is thoroughly leftist, sees
itself as
the vanguard of the future and from all the newspapers there is only
the Kronenzeitung
which gives vent to the real feelings of the common people and,
therefore, has
the largest circulation. This is also the explanation of the Haider
phenomenon. It has nothing to do with Nazism and everything with a
revulsion
against the incessant Marxist "avant-garde" drumbeat.
Society has to be reformed in their image. The common folks don't like
it, but
they are intimidated similar to Nazi times, and the children are
indoctrinated.
The color has changed from brown to red and there are no concentration
camps
but genuine free speech and open investigations of the Nazi era,
specifically
of the Holocaust, are not permitted. There are laws against it and one
can be
jailed The book is closed and must remain so.
Having come from the U.S., a still relatively open society (the reason
for the
qualification will become apparent in the June update), I expected that
opinions on history which do not engage in the good vs. evil polemic
could be
openly presented in democratic Austria. Free speech
is, or at
least should be, the hallmark of a democracy. That this is not so I
found out
when I thought it might be a good idea to organize a public discussion
of War
and Mayhem as part of a book promotion. I was, however, advised by
well
meaning friends against it because anything that presents both sides of
the
coin and which might possibly be construed as not rendering sufficient
emphasis
on specifically Jewish suffering during WWII would risk an outcry by
Jewish
organizations.
As a result of the coalition government between the People's Party and
the
Freedom Party with the exclusion of the Socialists, Austria
is
currently on probation and foreign observers watch
every move.
A few weeks prior to my arrival there was a mini uproar in the country
over a
demand by the Chief Rabbi of the Kultusgemeinde for Austria
to admit
10.000 Jews in order to revitalize Jewish life in Vienna. In addition
he wanted
Austria to assume the debts of the Kultusgemeinde which
apparently are
considerable. Schuessel - the chancellor- said in so
many
words he would take about 500 people but the country could not be held
responsible for debts which it did not incur. Since this answer was
regarded as
inadequate and Haider could not resist the temptation
to add
his two cents of populist rhetoric by making a pun on the Chief Rabbi's
name,
the feelings between official Jewry and the population are somewhat
tense at
the moment.
Since I did not want to feed ill-feelings I abstained from the planned
book
promotion but regard it as terribly unfortunate that the people in
charge of
official Jewish organizations don't seem to realize that incessant
demands will
not be met with heartfelt endorsement and that they thereby tend to
encourage
anti-Jewish sentiments. These are, of course, not allowed to be voiced
in
public and one hears about them only privately.
Jewish feelings were, however, only one part of the aborted book
promotion. The
wind blows from the left, as has repeatedly been mentioned and,
contrary to
what happens in sailboat regattas, port tack has right of way over
starboard
tack. Protest against the right is currently de rigeur and Widerstand
(resistance) is the key word for youngsters and elitists. On buildings
one could
see banners Kultur ist Widerstand or Kunst ist Widerstand.
That this cheapens the genuine sacrifices the Austrian resistance
movement made
during the war, where Widerstand resulted in KZ and/or death, these new
generations (we are after all grandparents for some of them already)
cannot or
do not want to comprehend. I was told that every Thursday afternoon
youngsters
march for a while along the Ringstrasse shouting such edifying slogans
like "Widerstand,
Widerstand, Schuessel, Haider an die Wand" (resistance,
resistance,
Schuessel, Haider against the wall). That one is to be shot when lined
up
against a wall goes without saying. Thus the mob hasn't changed,
neither have
the slogans, and the only difference is the perceived enemy. For the
Nazis it
was Juden und Pfaffen (Jews and clergy) who were to
be
hanged. I had intended to watch one of these processions but illness in
the
family required a premature departure from Vienna and return to the
States.
That youngsters are getting a dose of indoctrination in favor of the
left
became apparent when I was invited by the authorities of my former Mittelschule,
from which I had been thrown out by the Nazis as "an abscess on the
body
of the German people" in 1941, to hold a discussion with the students
of
the fourth as well as subsequently the seventh and eighth grade. In
Austria one
attends Mittelschule from age ten to age eighteen and there are,
therefore,
eight grades. I was warmly welcomed by teachers and students and the
discussions, in form of questions by the pupils, went well. In contrast
to my
time there, the school is now co-ed and it was the girls who
participated more
actively than the boys. One key question stuck in mind: "How can we
prevent right wing extremism in the future?" It was appropriate in the
context because we were talking about Nazis but I felt it important to
explain
that left wing extremism is just as dangerous and has to be exposed
with equal
vigor. This is where the danger lies today The students were receptive
but it
seemed to be a new concept because they tend to get mainly one-sided
information. Nazi crimes get the exclusive attention but other outrages
which
had occurred during and in the aftermath of WWII are never mentioned.
This is
not meant to excuse the behavior of the Nazis, which is inexcusable,
but
history should be presented from all sides and not just one.
There were two other surprises. Learning by rote and reciting the
classics has
become a lost art. This is unfortunate for two reasons. One is that
memory is
no longer challenged and trained; the other is that one builds thereby
a
reservoir of information into one's brain which, just like songs, can
be tapped
in hours of boredom or crisis to banish unwanted idle or frustrating
thoughts.
The other surprise was the non-existent dress code; sloppiness of
attire by the
students is just as marked as it is on our schools. Whether or not they
still
stand up when the teacher enters I don't know. These may be regarded as
minor
points but lack of attention to attire does imply lack of respect for
others.
Yet, from lack of respect a good many of the other unwanted
consequences,
including poor study habits, flow. On the other hand there have to date
been no
shootings or knifings in Viennese schools which is a plus.
Now to other positive aspects. For Americans a trip to Austria and
Vienna can
be heartily recommended. Unless one wants to go to the Burgtheater,
which is at
this time not advisable anyway, no language skills are necessary
because
practically everybody speaks English and the people have retained their
friendliness. In Jewish circles there may be some concern about the
proverbial
anti-Semitism of the Viennese but this is not warranted because it does
not
apply to individuals. Anybody, regardless of ethnic or religious
background is
being treated politely unless the person claims special privileges or
throws
his weight around. Under those circumstances one can expect either
sullenness
or a flash flood of verbal insults, but at no time is there any
physical
aggression.
The public buildings have been sandblasted, look practically new, and
even the
private apartment houses are steadily cleaned from the soot of bygone
ages. The
city looks impressive, the abundant parks are well kept, flowers are in
bloom,
and the public transportation system is excellent. Do not attempt to
drive a
car in Vienna, except for getting into or out of town. Even if you have
been
there before you are bound to get lost in the maze of one-way streets.
The city
simply wasn't built for today's traffic. But you really don't need a
car
because, as mentioned, public transportation with trolleys, subways and
buses
is excellent and there are also numerous taxis. The cabbies may be from
Africa,
Turkey, Bosnia or other assorted places but most of the time they do
find their
way around. Some, especially the Viennese ones, may ask you if you have
a
preferred route to your destination but even if you do, decline the
offer
because he/she knows better and will not take advantage of you.
Here is a typical experience. I am not only handicapped on account of
gait
problems but also by my Viennese accent. Everybody in Vienna
automatically
assumes that I have been living there all along and when I have to ask
for
directions or if I make suggestions to a cabbie which may not be
appropriate
due to changed circumstances I get peculiar looks or even "the lip."
Two years ago I had to go to mother's lawyer on account of the estate
settlement and his office was on the Mariahilferstrasse, which is a
rather
broad and busy thoroughfare. The lady took me from the Ringstrasse up
the
Mariahilferstrasse but the problem was that the lawyer's office was on
the
other side of the street. Since I wanted to minimize my walking because
of
serious hip pain where every step felt like hitting a sore tooth (the
hip joint
has been replaced in the meantime with excellent results) I suggested
that she
go up the Gumpendorferstrasse instead and then come down on the proper
side of
the Mariahilferstrasse. This elicited a totally unexpected flood of
anger and
it was apparent that she had what's referred to here as "a bad hair
day." I realized what was going on and instead of biting back I
patiently
explained my dual handicaps. The result was totally surprising. She did
stop on
the wrong side of the street, subsequently insisted that I take her arm
(although I wasn't that crippled), led me across the busy street, gave
me a hug
on the other side, kissed me on both cheeks, and wished me well. Now
that is
what is known as the goldene Wienerherz (the golden Viennese
heart).
If you treat people right they will do so also and a possible flash of
sudden
anger, caused by whatever, disappears right away.
It is also advisable to take a more leisurely approach during your stay
then
let us say in New York. Rather than just rushing around from one of the
cultural sites to the next and taking one's leave within a day or so,
visit the
Vienna Woods with their numerous small restaurants and
hotels.
The Tulbingerkogel, for instance, is only half an hour from
town and
you find yourself in pristine nature with an unimpeded view over the
countryside, while you can indulge in your favorite cocktail and
subsequently
enjoy a perfectly prepared dinner from a large menu. If you do not have
friends
with a car a taxi will take you and the prices are reasonable. Rax,
Schneeberg
and Semmering can also be reached by car within an hour and one gets
there an
idea of the real Austria unaffected by foreign influences. In sum and
substance
visit Vienna and her environs whenever you have a chance to do so, you
will
enjoy it.
June 2001
Metaphysical Guilt
As mentioned previously April and the early part
of May were
also devoted to get Whither Zionism? into the hands of
people
who control our fate. I am a scientist and have few illusions about the
behavior of my fellow human beings, especially of those who are in
power. But
scientists love experiments, even when they think they know the
outcome. Whither
Zionism? was such an experiment. Everyone who has eyes to see and
ears to
hear must know that the current Middle East policies are doomed to
failure and
bound to lead to disaster.
In the February update I mentioned that there is nothing new under the
sun,
when it comes to human behavior as exemplified by the allegations
against
Senator Ashcroft during his confirmation hearings. On p.36 of Whither
Zionism? there is a quote from Josephus in
regard to
events just prior to the onset of the Jewish war against Rome which had
the
result that: "many of the most eminent of the Jews swam away from the
city
[Jerusalem], as from a ship when it was going to sink [II 20:1]." The
June
5, 2001 issue of the Salt Lake Tribune carried an article
headlined
"Moderates Fleeing Middle East" The article starts with: "Worn
down by eight months of violence that shows no sign of easing, many
Israelis
and Palestinians are packing their bags for the United States or
Canada...." Two millennia have made no difference in that part of the
world.
The question arises, therefore, what is the responsibility of
the individual citizen both here and in Israel in order to bring about
a degree
of sanity in that troubled land. We Americans will be held responsible,
whether
we like it or not, because it is no secret that Israel is our client
state. Why
does this bother me personally? Because, as a former citizen of Austria
and
subsequently the Greater German Reich, I am told that I bear personal
guilt for
Hitler's atrocities! This is no exaggeration. Karl Jaspers,
the renowned German existentialist philosopher wrote a booklet in 1946
during
the Nuremberg trials Die Schuldfrage. Ein Beitrag zur
deutschen
Frage.(The question of guilt. A contribution to the German
Question). In it he explained that there are four types of guilt. 1.
Legal
guilt for criminal behavior, 2. Political guilt for allowing a
repressive
regime to come to power or when in power to tolerate it, 3. Moral guilt
for
personal misconduct, even when under orders, and 4. Metaphysical guilt
which
flows from the demand that every human being is co-responsible for all
the
wrongs and injustices which are being perpetrated in the world when one
knows
about them and simply stands by without taking action. Ergo
in
relation to the Nazis I am absolved from criminal or moral guilt
because I
didn't do anything bad but I am supposed to have political guilt
because I had
to live under them and did not volunteer for an act punishable by death
or
concentration camp. I am also supposed to be co-responsible for their
criminal
acts on the metaphysical plane. Jaspers writes of himself : "Dasz
ich
noch lebe, wenn solches geschehen ist, legt sich als untilgbare Schuld
auf mich"
(the fact that I am still alive I carry with me as inexpungeable
guilt). Please
note the term untilgbar - inexpungeable. Whatever one does
after the
fact is irrelevant for this particular form of guilt and one Jewish
author has
proclaimed that the German people have been stamped with the mark of
Cain on
their foreheads for eternity. This has, of course, practical uses
because
German as well as Austrian citizens can now be collared for financial
retributions in perpetuity. Inexpungeable guilt!
There is obviously some hyperbole in Jaspers' exposition. If one were
to follow
his thoughts to their logical conclusion one would have to say that all
the
citizens of the former Soviet Union had political guilt for allowing
Lenin to
come to power and for submitting to Stalin's crimes. All the millions
of
Cambodians whom Pol Pot drove into the rice paddies and who didn't die
were
guilty for having survived. The more than a billion Chinese are guilty
of still
tolerating the communist regime, not to speak of the North Koreans,
Vietnamese,
or the Cubans who have to make do with Castro on their island. These
are just a
few examples for the difference between philosophic ideas and the harsh
realities of this world.
Nevertheless, Jaspers is correct that when one sees a catastrophe in
the
making, shrugs ones shoulders and says I can't do anything about it
anyway, one
may incur a degree of metaphysical guilt. In a closed society the
individual is
severely limited in his options, but what possibilities exist in the
so-called
free world? To explore these Whither Zionism? was written and
distributed to all the members of the Bush administration, as well as
all the
members of the House and Senate: International Relations Committee,
Armed
Services Committee and Appropriations Committee.
In addition, review copies were sent to all the major daily newspapers
in the
country and the major TV pundits. The Wiesenthal Center,
the Holocaust
Memorial in Washington and the Anti-defamation League
also got copies. Furthermore, Steven Spielberg is
known for
his interest in the fate of the Jewish people and I thought that the
reasons
for the destruction of Jerusalem and its temple when depicted
accurately,
rather than from a propaganda point of view, could provide an excellent
lesson
for chauvinistic hotheads.
The result was, of course, predictable. DreamWorks
returned
the book with the comment that they have a policy to reject all
unsolicited
material and, therefore, the book is being returned unread. I can't
even use it
any more for anybody else because it carries an autograph to Spielberg.
There
were no replies from any of the magazines, newspapers or TV
personalities. As
far as politicians are concerned there was also mostly silence apart
from eight
notable exceptions where I received polite form letters or cards,
including one
from Dick Cheney's office who thanked me and wished
me well On
the other hand our National Security Advisor Condoleeza Rice
was too busy to even ask her staff to reply, although she was contacted
on
repeated occasions.
During the Easter recess I tried to get in personal touch with my
senators but
got no further than their secretaries. They are just too busy to bother
seeing
constituents. In olden days you could get an audience even with the
emperor or
give Caesar a personal petition, but no more when "the people" rule!
The irony is that the senators I did vote for didn't give me time of
day but my
Congressman, Jim Matheson, for whom I did not vote,
was
willing to lend me his ears and I could put the book personally into
his hands.
He is new on the job, not yet infected with the disdain for the
constituents
who pay his salary and obviously wants to get re-elected. The senators
have
nothing to fear, their secretaries who shield them know it, so why
bother?
Thus, we have a very effective censorship in this
country for
ideas which do not emanate from well known public figures. In the first
instance a "reputable publisher" will not take your manuscript
because a) the editor may not agree with the contents and possibly more
importantly b) it won't bring in huge quantities of money. In our free
country
one can then take the self-publishing route which gets the book in
print but
that's the end. Papers will not review it and even if you want to give
it to
your local library one lady told me in regard to War and Mayhem
after
leafing through it in a cursory fashion: "We only take books from
reputable publishers." Therefore, unless one has the good fortune to be
a
member of the old boys, or gals for that matter, network your chances
of
getting heard or read are astronomically small.
The same applies, of course to this website. Who in, literally, all the
world
is going to find it, even when it is submitted to all the search
engines. There
is just too much stuff on this "information superhighway" and its
bumper to bumper traffic.
So, what has been accomplished? I have shared my "metaphysical guilt"
with the movers and shakers of this world and deprived them of excuses.
To read
a hundred pages is no chore but to disregard them is a mistake. The
Middle East
continues to drift into chaos and the Mitchell Commission
recommendations -
although well meant - have predictably been rejected by both sides.
Youngsters
who aspire to heaven via martyrdom cannot be restrained by anybody and
to make
their disappearance the precondition for negotiations is a lame excuse.
So is
the necessity for continuing to expand the settlements. Since the
relations
between the U.S. and the UN have soured considerably in the past few
month a UN
commission as suggested in Whither Zionism? may at this time
not have
much chance of coming into being but some unimpeachable third force
seems to be
the only hope for letting intellect overcome passion.
In conclusion I might mention some thoughts of a revered icon of the
twentieth
century on the topic of Palestine which can be found in Churchill
and the
Jews by Michael J. Cohen. Although Churchill had
been
early on an outspoken supporter of Zionism he had begun to develop
second
thoughts later on. There may also have been personal reasons involved
for his
change of mind. His close friend Lord Moyne, Minister
of State
Resident in the Middle East, was murdered in November 1944 by a Jewish
terrorist organization led by Menachem Begin, who
later became
Prime Minister. At the end of WWII during his last weeks in office
Churchill
said:
"I do not think we should take the responsibility upon ourselves of
managing this very difficult place while the Americans sit back and
criticise...I am not aware of the slightest advantage which has ever
accrued to
Great Britain from this painful and thankless task. Somebody else
should have
their turn now..."(p.260).
America has assumed Britain's burden and is now saddled with "managing
this very difficult place" but the prospects for bringing stability to
the
area by the U.S. are no better than they were for the Brits, or the
Romans for
that matter.
In 1946 Churchill said in the House of Commons:
" The idea that the Jewish Problem could be solved or even helped by a
vast dumping of the Jews of Europe into Palestine is really too silly
to
consume our time in the House of Commons this afternoon" (p.327).
Well it did happen, the migration was unavoidable, the state of Israel
came
into being and people of good will are now forced to spend considerably
more
time than just an afternoon to deal with the consequences of this
"silly
idea."
July 2001
Palestinians. Homosexuality
To start out on a positive note it is a pleasure
to
acknowledge Alan Caruba's kind review of Whither Zionism? In
the May
installment of his bookviews.com
Caruba wrote that "Rodin asks and brilliantly answers the title
question
in a way that will prove astonishing and insightful to any reader,
particularly
in light of the present problems in the Middle East." I am mentioning
Caruba's comments here because they are especially relevant for what
follows.
The syndicated columnist Cal Thomas usually writes
sensible
reports but on June 5 there appeared an article of his in the Salt Lake
Tribune
headlined: Peace Solution: Israel must rid itself of the
Palestinians
Once and for All. Thomas is clearly sufficiently intelligent
to
realize that this plan cannot be executed; nevertheless he concludes
the
article by saying "The current model of 'land for peace' is not
working,
nor can it work given the objectives of Arafat and Israel's other
enemies.
Eviction is a better avenue of stability. Will it happen? Probably not.
Should
it ? Yes."
There are two aspects to this article which require comment. One is
that
expulsion of the Palestinian population from the occupied territories
was
advocated as "The Only Solution" by rabbi Meir Kahane
in the 1980's. He lost his seat in the Knesset, his political party was
forbidden and Kahane was murdered soon thereafter by a Muslim fanatic.
The
other aspect is that the headline could have come with slight
modification from
any issue of the Voelkische Beobachter during
the late 1930's as "Germany must rid itself of the
Jews
once and for all." When one knows the history of those years
one
is aware that the Kristallnacht in November of
1938,
which was universally deplored and removed the last vestige of doubt
about
Nazism's malignancy, was preceded by the deportation of Polish Jews
from
Germany in October of that year. The Poles did not want this influx of
her
former citizens either and, among others, young Herschel
Grynszpan's
family was caught in no man's land. When Herschel received word from
his sister
about their unhappy circumstances he vowed revenge. Since he was in
Paris at
the time he wanted to make a statement by shooting the German
ambassador but
when this wasn't possible he made do with Counselor Ernst vom Rath. The
latter
was mortally wounded and when he died soon thereafter Goebbels
unleashed the pogrom in Germany as "the just revenge of the German
people." Further details of the affair are in War and Mayhem.
Since Mr. Thomas seemed inadequately informed about the history and
complexity
of the Middle East problem I sent him a copy of Whither Zionism? but
as expected didn't hear back.
Another long article which appeared in a Sunday edition of the Tribune
was also
of considerable interest. It was written by a Professor of Educational
Psychology and carried the headline: There is no evidence that
homosexuals can change, only evidence of deception. In the
article the
professor took issue with some church leaders, as well as other
psychologists,
that some homosexual individuals can stop this "lifestyle" and adopt
instead a heterosexual one. In spite of his academic credentials the
professor,
who shall remain nameless, is likewise inadequately informed on this
subject.
The fallacy in his argument is that he accepts an either-or stance and
lumps
all people who engage in homosexual activity into one group. This is
biologically unsound and serves only political purposes. Homosexual
activists
need large numbers to exert political pressure and, therefore, anyone
who may
have had one or two homosexual contacts in their lives is counted among
their
flock.
The evidence that homosexual individuals comprise a spectrum
with the more or less effeminate "born homosexual"
person on the one hand and others who adopt this lifestyle for a
variety of
reasons comes, strangely enough, from the Nazis' concentration
camps. Let me emphasize that I harbor absolutely no fondness
for the
days I had to spend under Hitler's rule but the experiences gathered
during
that era should not be disregarded either. While I do not advocate the
methods
which demonstrated that some homosexual persons can indeed change their
behavior, the fact should not be denied.
The data are presented in the autobiography of Rudolf Höss
who
became infamous as commandant of Auschwitz, and his
notes were
penned while in a Polish prison awaiting execution for war crimes. Some
"revisionist" historians take issue with a number of the statements
he made because they were supposedly extracted under torture but this
is
irrelevant for the current topic because Höss had nothing to gain
from making
the points listed here. The book is published in German under the title
Kommandant
in Auschwitz. Autobiographische Aufzeichnungen des Rudolf Höss
An English
version is available under Death Dealer.The Memoirs of the SS
Kommandant at
Auschwitz at amazon.com.
Höss had led a rather interesting life. At age 16 he managed to
enlist as a
volunteer in the German army during WW I and served in Syria and
Palestine, of
all places. He rose to the rank of sergeant and after the collapse in
1918 he
led his cavalry platoon on a highly adventuresome trip back home. He
managed to
arrive with his people three months later in Germany without having
been taken
prisoner of war, although they had to traverse enemy territory.
Subsequently
Höss became involved in right wing paramilitary activities and,
for
participation in a political murder, was sentenced in 1924 to a
Zuchthaus term,
which was at that time the most severe form of jail. He remained there
for four
years and this stay taught him two things. One was that the worst you
can do to
a prisoner is to leave him totally unoccupied, without any benefit of
books,
writing materials or whatever. Work, any kind of work, but especially
something
which had a constructive purpose was welcomed, because it relieved the
mind of
useless ruminations about one's fate. When he was finally given some
work to do
he breathed a sigh of relief and the slogan "Arbeit macht
frei"
(work liberates) was born in his mind. Later on it "graced" the
entrance of the concentration camp in Auschwitz. Nevertheless, it
should not be
forgotten that before the war the concentration camps were indeed labor
camps
for "reeducation" as they exist, for instance, today in China, and
good behavior could earn you a discharge. Even Nazis preferred tax
payers over
tax burdens. The second lesson was in regard to homosexuality
which tends to become rampant when young males are cooped up together.
After the Nazis took over in Germany, Höss volunteered for the SS
in 1933. From
1934-1938 he was deputized first as Block- and subsequently
Rapportfuehrer to Dachau; from 1938-1940 he
served as
Adjutant and Commandant of the KZ Sachsenhausen, and
from
1940-1943 he was in charge of Auschwitz. When
Höss arrived at
Dachau the homosexual prisoners were already a problem, although
initially they
didn't matter numerically. According to Höss the camp commandant
of Dachau had
thought it a good idea to distribute the homosexual prisoners
throughout the
camp in all barracks. Prior to the Olympic Games of 1936 the Nazis
wanted to
put their best foot forward and cleansed the streets not only of
beggars and
vagrants, who were sent for "education" to work houses and
concentration camps, but the cities and spas were also cleared of the
multitude
of prostitutes and homosexuals. They were also to be educated for
useful work
in the concentration camps. By the way, it seems likely that the
Chinese will
follow the example if they are awarded the Olympic Games for 2008. Let
us now
read what Höss had to say about the situation Dachau.
"It didn't last long until reports came in from all quarters about
homosexual relations. Punishment didn't change anything, the Seuche
(contagion) increased. On my suggestion all the homosexuals were now
concentrated in one block and they received a supervisor who knew how
to deal
with them. They were also segregated from the other prisoners during
their work
details. Thus they pulled for a long time a Straszenwalze (steamroller
but
pulled manually).
All of a sudden the plague was eradicated. Even when on occasion these
unnatural relations persisted, they were isolated events. In the
barracks the
homosexuals were supervised so that there was no opportunity....In
Sachsenhausen they were immediately segregated in a special block."
After further descriptions of the type of hard labor the prisoners had
to
perform, regardless of weather in winter and summer, Höss wrote
the following
informative passages
"The result of hard labor which was to make 'normal' individuals out of
them depended upon the difference among homosexuals. It was most
effective and
immediately apparent in the Strichjungen (male prostitute
youngsters)...they were not truly homosexual it was merely their
profession...several of them could be discharged without relapsing into
their
former behavior. This particular lesson was sufficient. There was also
a group
who had become homosexual - bored by sexual relations with too many
women, who
wanted new thrills in their parasitic existence - who could likewise be
educated in this manner, and made to give up their vice. This did not
hold,
however, for those who had by inclination been too deeply imbued with
this
depravity. They were the same as the genuine homosexuals (aus
Veranlagung)
but those were few and far between.
For those individuals there was no help regardless of hard work or
strict
supervision. Wherever there was an opportunity they were in each others
arms.
Even when they were already in poor physical shape they continued to
pursue
their vice. They were also easily recognizable. With a soft girlish
affectedness (Zimperlichkeit) and mannerisms...they were
immediately
distinguishable from those who had rid themselves of the vice and those
who
were in the process of doing so, whose step by step progress could be
readily
observed.
While those who were willing to change endured the hardest labor, the
others
succumbed. Inasmuch as they could not or would not desist from their
vice they
knew that they would never see freedom again...this accelerated the
physical
deterioration. When in addition there was the loss of the "friend"
through illness or death one could foresee the end. Many committed
suicide. The
"friend" meant for these individuals everything in this situation. It
happened several times that two friends committed suicide together."
Höss also said that Himmler had devised a method
in Ravensbrueck
to find out which of the homosexual prisoners had really been "cured"
by bringing them together in an informal setting with prostitutes.
Those who
had been "reeducated" readily succumbed to the charms of the ladies
while the
"Incurables didn't pay attention to these women at all. If they made
advances they turned away with disgust ....The ones who were to be
discharged
were once more given the possibility for homosexual relations but they
refused
the advances of the genuine homosexuals. There were, however,
borderline cases
who used both opportunities. Whether or not one can call them bisexual
I can't
judge. To be able to observe the life and habits of the homosexuals of
all
varieties, in connection with their incarceration, was highly
informative for
me."
While I, obviously, do not approve of the methods used by the Nazis to
effect
this change in sexual behavior it is nevertheless clear that some
homosexual
individuals can be motivated to abandon this "lifestyle." I sent the
Höss information in a letter to the professor but he was
apparently to busy to
respond and seemed to follow the rule: My mind is made up, don't bother
me with
facts.
As mentioned earlier, like most everything else which involves human
behavior
there are gradations in the expression of a given trait and to deny
those can
only serve political purposes rather than lead to an understanding of
the
underlying condition. Numbers translate into votes and this is all that
counts,
never mind the facts. This attitude has also led to the medical
absurdity that HIV-AIDS
which is for all practical purposes, in this country, a preventable
disease by
simply abstaining from unhealthy practices, is actually the only
politically
protected infectious disease for which a cure must be found
immediately. Since
research money is limited this stance comes at the cost of removing
valuable
financial resources from other truly unavoidable and more common
illnesses.
Currently the AIDS epidemic in Africa is receiving a great deal of
attention
and the solution is also to be billions of dollars for research. But
even in
Africa the epidemic is caused by promiscuous sexual behavior. The
plague could
be eradicated worldwide by abstention from homosexual practices, by
engaging in
heterosexual intercourse with one partner only, and avoidance of
intravenous
illicit drug use. In contrast to nearly all other diseases AIDS (with
few
exceptions e.g. children of infected mothers, or recipients of tainted
blood
transfusions) is self-inflicted and preventable by adhering to a
healthy
life-style.
These verities are, of course, highly unpopular. Therefore, an attitude
is
fostered by the political and media establishments where even the use
of the
term homosexual is frowned upon and the word "gay"
has been substituted. This is truly a perversion of language.
Hardly any one of us, regardless of sexual orientation, is gay in the
true
meaning of the word for any length of time. Life has too many
vicissitudes to
allow us "gaiety" for more than short periods. To dignify sexual
practices, which involve acts that are distasteful to the majority of
people in
our culture, with this euphemism is unconscionable. Homosexual
activists may
call themselves whatever they want but the much larger non-homosexual
community
should not be swayed by this misuse of language and call the behavior
by its
proper name.
Nevertheless even here a caveat is in order. To label somebody " a
homosexual" as if this were the "be all and end all "of the
individual's life, is just as uncalled for as using other potentially
pejorative terms without some qualification. For instance, when I
started my
professional neurologic career it was common practice to talk about
"the
epileptic" or "the schizophrenic." I abolished these terms from
my personal vocabulary because they are adjectives and should not be
used as
nouns. Instead I talked and wrote about patients (by
the way,
even this term has lost its meaning, because nowadays physicians, just
like
lawyers, tend to have "clients") with epilepsy or schizophrenia,
or whatever the condition was. This retains the personhood of the
individual
and allows for a change in the condition, which can and does occur at
times. I
had to disagree with one of my professors early on whose favorite
dictum was
"once an epileptic always an epileptic." The statement was not only
pejorative but simply factually wrong. I am glad indeed that my
terminology,
which was news in the fifties and sixties, has now been generally
adopted by my
colleagues.
This brings me to one of the major pitfalls in the thought processes of
the
human race and is clearly illustrated by the two mentioned newspaper
articles.
It is the inappropriate use of the "all or nothing,"
principle as it is called in neurophysiology. The law
refers
to the propagation of the electrical activity in a nerve. Once an
impulse is
strong enough to be propagated, the size of the response, and the speed
of its
conduction will be independent of the intensity of the original
stimulus. Once
fired up the nerve gives its all. This is how the peripheral nervous
system
works. But we also have a central nervous system which allows us to
give graded
responses before we put our nerves into action. In the present context
for Mr.
Thomas there are apparently only monolithic Palestinians who have to be
expelled and for the professor of educational psychology there are only
homosexuals who are incapable of changing. This is the same type of
thinking
which declared "the Jews" enemies of the German people, and which
condemned "the Germans" as "the Nazis" when in fact only a
small subgroup in these categories had engaged in undesirable or even
outright
criminal activities. Unless we stop thinking in terms of classes of
people and
hold only individuals responsible for their actions there will be no
end to
hatred in this world with concomitant injustices.
August 2001
Stem Cells
Apart from the continuing violence in the Middle
East, which
was reported occasionally, there were three items the American media
obsessed
over during the past month. One was "The Case of the Missing Intern,"
another was Global Warming, and the third Stem Cell research.
As far as the first item is concerned the fate of Ms. Chandra Levy and
that of
her paramour Representative Gary Condit has become a boon to cable news
channels, because there is too much air time to fill and the genuine
news are
not sufficiently sensational. The entire story can be summarized in a
few sentences.
Ms. Levy has been missing for about three months. Nobody knows her or
her
body's whereabouts and it becomes increasingly likely that her case
will end up
like that of Jimmy Hoffa's, who also vanished without a trace. Mr.
Condit on
the other hand failed to obey the Prime Directive which ought to govern
human
behavior. Simply put it states: Whenever you find yourself in trouble
tell the
truth immediately and fully, without making excuses. Qui s'excuse,
s'accuse
(whoever excuses himself, accuses himself) the French say and they are
right.
This is the sum and substance of the story over which TV newscasters,
hosts and
guests drool endlessly for hours day in and day out.
The discussion of Global Warming will be postponed for another update.
At any
rate it is supposed to stay with us for at least another hundred years,
so
what's the hurry? I am currently in the process of gathering my own
data in
regard to temperature forecasts and these will be published in due
time.
The third item on the agenda, stem cell research, does merit discussion
today
because President Bush is being pressured by the media to immediately
release
federal funds for embryonic stem cell research. The media bolster their
argument by promising the general public the blue from the sky about
the
benefits the human race will reap from this type of research. The moral
and
religious pro and con arguments are endlessly hashed out but the
legitimate
medical issues which can be raised for or against embryonic stem cell
research
have, to the best of my knowledge, never been aired by the public media
to the
extent that they should have been. We are only being told that this
research
might lead to cures for Parkinson's disease, Alzheimer's disease,
diabetes and
a host of other chronic degenerative illnesses. With other words we are
finally
on the way to realize Ponce de Leon's dream. The fountain of youth is
around
the corner and embryonic stem cells will relieve us from all the
burdens
associated with aging. The key word in all of this, which by the way
this type
of propaganda shares with Global Warming, is the word "might." It is
not being taken merely as some faint hope, which springs eternal, but
is
regarded as "will" and action must be taken now, immediately, and by
the federal government or an irretrievable chance will be lost.
In order to find out what the implantation of embryonic stem cells
really does
in the human being I searched the medical literature on the Internet
and came
up empty handed. There are no data! As a neurologist I was, of course,
most
interested in Parkinson's and Alzheimer's disease but even the animal
data are
so far exceedingly sparse and inconclusive. It just so happened that
the July
issue of Neurology Reviews had a lead article entitled:
"Shooting
for the Moon. Bolstered by a New Research Agenda, Parkinson's
Researchers Aim
High." In this article, which will also available on the web in due
time
under www. neurologyreviews.com, the several techniques which are
currently
under investigation are discussed. These are: transplantation of a)
neural
tissue, b) embryonic stem cells, c) adult stem cells, and d)
xenotransplantion.
Before explaining these terms further in everyday language some
fundamental
facts about Parkinson's disease must first be presented.
The condition results from a loss of nerve cells (neurons) in certain
regions
of the brain which produce a critical chemical called dopamine. This
discovery,
in the early sixties of the past century, led to a Nobel Prize because
dopamine
could be produced in the laboratory and patients could take the drug in
pill
form. The early results were exceedingly exciting but, as everything
else in
life, first love wears off, and the "fine print" becomes noticeable
only after some time. Although improvements in the compound in form of
levodopa
(L-dopa) were made, which is the current preferred form of treatment;
there are
still a great many problems. Not only does the effect of the medication
wear
off after some time but some patients also develop uncontrollable
writhing
movements especially of the head and limbs (dyskinesias or dystonia)
which make
their lives miserable. For this reason the search for "the cure"
continues.
Hippocrates, "the father of medicine" who plied his art on the island
of Cos in the Aegean around 400 B.C. wrote in his aphorisms: "What
medicine [drugs] cannot cure, the knife [surgery] will cure, what the
knife
cannot cure fire [radiation] will cure, and what fire cannot cure is
wholly
incurable." Genetic modification of the organism could not be imagined
at that
time but on the whole the dictum still holds. Since L-dopa failed to
live up to
its promise neurosurgeons began to practice their art by destroying
certain
structures or pathways in the brain with their knives, or by targeted
radiation. This led to some good and some bad results. At any rate the
disease
remained for the most part progressive and only long term follow-up of
ten
years or more would allow one to speak of an arrest or even cure of the
disease. This brings us to the article in Neurology Reviews
and stem
cells. The whole purpose of the exercise is to create neurons which
produce
dopamine in the patient's brain not only in the right amount but also
nothing
else. This statement alone should give one pause, because the problem
is
obviously far from trivial. The solution will not only require funding
but
equally or even more importantly time, measured not in years but
decades! Let
us now look at the upside and downside of the mentioned research
programs.
Neurontransplantation. The good news according to Dr.
Dunnett
of the Brain Repair Group at Cardiff University in Wales is that "There
is
convincing evidence that fetal tissue grafts can have a functional
effect in
animal models of Parkinson's disease" and "When such cells are
implanted
they survive, grow, connect with denervated [have lost their functional
connections] areas, and alleviate some of the simpler motor deficits
associated
with Parkinson's disease. This provides proof of the principle that
dopamine
deficiency can be restored by transplanted dopaminergic [dopamine
producing]
cells."
So far so good. Now comes the fine print. The study involved an "animal
model" rather than the human disease and in contrast to the human
illness
Dr. Dunnett's model produced acute rather than chronic effects.
Furthermore, he
stated that "Fetal cell transplants can work with dramatic efficacy in
some cases but can also seriously go wrong." Even when the method
worked
it should be noted that the beneficial effect on the symptoms of the
animal,
rather than on the brain slices at autopsy, improved "some of the simpler
motor deficits." This leads one to assume that some of the more complex
motor functions on which we depend, were not alleviated.
As far as human results are concerned there is only one relatively long
term
scientifically controlled study mentioned in the article. This involves
the
work of Dr. Curt Freed at the University of Colorado. Dr. Freed's team
transplanted precursors of dopaminergic cells from 6-10 week old human
fetuses
into the brains of 19 patients with severe Parkinson's disease. These
patients
were compared with others who had been sham operated where only burr
holes were
placed in the skull. The study was "double blind" which means that
neither the patient nor the team of examining physicians knew whether
or not
the patient had received a transplant. The result of the follow-up of
"up
to three years," which means that this was the maximum and most
patients
had shorter observation times, was that a "statistically significant
28%
improvement over baseline" was observed. This held true for the total
group, when the patients were not taking their morning dose of
medications.
When the group was subdivided between older and younger patients it
became
apparent that a 38% improvement (highly significant statistically) had
occurred
in the younger individuals while it was only 14% in the older group,
and as
such not statistically significant. Furthermore, even in those patients
who had
benefited the total effect was only comparable to about half the effect
of
their usual morning dose of levodopa. Now comes the bad news. Fifteen
percent
of transplant patients had a recurrence of disabling dystonias and
dyskinesias
in the second or third year after the operation. All of these patients
were 60
years or younger and had experienced these symptoms when on levodopa
but now
had the problem even when the medication was discontinued.
Inasmuch as review articles might be slanted I obtained subsequently
Dr. Free's
and colleagues' original paper which was published in the March 6, 2001
issue
of the New England Journal of Medicine. While the review as cited above
was in
essence correct, the full article did provide additional information.
Embryonic
tissue was obtained with the consent from the mother during elective
abortions
seven to eight weeks after conception. There were initially two groups
of 20
patients each in the transplant and in the sham operation (placebo)
group. One
transplant patient died in a car accident when a tree fell across the
road
during a storm and the outcome of the operation could, therefore, not
be
evaluated at the one year final comparison point. Although some
patients were
followed for up to three years, the figures cited above refer to the
one year
outcome after the code was broken. At that point the sham operated
patients
were given the option to have transplants and 14 patients of the
placebo group
consented. Thus, the figure of up to three years follow-up covers 33
rather
than 19 patients. Apart from the development of dyskinesias, which
occurred
later than the first year, and in some younger patients, there were
also during
the 12 months of follow-up 9 serious adverse events. Although these
were in all
probability unrelated to the transplants it is noteworthy that eight of
these
occurred in the transplant group and only one in the placebo group.
Percentage
wise this would give a difference of 40 percent vs. 5 percent. The
investigators realized that inasmuch as the operation benefited only
patients
under 60 years of age and that younger patients tended to develop
intractable
dyskinesias, they did not suggest the operation to the last 6
individuals of
the remaining placebo group.
We are, therefore, confronted with these facts: Embryonic neuronal
tissue
containing dopaminergic neurons can be transplanted into key regions of
a
recipient's brain. They grow, multiply, and establish connections with
surrounding tissue, regardless of the age of the patient. The growth of
these
cells is, however, not directly reflected in improvement of the
patient’s
symptoms because only younger patients benefited, and the maximum
effect tends
to be essentially only half of what would have been accomplished with a
full
dose of levodopa. The late occurrence of uncontrollable dyskinesias,
even when
levodopa is no longer given, represents a serious and disabling
complication.
The amount of tissue to be transplanted and the best brain region for
the
transplants to be inserted will be the task for the future.
Embryonic stem cells. In contrast to embryonic tissue
containing
dopaminergic neurons, the embryonic stem cells have been called
"omnipotent." This means that these cells, taken from the earliest
stages of human development, can develop into any type of tissue. With
other
words they can become liver, brain, bone, heart or whatever. It should
be noted
that embryonic stem cell studies have so far been performed only in
rodents.
There are no data on higher animals or, of course, humans. While these
cells
can develop into neurons, there is no guarantee that they will do so,
especially dopaminergic ones. In Petri dishes they have so far produced
other
types of neurons as well as glia cells which are the other main
cellular
structure of the nervous system. Dr. Mc Kay of the National Institute
of
Neurologic Disorders and Stroke whose work is quoted in the article
stated that
"we are trying to improve the efficiency of differentiating to
dopaminergic neurons ...in animal studies... [but] we need to
demonstrate that the cells we make will actually work in animal studies."
This is indeed all that is known
about
the effectiveness of embryonic stem cells to cure diseases. Thus, the
entire
media circus is about a gleam in the eye of some researchers based on
hope and
faith. Are our promoters of public information, who urge immediate
action for
embryonic stem cell research, aware of this paucity of facts? Do they
also know
that these omnipotent cells, when implanted into a brain, might just
continue
to grow and produce tumors? Once implanted they will do whatever they
like and
neither Federal Money nor Federal Regulations will be able to control
them.
Quite apart from moral and ethical considerations this is another
Pandora's Box
which we are about to open.
Adult stem cells. Neural adult stem cells have been
harvested
from nasal passages of cadavers up to 18 hours after death as Dr.
Roisen's
group from the University of Louisville has demonstrated. The
disadvantage of
using adult stem cells is that they get old after some time and lose
their
potency, although they did live longer when taken from an 11 month old
infant.
Whether or not any of these Petri dish neurons could be coaxed to
become
dopaminergic is not yet known. The other argument against the use of
adult stem
cells is that the supply is not as plentiful as for embryonic stem
cells. But
as long as we are dreaming, and this is really what all of stem cell
research
is about at this time, one could readily foresee a scenario where we
donate in
our youth some of our nasal neural stem cells and keep them in a
freezer until
the time comes when we might need them.
Xenotransplants (use of adult animal tissue) have
become
commonplace to repair human heart valves and dopaminergic pig cells
have
already been transplanted into human Parkinson patients. Studies about
their
effectiveness are currently under way in Tampa, Atlanta and Boston.
This might
bring up an interesting religious question. Since orthodox Jews as well
as
Muslims refrain from putting pork into their mouths and stomachs would
they be
willing to have pieces of pig brain inserted into their own?
Additional work is being carried out on Neuroprotective agents
which are supposed to stop the progression of Parkinson's disease and
thereby
obviate the need for implants of any kind. It is, therefore, obvious
that
Parkinson research is alive and well. It will continue to prosper
around the
world, without federal tax dollars and federal regulations. Not only is
there
another Nobel Prize in the offing but drug companies are likely to reap
a
financial bonanza. There is still the question whether government
should
control the research or private industry? The answer is obvious from
past
history. All major advances in medicine were achieved through private
initiatives and personal ingenuity which can only flourish in a free
society.
Those of our citizens who believe that government is the answer to all
of
mankind's woes should really take a good look at the "achievements"
of the defunct Soviet Union, even in the medical field, and compare
them with
what the Free World has accomplished. Furthermore, money is not
unlimited. If
tax dollars go to stem cell research other investigations will
inevitably have
to be curtailed, although they may actually have more immediate
prospects of
success. The argument is also made that only government can enforce
ethical
rules. This is another fallacy. Universities and drug companies, the
only
places where work of this type can proceed, are already tightly
regulated and
in case of serious untoward outcomes there are armies of malpractice
lawyers
chomping at the bit to get a piece of the action.
So what is really at work here with this entire stem cell hullabaloo?
The
overriding goal seems to be politics and expansion of government.
President
Bush is to be maneuvered into a position where he can be attacked
regardless of
whatever decision he takes. He has to be tarred and feathered; his
administration has to be turned into a failure because, according to
some of
our Democrats, he didn't deserve the presidency anyway. The current
interregnum
which the Left reluctantly has to put up with needs to be crippled by a
democratic congressional landslide next year. Subsequently George W.
can be
returned to Texas in 2004 and we are all assured of a socialist
government for
the subsequent eight years. This will then finally usher in the real
millennium
and bring us in line with those European socialist governments who
currently
hate our guts and call us names. The reason for their dislike of
America is
simply that at least some of us still regard ourselves as free citizens
who
want to live and work under our own initiative and thereafter enjoy the
fruit
of our labors, with minimal government interference. Unfortunately the
Bush
administration seems to be singularly inept in explaining the rationale
for its
actions and is thereby leaving the field to its adversaries. As far as
stem
cell research is concerned the facts are really quite simple and if the
President's spokespersons were to present them to the media, in a
manner
similar to what is outlined above, even the most hostile critics might
have to
concede that it would be useful not to rush in where angels fear to
tread.
September, 2001
What is Truth?
President Bush has made his decision on embryonic stem
cell research and has tried to find some middle ground. His
directive
that federal funds can be used only for those research projects which
utilize
existing cell lines, rather than newly created ones, has found some
praise by
his partisans but unhappiness continues to exist on both ends of the
political
spectrum. Nevertheless the entire argument is rapidly becoming obsolete
because, as expected, private industry is jumping into the breach.
There is big
money to be made from selling embryonic tissue, which is readily
available at
the abortion mills around the country, and its subsequent cloning. It
is
probably only a matter of time until new stem cell lines will be
auctioned off
on the Internet. The Left will have to find another line of attack but
the
shrinking estimated budget surplus, the faltering economy and the
prospective
"raiding of the Social Security Trust Fund" will give them ample
ammunition.
The main item for this month's agenda was occasioned by a comment from
one of
my sailing buddies. He is computer savvy and surfs the net. I therefore
encouraged him to visit thinktruth.com but he didn't quite know what to
do with
the title. So I explained "think truth, that's what you're supposed to
do
anyway all the time!" Whereupon he replied "ok, but there may not be
any."
Thus we are back at Pilate's question: What is truth?
When I chose this particular URL for the website I had obviously
underestimated
the relativism which has invaded our culture. For me the situation was
quite
simple. The truth which is discussed on these pages is not absolute or
ultimate
truth in the philosophical sense but simply that aspect of our daily
lives
which is objectively verifiable by independent observers. It is the
opposite of
the lie where the individual deliberately misrepresents facts as known
to the
person. Right now lying is, of course, making headlines on account of Gary
Condit's behavior. The majority of Americans who have seen his
interview with Connie Chung on TV don't believe that his account has
been
truthful. Even if the Congressman were to sincerely believe that his
answers
were forthcoming and complete, a simple check with the Levy family or
the
Washington DC police can establish what the facts were. It may be
argued that
this amounts to a "he says, she says" situation but this is not the
case.
Police records of his interviews exist, they are potentially available
for
public scrutiny and objective data can be established.
President Clinton wagged his finger at us a few years
ago and
told us emphatically: "I did not have sexual relations with that woman,
Miss Lewinsky." Well, we had to take him at his word until the famous
blue
dress appeared, which had not gone to the cleaners in the meantime, and
provided objective evidence for his activities. Clinton subsequently
amended
his statement by trying to imply that Miss Lewinsky had sex with him
but not he
with her or that oral sex does not constitute a sexual relationship.
But
anybody who is not blindly partisan or devoid of all common sense is
likely to
see this as excuses rather than the truth of the matter. The
ex-President even
lied under oath because an oath demands: to tell the truth, the whole
truth and nothing but the truth. There is good reason for this because
the most
vicious and most common lie is the deliberate withholding of relevant
information. The fact that Mr. Clinton was impeached but not convicted
sent a
signal that even an oath need not to be taken seriously provided you
are
sufficiently powerful and can afford superb lawyers.
Mr. Condit seems to have drawn an inappropriate lesson from the Clinton
affair.
Stonewalling worked for Mr. Clinton, in my opinion, because the
Democrats did
not want to lose the Presidency and the Republicans were afraid to face
an
incumbent Al Gore in the upcoming 2000 elections. It
was
assumed that a seriously damaged Clinton would be so much easier to
defeat than
an untarnished Gore. That the election turned into such a cliffhanger
anyway
they would not have predicted even in their worst nightmares. Thus all
the
phraseology of "popularity" of the President and not having committed
perjury anyway was pure politics. The Senate trial was a sham as
Schippers has
documented in Sellout: The Inside Story of President Clinton's
Impeachment.
But as far as Mr. Condit is concerned this situation does not apply. He
is
neither rich nor does he have sufficiently powerful friends who will
defend him
regardless of morals or ethics. Furthermore the Democrats can afford to
lose a
congressional seat, if worst were come to the worst and he had to
resign; it is
not the Presidency after all. On top of it we have the missing Chandra
Levy and
her parents are not going to give up their search as well as their
efforts to
have the Congressman come up with the full story and thereby the truth
about
his relationship.
Telling the truth is, therefore, not just some intellectual exercise
for
philosophers but has very practical consequences for our daily lives.
In my
personal opinion Mr. Condit did have, in all probability, a sexual
relationship
with Miss Levy but I sincerely doubt that he had contracted for her
disappearance. Had he immediately informed the parents and the
police voluntarily
and completely of everything he knew he would
not be in
such dire straits today and the case might have been solved. Adultery
is,
unfortunately, a "so what" situation today, so is casual sex to which
we are treated every night on TV. Nobody would have been particularly
upset
apart, perhaps, from Mr. Condit's wife. But she, like Hillary Clinton
might
also have become inured over the years to her husband's constant
philandering
and not lost any sleep over it.
There is a reason why I have become so concerned about truthfulness in
our
daily lives. As is apparent from War and Mayhem I had been an
expert
liar during my childhood and had frequently suffered the consequences.
When
lying was literally beaten out of me by my stepfather I not only
learned that
telling the truth is morally right but it can save you not only grief
but even
your very life, as is also documented in that book. Currently our
society is
steadily being weaned from the truth. We are lied to by politicians,
the media,
advertisers and other assorted folks to such an extent that it has
practically
become the norm. The truth as an intellectual concept seems to have
vanished.
Truth has become personal and is what I believe regardless of what you
think.
There is an ancient precedent for this which was quite unknown to me
until a
few days ago. My next book The Moses Legacy,
which
deals with the problem why Jews have been persecuted since biblical
times, has
not yet found a publisher. But while Moses keeps wandering through the
offices
of various publishing houses I am using the time to polish a few
paragraphs
here and there. In so doing I was puzzled that in Heschel's book A
Passion
for Truth he described an Abraham who bears hardly any
relationship to the
person we know from the Bible. For instance Heschel stated that "This
is
what Abraham did. He forsook community and deception
to live
with Truth in solitude." This was news to me because the Bible tells us
that he moved with his whole clan from Haran to Canaan, subsequently to
Egypt
and back, had a vigorous sex life, was engaged in wars and commerce
etc. This
is hardly what one would expect from an individual who lived "with
Truth
in solitude." The problem is that the relatively recently deceased
Abraham
Joshua Heschel was, and still is, highly respected as one of the most
eminent
orthodox Jewish scholars.
The question arose, therefore, how to resolve this discrepancy. The key
word,
obviously, is Truth. For this reason I looked up the definition of Truth
in McKenzie's Dictionary of the Bible because we are, after
all,
dealing with biblical information. The result was highly surprising. Mc
Kenzie
states "The difference between Hb [Hebrew] and Gk [Greek] speech is
clearly exhibited in the idea of truth; Hb has no distinct word for
true and
truth. These ideas are expressed by 'emet and cognate words
which are
treated under FAITH." The entire subsequent passages
are
too long to be reproduced here but will show up in The Moses Legacy.
In essence McKenzie points out that the real, or truth, was personal
for
Hebrew-speaking people while truth and faith were clearly
differentiated by the
Greeks. We used to follow in the footsteps of the Greeks where truth is
objectively verifiable while faith is subjective and personal. It was
this
difference which made scientific progress possible.
It seems that we are now turning our backs on this fundamental
distinction.
Inasmuch as a theory of relativity exists which pertains to cosmic
phenomena
everything else can also be regarded as relative. This sort of thinking
undermines society at all levels. Law is no longer
based on
long established practices but represents an opinion by a judge, or
groups of
judges, at a given time rather than as what it has been understood for
centuries. These opinions, although binding for a
while can,
however, readily be overruled by other judges because they are, after
all, only
personal opinions, regardless of how precedents have to be massaged in
order to
make them appear to be reasonable. As explained in The Moses Legacy
this type of thinking is directly derived from the Talmud,
where Moses' laws were not only questioned but underwent personal
interpretations. When "Talmudic thinking" (the term
is not my invention) moves from religious to civil and criminal law, as
has
happened in our country during the past few decades, problems are bound
to
arise. When all the established customary landmarks for decent behavior
are
being removed chaos must inevitably result. Is this really the
direction we
want to go, in this new century and millennium? Or should we not return
to some
reasonable and firm rules of conduct the majority can agree on, and
which can
be adequately enforced? Inasmuch as thinking precedes language we have
to
scrutinize first our thought processes so that we can then express our
ideas in
clear and unmistakable language.
What prevents us from thinking truthfully and speaking the truth? Fear!
What
are we afraid of? The myriad of untoward events which might befall us
and which
imagination magnifies out of all proportions! "Du fürchtest
alles was
nicht trifft" (you are afraid of everything which doesn't come to
pass anyway) said Goethe, and he was right. But even if society removes
"the ancient landmarks," to use biblical language, the individual
does not have to do so. The Lord has given us strength and the ability
to adapt
to adverse circumstances, if and when they arrive. Instead of being
fearful of
what might or might not happen in the future let us be grateful for
whatever we
have in the present. With this attitude towards life, and its
vicissitudes,
lying becomes superfluous.
October, 2001
September 11th
On September 11 the world
changed for all
of us in an instant. There is hardly anyone who was not affected to
some extent
by the catastrophe which unfolded within the space of a couple of
hours. The
stunning simplicity of the idea to turn our own jetliners into lethal
bombs
which destroyed the World Trade Center totally, and
the Pentagon
partially, has brought home to us how fragile our lives are. Only the
heroic
acts of passengers on another doomed jetliner prevented a further
disaster of
untold proportions.
Osama bin Laden - if it was indeed his network - has
brought
our country literally to its knees and the country turned to God in
prayer. The
bitter, and in part irrational, fight waged by some for separation of
Church
and State had become irrelevant. The leaders of our country bowed their
heads
in prayers led by Christian, Jewish and Muslim clergymen. The much
vaunted multiculturalism
which pitted our citizens of various ethnic and religious backgrounds
against
each other was shown up as a charade as all of us became simply
Americans
rather than hyphenated ones. The problems discussed in the August and
September
updates: Congressman Condit's affair, federal funding of stem cells
research,
the disappearance of the budget surplus, raiding of the social security
trust
fund have all passed, at least temporarily, from our TV screens as we
were
shown over and over again the pictures of the jets crashing into our
symbols of
superpower status.
Nevertheless the current unity of our people and the high approval
rating of
the President's handling the disaster may evaporate when media pundits
will
begin to clamor for drastic actions with immediately visible results.
This is
the danger because the enemy is not only outside but inside our borders
and we
simply cannot "nuke 'em," as has been proposed. There are some
"journalists" who appear daily on our TV screens who seem to be
unable to grasp the simple concept that you have to investigate
the
causes of terrorism in order to achieve a permanent cure. It
is tragic
that when some well-meaning relatively prominent people advance this
idea they
are being insulted as "peaceniks," "incompetents" or worse.
It is these journalists who need to be educated in the fundamentals of
life
before they fuel the flames of hate and revenge.
The tragedy, apart from loss of life and property, is that some of our
"public opinion molders” actually help the terrorists to achieve their
objective by spreading fear among our citizenry. Life is a precious
gift but we
are doomed to die the moment we are born. This is an incontrovertible
fact. The
only question is what we do with the span of years which is allotted to
us. We can
fritter them away in the "pursuit of happiness" or we can endow our
lives with meaning. Unfortunately the type of meaning which we give to
our
lives differs considerably depending upon our life experiences and
upbringing.
But let there be no doubt: the people who hijacked the planes and those
who
organized this crime firmly believed that they were doing God's
will.
All three major religions involved in this tragedy profess to believe
in the
One God of the universe Who is just, loving and merciful, Yet in actual
practice individuals tend to believe in their tribal deity who will aid
or
avenge them as the case may be. Even Hitler believed
he was
doing God's work when he persecuted the Jews. In Mein Kampf
he wrote "So
glaube ich heute im Sinne des allmaechtigen Schoepfers zu handeln:
Indem ich
mich des Juden erwehre, kaempfe ich fuer das Werk des Herrn" (I,
therefore, believe today that I am acting in accordance with the
intention of
the Almighty Creator: By defending myself against the Jew I am fighting
for the
work of the Lord). The Second World War was portrayed as a battle
between good
and evil on both sides. This seems
incredible
in retrospect but the German soldiers fighting on the Eastern Front
were
convinced that they were saving Western civilization from Bolshevism,
and on
the Western front they hoped to defeat Jewish-Capitalist interests
which would
enslave the fatherland. At the same time the Americans and British were
saving
that same Western civilization from Nazism. At Placentia Bay, before
the
signing of the Atlantic Charter in August of 1941,
Roosevelt
and Churchill sang "Onward Christian Soldiers" while the Wehrmacht
was fighting the atheistic Soviet Union. To portray a struggle in
apocalyptic
terms makes good propaganda on both sides because it fires the emotions
but it
fosters hate rather than reason. We clamor for justice but most of our
pundits
fail to see that justice is, or at least should be, indivisible.
By aligning ourselves unequivocally with the policies of the state of
Israel we
have turned a blind eye to the injustices which are being perpetrated
against
the native Palestinians in the territories conquered during the 1967
war.
Samuel Johnson wrote in regard to the American War of
Independence, which he thoroughly disapproved of, that patriotism
is the last refuge of a scoundrel. The winner writes
history.
Had George Washington lost he and his most prominent
followers
would probably have been hanged. So it is with terrorism. Yesterday's
terrorists can become Prime Ministers if the struggle succeeds but
remain
condemned if they fail. Terrorism is the
ultimate
weapon of the dispossessed and I am sure nobody wants to be
reminded
that Prime Minister Begin as well as Prime
Minister
Shamir started their political lives as terrorists
against British rule (see Terror out of Zion. The Fight for
Israeli
Independence by J. Bowyer Bell). The axiom that the end justifies
the
means is still adhered to, by both sides, although one doesn't want to
put it
that crudely.
During the past two months I read, among others, three books which are
highly á
propos. One was Barbara Tuchman's March
of Folly,
Gloria Whelan's Angel on the Square
and Die Rache Gottes. Radikale Moslems, Christen und Juden
auf dem
Vormarsch by Gilles Kepel. Tuchman
eloquently
described how nations have acted against their best self-interest by
simply
persevering on a given course when it had become obvious that it would
lead to
disaster. She closed her book with the example of the Vietnam War but
had she lived
longer she might have added a chapter on the policies of the state of
Israel
since the 1967 war. Whelan's book is aimed at adolescents to teach them
the
rudiments of the causes for the Russian revolutions of 1917 and shows
exquisitely how the leading upper crusts of Imperial Russia utterly
failed to
recognize the intensity of the storm which was beginning to brew in
their
midst. The relevance to today's events is that we are likewise blinding
ourselves to the anger of the dispossessed masses in the Muslim world
which
finds its outlet in religious fury.
Kepel's book was originally published in French under the title La
Revanche
de Dieu Chretiens, juifs et musulmans a la reconquete du monde and
it is
now available in English as The Revenge of God: The resurgence of
Islam,
Christianity and Judaism in the Modern World. It is perhaps
noteworthy
that the French word reconquet would best be translated into
German as
Wiedereroberung, rather than Vormarsch, which means
advance,
and in English as re-conquest rather than resurgence. More important
is,
however, the fact that the book was originally published in 1991. I had
bought
it in Vienna in the early nineties but did not take it very seriously
at the
time. September 11 immediately brought the chilling contents back to
memory and
I re-read key sections. In short the author documents the return to
biblical or
Koranic Fundamentalism as a protest movement against
the
secular society the United States is regarded as promoting world wide.
Yet all
three groups have different goals. Evangelical Christians,
steeped in the Revelation of St. John the
Divine,
want to help the Jewish state to build its Third Temple which in turn
would
herald the arrival of the Antichrist and subsequently
Jesus'
second coming. Fundamentalist Jews
want the Temple built on the original site which would bring the Jewish
Messiah who, obviously, would have no use for the return of an
"avenging Jesus." Fundamentalist Muslims despise the
presence of Christians as well as Jews in the Middle East which they
regard as
their patrimony. Thus the battle lines are drawn among Fundamentalists
of any
of the three versions. There cannot be any compromise because all of
them are
acting in the name of God. The last sentences of the book when
translated from
the German version read: "In the short run the parallel development of
these religious movements, all of which want to re-conquer the world,
has to
lead to confrontation. As such the conflict between the 'believers’,
who make
the resurgence of their religious identity a yardstick for their
exclusive as
well as limited truths, is preprogrammed."
It is obvious that a war of ideas of this type cannot be won by bombs,
rockets
or invasions but only by another idea which unites rather than divides
humanity. The Sharon government insists on meeting
terror with
terror and wants to enlist us into this spiral of ever escalating
violence.
Seductive as the idea is it should be resisted because Israel has tried
this
strategy for the past thirty years at least and is nowhere nearer to a
degree
of peace. While Arafat is far from blameless for the
impasse
to place the entire burden on his shoulders, as is currently popular
here and
in Israel, is not necessarily justified. We are told over and over
again that
not only did he walk away at Camp David from the most wide ranging
concessions
ever offered by an Israeli Prime Minister but in addition answered them
with Intifada
II showing thereby that he does not want to coexist with a
Jewish
state. This opinion was most recently emphasized again by Norman
Podhoretz in the October issue of Commentary.
Yet, let us be honest with each other, Podhoretz concedes that no
minutes of the Camp David sessions have ever been
published
and we have, therefore, no idea what Arafat rejected
and why. Was
the Palestinian state as envisaged by Israel and the U.S. viable or was
it an
assortment of Palestinian and Israeli enclaves in what was supposed to
have
been the state? We simply don't know but we should insist on
seeing the
documents because there does not seem to be any reason for
secrecy in
regard to a failed meeting in our free society. The policy of creating settlements,
in the occupied territories which has been pursued by all Israelis
governments
since 1967 has led to a such a patchwork quilt that
it is
extremely difficult to see how national sovereignty could be
established in
that area. One glance at the map published on page 104 in Whither
Zionism? clearly shows the tremendous difficulty of
establishing a
viable truly independent state in the area even if the partners in the
peace
process were to proceed with the best of intentions. Podhoretz does not
address
the problem and seems to believe that Israel can just continue with its
past
policies and in the long run the Palestinians will see the errors of
their way.
September 11 changed the outlook irrevocably. The entire world has been
affected economically and the genie is literally out of the bottle. If
Prime
Minister Sharon wants to "go it alone," as he has promised, he can do
so but under these circumstances America should not be held hostage to
failed
and failing policies.
What is to be done now? In order to formulate a correct
strategy we must first of all understand what each side to the
conflict really wants. But In order to do so we must see
ourselves
through the eyes of the adversary. We will
disagree
with his perception but that does not make it less real for the
perceiver. Osama
bin Ladin, as the symbol of radical Islam,
sees the
United States as a decadent country bent on the pursuit of material
happiness
in disregard of the moral laws of God, and controlled by Jewish
interests.
America supports and props up the state of Israel as a colonial outpost
in an
area of the world which, apart from the Crusades' era, has always been
Islamic.
Jewish secular culture perverts established morals and customs while
political
Zionism strives for an enlargement of their state. In order to rid the
land of
Palestine from Infidels the power of the United States must be broken.
This is
best achieved by involving America in a drawn out war
especially in
Afghanistan where other superpowers of the past
(Imperial
Great Britain and the Soviet Union) have ground out their eye teeth. In
addition the Muslim masses who hate their non-elected secular regimes,
as stooges
of the Great Satan, must be mobilized, especially, if
and when
an Islamic country is invaded by foreigners. The disenfranchised young
people
in the Muslim countries are sufficiently restless to yearn for change
and
Islamic revolutions on the model of Iran are to be brought about.
Therefore,
major military action by the United States is a requirement
to
bring this plan to fruition and continued provocation
through
a variety of terror attacks is the only way to
accomplish this
objective.
What does Israel want? Here the answer is less clear
because
there are too many factions in the country. The majority of the people
just
want to live in peace with their neighbors but this is at present
difficult to
achieve. We, therefore, have to ask what the leadership wants.
Obviously it
also wants peace but there are considerable differences of opinion as
to how
this can be accomplished. The governing Sharon
faction
believes that only a hard line military approach will
succeed
while the Peres group has not yet given up on a negotiated
settlement. In addition the country is quite divided as to
what kind
of state it is supposed to be. Is it to be a secular democracy with
majority
rule or a Jewish state governed by ancient Jewish law? Ever since the
creation
of the state there were two major factions which co-existed uneasily.
These may
be called political Zionism and religious
Zionism.
Political Zionism, which founded the country, was secular in nature and
as such
opposed by religious Zionists who felt that the state was illegitimate
because
only the Messiah can bring about the ingathering of the dispersed and
the
erection of the Third and Final Temple. Over the years political and
religious
aspirations were fused by some visionaries in the attempt to create a Greater
Israel beyond the UN established 1948 borders. For them it is
not
Israel which is the intruder onto Muslim lands but Israelis are simply
reclaiming their inheritance, promised by God, which they had lost
temporarily.
This goal has not yet been abandoned as the settlement policies of the
various
Israeli governments prove. Although the settlements have considerable
popular
approval, the problem what to do with a relatively large and probably
hostile
minority Arab population within the Jewish state tends to be ignored.
There
are, however, some fanatics who envision a Final Solution
(to
use a well known phrase) which in their eyes will ensure a permanent
peace. The
autocratic governments of neighboring Arab states such as Syria,
Lebanon, Iraq, Egypt
and may
be Jordan have to be toppled and regimes favorable to
Jewish
values installed. This can only be accomplished by war with the help,
or at
least the tacit approval, of the United States. To achieve this end
terrorism
against the United States can be silently welcomed because it is
expected to
lead to an intensification of hatred against Arabs in the U.S. and
thereby a
further identification of America's goals with those of Israel.
America's current war on terrorism is to be not only fully supported in
its
present stage but needs to be expanded to other Muslim "rogue"
states. With America fully occupied and radicalized by subsequent
further acts
of Islamic terrorism Israel can then finally achieve its borders
promised to
Abraham.
Let me make it unequivocally clear that the overwhelming majority of
Israelis
do not harbor such Machiavellian fantasies and are genuinely distressed
about
the loss of innocent lives on September 11; but it is also dangerous to
ignore
the latent streak of fanaticism in a small minority which pursues only its
goals regardless of the costs to others.
What does America want? There is absolutely no doubt
that the
vast majority of the population just wants to be left in peace to
pursue its
own personal goals in freedom. This why most of us came here in the
first
place. Even our leadership does not want war but to get the economy
moving and
to work for global prosperity. Nevertheless in spite of the current
unity the
country's opinion makers are split on how to set things right in the
world. On
account of the so-called Judeo-Christian tradition (a
term
which, by the way, is rejected by observant Jews), there are strong
emotional
ties to Judaism and the state of Israel. Powerful military action is
urged by
the majority of journalists. Currently in the minority is another group
which
regards war as folly but has as yet no strong support from the media.
This is
bound to change if and when body bags were to arrive in larger numbers.
For these reasons a major war against Islamic states
is not
in the best interest of the United States but serves only the
purposes
of Radical Muslims and proponents of a Greater Israel. The Eye
for an
Eye policy which has been tried by Israel for decades is
inappropriate
for the United States and a paradigm shift has to take place.
Our country is made up not only of evangelical Christians and Jews but
of a
wide variety of individuals with other belief systems which our
political
leadership needs to take into account. While simply turning the other
cheek is
not an option, judicious pursuit of policies which do not pour fuel on
the
flames is called for and our leadership has indeed resisted to be
stampeded
into precipitous action.
We can be very grateful that the September 11 attack fell into the
first year
of the Bush presidency rather than the last year of Clinton's
tenure. Politics would have dictated a war, Al Gore
would, in all probability, have won the election and the country would
have had
a Jewish vice-President. This is not to impugn Senator
Lieberman's
patriotism but some further tilt to the Israeli side would have been
unavoidable. President Bush is in the fortunate position of not having
to worry
about re-election at this time and even if there were to be no second
term it
would not be a personal disaster for him. He truly serves the country
rather
than political ambition and the same goes for his wife Laura, which is
welcome
contrast to our previous leadership. Thus Mr. Bush and his cabinet can
act in a
statesman-like manner rather than in a purely
political one.
Let me re-emphasize, therefore, in my opinion America has nothing to
gain by
major military actions but only a great deal to lose. We will not only
lose
lives and property but most of all our soul as a free and peace loving
people.
We will foster further hate which in turn begets hate and events are
likely to
spin totally out of control.
What is required of us now in these most difficult
circumstances is steadfastness of purpose with the goal of
bringing a
degree of peace as well as hope for a better future to the impoverished
Muslim
masses. It is obvious that the perpetrators of the
crime
should be found, through international efforts, and
brought to
justice, but this is only one step. We have
to convince
the minds of the people in the region that we
are indeed determined to bring justice to all the people in the area
and not
just some. America is still the world's best hope and if we
combine
our economic resources with those of the other developed nations we can
change
the current image of the Great Satan. The road is difficult indeed but
what we
need to do as individual citizens is to keep our heads, don't
give way
to irrational fears and pray that our leadership will
continue
to show forbearance and wisdom.
10-7-2001
The update as it appears above was written between October 5 and 6.
Today the
world has changed again and as may be apparent, from my point of view,
not for
the better. Nevertheless, the sentiments expressed above are, to my
mind, still
true and this is why I am not changing the contents. The bombing
campaign
against Afghanistan which began today will have consequences which are
as yet
unforeseeable and we can only pray that eventually reason will prevail
over
passion.
November 1, 2008
Hawaii; Afghanistan war; Judeo-Christian tradition; Ariel Sharon
Since the purpose of these entries is to provide contemporary documentation of
American life or Zeitgeschichte, as it would be called in German,
you are being treated in this installment not only to opinions on current
events but also to some personal information.
In order to escape from the incessant war- and scare-mongering of the national
media my wife Martha and I decided to heed the President's advice, go on with
our lives and stimulate the economy. Since flying and cruising is somewhat
cheaper right now we thought it a good idea to take a long postponed cruise
through the Hawaiian Islands on the good ship Independence
of American Hawaiian Cruises.
We booked our flight tickets separately (to get the cheapest fares) and paid
for the ship with my credit card. One week before going came the call from the
travel agency that the company had fallen victim to bin-Ladin's efficiency and declared
bankruptcy. An immediate call to Merrill Lynch brought the good news
that the $2435 had not yet been cashed and the transaction was red-flagged so
that no money would be paid out. This left us, however, with the discounted
airline tickets which were, of course, non-refundable. Instead of writing off
the six hundred dollars we thought we might as well spend the money, Osama had
saved us, on a hotel in Maui, where we
could enjoy nature and converse with the birds and fish. The Kaanapali
Beach Hotel fit the budget with $1200 for the two of us for one week,
which left the other $1200 for food, drink and excursions. When all was said
and done we actually came out ahead by about $300.
The hallmark of airline travel was that, although Delta provided us with
excellent steaks coming and going across the Pacific, the safety considerations
demanded that we had to eat with plastic knives and forks. Trying to cut a
steak with a terrorist-prove small knife which bends in all directions is a
feat which Martha was unable to accomplish with finger joints ravaged by age,
so she had to return to the ways of our ancestors; simply wrap up the thing and
eat it from her hand. About 500+ years of civilization was gone for reasons of
"security." To enhance our security even further we had, obviously,
to be at the airport two hours earlier but fortunately Salt
Lake City and Maui as well as Honolulu
still had curbside check-in, which avoided interminable lines. Contrary to our
media pundits’ opinions people are still fond of flying and the planes were
full.
On the return trip we would have to have left the hotel at 4 30 in the morning
to make a 7 55 flight from Maui to Honolulu
in order to catch the 10 a.m. flight
to LAX. Since this did not correspond to my idea of a vacation we opted to take
a noon flight from Maui to Honolulu one day earlier (I wanted to see Waikiki
beach and Diamond Head anyway) and leaving the hotel at 7 30 am would
have given us ample time for catching our plane to LA. This was not to be. The
hotel to the airport shuttle people insisted that we have to leave at 7 a.m. in spite of the fact that the trip takes
only 25 minutes. We had to submit to the rules and when we got to the airport
20 minutes later we found people patiently and uncomplainingly waiting in line
to go through inspection for plant and animal material one might have wanted to
bring along as souvenirs. Surprisingly enough there was no movement of that
line and inquiry revealed that they don't open this inspection counter until 8 a.m. Such are the joys of today's travel. The
civilized ways of former days are gone for good in our "Do it
yourself" society which is strictly geared to the young and vigorous.
Mind you I am not complaining, I am simply stating a fact that we are going
backwards in our civilization rather than forwards. On the other hand Maui
was charming and one of my colleagues who had told me before going "you
won't want to come back" was absolutely correct. Sitting on the beach
looking out on the Lahaina Roads (stretch of water between
Maui and the island of Lanai) watching the surf come in, visiting with the
tropical fish and turtles on Black Rock beach, and eventually seeing the sun
set behind Lanai more than made up for the follies we are currently being
subjected to by the people who control our fate.
The contrast between the beauties of nature and human behavior was magnified
when we turned on CNN after dinner and were treated to a daily dose of bombing
Kabul, Taliban
positions and anthrax scares. One asks oneself where
is Homo sapiens - man the wise - when one sees conduct which is
strictly contrary to all good sense. In September when President Bush was
quoted as having said that he wouldn't send a million dollar cruise missile to
hit a mud hut and kick a camel in the butt, I applauded him for his foresight.
Media and other pressures made passion prevail over reason and we are now doing
what he said we wouldn't.
Our Media hounds - and I really have no other word for them - constantly tell
us what the "American people" want. Well, I am one
of the American people and I don't want to bomb mud huts and camels. I also
don't want our commandoes to go on ill defined missions with no adequate
information on where the supposed targets, be they Osama
or Mullah Omar, are really hiding. Our boys are sent into potential
death traps and they deserve better. Some media commentators were surprised
that the Taliban are fighting well. What's the surprise? It's their country and
they have been doing nothing else but fight for decades, if not centuries. The
arrogance, as well as ignorance, of some of these pundits is staggering. The
British fought two wars in Afghanistan
during the nineteenth century and left both times with a bloody nose, the
Russians tried it recently and got out after ten years with the Soviet
Union in shambles. For that I am grateful because I had no use for
their system of government. But why in all the world
should we be more successful? Because we are a high-tech
superpower? Have we forgotten that the ridiculed black pajama-clad boys
with a minimum amount of equipment, no air power but an indomitable will to
succeed, kicked us out of Viet Nam?
Does anybody really believe that Afghans will be any easier
to defeat when we come to introduce our ideas of how the country
should be run?
The American people I talk to are not particularly keen on this war either, but
nobody asks them. I haven't found anybody who has been subjected to one of the
famous public opinion polls. I miss especially a poll which would ask
all of the 5000 or so families who have lost
one or more of their members in the tragic events of September 11 whether or
not they want a war with Afghanistan.
They are the ones who have suffered and they should be heard. Fragmentary and
anecdotal information seems to suggest that they don't want an eye for an eye.
Gandhi has been credited for saying that the policy of "an eye for an eye
leaves everybody blind" and that is also the truth.
What are we dropping bombs for? Ostensibly to get rid of the Taliban and with
their demise Osama would have no place to hide, except possibly Iraq,
Libya and other
assorted "rogue states" whom we would bomb
thereafter. The world would then be safe from terrorism and in the words of the
fairy tales "everybody would live happily forever after." This is so
naive that I cannot believe anybody in government really believes this. I was
born a European, have lived under Goebbels, and became American by choice. I
am, therefore, sufficiently skeptical of propaganda and even a cursory
knowledge of history shows that most wars and revolutions had ulterior motives.
This gets me back to Hawaii.
The revolution in 1893 was fomented by American sugarcane
growers who saw their profits disappear unless the islands were annexed by America.
The official reason was, of course, the undemocratic behavior of the Queen who
threatened the lives of the American settlers. The Spanish-American war
in 1898 was ostensibly to rid Cuba
of cruel Spanish dictatorship; to extract revenge for the sinking of the Maine
and to bring Christianity to the forsaken natives in the Philippines.
The fact that the Filipinos had been Christians for centuries was disregarded.
Also disregarded was the fact that the Spanish had absolutely no interest in
fighting America
and, in all probability, had nothing to do with the Maine
disaster. The Spanish had to be driven out, not only from the Western
Hemisphere but also the Pacific, because after Hawaii
had been digested it was America's Manifest Destiny to bring
good government to most everybody in the Pacific. In 1917 along came President
Wilson who believed, with religious fervor, that the world
must be made safe for democracy which could only be achieved by
entering the war on the Allied side. The fact that the Allies were deeply in
debt to America
for all the arms they had to buy and that this debt could never be collected if
the Central Powers had won the war, was obviously irrelevant.
That the world did not become safe for democracy, as Wilson had so devoutly
hoped and prayed for, and that instead another war, even more horrible than the
first one, resulted from it, is ignored. So is the fact that the current Arab-Israeli
turmoil also goes back to WWI and the subsequent
division of the spoils among the victorious Allies. That the British promised,
at that time, the same piece of real estate to the Arabs as well as the Jews
nobody wants to be reminded of either.
When Arabs resist the values of Western culture and are feeling left out from
the benefits which globalism is supposed to bring, when they
see that the poor get poorer and the rich richer they cannot be expected to
become enchanted forever with the carrot which is being dangled before their
noses. If they try to assert themselves they get the stick in form of bombs or
rockets as Saddam Hussein has found out. Increasing social
unhappiness by the masses is bound to lead to unrest and there will always be
educated people to provide leaders. Let us not forget that the leadership of
the proletarian revolutions during the nineteenth and twentieth century was
never in the hands of the working class but in those of intellectuals (Marx,
Engels, Lassale, Liebknecht, Lenin, Trotsky, Adler to name just a few) who took
pity on the downtrodden and promised them the blue from the sky in form of a
socialist utopia. After the demise of the Soviet Union,
socialist dreams have temporarily lost some steam and in its breach stepped
religion which has always been useful to mask imperial aspirations.
Deny it as we might the current war against "terrorism"
is indeed a religious war of ideas and, as mentioned
repeatedly, it cannot be won by bombs or even ground troops in Afghanistan,
Iraq or other
places around the world. Even if the Taliban were to be defeated
and a pro-Western government installed in Kabul,
fundamentalist-nationalists would simply melt into the mountains and guerilla
warfare, accompanied by terrorist tactics, would continue ad infinitum.
It pains me to say so but Osama bin-Ladin has so far succeeded
beyond his wildest dreams. A $200.000 investment in martyrs (which was recouped
anyway by selling assets on the stock market before its expected crash) has
produced, and continues to produce, billions of dollars of losses to the
American economy, fear is being spread by the media and if we are to believe
our politicians we are engaged in an Afghan war with a projected duration of
several years. Even if we kill bin-Ladin now he will be a martyr (which is what
he wants anyway) who goes to paradise and his image will spur on other fanatics
to continue with his work of creating hatred for America
in the Islamic world.
Even we in America
are apparently fighting for religious principles because we
have been told that this is a war of good against evil. Jesus'
words: "Whoever is not against us is with us" have been turned into:
"Who is not with us is against us!" There can be no neutrals now we
are told; the world has to be strictly polarized. This is what the "Judeo-Christian
tradition" apparently means. That Christianity
and Judaism are supposed to operate on different premises
can no longer be openly acknowledged. Jesus was a Jew we are told and,
therefore, adhered to the Jewish religion to the bitter end. The fact that he
changed Judaism fundamentally the moment he told the parable of the Good
Samaritan in answer to the question: "who is my neighbor?" is not
taken into account. This question of the scribe, as reported by Luke, was not
rhetorical because Jews did distinguish very carefully between themselves and
others. Jews were to help each other but they were to shun contact with
foreigners. When Jesus told the scribe that your neighbor is anyone in need of
help, even a despised Samaritan, he violated one of the most sacred taboos. In
addition he had the audacity to tell the Jewish religious leaders that the
Sabbath was made for man and not man for the Sabbath; to eat with
"sinners," thereby abrogating the sanctity of the dietary laws; and
ultimately going after temple money by overthrowing the tables of the money
changers. This clearly put him beyond the pale of Jewish religious authorities
and required a death sentence. We are now told by some that Jesus was a
fanatical zealot and that is why the Romans crucified him. But this is only an
attempt to exonerate the Jewish ruling circles of Jerusalem
at that time and to foster harmony between Christians and Jews. But a harmony
which is based on a wrong premise can never be lasting.
We must openly admit to the differences between the Jewish and Christian
religion before we can agree on common principles. Judaism was
and for true believers still is, essentially tribal
in its nature. This may sound harsh but the disapproval of intermarriage, the
insistence by rabbinical authorities on separateness and fear of assimilation
are facts of life which cannot be denied. Careful reading of the sayings by the
prophets makes it also undeniably clear that they were nationalists. The
redemption of this world was to be brought about by Jews and the Law,
to which all nations will have to subscribe, will come from Zion.
The famous beating of swords into plowshares in Is. 2:4 is preceded by
"people going up to the mountains of the Lord, to the house of the God of
Jacob; and he will teach us his ways, and we will walk in his paths: for out of
Zion shall go forth the law; and the word of the Lord from Jerusalem. And he
shall judge the nations and shall rebuke many people." While Christians
may read this symbolically, fundamentalist Jews tend to think in terms of the
here and now. It is the earthly, rather than the heavenly Jerusalem,
to which all nations will have to flow and it will be the God of Jacob
rather than the Heavenly Father of Jesus who will lay down the
law! These statements may come as a surprise to those who believe that
"Jews are just a quirky Protestant sect" as Stephen Feldman has put
it in Please, Don't wish me a Merry Christmas. But
while that book is clearly polemical, the one by Rabbi Neusner Jews and
Christians. The Myth of a Common Tradition is scholarly,
well reasoned and ought to be required reading for evangelical Christians of
the Pat Robertson and Jerry Falwell genre.
They also ought to visit the website of a steadily growing subset of Orthodox
Judaism at www.noahide.com. This should dispel any notion that
Judaism and Christianity are simply variants of one common religion like
Catholicism and Protestantism.
Where does this leave our Christian leadership which is engaged in this "Crusade"
against terrorism as President Bush has unfortunately called
it. I said "unfortunately" deliberately because the word has a bad
connotation in the minds of Muslims. The Crusaders did not behave like
followers of Jesus' teachings: they murdered, raped and plundered not only Jerusalem
but even Christian Constantinople. The Muslim hero of the Crusades is Saladin,
who soundly defeated and permanently crippled the Christian Crusaders at the
battle of Hattin (A.D.1187). It is his example Saddam and Osama are trying to
follow. I sincerely doubt that some of our fire-breathing media pundits have
ever heard of this epoch making battle and the difference in the treatment of
the inhabitants of Jerusalem first
by the Christian and then the Muslim conquerors. The latter let the population
of the city live while the former "put them to the sword," as the
saying goes, regardless of what religion they belonged to. I am not extolling
the virtues of Islam over Christianity, I am simply recounting historical facts
and when it comes to politics Christianity has never
been tried ever since it became the official state religion in the Roman
Empire.
The reasons are obvious. Jesus' teachings such as: love those who hate you,
when struck turn the other cheek and my kingdom is not of this world; have no
place in power politics. Jews and Muslims are more honest in this respect
because they make no such demands on the adherents of their faiths. Therefore,
let us leave religious-moral sloganeering out of American propaganda and
concentrate instead on actions which prove to the world at large and Muslims in
particular that Americans, regardless of what faith they profess, do care for
others who do not share their belief system. The month of Ramadan
would be an excellent opportunity to do so. Instead of continuing to bomb and
send commandoes we could use the money and the troops to feed and clothe
the starving hundreds of thousands of Afghans in the refugee camps in Pakistan
and in those areas of Afghanistan
which are not under direct Taliban control. Dropping food from the
air, as well as bombs, makes good propaganda but has little practical value.
The impoverished Afghan people will have difficulty getting to it and when they
are successful the Taliban can always confiscate it "for the good of the
country." In addition, while the ordinary Afghan will have to walk or get
to the drop points - wherever they are - by mule, donkey or camel, the Taliban
who have trucks can get there first.
There is nothing we can do for the people who live under Taliban control at
this time but we have a great opportunity to show our compassion - not through
some nebulous relief agencies but through our troops - by helping, those who
have escaped, with food and half-way decent housing for the upcoming winter
months. That would be a display of genuine Christian charity. Although an
effort of this type would probably be derided by Osama's followers as a
propaganda ploy, the people whose lives we save rather than destroy would be
grateful and the news networks including Al-Jazeera would broadcast the good
news far and wide. It will not deter the likes of Osama but would-be followers
might be persuaded that there is a better way than bombs and killing. To those
who argue that this proposal is unrealistic I can only say: yes, as long as you
don't try it! Actions always speak louder than words and we are judged by what
we do rather than what we say.
Two years ago at Thanksgiving I wrote the final words for War and Mayhem
and it is appropriate to repeat them in part at this time: "The challenges
of the next century, let alone millennium, are going to be enormous. Will our
'opinion makers' and politicians conduct themselves any wiser than in the past?
Will we be able to resurrect a universal moral code and live by it? Will we be
able to meet criticism and differences of opinions without demonizing those who
think differently and try to understand why they do so? Will we be able to look
beyond generalizations to the individuals who make up the groups and deal with
them according to individual behavior rather than preconceived notions which
supposedly characterize the group?" I went on to say that if we could
answer these questions affirmatively there is hope for mankind but if not we
are going to slide into an abyss the magnitude of which can hardly be imagined
at this time.
Our response to the September 11 tragedy does not bode well for the future and
the current November issue of Commentary
contains chilling information. The lead article by Daniel Pipes: "The
Danger Within: Militant Islam in America,"
depicts a nightmare scenario of Muslim forces taking over our government and
turning us into an Islamic Republic on the model of Iran.
One may laugh about this but Pipes is serious and provides documentation for
his opinion. The second article by Mark Helprin: "What Israel Must Now Do
to Survive," is equally eerie. Not only does Helprin advocate that
Israelis need to arm themselves to the teeth now but he also asks: "Is it
not obvious that now is the time, when American and Israeli interests plainly
coincide, for Israel to destroy [emphasis added] the
laboratories [of weapons of mass destruction], reactors, processing plants and
depots where untold terror might arise?" Helprin concludes "Such a
thing seems perilous, and it is, but hardly more perilous than its
alternative." It seems that it was this type of thinking which caused Secretary
of State Colin Powell to immediately reverse his criticism of the Sharon
government at the time it sent tanks back into Palestinian territory and to
call him “a dear friend" (Salt Lake Tribune, October 25,2001).
The American "public opinion molders" and our politicians who react
to their pressure tend to be remarkably poorly informed about foreign affairs.
This leads to government from crisis to crisis without a long range steadily
pursued goal. This is outright dangerous. When Prime Minister Sharon said
recently that Israel
will go it alone if the U.S.
does not condone his actions we have to keep Sharon's
life history in mind. It is even more important than Arafat's.
The ill-fated invasion of Lebanon
in 1982 was planned and executed by Sharon.
The Reagan peace plan, thereafter, was rejected by
him and the massacre in the Sabra-Shatila Palestinian refugee camp,
although carried out by Christian Lebanese Phalangists, was clearly condoned by
Sharon. He was severely criticized
for it by concerned Israelis and lost his job as Defense Minister. The details
of this affair, as well as other injustices against Palestinians which have
over the years been perpetrated by a succession of Israeli governments are well
documented in Noam Chomsky's book: The Fateful Triangle. The United
States, Israel
& The Palestinians. The book was
published in 1983 and should be required reading for everybody in government
and the media. It is absolutely tragic that no attention has been paid to this
book although the concluding paragraph states: "Meanwhile, at least this
much seems clear. As long as the United States remains committed to an Israeli
Sparta as a strategic asset, blocking the international consensus on a
political settlement, the prospects are for further tragedy: repression,
terrorism, war and possibly even a conflict that will engage the superpowers,
eventuating in a final solution from which few will escape." The first
part of the prophecy is a fact of life now and with Sharon's
finger on the trigger of Israel's
nuclear devices the last words are no longer far fetched either. If Israeli
politicians were to feel themselves pushed against the wall The Samson
Option, as it has been called by Seymour Hersh in his 1991 book, may
well become attractive. Furthermore, if Israeli scientists were to have, in the
meantime, perfected a neutron bomb which kills only people and animals, rather
than destroy property, the world could be in dire straits. The vital oil
installations might remain viable and could switch from Arab into Jewish hands.
What a temptation for any government if it were to feel that its survival is at
stake. The backlash which would subsequently ensue against America
would be both vicious and interminable.
It is in this context that the third article of the current Commentary issue:
"The Wages of Durban" by Arch Puddington needs to be seen. The UN World
Conference Against Racism (WCAR) had concluded a few days before the
September 11 catastrophe. The conference was marred by anti-Israeli and
anti-Jewish polemics, as well as demands for reparations for slavery and
colonial misconduct, by a variety of delegates. Nevertheless it was only Israel
and the United States who walked away from the conference demonstrating to the
world that: whatever you say or do we don't care we go our own way together! If
our fate is truly irrevocably linked to actions initiated by the government in Jerusalem
rather than Washington our war on
terrorism is bound to fail. If we were to win but lose in the process the
freedoms we still enjoy the victory would be a hollow one. What use is it to
gain the whole world if you lose your soul?, the
biblical writer asked. Yes indeed! I personally wish the Jewish people, both
here and in Israel,
well but as I said on previous occasions justice is indivisible
and, difficult as it is, justified grievances by the Palestinians must be
addressed now. Time is running out.
December 2001
War On Terrorism
The collapse of the Taliban in
northern and
central Afghanistan took everybody by surprise and made the Ramadan
suggestions
of the previous month's installment irrelevant. This success was so
stunning
that "On to Baghdad" and let's get rid of Saddam
once and for all is now a common theme in our media. That American air
power
was an essential aspect of the Taliban's defeat is undeniable, but the
territory was taken on the ground by Afghans. Furthermore, nobody,
apart from a
few fanatics, liked the Taliban even in the Muslim world. The situation
may not
be as easy in Iraq.
It is true that most Iraqis are fed up with Saddam and would rather
live in a
democratic society. We should help them to attain this objective; but
bombs or
rockets can achieve this goal only if there are ground forces in place
that do
the actual fighting. Let us not forget that the "Northern Coalition"
was available in Afghanistan to do the dirty work, but whether or not
this type
of insurgent army is available in Iraq remains to be seen. Thus, unless
we can
engineer a relatively bloodless coup d'etat in Baghdad, we are likely
to have a
tough row to hoe. Even as far as Afghanistan is concerned the job is
far from
finished. Taliban fighters are beginning to melt into the abundant
mountains
and the new mujahadeens may harass any government in Kabul for a long
time to
come. For the Northern Alliance to suddenly give up the idea of
translating
their military power into political gains - out of the goodness of
their hearts
- would also be a first in world history.
We are told that our government is split in terms of how to proceed
next. The hawks,
whoever they may be, don't want our military assets,
which sit
in the Persian Gulf, to simply declare "mission
accomplished." I am reasonably sure that our reservists and
National Guard units who are engaged there now would be very happy to
be home
by Christmas, but who is going to ask them?
The "doves" in the administration, whoever they may
be, tend to think about long term political goals and
propose
strategies where bombs and rockets are the last rather than first
resort. They
also listen to responsible Arab leaders like President MuBarack
of Egypt who warned in no uncertain terms that the current coalition in
our war
on terrorism cannot hold together if we attack Iraq without providing
convincing evidence for a direct link between September 11 and Saddam's
government. Germany, and most members of the EU, have voiced similar
concerns
as well as most other nations of the world. A war on Iraq simply does
not have
the same popularity in other countries, apart from Israel, as the one
on
Afghanistan had.
Sergei Khrushchev headlined his article in the current
November/ December issue of American Heritage with "Finding
the
Killers Is the Easy Part." He stated that the fight against
extremism
needs to be pursued on three levels:
The simplest is the police level: finding the terrorists specifically
responsible for the events of September 11. The second level is the
police-plus-intelligence one: cracking the whole terrorist network. But
all
that will be useless if we don't reach the third level: fighting to
eliminate
the extreme dissatisfaction within the [Muslim] society. Without that,
the Arab
world will see our actions as an attack against all of them and their
religion,
and if we catch Osama bin Laden, he will be replaced by someone else.
What is
essential is strong pressure on both sides, on Israelis as well as on
Arabs,
much like the pressure we exerted in the former Yugoslavia. Without
that, all
thoughts of stopping terrorism will be useless.
Mr. Khrushchev is a senior fellow at the Thomas J. Watson Institute of
International Studies, at Brown University and that his views coincide
with
those I have expressed previously in these pages was gratifying. The gangrenous
sore of Palestinian-Israeli relationships must be addressed if
we want
to achieve a modicum of peace in that part of the world and thereby
reduce the
threat of terrorism. Let us not forget that modern terrorism
started
with Palestinians hijacking planes and the massacre
of Jewish
athletes at the Munich Olympic Games, in 1972. Thirty
years later the creation of a viable internationally recognized
Palestinian
state will not necessarily stop all terrorist acts in the world but, as
mentioned previously on these pages, would remove at least one point of
friction.
The American people, at large, are remarkably poorly
informed about the Middle East. On the Opinion page of a
recent Sunday
edition of the Salt Lake Tribune there was an extensive article, which
covered
nearly half the page, entitled: U.S. Guards Its Interests When It Takes
Israel's Side." In the article the lady chided one of those
"peaceniks" and wrote "Permit me to give you and the nation a
lesson in history and the future." In so doing she informed us that Israel
protects the Suez Canal and sees to it that it does not fall
into the
hands of the enemies of freedom. Since we have given control over the
Panama
Canal to the Chinese we should follow the example of the British who
sent their
fleet half way around the world to retain the Falkland Islands and
thereby
guard the route around Cape Horn.
Since this history lesson conflicted profoundly with my information I
sent
immediately a letter to the Public Forum page of the Tribune in which I
explained tat the Suez canal has been in Egyptian hands
since
the spring of 1956 and that the British - French -Israeli war
against
Egypt in November of that year, with the goal to retake possession of
the
canal, had to be abandoned as a result of severe pressure by the United
States
and the Soviet Union. This was the final end of British-French colonial
ambitions. The IDF (Israeli Defense Forces), which had performed
brilliantly in
regard to territorial gains (all of the Gaza strip and the entire Sinai
Peninsula), also were forced to withdraw as a result of a 65 to 1 vote
in the
UN. The lone dissenter was Israel; England and France abstained from
the vote. Ben-Gurion
was furious. He knew now that he could not rely on America under all
circumstances and embarked full steam, with the help
of
France, on arming Israel with nuclear weapons. This
was the
outcome of the Suez war and what we are now confronted with. I also
informed
the readership of the Tribune that the documentation for these
statements can
be found in Righteous Victims. A History of the Zionist-Arab
Conflict. 1881
- 1999 by Benny Morris and The Samson Option. Israel's
Nuclear Arsenal
and American Foreign Policy by Seymour Hersh.
This correct version of history was not palatable to the editors of the
Tribune
and the article was never published. Nevertheless it was helpful for me
to
refresh my memory and re-read aspects of the two mentioned books. In
the
November installment of Hot Issues I hedged my bets in regard to
Israel's
possession of neutron weapons but this is no longer necessary. Seymour
Hersh
states unequivocally in the Epilogue of The Samson Option:
"By
the mid-1980's, the technicians at Dimona
[Israel's
nuclear facility] had manufactured hundreds of low-yield neutron
warheads
capable of destroying large numbers of enemy troops with minimal
property
damage. The size and sophistication of Israel's arsenal allows
men
such as Ariel Sharon [who was out of power at that time] to dream of
redrawing
the map of the Middle East aided by the implicit threat of nuclear
force.
Israel has also been an exporter of nuclear technology and has
collaborated on
nuclear weapons research with other nations, including South Africa."
Hersh is not some fly by night journalist but he knows his facts and
has won
more than a dozen major journalism prizes. The book was published ten
years ago
and there is hardly any doubt that Israel has in the meantime continued
to
improve on its nuclear capability. Granted that Israel's
nuclear
arsenal is for defensive purposes, but why should
Arabs,
for whom the existence of Israel's capability is no secret, not
be concerned and develop their own counterweight? Why
do we
read about the threat of WMD (weapons of mass destruction) only in
relation to
"rogue regimes" like Saddam Hussein and there is not a single word
either printed in the papers or mentioned on TV?
Whom does Saddam really threaten? Is he going to ship to us numerous
batches of
Anthrax or other disease germs? Is he going to send us nuclear bombs?
What
would be the purpose? His regime would vanish over night and he knows
it. His
first goal is to hang on to his power and this cannot be accomplished
by
needlessly provoking the U.S. His second goal is to guard himself
against
Israel. Does he want to attack Israel first? This does not seem
particularly
likely because he knows full well that American retribution would be
swift and
devastating. Whatever else he is, he is not particularly suicidal.
Thus, if we
start a major war against Iraq we are not serving primarily America's
interests
but those of Israel.
While checking my facts in Benny Morris' book (he is Professor of
History at
Ben-Gurion University in Beersheba) about the British and
French Suez
canal debacle, which by the way coincided with the
Hungarian
uprising against the Soviets, I came upon a passage which is
also
highly á propos. At a funeral service on April 29, 1956 for the
assassinated
security officer Ro'i Rothenberg of Kibbutz Nahal-'Oz on the edge of
the Gaza
strip, Moshe Dayan delivered a eulogy which goes to
the heart
of the Israeli-Palestinian problem:
Yesterday at dawn Ro'i was murdered. The quiet of the spring morning
blinded
him, and he did not see those who sought his life hiding behind the
furrow. Let
us not today cast blame on the murderers. What can we say against their
terrible hatred of us? For eight years now, they have sat in the
refugee camps
of Gaza, and have watched how, before their very eyes we have turned
their land
and villages, where they and their forefathers previously dwelled, into
our
home. It is not among the Arabs of Gaza, but in our own midst that we
must seek
Ro'i's blood. How did we shut our eyes and refuse to look squarely at
our fate
and see, in all its brutality, the fate of our generation? Can we
forget that
this group of youngsters sitting in Nahal-'Oz, carries the heavy gates
of Gaza
on their shoulders?
Dayan continued with an admonition for Israelis to be forever vigilant:
"We are a generation of settlement, and without the steel helmet and
the
gun's muzzle we will not be able to plant a tree or build a house." He
concluded with "This is the fate of our generation.
This
is our choice - to be ready and armed, tough and harsh
- or to
let the sword fall from our hands and our lives be cut short."
Forty six years later and in another generation Americans are now
supposed to
"shut our eyes and refuse to look squarely at the fate of Israelis
"in all its brutality." Since 1956 Israel has enlarged its territory
and thereby harvested more hatred, which has now spilled over onto our
shores.
The refusal by our media to accept a connection between the
Israeli-Palestinian
conflict and our current terrorist problem is indeed self-inflicted
blindness.
At the time of this writing two American mediators are in the Middle
East. Their mission seems to be doomed
because Israeli newspapers and Television stations have already
complained that
the person in charge, retired Marine General Zinni, is not Jewish, had
close
ties with the Saudis and is, therefore, biased in favor of the
Palestinians. In
addition Pat Buchanan's column of November 20 on WorldNet
Daily stated that 89 senators had sent a letter to Secretary
of State
Colin Powell with the request not to pressure Israeli towards a peace
settlement.
This development was utterly predictable and this why I had suggested
in Whither
Zionism? that the only possible hope for a diminution, if not
resolution,
of this conflict could come from the United Nations Commission and the
Security
Council. If we veto the resultant implementation of their
recommendations we
have doomed our children and grandchildren to an endless "War on
Terrorism." The Israelis, in the words of Dayan, have
made
a choice to live by the sword. If our government forces us to
follow
their example we can also expect to die by the sword. Advocates of
peace are
currently not only derided as "peaceniks" but also by Michael
Kelly in his most recent editorial as "peacemongers!"
I gladly accept this title and intend to introduce myself to the Lord
in this
fashion when I meet him in the not too distant future. Unless He is
still a
"jealous God (Ex. 20:5)" who "will make Mine arrows drunk with
blood, And My sword shall devour flesh (Dt.32:42)" I don't expect any
problem on that account.
January 1, 2002
THE HOLY LAND - PROPAGANDA AND REALITY
With the beginning of every New Year one tends to
be filled
with hope that things will be better than in the past. The stunning and
it must
be admitted unexpected, phenomenally rapid successes of our military
forces
which resulted in the removal of the Taliban as a government raises
hopes for
future successes on the world stage. Our armed forces and their
leadership
deserve full credit and applause for a job well done. Afghanistan is in
the
process of being pacified, which may, however, still take some time
because the
various factions within the Afghani people have different ideas on how
the
country should be run. Whether or not they will continue to listen to
our well
meant advice is another question.
More troubling is, however, that America still seems to be unwilling to
realistically address one of the root causes for our War on Terrorism,
the
Middle East. The Holy Land continues to be mired in chaos and we seem
to have
hitched our wagon firmly to Prime Minister Sharon's vision of the
future.
‘War Has Been Forced on Us' Sharon Says was the headline in
the Salt
Lake Tribune after a spate of suicide bombings committed by
Palestinians in
Israel. The slaughter of innocent civilians is indeed reprehensible and
measures must be taken to reduce these acts of random violence to a
minimum.
But an expectation that they can be stopped altogether, even by means
of the
most intense security measures and repression, is unrealistic and
should not be
fostered.
For me Sharon's words cited above evoked an eerie memory of the Third
Reich. Der uns aufgezwungene Krieg -
the war
which has been forced upon us - was the favorite phrase of Hitler
after the victory over France, when he made a feeble peace offer to
England
which was rebuffed, until the bitter end in 1945. The war was not
Germany's
fault it was Britain and France who had declared war on the Reich and
which led
to all the subsequent events, was the official propaganda line. That
Hitler had
started the war with his invasion of Poland and that the Western Allies
were
duty bound to stand by their guarantees, of which Hitler had been fully
aware,
the German people were supposed to have forgotten.
Any historical similarity must be viewed with caution but it does
behoove us to
look at the facts which have led Israelis and Palestinians to this
dreadful
impasse. Mortimer Zuckerman, Editor in Chief of the
prestigious U.S. News and World Report, kept repeating in a recent
editorial
that Arafat is a hate-filled terrorist who has never kept a promise in
his
life. It is he who has instigated all the Palestinian terrorist attacks
of the
past and who continues to do so now. Zuckerman wrote:
"When Arafat, ejected from Jordan and Lebanon, finally left his
stopping
place in Tunis to come to Gaza, he was essentially given a choice:
either a state
or terrorism. Perversely, Arafat said yes to terrorism and no to a
state. We
saw it again last year at Camp David. Arafat would not accept
the huge
concessions offered by then Prime Minister Ehud Barack and
endorsed by
President Clinton. If he had, a Palestinian flag would be flying today
over a
sovereign, independent, internationally recognized Palestinian state,
and there
would be no Israeli occupation."
This is not idle rhetoric but a firmly held belief by Mr. Zuckerman to
which
Americans should now subscribe or appear unpatriotic.
Let us examine dispassionately some of these statements. The most
important
aspect is that if Israel had withdrawn the occupying forces from the
areas
conquered in the Six Day War, as demanded by the Security
Council Resolution
242 of 22 November, 1967, the problems we see today could, in
all
probability, have been prevented. The Resolution, which was passed
unanimously,
demanded "Withdrawal of Israel armed forces from territory
occupied in the recent conflict." Israel ignored the
Resolution.
After the peace agreement with Egypt in 1979 Israel surrendered the
Sinai
Peninsula and considered its commitment in regard to Resolution 242
fulfilled
because the Resolution did not contain the words "all territory"but
only
"territory." It was actually the word "all" over which
bitter haggling had ensued and its omission prevented an American veto
of the
Resolution. That the right wing of the Israeli public, most prominently
represented by Likud under Prime Ministers
Begin,
Shamir, Netanyahu und now Sharon,
had absolutely no interest to withdraw from the West Bank and
Gaza
is exemplified by the party's manifesto for the 1977
election as cited in The Iron Wall by Avi
Shlaim
"The right of the Jewish people to the Land of Israel is eternal, and
an
integral part of its right to security and peace. Judea and
Samaria
[the occupied West Bank] shall therefore not be
relinquished
to foreign rule; between the sea and the Jordan, there will be
Jewish
sovereignty alone. Any plan that involves parts of Western
Eretz Israel
militates against our right to the Land, would inevitably lead to the
establishment of a 'Palestinian State,' threaten the security of the
civilian
population, endanger the existence of the State of Israel, and defeat
all prospects
of peace."
The goal was to create a "Greater Israel" which was
not limited to the armistice frontiers after the 1948 wars. The term
"Western" Eretz Israel is, therefore, potentially highly meaningful. Revisionist
Zionism, of which Likud is the offspring, always
wanted to
incorporate areas to the east of the Jordan River into the Jewish state.
Although further military expansion into Jordan was unrealistic in 1977
the
hope to ultimately bring this dream to fruition, has not yet died. In
the
meantime the territories conquered in 1967 were to be colonized with
Jewish
settlements. To attract settlers state subsidized housing would be
provided at
substantially reduced rates. Palestinian land would be expropriated and
the
civil rights of the Palestinian population in these areas were not
regarded as
worthy of attention. The aim was to create facts on the ground,
including in
East Jerusalem, which would mute any question of withdrawal.
Palestinians who
objected by violent means were jailed or expelled and the rest of the
people
had to submit to military rule. The consequences of this policy were,
of
course, utterly predictable. Yeshahayu Leibowitz (Judaism,
Human Values and the Jewish State) stated in an article, published
in 1988
and entitled Forty Years After:
"What many call 'the undivided Land of Israel' is not, and can never
be,
the state of the Jewish people, but only a Jewish regime of force. The state
of Israel today is neither a democracy nor a state abiding by the rule
of law,
since it rules over a million and a half people deprived of civil and
political
rights. That a subjugated people would fight for its freedom against
the
conquering ruler, with all the means at its disposal, without being
squeamish
about their legitimacy, was only to be expected...We call the acts of
the
Palestinians 'terrorism' and their fighters 'terrorists.' But we are
able to
maintain our rule over the rebellious people only by actions regarded
the world
over as criminal. We refer to this as 'policy' rather than 'terror'
because it
is conducted by a duly constituted government and its regular army."
Leibowitz called for a voluntary withdrawal of the occupation forces
but
"the conscience of Israel," as he was referred to, was ignored. So
were numerous UN resolutions which condemned the continued occupation
and the settlements
on occupied territory as being illegal under the Fourth Geneva
Convention which regulates the rights and obligations of an
occupying
power. Israel felt free to disregard the Convention because in the
views of its
leadership there is no occupation of conquered land. All of it is Eretz
Israel,
and whoever does not like it is simply wrong. The treatment of the
Palestinian
population is Israel's internal affair. The fact that this view is not
grounded
in international law but simply in a biblical interpretation and
therefore a
religious one is not being conceded.
When one reads Shlaim's book, as well as the one by Benny
Morris
which was mentioned in the December installment, it is absolutely
amazing how the
American public has been misled about the real facts. Was it
really
only Arafat who had deliberately sabotaged the Oslo peace process, as
Mr.
Zuckerman and a great many others insist on? The answer is: No!
Right-wing
Israeli politicians among them Benjamin Netanyahu have
been firmly
opposed to the Oslo Accord. Shlaim headed a
sub-chapter of his book with "Declaration of War on the Peace
Process." In it he lists the basic guidelines of the
government
as outlined by Prime Minister Netanyahu in his inaugural
speech to the Knesset in 1996. To quote from Shlaim's
book:
"Those who expected the Likud leader, once elected, to start blunting
the
edges of his opposition to the peace process, found no comfort in this
document. The guidelines were those of an ethnocentric
religious-nationalist government. The chapter on education
promised to
cultivate Jewish values and to put the Bible, the Hebrew language, and
the
history of the Jewish people at the center of the school curriculum.
The
foreign policy guidelines expressed firm opposition to a
Palestinian
state, to the Palestinian right of return, and to the
dismantling of Jewish settlements. They reserved the right to
use the
Israeli security forces against terrorist threats in the areas under
Palestinian self-rule. They called on Syria to resume peace talks
without
preconditions but at the same time ruled out any retreat from Israeli
sovereignty on the Golan Heights. The assertion of Israel sovereignty
over the
whole of Jerusalem was explicit and exhaustive. So was the commitment
to continue developing settlements as 'an expression of
Zionist
fulfillment'. And for good or bad measure, the guidelines made no
explicit reference to Oslo or Cairo agreements."
Is Mr. Zuckerman and those who write similar articles, merely unaware
of
history or does the rule: "I've made up my mind, don't confuse me with
facts!" hold? Another aspect of Netanyahu's speech is
noteworthy: "His call on Syria for talks without preconditions [while
having made a precondition himself] was widely seen as an attempt to
dissociate
himself from the verbal promises made by his predecessors. But there
was also
an implied warning that Israel would act not only against
terrorists
but against the sponsors of terror [emphasis added]." What was
implied in 1996 in Israel has become official policy of the
United
States in 2001. President Bush may now remove any government
we do not
like, either by bombing a given country into submission or by fomenting
internal upheavals. That this merely smacks of American Imperialism
dressed up
in humanitarian language ought to be obvious to any unbiased observer
of the
international scene.
Let me re-emphasize that I have never had any sympathy for the Taliban
and
Osama bin Laden's followers. I also have deep compassion for the
victims of the
September 11 attack and want to prevent future disasters of this type.
But if
we merely seek justice for the victims and the prevention of future
attacks we
do not have to antagonize a great many other countries. We
should rely
on Interpol as well as coordination of the various government security
agencies
around the world instead of massive bombing. The fact that
bombing
worked in Afghanistan, is no guarantee that it will do so in other
circumstances. If the Bush administration persists in the belief that
all
governments who have harbored terrorists need to be eliminated we have
a
massive job ahead. We will not only have to install a new regime in
Baghdad but
also in Syria, Lebanon, Egypt, Saudi Arabia, Lybia, Iran, Pakistan,
North
Korea, China and various other places around the globe, while we
condone and
support at the same time a repressive government in Israel. Under these
circumstances there will be nothing but war, human suffering, and
further
hatred of American policies.
An objective observer must admit that the Israelis and
their
supporters in the United States have done a superb propaganda
job
while the Arab-Palestinian side has shown a great
deal
of incompetence. This brings me to the oft repeated statement
that Arafat
had walked away from the 2000 Camp David peace plan
and chosen
terrorism instead. At no time have our government, the Israelis, or the
Palestinians published a transcript of the sessions and what the
conditions
were that Arafat was supposed to have accepted. What type of
state
should he have signed on to? Was it truly independent
and
contiguous or was it supposed to have been a
group of
isolated cantons where the access is
patrolled by
Israelis and water as well as power supplies are in Israeli hands? We
have not been shown these documents and, therefore, simply don't know.
The Palestinians
are being chided for not having presented a peace plan
of
their own. Theirs is actually rather simple. It says to Israel: obey
the Security Council Resolutions, dismantle the settlements on the West
Bank
and Gaza, withdraw your armed forces to
the
pre-June 1967 borders and allow refugees to return.
Since Israel is unwilling to do this the blame for the breakdown of
talks has
to be shifted onto the opponent. One cannot fault the Jews for this
strategy
because it works, but American citizens who morally
and
financially support Israel's policies should be given the facts.
There does not seem to be any reason why the minutes of the Camp David
meeting
are being withheld from public view. What is our government
afraid of,
and why do Congress and our media
not demand factual answers? As long as we do not have these answers we
will be
bombarded by propaganda on the one hand and conspiracy theories on the
other.
Why have Israeli politicians proven
to be so intransigent
towards genuine peace? The major reasons were already present in
1948
and 1949 when Ben-Gurion felt in no
hurry to
conclude peace with the neighbors, because he believed that
time was
on his side. Every peace treaty would inevitably
involve some territorial
concessions, and the return of the refugees
into the
Jewish state would create a major political problem. It was preferable,
therefore, to wait until the world would get used to the
existing
borders and eventually forget about the Palestinians.
He was correct in this assumption as far as the world was concerned,
but the Palestinians
refused to be forgotten. An annexation of East Jerusalem (as
was
done), Gaza and the West Bank (which is still hoped for) obviously
makes good
military sense because the current borders are quite illogical. It
would lead,
however, not only to condemnation by the rest of the world, but more
importantly to profound changes in Israeli society. Israel cannot
remain a
"Jewish" state for Jews when it has to harbor more than three million
Arabs as full fledged citizens. The question Israel has avoided
throughout its existence for more than 50 years is what kind
of a state
do the Jewish inhabitants really want?
Is it to be a secular constitutional democracy
with equal rights for all citizens regardless of religion and
ethnicity, or
a Jewish state by and for Jews? Throughout their history Jews
have
been masters at avoiding either-or questions and opted for the
as-well-as route
but sooner or later a choice will have to be made. Unless this
fundamental question is answered there can be no peace,
and as long as the U.S. continues to veto Security Council
Resolutions
which demand justice for Palestinians we invite
further acts of terrorism on our own people.
Gloria Borger recently (U.S. News & World Report,
December
31, 2001/January 7, 2002) quoted one of President Bush's aides
as having commented "What he says in private these days is very
often what he says in public." This is a laudable
trait and would be a welcome change from some previous
presidents. On the other hand if President Bush really thinks
in the
terms the Jerusalem Post has reported
in its December 21, 2001 edition, America and the
rest of the
world may have little to rejoice about in
the coming
year.
"In a meeting last week with seven leading Jewish donors, including
veteran Republican Max Fisher, and National Security Adviser Condoleeza
Rice
present, George W. Bush reportedly said that if he had been Ariel
Sharon he, Bush,
would have acted the same way the prime minister is acting in the face
of the
Palestinian war of terror. Quoted without attribution by the
highly
reliable Nahum Barnea of the Yediot Aaharonot daily, Bush
also said
that Arafat is weak and his regime close to collapse. Proceeding from
there to
the broader Arab world, Bush said that unlike Sharon, who was
democratically
elected, Saudi King Fahd was not elected and it is unclear just who
exactly he
represents.
One participant in the meeting told Barnea that Bush also
spoke
disparagingly about his own State Department, which he said is
'irrelevant,'
and whose Arabists' 'games' the President now intends 'to
bring to an
end.' Finally Bush personally reiterated, according to the
report,
what other American officials said in recent weeks, namely that Hamas
and Hizbullah were terrorist organizations,
and that if
Syria and Lebanon are harboring them, they are no different than the
Taliban.
Be the accuracy of this report what it may, it is clear in Jerusalem
that Bush
has lost all patience for Arafat, whom he now clearly, and
irreversibly, sees
as a liar and terror-supporter."
That Sharon is likewise a terror-supporter,
against whom a criminal investigation is under way in Belgium for his
behavior
in Lebanon, is deemed to be unimportant and not reported by our
mass-media.
Sharon seems to have been given the green light to proceed as he
pleases and
America will have to pay the bills not only in the financial sense of
the word.
Arafat has many strikes against him but the most
serious is,
for the American public at least, that he is neither telegenic
nor
articulate. The suave American educated Netanyahu, who is
likely to be
Sharon's successor if Likud remains in power, can outtalk any
Palestinian any
day. As long as the American public is satisfied with glib one-liners
and
glamor rather than a basic understanding of complex issues we will
continue to
be treated to self-serving propaganda rather than facts.
When Sharon prevented Arafat from visiting Bethlehem on Christmas Eve,
which
Arafat had done regularly since 1995, Sharon showed himself to be a
petty
hate-filled individual whom we have every reason to distrust. This type
of
fanaticism reminds one of the Taliban's destruction of the ancient
statues of
Buddha and tells the world that no other religious sentiments except
one's own
are tolerated in the "Holy Land."
If the Jerusalem Post article, as quoted above, is
indeed correct
the hopes which I had pinned on the Bush
administration in Whither
Zionism? might well have been misplaced.
But it is not yet too late. Therefore I'd like to offer this New Year's
prayer
for our President:
Please oh Lord look kindly upon George W. Bush and his wife, grant them
the
ability to distinguish between truth and falsehood; let them not be
misled by
propaganda which serves ulterior motives and leads to actions which do
not
conform to the principles America was founded upon. Prevent the
President from
succumbing to Hubris which tends to afflict people in their success and
heralds
their downfall. Let him act with wisdom and foresight, rather than
expediency,
to the benefit of America and the world. Thank you Lord.
February 1, 2002
THE GREAT SATAN
The Ayatollah Khomeini bestowed the title "The
Great
Satan" on us after his successful Islamic revolution in Iran. Although
Khomeini is dead his spirit lives and our media as well as politicians
have
never stopped ridiculing the notion. There is good reason for the
rejection of
the idea because "We" as individual citizens are really basically
good natured and don't want to harm anybody else. Most of us will,
therefore,
regard the term as slander. But there are policies, which are carried
out in
our name which, although well meant, not only impinge on the lives and
belief
systems of others but affect them adversely. Let us, therefore, not be
too
hasty and examine the Ayatollah's term somewhat more closely.
Baudelaire is credited with having said: "Satan's
greatest victory was when he convinced the world that
he
doesn't really exist." Yes indeed! Our secular society, which
has
expelled God from public schools, surely does not have any use for His
counterpart either. Although we bemoan the existence of evil
the causes are usually sought in externals and when people are involved
it is
"the other" who foments evil. One's own
contributions usually are not considered and if one tries to do so
during our
current war on terrorism one risks being labeled as unpatriotic.
Nevertheless I
invite you for the next few minutes to look at the splinter in our own
eye and
not only the beam in others. Was the Ayatollah totally wrong when he
rejected America's
values and their seductive influence? It is, after all, values
we are
really talking about and supposedly fighting for at this time. Let us
look,
therefore at our current society, not the way we want it to be, but the
way it
actually is and as we are seen by others.
If one were to publicly proclaim that the pillars our society rests on,
and the
forces which shape its course, are thoroughly satanic one would either
be
laughed at, or confined to a lunatic asylum if one were too insistent
about it.
Yet, this merely betrays the ignorance which has come to pervade our
public
lives inasmuch as the Greek word satanas means
nothing
else but adversary. This puts the entire discussion
into a
different perspective. Our legal system prides itself
that it
operates on the "adversarial principle." Truth and
justice are no longer the overriding goals but rather the largest
possible
settlement in civil cases. In criminal law suits the outcome may depend
on who
can hire the most expensive legal team. Our journalists
and media
pundits take pride in their adversarial stance, where
all sides of a given issue have equal merit regardless of the truth
involved.
All members of society are encouraged to take positions against each
other.
Even women have to fight men and vice versa; everyone has to fight for
some
"right" and if the presumed justice is not forthcoming it can be
pursued on an individual or better yet, a "class action basis" where
vast sums of money can be extracted. Fight as well as
Rights
have become the key words, while responsibility
and
cooperation are relegated to the backbench.
Thus the
spirit which motivates our culture at this time is thoroughly
adversarial in
nature. Advocates of peace and understanding are not much sought after.
In addition the quest for financial gain is paramount. Our culture as
represented by Hollywood, with its emphasis on nudity, sexual
licentiousness,
and physical violence is geared to the lowest instincts of the human
race
because that is where most money can be made. Even when a program which
airs
what I still regard as genuine culture, rather than the smut we are
exposed to
on the major commercial networks, the viewer's enjoyment is constantly
interrupted by advertisements. A glaring example might be the
following. A few
weeks ago ABC presented a film "Immortal Beloved." I
did not immediately recognize the significance of the title, expected
the usual
graphic sex scenes, and would not have bothered had I not read the name
Beethoven.
The movie dealt with one of the two most famous notes ever written by
the
composer. In The Heiligenstadt Testament Beethoven expressed
his
distress over his impending deafness while in the letter to the Unsterbliche
Geliebte he poured his heart out to "My Angel, My All, My
I" over the fact that they would probably never be able to be joined in
union as man and wife. The letter bore neither address nor where it was
written, and the date was given only as July 6 without a year.
Speculation has
been rampant ever since who the intended recipient was. In the film she
was
identified as the woman who, through mistaken assumptions, had become
his
brother's wife instead of his. Her son was not Beethoven's nephew but
actually
his own offspring. This was clearly poetic license without any
grounding in
reality but be that as it may. The story was depicted tastefully and
what made
the film great was the skillful interposition of Beethoven's music with
his
life's events. But as soon as one experienced a genuine emotion of
appreciation
one was interrupted by five minutes or more of commercials. Imagine for
a
moment: the final bars of the 9th symphony are played, the
chorus
sings Brüder überm Sternenzelt muss ein guter Vater
wohnen (brothers
above the starry tent there is bound to live a good father), the
picture shows
the star-studded sky then fades to the orchestra and the deaf Beethoven
who
when the music has ended has to be turned to see the standing ovation
because
he can't hear the applause. It was profoundly moving, but without
missing even
a heartbeat the station cut immediately to selling beds, pain killers
and other
paraphernalia. This was truly jarring on account of its incongruity and
we were
immediately confronted by the commercialism which runs our lives. It
may be
argued that we have to pay the piper, we do, but we don't have to do it
in this
obnoxious manner.
Salt Lake City is now eagerly looking forward, with some trepidation,
to the
upcoming Olympic Games. The papers are full of
information on
the events and the massive security preparations. A recent Sunday
edition
showed on the front page a picture of one of America's favorite
downhill racers
as he jumps over a section of the Hahnenkamm course in Kitzbühel
as part of the
qualifying events. What attracted my attention was not merely his good
form but
his ski suit was plastered with advertisements. On his right arm he
sold VISA
in addition to other unidentifiable companies, on the left leg Chevy
trucks, on
the right leg Holland-America line and Sprite. The ear band had another
logo
and so did the band which held his goggles in place, his back could not
be seen
properly but from what could be discerned was also plastered with ads.
This
type of commercialization of the sport is not limited to Americans but
has
become widespread and important international sailing regattas also
display
numerous ads on boats and sails. The remarkable aspect is that hardly
anyone notices this commercialization any more, which penetrates
all levels of our society, and has become accepted as
the norm.
Jesus had advised us that we
cannot serve God and Mammon. It seems that our society
has
opted for Mammon.
Thus, to tell the truth, when the Ayatollah Khomeini called America the
"Great Satan" - a rallying call which has now been taken up by other
Muslim fundamentalists - he was not necessarily totally wrong. The
culture we
display and export through our media is indeed inimical to Islamic (as
well as
Christian) values. It is thoroughly understandable that Khomeini did
not want
his country to be swamped by this tidal wave of smut. When our media
ridiculed
the Ayatollah's notion they simply betrayed their ignorance of what he
was
talking about. Trained to look only at the most obvious in material
terms they
failed to see the deeper significance.
Let us, therefore, study Satan for a moment. How the
concept has evolved, what the main properties
are and
what the individual can do in order not to succumb to temptation. To
understand
the satanic it behooves us to go back to the very beginning of the
Bible and
Eve's encounter with the snake. In Christian theology it is called the original
sin while Jews put a different interpretation on it but this
need not
concern us here. What is important to remember is that it was Satan, in
the
form of a snake, who blessed us with "The Knowledge of Good and
Evil." Since good and evil are antonyms one cannot exist
without
the other. What was the motivation of the mythical Eve to yield to
temptation?
She heard only "good" as well as "You will be like God" and
jumped at the idea. It was not just disobedience but the impulsive act
towards
satisfaction of a desire without giving a second thought to possible
consequences. This type of behavior has been reenacted by the human
race ever
since. The excuses are also typical. Some writers simply abbreviate the
name of
the forbidden tree to the "Tree of Knowledge" and insist we should be
grateful to the serpent because by eating the tree's fruit we became
scientists
while God had intended to keep us ignorant. That is not so, it was only
the
knowledge of good and evil, i.e. moral judgment, which was withheld.
There may
have been good reasons because as the subsequent history of mankind
shows, what
is or is not moral has become a major bone of contention.
But there is more to the story. It tells us something about the nature
of the satanic
lie. The warning to Adam was: "in the day that thou eatest
thereof thou shalt surely die." The prohibition was specific "you
must not eat" but either Adam, or Eve had embellished it and she
replied
to the serpent that she wasn't even allowed to touch it. Why do I make
such a
point of this? Because it is a classic example that human beings don't
hear
what is said but what is perceived by the recipient's brain and that is
what
counts. Anyone who has either published or given lectures knows that
what
people tell him he has written or said bears at times little
relationship to
what was presented. Poor Eve was now in a quandary. This was the first
time a
choice had to be made. Should she or shouldn't she follow the serpent's
coaxing? To make a long story short she did and persuaded Adam to
follow suit.
After he had eaten something drastic happened. Their "moral" eyes
were opened to their nakedness and they realized that this was not an
advantage. In addition they had developed a guilty conscience and the
blame
game started. "The woman you [emphasis added] gave me" made
me do it. Don't we hear this over and over again? Not only is it Eve's
fault
that Adam took a bite but it is God's! He should have known better and
not have
given him a gullible Eve in the first place for his "helpmate."
We now come to a key question: did the serpent lie? Ergo
what is
a lie? Answer: The deliberate misrepresentation of
the truth
as known to the individual. The serpent said that they would
not die,
and they did not "in the day thereof." Their "eyes would be
opened," which was also correct and they now knew good and evil. So
where
is the lie? It resides in what was not said. It was the
deliberate
attempt to mislead by withholding information. This is the
reason why
an oath demands :"To tell the truth, the whole truth and
nothing
but the truth" and why ex-President Clinton's lame excuse
"it depends upon what the meaning of 'is' is," doesn't wash.
This is also the reason why I became quite concerned when I read an
article in
a recent issue of the Jerusalem Post entitled the "Jewish
Millennium." The author stated that the American people
expressed
"Jewish values" when they continued with high
approval ratings for Clinton's political conduct and that he was not
removed
from office. Economic well-being took precedence over morality and as
far as
the author was concerned rightly so. If these are truly the values
endorsed by
the majority of our population, and not only some members of its Jewish
segment, we are in deep trouble. Other countries may not appreciate the
export
of these "values."
Let us consider now what our mythological ancestors could have done?
Eve might
have said to the serpent: "Wait a minute, I don't understand, are we
going
to be like God in all respects or just in regard to good and evil? What
is this
good and evil anyway?" If the serpent had remained truthful and
explained
what evil meant, Eve would have cut short the conversation. Thus the
deliberate use of the half truth constitutes the satanic lie.
It is
the most vicious, most effective, and most frequently used lie
throughout the
ages by propagandists, unscrupulous politicians, and other individuals
who
regard themselves as being in an adversarial position. Words taken out
of
context is also one of the most common techniques to smear someone
whose views
one disagrees with. I don't want to be hard on Eve because it was Adam
who also
thoroughly failed us. It would have been his job to say: "Evie, what in
all the world have you done? I don't
know what's going to happen, so let's find God and ask Him what to do
now." That would have been the rational approach. But we, just like
Adam,
are frequently not capable of thinking rationally when the "forbidden
fruit" is dangled before us. In the numerous generations since that
story
was written we surely should have learned better.
In the Christian religion the devil used to be depicted as a hoofed,
horned, furry
creature which actually bore a close resemblance to the ancient Greek
god Pan.
Apart from his other characteristics he was mischievous and used to
frighten
people who wandered into the woods. Thus we owe the word panic to him.
This
picture of the devil was thoroughly repudiated during the period of the
Enlightenment. We did away with all the ghosties and ghoulies and long
legged
beasties and things that go bump in the night from which the good Lord
was to
protect us. Nevertheless, they still bring in the cash in the form of
horror
movies and outer space creatures. But these are not Satan's
essence.
Among the various mistakes our materialistic society makes the one most
relevant in this context is what may be called the pars pro
toto
attitude. The term is used in grammar when one word stands for a
sentence. The
part is taken for the whole. This is what we are doing continuously in
our
lives whenever we judge something or someone. We don't know the whole,
so we go
by the part we can perceive and deal with it as if
this
were all there is. What we cannot grasp with our senses is regarded as
non-existent. Goethe's Faust provides an excellent example:
Doctor Faust had been followed by a poodle on his
Easter
holiday walk and when he returned to his study to continue translating
the
Bible, the animal grew unhappy and kept interrupting him. Finally the
poodle
morphed into Mephisto, which led to the famous saying
"Das
also war des Pudels Kern" (so, this was the poodle's essence).
Faust
then asked for the name of the person who stood in front of him. The
devil
initially just poked fun at the question because names are really no
longer
meaningful but eventually he answered: Ich bin ein Teil von jener
Kraft die
stets das Böse will und stets das Gute schafft (I am one part
of that
force which forever desires evil and always produces good). Faust was
perplexed
and asked: what do you mean with this riddle? Mephisto answered: Ich
bin
der Geist der stets verneint! Und das mit Recht: denn alles, was
entsteht, ist
wert dasz es zugrunde geht . . . so ist denn alles, was ihr Sünde,
Zerstörung,
kurz das Böse nennt, mein eigentliches Element (I am the
spirit who always
negates and rightfully so, because everything that comes into
being is
worthy of perishing...everything you call sin, destruction or in short
evil, is
my true domain). Faust is still unsure and says: you call yourself "one
part" and yet you stand in front of me as one whole being? Mephisto: Weil
doch der Mensch die kleine Narrenwelt sich immer für ein Ganzes
hält
(because the human being, this foolish little world, always considers
himself
to be an entirety). This is the pars pro toto type thinking
mentioned
earlier. We always regard that part of whatever we can apprehend,
conceive of,
or desire, as if it were the whole. This is especially true of God but
also of
Science written with a capital S, because apart from Mammon it is
likewise the
current god.
When Goethe credited the devil with wanting evil but nevertheless
achieving
good he had paraphrased Milton who actually was less
charitable in his Paradise Lost:
To do
ought good
never will be our task,
But
ever to do ill
our sole delight,
As
being contrary to
his high will
Whom
we resist. If
then his Providence
Out of
our evil seek
to bring forth good,
Our
labor must be to
pervert that end,
And
out of good
still to find means of evil;
Which
oft times may
succeed, so as perhaps
Shall
grieve him, if
I fail not, and disturb
His inmost
counsels from their destined aim.
The German language has another word for the devil that is quite
fascinating: der
Leibhaftige. It is used by the common people
especially in the countryside when they don't want to "paint the devil
on
the wall." There is no single word in the English language which
captures
the meaning; therefore, it has to be explained. The word is a composite
of Leib
(body) and haftig, Haftig comes from the verb haften
which
can be translated as: to cling to, to stick to, or adhere to.
The
inherent wisdom of the people has thereby created a word which indeed
provides the
devil's essence. While God is in the German language also
referred to
as the Himmelvater (heavenly father), a term which
encompasses the
material and spiritual realm, the devil is thoroughly and exclusively
wedded to
bodies. The Leibhaftige has no room for the spirit
which has to be denied, and the acquisition of material goods
is to be
the overriding objective.
While the Leibhaftige is German, there exists in the English
language
the word Mephistophelean which is defined as: cynical,
crafty, sardonic, or fiendish. Thus, we do not have to look
far for
its presence among people. The challenge we face as human beings lies
in the
recognition that when we lie, cheat, or hate we create an adversarial
environment and thereby help to keep Satan alive. It is from the lie
that all
the other evils spring. He who lies to himself will inevitably lie to
others
and trust, which can only be gained by truthfulness, has been
destroyed.
Without trust, societies cannot function, regardless of how many laws
are
invented. But trust has to be earned, it cannot be demanded, and it
requires
honesty. In our present-day society this is hard to come by. We are
being lied
to on an unprecedented scale by politicians, the media and commercial
enterprises.
So how do we know the truth of a given statement? In science
we are dealing mainly with relative truth as
available at the
moment. Science, in contrast to religious faith, is work in progress
and new
information can readily invalidate previous concepts. Science is
important for
technologic and hygienic progress but every scientist knows that the
fundamental questions: "why are we here?" and "what is our
purpose?" do not lend themselves to scientific investigation. Philosophical
or religious truths are also subject to modification
as time goes on and conditions change but in spite of this there is an inner
core of reality which defies time and is
readily
discernible when one reads literature which originated several
centuries or
millennia earlier. This core can be found in all religions regardless
in what
part of the world they originated. The names with which phenomena are
described
differ but the substance and the message are always the same. Because human
behavior has remained constant over the ages
so
has the advice for achieving contentment in life. Faith in the
ultimate goodness of God, perseverance with planning for the long range
goal
rather than immediate gratification, kindness, helpfulness, friendship,
honesty,
resisting anger and hate, but fostering instead a spirit of gratitude
are just
a few of the virtues human beings have always been told to aspire to. I
have
deliberately avoided the word love. When "making love" means having
sexual intercourse and the word is being equated with lust, which
disappears
upon gratification, we have left the eternal for the temporary.
Furthermore
since love is an emotion, it must arise spontaneously and cannot be
produced on
command. "Love thy neighbor as thyself" goes beyond the capacity of
human beings as history has amply proven. We have to be more modest and
simply
aspire to treating each other with kindness and consideration.
A fundamental difference between the satanic and the divine
is
that God has time! God's truth is still true after
millennia
while Satan's is fleeting. Satan constantly urges us that we must act
now,
immediately, lest we lose out either on revenge or on a tremendous
advantage.
We are thus coaxed to repeat the original sin. By recognizing that Satan
is within us, just as the kingdom of God is, we can a turn a
deaf ear
to seduction. We don't have to hate Satan, and what he stands for,
because hate
is an unhealthy emotion and would serve his purposes. Instead, when we
recognize the inner voice of seduction all we have to say is: "Thanks,
but
no thanks" and concentrate on the task at hand. If we hanker after, or
stew over, an imagined past or a fantasized future, which will never
happen the
way it is imagined, we open the door to Satan's realm. But if we can
stare the
adversary in the face and can say: "no, there is a better way" we
have achieved the victory which a simple denial of his existence cannot
provide.
A few years ago our daughter, who knows of my interest in comparative
religion,
gave me for Christmas The Dhammapada which
is
part of the Sacred Writings Series. I already had a fair
amount of
other Buddhist literature so I wasn't immediately interested but in our
"time of war" I picked it up again and found it rather useful. The
book contains the essence of Buddhism in English
translation
as well as in the original Pali with explanations. In the context of
the
current topic verse number I: 5 is most appropriate:
Not by
enmity are
enmities quelled,
Whatever
the
occasion here.
By the
absence of
enmity are they quelled.
That is an ancient truth.
Isn't this what Jesus meant when he told us not to resist evil?
On September 12, 2001 our leadership had a choice. We had been
viciously
attacked and a response was needed. The entire world was with us in
stunned
grief at the outrage which had been committed. A wise
government
which had no ulterior motives in mind could
have
limited itself to promising: 1) with the help of international
police
and intelligence services we will track down
and bring to justice the perpetrators. 2) For the families
who have lost loved ones we will appoint a supervisory agency that sees
to it
that they do not suffer financial hardships in
addition to their
grievous emotional loss. 3) We will renew and redouble our efforts to
seek justice
for the oppressed in this world - wherever they are - and try
to bind
up wounds rather than create new ones.
This is what could have been done. Instead we have announced
rather
than declared war, which as it turns out now is a crucial
difference because captured enemy personnel are not regarded
as
prisoners of war, with the rights they would be entitled to. We have
bombed a
country which was already devoid of infrastructure and we have
destroyed the
Taliban government but not the idea behind it. Although there is a pro-Western
interim government in Kabul at this
time its authority
does not exceed the city limits. The rest of
the
country is in anarchy; people are starving and dying
of
exposure. International relief agencies still cannot get to the people
who
desperately need help because of marauding bands that steal and rob.
If we go through with plans to bomb other countries,
whose
policies we do not like, we will indeed continue to play
Satan's role. Our current political conduct is likely
to
create more enemies rather than friends abroad. This in turn will
hamper the
primary goal of our mission: to find and disable terrorist networks
around the
world. For this we need the international community. Unless and until
America
returns to the ideals our country was founded upon and heeds the wisdom
of Washington's
Farewell Address, where he counseled us to avoid foreign
entanglements, we are likely to glory in momentary ephemeral successes
but lose
our integrity. The leaders of our society seem to
have struck
a Faustian bargain: material well-being for the loss
of our
soul. The rest of the world is supposed to do so likewise. That some
members of
Islamic countries will not merely passively accept this idea but rebel
was to
be expected. What would be most helpful now is, instead of widening the
war, to
reflect on our ultimate aim of bringing peace to this world even if we
thereby
have to give up some pet notions that military might, and/or money is
the
answer to all problems.
We have been blessed with a wonderful country let us, therefore, not
destroy it
by continuing in an adversarial spirit at home as well as
abroad. Let
us cherish our diversity by learning about and from each other. Instead
of
adversarial conduct let there be cooperation even if we disagree at
times on
philosophical or religious abstractions. If we were to move forward on
this
basis we would have far fewer enemies and a great many more friends.
The article as it appears above was written about a week prior to President
Bush's State of the Union speech on January 29. It contained
an
enumeration of American values all of us can heartily agree with,
including the
goal "to seek a just and peaceful world beyond the war on terror." On
the other hand I felt quite concerned about the methods - seemingly
mainly
military - through which this goal is to be reached. The President also
stated
that this war will occupy at least the next three years of his
presidency and may
extend beyond it. This will involve considerable expenditures for
external as
well as homeland defense. He believes that we can keep at the same time
the
economy growing and the budget deficit under control. The last
president who
had tried the guns and butter approach was Lyndon
Johnson and he failed on both counts. There seems little
reason to
believe that Mr. Bush will do better but time will tell.
Earlier in this update I failed to mention another hallmark of
Satan
namely pride. Our government seems determined to
believe that
only its ways are the correct ones regardless of the viewpoints of
other
nations. In the State of the Union address we received a "pep talk"
the consequences of which, once the fine print is revealed, may not be
to the
liking of the average citizen whose life is going to become
increasingly less
free on account of "security" regulations which will increase
geometrically. What is happening currently here in Salt Lake City on
account of
the Olympics, which are upon us, could well be a harbinger of what the
future
may be like.
March 1, 2002
THE MORMON OLYMPICS
All of Utah and especially the East as well as
West side of
the Wasatch front is breathing a collective sigh of relief. Thank God
it's over
and nothing seriously untoward has happened. When Salt Lake City was
originally
awarded the Games there was jubilation which turned into dismay and
distress
when a letter was leaked which showed that the Salt Lake
Organizing
Committee (SLOC) had greased the palms of International
Olympic Committee (IOC) members. We had not won the nomination
on
merit alone, although we had surely been better qualified than Nagano
to which
we had lost out. Rumor had it that IOC members had been slipped notes
by
abortion activists prior to the final vote not to award the games to
Utah on
account of its anti-abortion stance. Our "bribery scandal" made
headlines all over the world as if this sort of behavior had not been
routine
in the recent past. Apparently one should do these things but not talk
about
them. What made the matter worse was that, in the land of the Saints of
all
places, not only scholarships were given to some children of African
dignitaries but "escort services" were provided for some of the
delegates, who fancied that sort of thing. Inquiries were held, and the
mayor
as well as the governor strongly denied any knowledge of malfeasance,
although
this is somewhat difficult to believe since especially the mayor had
been
heavily involved in the bid process. The two individuals who had done
most of
the work for getting the bid were not only sacked and disgraced but
also
criminally prosecuted, although there was never any evidence presented
that
they had personally enriched themselves. Nevertheless the case is still
in
court. To top it off we found out that the whole affair was massively
under
funded and SLOC was deeply in the red a year and a half before the
Games were
to take place. We, as good citizens of Utah, had happily paid for the
extravaganza with an increase in sales taxes, but apparently that was
far from
enough to cover costs.
To the rescue came Mitt Romney, son of the former
governor of
Michigan George Romney, a good Mormon, or more correctly, Latter Day
Saint. The
official designation of the Church (in Utah when one says Church
everybody
knows what one is talking about) is "The Church of Jesus Christ
of
Latter-Day Saints" and this name should also clarify the
question
whether or not Mormons are Christians. Since they are firm believers in
Jesus
Christ as our Savior they obviously qualify, in spite of some notions
which
might strike outsiders as quaint. The Church obviously couldn't
tolerate this
disgrace of its home state and drafted Mr. Romney who lived in
Massachusetts.
When God calls there are no choices. He came to town, worked like a
beaver and
drummed up the necessary funds from sponsors. The fact that he is not
only
articulate but also immensely telegenic was an additional plus. Our two
senators
and the congressmen also did a yeoman's job in Washington to obtain
funding for
the necessary infrastructures including highway improvements and the
construction of a light rail system to deal with the anticipated
traffic
congestions.
By September 10 of last year we were well on our way to stage a happy
and
successful event. The morning of the next day changed the equation. The
country
was attacked, counter strikes were deliberated, eventually a war
against the Taliban
was decreed and since this was not enough we also had to declare War
on
Terrorism per se so that we could at least bomb any
country
in the world which might harbor terrorists. In as much as one man's
terrorist
is another man's freedom fighter the field is now wide open to do away
with
anybody we don't like. Anthrax spores were sent through the mail to
senators,
and the media were acting as if the end of the world were at hand.
America as
we know it had ceased to exist and from now on we were to be in a
perpetual
state of war. A director of homeland security was appointed, although
it is far
from clear what powers were delegated to him, and the panic that
gripped the
media could be likened to ancient Rome when Hannibal was ante
portas
or, more recently as if we were in London of 1940 when the Blitz
started. This
was the climate in the waning months of last year and there were
serious
discussions whether or not it was appropriate to hold the Olympics
under these
circumstances.
But we live in the land of the Saints where the firm belief is held
that the
Lord will never forsake His own, so there was never a question of
quitting.
SLOC under Mitt's guidance ignored the media tumult and quietly
continued with
its work. But there was also the additional problem of how to secure
the
various venues. Osama's boys would surely be tempted to wreak vengeance
for
having been thrown out of Afghanistan. They would poison the water,
blow up the
Toelle army depot, which is only about 30 miles southwest from us and
contains
more toxins than Saddam could ever dream of, disable the electricity
grid
(which would actually be quite simple), and bring suitcases full of
nuclear
devices in order to kill as many people as possible. Therefore a
massive,
elaborate, and unprecedented security system was put
in place.
We were visited by Mr. Rich, the homeland security chief, Mr. Rumsfeld,
the
Secretary of Defense, and numerous other dignitaries who dished out
over $200
million for security measures. Special attention was, of course, placed
on
airport safety. New baggage inspection devices had to be installed and
Salt
Lake was to become the prototype for airport security around the
country. Since
the rest of the country and especially the world at large do not boast
anywhere
near the safety we now possess, we have the paradoxical situation that
theoretically anybody could bring in his lethal goodies but he couldn't
take
them out. But this is, of course, irrelevant. Eventually Timbuktu
airport will
also meet our standards. The consequences of this policy became
apparent on Monday
after the games were over; but let me not jump the gun. Saddam can now
be happy
that Salt Lake had also become a no-fly zone during the Games.
Unauthorized
private jets with visiting diplomats, or officials, were to be met by a
pair of
F16's who would politely escort them out of the area. During opening
and
closing ceremonies the airport was to be completely shut down for four
hours.
Even the hot air balloon operators who had hoped to attract some
business to
properly show off our fabulous vistas had to close shop for the
duration of the
Games.
Before the media ever arrived here they dubbed the
2002 Games
the "Mormon Olympics." Apparently the journalists and TV pundits
expected dark suited missionary boys to track them every step of the
way, hand
them a copy of the Book of Mormon, politely take their cigarettes from
their
mouths, and if they wanted a drink they would be told that it is not
healthy
for them. They should have Hawaiian Punch instead and for good measure
also a
dish of green mint jell-O (a favorite taunt Mormons have to endure)
which would
keep them in harmony with nature. The supposed inability to get a drink
in
Utah, and the fear of succumbing to proselytizing were apparently
uppermost in
the minds of reporters. There seemed to have been also some latent fear
by lady
journalists to be drafted by a roaming army of polygamists, while their
male
companions might actually have relished the thought of joining that
"peculiar institution" as it was referred to in the 1890's.
I was not privy to the deliberations of the Church as to how to deal
with this
emergency when the world arrived and when it was confronted by Utahns
who are
not necessarily intrigued by "cultural diversity," which translates
into "anything goes." Ours is a conservative state, where the gospel
song of: "Give me that old time religion, It was good for our mothers,
It
was good for our fathers and It's good enough for me " is not being
preached but practiced. President Hinckley, who is also the
Prophet,
Seer, and Revelator of the Church, received a revelation as to
how to
solve this dilemma. An edict came down to the faithful, who comprise
about 80%
of the population of the state, that there was to be no proselytizing
and the
liquor laws would be relaxed for the 17 days in question, so that booze
could
flow more freely than usual. In addition he probably told them: "don't
worry what other people think about you, don't put on any airs of
defensiveness, just be your usual friendly, cheerful selves and all
will be
well. And indeed it was.
When the opening ceremony started in the refurbished
Rice-Eccles stadium 25,000 volunteers of all ages were on hand at the
various
venues to greet and help the visitors. In addition there were thousands
of
national guardsmen in their camouflage suits around plus other security
personnel who remained unobtrusive. The Lord also contributed His share
to the
success. The high winds and inclement weather we had in the morning
cleared up
by the afternoon and all the floats, which had been so meticulously
prepared,
could safely be launched. Had we had one of our usual February storms
which can
dump about a foot of snow within a few hours, chaos would have erupted.
But all
went well except for some display of super patriotism, which lingers
after
September 11, and which some of us felt wasn't quite necessary. The
fact that
President Bush officially opened the Games not from the podium above
the entire
crowd but in the midst of the American team was a departure from custom
foreigners might have winked at, but when he also altered the official
text and
said: "On behalf of a proud and determined nation I declare the XIXth
Olympic Winter Games opened," some eye brows went up. The host
shouldn't
brag, was the feeling. When you invite somebody to your house you don't
want to
start out with showing the guests the pictures of your children and
grandchildren. But everybody knows that he is from Texas, where
everybody is
proud to be a Texan, and that he may yet have to learn the fine art of
diplomacy from his father. On the other hand, how would people in the
West have
reacted if Hitler had opened the Berlin games in 1936
with: On
behalf of a National Socialist Germany, risen from the ashes of defeat,
I
declare etc. It'll be interesting to see what the President of China,
whoever
he may be at that time, will say in Beijing in 2008. Will he take his
cue from
George W. and say: On behalf of the mighty and determined People's
Republic of
China, the most populous nation on earth, I declare....? But Americans
are
different from other people. Would a Chinese equivalent of figure
skater Sharon
Cohen call her mother on the cell phone and when she answers say: "Hi
mom,
here's the President, talk to him!"?
This momentary glitch in protocol, as well as the parading of the
tattered flag
which was rescued from the World Trade Center rubble, to demonstrate
that
America can also rise like the Phoenix from catastrophe, was commented
upon but
no harm was done. The media people were amazed by the friendly smiles
of the
crowd, the stunning backdrop of the Wasatch Mountains and they even got
their
drinks. About seventy thousand people congregated every night downtown
for
concerts and medal distributions. Office hours for the average "working
stiff' who still had to be on his/her usual job in the downtown area
were
shortened so that the employees could leave in the early afternoon in
order to
ease the anticipated evening traffic congestion.
There were, of course, complaints which included even the Great
Salt
Lake. "It stinks!" Of course it does on the shore. Decaying
brine just doesn't smell good but the nose is a marvelous organ and the
sense
of smell adapts much faster than all the others. Within a few minutes
you don't
smell it any more, even on shore. Once you are just a tad away from
shore and
the wind blows, as usual, from the north you don't smell anything at
all. But I
think the biggest surprise and media hit was Gordon B.
Hinckley,
President of the Church. This 91 year old spry, upright, grand
fatherly truly gentle-man impressed everybody with his natural grace
and
sincerity. When a visiting journalist was amazed at how mentally sharp
he was
at his advanced age, a bystander told him: "You should have seen him
when
he was eighty!" That's what clean living and having family values,
rather
than just talking about them, does.
As an aside I might mention that a few days before the Games, on Valentine's
Day, I gave "my Bonnie" a treat and took her to the Home
Buffet. It isn't that I was stingy but she likes the salad bar there,
the food
is good and inexpensive, so that's where she prefers to go and after
fifty
years I don't argue any more. We went there early to avoid crowds but
were
surprised that there was already a fairly long line. The reason soon
became
obvious. When we came to the counter the cashier girl asked us how long
we were
married. When we declared fifty years she smiled, congratulated us and
we were
told that dinner was on the house. They also took our photograph.
Subsequently
we found out that this is a custom on Valentine's Day for this
nation-wide
chain. But I bet that the corporate planners in New York or wherever
hadn't
figured on the cash loss of Utah. Here fifty years of marriage is
nothing to be
marveled at, it's the rule unless one or both die first. When somebody
asks me
how many grandchildren I have (nobody asks do you have grandchildren?,
that's a
given) I answer somewhat embarrassed: "I can't compete, only six."
With a minimum of six or eight children, thirty five and more
grandchildren
tends to be the rule. We were told that we could pick up our photos the
next
day and when we came again a few days later for dinner a whole wall was
plastered with couples who had stuck it out for fifty years or more
with each
other. That's Utah!
The athletic events proceeded smoothly until the pairs figure
skating.
We watched it at home on TV and felt that the Canadians had skated
flawlessly
and deserved the gold medal. The Russians had made a minute misstep but
they
got the gold and the Canadians the silver. This injustice enraged the
crowd and
when it was rumored that the French judge had made a deal with the
Russian
judge as a quid pro quo for the next competition a few days
later the
outrage was palpable. For the rest of the week all the other
competitions were
overshadowed by the scandal, over which the media literally drooled.
The
Canadian Figure Skating Association protested and Olympic
President Dr.
Jacques Rogge was put under intense pressure to nullify the
judgment.
There was talk of exchanging the medals where the Russians would give
the
Canadians their golden one and the Canadians would reciprocate with the
silver
but even Putin would have objected to that, so a Solomonic decision was
taken.
The baby was not cut in half but there were two golden babies. In
addition the
French judge was removed from the panel. The outrage subsided but the
Russian
Federation was unhappy, although the four athletes themselves behaved
marvelously and, at least on the surface, there were no hard feelings.
When I viewed the brewing scandal I was immediately
reminded
that there is truly nothing new under the sun. Several decades earlier
I had
read a story in Herodotus which is highly á
propos. The
Greeks, during the fifth century B.C. were upstarts and the ancient
civilization of Egypt was regarded as the repository of wisdom. You may
be
surprised that even Moses cribbed from the Egyptians, not only in
regard to the
essence of the Ten Commandments but also with other wisdom literature
which is
attributed to him. At any rate, Herodotus tells us that a deputation of
proud
Greeks from the state of Elis went to Egypt and boasted that their
Olympic
games were the best and fairest of all. They thought that even the
Egyptians
would have to admit to that. But the king of Egypt called his council
of wise
men together and when the Greeks had presented their case they asked
the Elians
if their citizens were permitted to enter the competitions. The Greeks
replied:
Of course, the games are open to all Greek citizens, whatever state
they
belonged to. Whereupon the Egyptians declared: "If this were so they
departed from justice very widely, since it was impossible but that
they would
favor their own countrymen and deal unfairly by foreigners." If they
wanted to have true justice the Elians must not be allowed to compete
when the
games are held in their country. It's obvious that the human
race has
not changed in twenty five hundred years and is not likely to do so,
barring some genetic engineering, in the foreseeable future. Judging
of
competitions is inherently subjective and thereby potentially unfair.
Another precedent has been set here in Salt Lake and protests may
become run of
the mill. We may also have opened the door for the legal profession to
ply its
trade on behalf of disadvantaged individual athletes or their national
federations. Will the judges now have to buy malpractice insurance in
case they
might get sued for their personal worth? In our day and age where money
rules,
nothing is too outlandish to contemplate.
Other incidents of suspected doping caused further
unhappiness
on part of the Russians who at one point even threatened
to leave the Games. But President Putin put his foot down and
told
them to forget it. As our son Peter declared: "Putin wants to watch the
hockey game too." Unfortunately for him his Russians lost but he could
take solace in the fact the American winning team had three Russians on
their
roster. Peter who still lives in the Detroit area,
home of the
fabled Red Wings hockey team, told us that they had
given
their players a three week vacation from the ongoing season so that
they could
compete within their own respective national teams in Salt Lake. Thus
it was in
part Red Wings against Red Wings. To be precise: of the eleven Red Wing
players
who participated in the Games three played for Russia, two for the
U.S.A., one
for the Czech Republic, two for Sweden and two for Canada. Now that's
the true
Olympic spirit! The numbers come from the official website of the team
www.detroitredwings.com. The South Koreans were also unhappy about what
they
judged as bad manners by Apolo Anton Ohno who had snatched the gold
medal from
their speed skater. Feelings ran so high that he got hundreds of life
threatening letters. These were turned over to the FBI; Ohno had to
move out of
the Olympic village to undisclosed hotels and was given a special state
trooper
to accompany him at all times.
While Park City and Deer Valley teemed with crowds of visitors, our two
boys
who had come with their families for this once in a lifetime event
found
perfect ski conditions in Big and Little Cottonwood Canyon. Brighton,
Solitude,
Snowbird and Alta were practically deserted. No lift lines, beautiful
sunshine
and occasionally even a foot of powder provided a perfect vacation.
Since even
the youngest of our grandchildren is already an accomplished skier, at
the
tender age of five years, I feel that bringing my skis with me from
Austria in
1950 was one of the best ideas of my life.
As far as NBC's TV coverage is concerned I had mixed
feelings.
They obviously concentrated mostly on the American athletes but I would
liked
to have seen, instead of some of the fireside chats by the
commentators, other
events where Americans were not so prominently represented. It was the
world
after all we wanted to see perform. In addition, some of the
commercials were
obnoxious. Every company from Chevrolet through Coca Cola was a "proud"
sponsor of its ads. Pride is currently a greatly overworked word in
this
country. Everybody must feel proud! That pride comes before the fall
hasn't
sunk in yet. At the end of the closing ceremony the entire foothills of
the
Wasatch front exploded in a brilliant display of fireworks. Instead of
waiting
for its beginning the station had to cut back to "proud advertisers"
but thankfully we could see part of it on the evening news. Since some
of the
grenades were launched from right in front of the Hogle Zoo there was
concern
that the animals might not take kindly to all that noise and stampede.
But the
Zebras, Polar bears, elephants and the other members of the animal
kingdom who
live there merely got a little nervous, took it in their stride and
calmed down
when it was all over.
All's well that ends well, as the saying goes. Our kids left on
Saturday and
that was smart. The people who departed on Monday were in for a huge
disappointment. They were told to come to the airport four hours before
flight
time - security and baggage check in - but even so some missed their
flights
and they had to stand in line for up to six hours. The volunteers were
on hand
again distributing hot chocolate, bottled water, gold wrapped
chocolates and
tried to entertain the waiting crowd with song and dance but this could
do
little to assuage some angry feelings. There was nothing SLOC or the
city could
have done about it because the airlines are a law unto themselves. But
all in
all the games were a success and Utahns are so happy that they want the
world
to come back again some time in the future. We ended up in the black
and were
even promised that we will get some of our tax money back. But I won't
hold my
breath for that to happen. Credit for the success must go, apart from
the
athletes, to Mitt Romney and SLOC who have done a terrific job, to
Olympic
President Dr. Rogge for defusing a potentially problematic situation,
to the
Church who by staying in the background immeasurably improved its image
and
that of the state, but most of all to the 25,000 volunteers. These
people were
on their assignments for up to ten or twelve hours a day, regardless of
weather, for the entire period. They received no pay, meager food but
were
simply happy and grateful that they were allowed to show the world in
what kind
of place we really live and what kind of people Utahns really are.
Congratulations and Thank You volunteers, you deserve
all the
praise you can get! You made it the Mormon Olympics in the
best sense
of the word.
April 1, 2002
PALESTINIAN STATE OR ISRAELI PROTECTORATE?
This installment was prepared prior to the suicide
bombing
in Netanya, the subsequent Israeli destruction of Arafat's
headquarters, and
his virtual imprisonment in his office building. Nevertheless, I am
leaving the
original text unimpaired because it does not conflict with the
unfolding events
and I shall merely add two paragraphs at the end.
The past month was an anniversary of sorts and unfortunately a sad one.
Hope
springs eternal and this why I had Whither Zionism?
published last March and why I sent it to all the members of the Bush
administration as well as to the Chairmen and members of all the
relevant
committees in the House and Senate. As documented previously in these
pages
this was, of course, a forlorn hope and the book was ignored. A few
days ago I
received a phone call early in the morning (we are two hours behind
Washington
time) from an aide to one of the senators who thanked me for the
"gift" and asked me what the senator was supposed to do with it? At
first, benumbed by sleep, I wasn't sure what he was talking about but
then he
told me that they have "just received the book" and blamed the
anthrax scare for the delay. Unless it went via the North Pole and
Antarctica
it should certainly have arrived prior to September 11. His question
also
puzzled me. What is one supposed to do with a book, especially when
there was
an explanatory letter included, but to read and act on it?
I am not sufficiently conceited to imagine that had the suggestions
contained
in Whither Zionism? been taken up, and had the U.S. placed
the
Arab-Israeli conflict before the Security Council in the spring of last
year,
the tragedies of September 11 and their aftermath would have been
avoided. I do
believe, however, that the ever increasing spiral of violence in the
Mideast
could have been reduced. Still permeated by the hope that if
the
American people were to be told the truth about the reasons why Arafat
had
rejected the Camp David II plan with its "unprecedented"
offer to return about 96 per cent of the West Bank to the Palestinians,
I
wrote in January of this year an article for the Salt Lake Tribune, in
which I
outlined the reasons for the rejection and a plan that could bring some
semblance of sanity to the area. It took several
communications with
the Editor of the paper until the article was published in full (!) and
unedited (!), except for a change in the headline, by the Tribune.
Obviously
the Tribune is neither the New York Times nor the Washington Post but
the
individual citizen and taxpayer have no other recourse except at the
"grass roots" level. Once it was published I faxed it to our
President, Secretary of State Powell, and Condoleeza Rice. It
probably
ended up in the proverbial circular file.
In essence the article gave the reasons why the Palestinians
had to
reject the Israeli-American proposal for the Final Settlement.
They
were abstracted from the documents section of www.mideastweb.org
and
the updated edition of The Israel-Arab Reader by Laqueur and
Rubin.
The most important features for rejection were:
1) Israeli settlements would remain in the proposed Palestinian
state, albeit concentrated in three blocks; but access roads
would be
under Israeli control.
2) Israel would continue to control the water resources of the
Jordan
River and an Israeli security zone would exist along its west
bank.
Israel could deploy its troops in the Jordan valley at any
time if it
felt itself threatened from the East.
3) The proposed state would not have had contiguous borders
but
would have consisted essentially of a series of
unconnected
municipalities.
4) The Palestinian areas of Jerusalem which Israel
was willing
to cede would likewise not have had contiguous borders but would
have
remained islands within the Jewish city.
5) Border crossings with Jordan and Egypt would be
under
Palestinian control but under Israeli supervision.
6) The Palestinian state would be demilitarized and alliances
with other countries would be subject to Israeli
approval.
7) Israel would accept some refugees from previous
wars but
the rest would have to be absorbed elsewhere.
In sum and substance Arafat would have become the mayor of
several
unconnected municipalities within an Israeli protectorate.
Since this
plan falls far short from the creation of a viable independent state
the
Palestinians rejected it. If these conditions had been
presented by the
U.N. in 1947 to the Jews in Palestine, for their state, they would also
have
rejected it.
Prime Minister Sharon, with a flair for the dramatic,
has
recently evoked the analogy of Israel being placed into the position of
Czechoslovakia because the Munich agreement which led to the
dismemberment and subsequent disappearance of the state was reached
over the
heads of the Czech government. This is the fate, Mr. Sharon announced,
which
would befall Israel if it were to accede to a truly autonomous and
viable
Palestinian state. The irony of this statement seems to have
eluded him.
It is not the Palestinians who are armed to the teeth with the most
modern
weapons, but it is the Likud government and its sympathizers
who want a
"Protectorate of Judea and Samaria." It would have essentially the
same rights and privileges Hitler had arrogated to himself over "rump
Czechoslovakia" which became the "Reichs-protectorate of Bohemia and
Moravia." Hitler's ostensible reasons were security because he
didn't want Soviet planes using Czech airfields. For the Israeli
government
security is also the reason put forth for its demands although there is
no army
in the area which can succeed against Israeli conventional and nuclear
might.
These are no secrets but the Israeli and especially the
American public
have to be told that Israel is in mortal danger of being wiped off the
map, by
the combined Arab forces if it were to make any concessions which would
be
interpreted as weakness. Let's face it this is
propaganda
because the Arabs simply don't have the wherewithal and if they tried
they
would be annihilated by America. What is behind this
scare-mongering?
The status quo has to be retained and somehow or another the
Palestinians
should just disappear, or at least give up their suicidal behavior.
Even one of our currently most esteemed Newscasters endorses this
principle.
Bill O'Reilly repeatedly states on his "No Spin Factor" that
he is "not interested in causes" he simply wants
Palestinians to stop killing Israelis during suicide missions. As a
physician
this stance strikes me as strange. If Mr. O'Reilly, and those
who think
like him, were to suffer from a chronic cough and the physician would
say
"I don't care why you cough, just stop it because you're spreading
germs," the answer would be a malpractice suit! This also
reminded me of my psychiatric training at the Mayo Clinic where I was
taught
the principles of psychoanalytic thought. Among these
was the
admonition that "everything is always the opposite from what it appears
to
be." For instance a good natured jolly, obese person is really consumed
by
deep hatred and depression. In addition we were told that a patient
with some
type of undesirable behavior, be it alcoholism, a sexual obsession, or
whatnot,
would first have to give up his compulsion and then could be taken into
treatment. In my naiveté I thought to myself that if the patient
can do it
voluntarily why does he need years of psychoanalysis?
Little did I know, in the early nineteen fifties, that psychoanalytic
thought would enter world politics. Suicide bombings must stop
before
treatment of the reasons for these disasters can begin, is not only
Israel's
but America's stance! Like everybody else I don't condone
suicide
bombings but when young women join their ranks one really should look
at the
depth of despair which drives these people. What they
need is
not the stern words of "stop it" by our President but
the ingredient without which people cannot live and that is genuine
hope for a better future in freedom and dignity.
Unfortunately this may not be in the cards as the Beirut
meeting
has shown where they were put on the table for everybody to read. Sharon
threatened Arafat with not letting him return if he said one word
Israelis
could disapprove of. This killed the Saudi "vision" as far as
Israel was concerned. But the Arabs also tipped their hand.
They did
not allow Arafat to address the meeting live through remote TV hookup
but only
via a taped recording. Thus the Arabs showed themselves far
from united
in giving aid to the Palestinian cause. Finally it became clear that President
Bush was not seriously interested either in a genuine attempt to
resolve the
conflict. He could have authorized General Zinni to
put Arafat
in a U.S. helicopter, take him to Beirut, and then bring him back again
to
Ramallah. This would have been statesmanship. But this course,
which
would have shown the world that America means business and is indeed an
"honest broker," would have annoyed Sharon and since he is "our
friend" we must not do so.
Thus the Saudi plan, is probably doomed and so is my own
suggestion
contained in the Tribune article. Sharon will take the Arab
disarray
and the tacit approval of his policies by the U.S. as a green light to
go ahead
with re-occupation of major portions of the West Bank and Gaza.
The
Palestinians will have to live under military law and those who don't
like it
will be shot. The Arabs are not likely to answer
militarily,
because they can't win, but they will use the only weapon they
have -
their oil. A boycott of exports to America would have serious
repercussions on our economy, which still reels from the aftershocks of
September 11 in form of increased defense spending both at home and
abroad.
But even if the Israelis were to annex Judea and Samaria, as
some like
to call it, as well as the Gaza strip, what is to be done with the
people?
Contrary to Golda Meyer's opinion of "there are no Palestinians,"
they do exist and will continue to blow themselves up while taking as
many
Israelis as humanly possible with them. For "security" the
Israelis will give up all hope for peace and will end up even more
beleaguered
than they are now. Even if they were able to expel the
Palestinians
from the occupied territories, which is not likely to be condoned by
the rest
of the world, they would have their own Arab citizens within Israel to
deal
with who may create even worse havoc in the state.
My own suggestion as to how to prevent the disasters,
we seem
to be inexorably sliding into, was quite simple. Only
a complete
separation of Jews from Arabs in separate states with internationally
guaranteed borders has any chance of preventing future
catastrophes.
There are about five million Jews in Israel at this
time and
about 15 million in the world. Even if one were to
assume a
phenomenal birth and immigration rate, which is not likely, and
the
country's population were to swell to about ten million in the next
decades
this would still amount only to the population of Rio de Janeiro.
Furthermore, how much land do ten million people who are
predominantly
urban in character really need? Theoretically it
would be entirely
feasible to create a purely Jewish state as a garden megalopolis which
extends
along the Mediterranean shore from Nahariya in the North to the Gaza
strip in
the South. The eastern border could be fixed along the hill country.
This would still give the Jewish state the high ground for defensive
positions
and the state would receive international guarantees for its existence.
The settlements
would have to be disbanded because they will always
be a point
of friction. The Dimona nuclear plant could be reconfigured
to peaceful atomic energy production which would make Israel
largely
independent of Arab oil and desalination plants on the
Mediterranean
could provide the needed water resources. For Jerusalem
the initial U.N. idea of a corpus separatum
could be enacted. The rest of the current state of Israel
could become
the Palestinian state which could under those circumstances absorb
the refugees from the previous wars. A connection
between the
Gaza strip and the rest of the Palestinian state could be
established
by the creation of a tunnel from the south end of the West
bank to the
north end of the Gaza strip. A tunnel is preferable to a road
which
would have to traverse Israeli land and could be disrupted at any time.
With a
tunnel entry as well as exit would be under Palestinian control and
contiguity
of territory would be preserved. Although a tunnel would present an
engineering
challenge a precedent exists in form of the "chunnel" which connects
Calais with Dover. The Golan Heights would return to Syria
and
the remaining enclaves of Lebanese territory which
are still
held by Israel would go back to Lebanon. This
would
immediately produce peace treaties with Syria as well as Lebanon and
the major
friction points, which threaten to ignite the Mideast would disappear. There
is little doubt that all the Arab states as well as the Palestinians
would
accept a solution of this type. Israel will oppose it because it
involves
significant concessions. Neither Israel nor the Arabs can be
expected
to come to a meaningful lasting agreement. The car is stuck in the mud
of
mutual hatred and it needs AAA to pull it out. Only the United States
can do
so. If the Bush administration were to bring a plan
of this
type, with appropriate input from experts for details, to the Security
Council
it would in all probability be adopted because the rest of the world
wants an
end to this conflict, which threatens the welfare of all of us.
Could America bring about a genuine peace solution as suggested above?
Yes, if
the will were there. But the will is
obviously
lacking!
As mentioned in the beginning, the situation in the West Bank is
currently in
flux. Nevertheless a picture begins to emerge. Arafat may not
survive
very long and we may never hear the truth as to how he died.
The
Palestinians will probably say that he was murdered by the Israelis,
while the
Israelis may announce that he has committed suicide. But that does not
matter. With
his death Sharon will have achieved his goal of plunging the
Palestinian
Authority into chaos, which will foreclose any peace
negotiations. He does not want a Palestinian state, and
neither does
his likely successor Netanyahu. By creating chaos in
the occupied
territories the Israeli government can
then appoint
"Quisling" type mayors of the various municipalities in the
West Bank and Gaza who will cooperate with the occupation. This, of
course,
will not stop fanatic young Palestinians of either sex to
continue with
guerilla warfare against the "Quislings" as well as the Israelis.
Terrorism will abound and since America not only has done nothing to
prevent
this situation, but obviously supports Sharon, we will be targets also.
This much seems reasonably predictable.
In the United States there is currently only
hand
wringing by the media with "but what can we do?" The
signals Secretary Powell and President Bush are sending are
inane. To tell Sharon that his actions are correct and Arafat,
who is
virtually imprisoned, must call off suicide attacks is not a
serious
policy. These statements are designed to placate the media
and the
American public, but are otherwise useless. The U.N.
Resolution which
calls on Israel to withdraw its forces has no teeth
and can be complied with, on a token basis, by Sharon. The
United
States need to introduce a Resolution which in principle conforms to
the Saudi
plan, or to that of the mentioned Tribune
article, and
subsequently tell the Israeli government that if they do not accept it,
there
will be no further aid from the United States or NATO countries. An
action of
this type seems to be the only way to prevent further disasters and is
in the
long run the best chance for Israelis to live in peace with
their neighbors. The reason why America is not taking
constructive
action will be discussed in the next installment.
May 1, 2002
THE UNHOLY ALLIANCE
In the April installment I mentioned that it was
up to
America to enforce a just settlement of the Mideast conflict. We boast
that we
are the only remaining super-power which projects its influence
throughout the
world, yet we allow a small country with a population of less than six
million
people to determine our foreign policy. Surely this should give rise to
thought.
Ostensibly the fight between Israelis and Palestinians
is
over land which both sides regard as their own but
behind it
is the Bible. The conflict is at its root religious
on the
Jewish, Christian and to some extent the Muslim side. I am qualifying
the
Muslim contribution because in Palestine the struggle is for national
liberation and as such still secular in its origin. Nevertheless the
"martyrs" believe they will enter paradise which adds religious fervor.
Even at the beginning of Zionism in the 19th century there
was an
alliance between secular Jewish intellectuals and Christian Protestants
in
German and British high society. This enabled Herzl to gain support for
his
dream of establishing a "Jewish homeland." The rationale
for Protestant politicians to pursue a policy which more
sober-minded
people knew would lead to permanent bloodshed in the Mideast, was
a
misinterpretation of biblical prophecies, especially the one
in the Book
of Revelation, more commonly known as the Apocalypse.
This nightmare vision of an unknown Christian-Jewish
author of
the late first century is now driving decisions two
thousand
years later in America. If this does not stagger the minds of
rational
people I don't know what will. St. John the Divine,
as the
author of that unfortunate book is called, wrote for the people of his
own time
who were persecuted by a number of Roman emperors. The
disasters
he "foresaw" had been stock in trade for hundreds of years in Jewish
apocalyptic literature. They had gained increased
importance
during Jesus' time because the Jews who lived
under
Roman occupation believed that the end-times were near. A Jewish
Messiah from the seed of King David would appear, he would
rout the "idolaters," the unjust world order would
collapse, and the kingdom of God, with its capital at
Jerusalem, would be established under Jewish rule forever and
ever
more here on earth.
But then came Jesus. In accord with the emotional
climate of
the time he was also imbued with millennial
expectations and taught
that the Kingdom of God was imminent. Furthermore he believed,
like everyone else, that biblical prophecies were
indeed forecasts
of the future. He did not know, and could not have known, what
Bible
scholars have demonstrated during the past two centuries that these
"prophecies" were not predictions of the future but
the work of theologians in order to justify the past. The
Bible, as we
know it, was not written in the dim past but came into being some time
after
the Jews were allowed to return from the Babylonian exile. The earliest
complete text was written in Greek, albeit based on earlier Hebrew
texts, at
some time around 250 B.C. in Alexandria. What has never been properly
appreciated is that the biblical authors and editors had not
intended
primarily to write a history of their nation, although they
followed
the example of Homer, Herodotus and Thucydides, but to reveal
God's
plan for "His Chosen People." To do so the past disasters,
which the Jewish people had been subjected to, had to be explained and
some facts
from the past were projected into the future as if
the prophets had actually predicted them. In this way
credibility was
achieved. Thus the Bible is not
only
a religious, but also a political document.
Jesus had no way of knowing this. He took the prophecies at face value
and so
did his disciples. By applying the verses of the "Suffering Servant"
from, what is nowadays called, Deutero Isaiah he believed that by his
death he
would usher in the kingdom of God. With other words because biblical
prophecy
existed it needed people to make past predictions come true This is how
the Word
became Flesh, to use the terminology of the fourth gospel.
Jesus'
little band of followers kept believing that the second coming was just
around
the corner and only as the decades went by without change did they feel
the
need to put his words on paper which became the gospels. Since the
majority, if
not all of them, were written after the fall of Jerusalem in 70 A.D.
the words
which have been put in Jesus' mouth in this respect are not necessarily
historical either.
This brings us back to our own time and the imminent arrival
of the
apocalypse which some Christian as well as Jewish circles so
ardently
want to bring about. Jesus had based his prediction of the events
surrounding
the end-times, and the arrival of the Son of Man in glory, largely on
the book
of Daniel. What was not known then, and is not openly admitted
to now
by Evangelicals, is that this book had nothing to do with the era of
Persian
rule, but was written in the second century B.C. by an unknown adherent
to
apocalyptic thought. The events which were projected into the
future
reflect those which had happened previously during the reign of
Antiochus IV
and the Maccabean revolt. The "abomination of desolation"
was the statue of that Greek ruler which had been placed in 167 B.C. on
the
altar of the temple. The duration of persecutions also fits precisely
the
actual time during which the Jewish religion had been forbidden.
The purpose of the book of Daniel had been to bring hope to the Jews of
Greco-Roman times and the same applies to the Apocalypse of
St. John
the Divine The churches in Asia Minor had been
persecuted under Domitian and needed to be
strengthened.
Babylon the "mother of harlots . . . drunken with the
blood of Saints" equaled Rome and the beast
whose number was 666, or in some early manuscripts 616, was
Nero,
depending upon how the name and his title were spelled when Hebrew
letters were
used as numbers. The author's vision was couched in classical Jewish
apocalyptic language so that any interpretation of other details is
limited
only by the fantasy of the reader.
How did these ancient "prophecies" become popular in our age?
In 1998, the fiftieth anniversary of modern Israel's birth, Timothy
Weber explained the situation in an article for Christianity
Today
"How Evangelicals Became Israel's Best Friend." It
is available on www.christianitytoday.org.
The article is quite long but deserves to be printed and read
carefully. The
intervening years, and especially the current situation, have only
strengthened
Weber's analysis. He pointed out that not only do evangelical
Christians love the land of Israel because this is where Jesus lived
and died,
but also because of the anticipated end-game in which Israel plays
a
pivotal role. In order to reconcile the conflicting ideas of
who was
going to rule the post-apocalypse world: Jesus or an as yet unnamed
Jewish
terrestrial king, an Englishman, John Nelson Darby,
came up in
the mid 1800's with the ingenious idea that the Lord had two
distinct
plans. One for the "earthly people" (Israel) and
another for the "heavenly people" (the church). This idea
which has been called dispensationalism means that some
prophecies
apply to one and some to the other group. For both
groups
the return of the Jewish exiles from the Diaspora is essential.
For this reason Protestant Christians were initially
far more
eager to embrace the Zionist idea, than even Jews themselves
because
the ingathering of the dispersed was the fundamental sine qua non
to
fulfill God's plan. Dispensationalism began to be popular
in the U.S. during the 1870's but the real success
had to wait until the 1920's and especially until after 1948
and the
1967 Six-Day war.
The dispensationist belief system includes:
1) After the "times of the Gentiles" are finished
and the Jews have returned to the Holy Land civilization
as we know it will unravel. Moral standards, including those
of the
clergy will suffer irreversible setbacks. Wars, political and economic
unrest,
natural disasters including catastrophic weather changes will abound
and
whatever is done to reverse the situation is doomed to failure.
2.) Since God had decided to work with only one of the two mentioned
groups at
a time there will then occur during these times of trial what has been
called the
"Rapture." Jesus will physically remove his faithful from
earth to heaven so that God can then concentrate on the Jews.
3) After the rapture of the church a charismatic leader - the
Antichrist - will appear and head a confederation of ten
European
states. Israel will join and rebuild the
temple.
4) In spite of the Antichrist's inordinate power and the help of a
False
Prophet other nations will rise up against his coalition and eventually
he will
be defeated at the battle of Armageddon. During the
battle Jesus
and his saints will arrive and ensure the final victory. The surviving
Jews will
accept him as the Messiah and he will then rule from Jerusalem for a
thousand
years.
I have omitted several details which can be found on the mentioned
website but
it suffices to show the mind-set of a segment of Christians who
devoutly
believe these prophecies and who now devote their best energies to make
them
come true at the soonest possible time. One may argue that evangelical
Christians are a minority in the United
States, just
as the six million Jews, but this would
seriously
underestimate their superb organization and
the resulting political clout. For evangelicals, just
as for
Jews, the Palestinians stand in the way and have to disappear somehow.
A peace
deal between Israel and the Palestinians is unthinkable
because it
would run counter to God's plan. There can only be one state
of Israel which encompasses all the biblical lands.
This has also always been the goal of
the Likud
party and is why Netanyahu told an audience
of
predominantly evangelical Christians in April of 1998,
"We have no greater friends and allies than the people sitting in this
room." This occurred during the Clinton era and President
Bush is expected to toe the line also. If he goes against
these
combined Jewish, neo-conservative and Christian coalition votes he is
being told,
by his advisors, that he might as well forget about reelection.
Members of the House and Senate receive the same message
that their
chances in the upcoming midterm November elections are quite
dim unless they resolutely support the policies of the Jerusalem
government.
But this is not all. The American public at large must be
indoctrinated
that Israel is in mortal danger unless the Palestinians
become either
adjusted to perpetual Israeli sovereignty or are eliminated in some
form or
another. This propaganda has been remarkably successful because even
pillars of
the community such as Jeane Kirkpatrick and William Bennett keep
repeating the
mantra that Arafat has rejected the most generous peace offer ever, and
that
Israel must be supported in the battle for its very life. President
Bush also seems to have accepted this propaganda ploy. After
the visit
of Crown Prince Abdullah he announced that America will not
allow
Israel to be "crushed." But let us look at the facts.
How can some desperate suicide bombers
"crush" a country which is armed to the teeth with nuclear and
conventional weapons? It is the Palestinians
who are
getting crushed. As of mid-April the death count was 440
Israelis
versus 1620 Palestinians and by the end of the month their civilian
infrastructure lay in ruins. But this toll of human suffering does not
seem to
concern our "Christian" evangelicals
This brings me to the problem of terrorism. When
an
army of a duly constituted state creates havoc upon
the
civilian population of a conquered territory by imposing
unreasonable
strictures on everyday life this is acceptable. When
some of the oppressed, who have no heavy
weapons with
which they could resist, resort to suicide attacks on
Israeli
citizens they are terrorists. It is argued that they
attack
innocent civilians while soldiers limit themselves to military targets.
That
this is clearly not the case has been shown recently by the events in
Jennin
and elsewhere on the West Bank. Why do Palestinians use
suicide
tactics? I believe that if they had bazookas they
would
prefer to disable Israeli tanks and other military equipment
but
that option is not available. Since they cannot get to
military
installations they go after the civilian population. But let us not
forget that
WWII forever obliterated the distinction between military and
civilian
targets. The carpet bombing of entire cities
affected
the civilian population much more than the war effort. An airman who
releases
bombs from a height of thousands of feet upon cities is regarded as a
hero,
even if there are no enemy planes or antiaircraft guns to hinder him.
On the
other hand desperate, disgusted individuals who try to draw attention
to the
plight of their people by blowing themselves up in an attempt to take
as many
as possible of their enemies with them are regarded as murderers. Let
me
emphasize that I do not condone suicide bombing but
I
can understand why people resort to it and they should not be
forced
to persist in this behavior by misguided U.S. policies, which clearly
favor
Israel.
Let us now look at the result of Sharon's reoccupation of the
West Bank.
The declared goal was to remove the infrastructure of terrorism. But to
produce
suicide belts one does not need an infrastructure.
They can
readily be made in basements or garages. Hamas,
Islamic Jihad
or the Al Aqsa brigade also won't have to worry any
more about
recruiting for suicide missions. Enough hatred has
been
generated to fill their ranks for years to come. Furthermore
let's
look at the demographics. Of the 6 million
people
who live within the pre 1967 Israeli borders there
are about 5
million Jews and the rest are Arabs. The occupied territories
of the West
Bank and Gaza contain an estimated 3.2 million people
and their birthrate exceeds by far that of secular Israelis. But even
today the
5 million or so Israeli Jews are confronted
with
somewhat over 4 million Arabs who are thoroughly
exasperated.
What Sharon and people who think that a military solution is the only
way for
Israeli security don't seem to realize is that Israeli Arabs
may soon
join their Palestinian brothers and sisters, with far
better
weapons than are now available in the occupied territories. Sharon
seems to be impervious to this simple fact and he may well
continue to extend his destruction of "terrorist
infrastructure" to the Gaza strip at the earliest pretext,
thereby creating even more hatred. This is precisely the reason why this
strategy must be resisted and Israel must be made to
pull back
now if she wants to have peace.
We have at present in the U.S.this incredible unholy coalition
of
secular Jewish Zionists, Jewish religious fanatics and Christian
evangelicals.
The basis is a promise God was supposed to have made to Abraham in the
distant
past and biblical prophecies which can be interpreted in any way one
wants.
Although the evangelicals, in their idealism, envision
a different final outcome, Jews whose feet are firmly planted on this
earth are
happy for their support. Once all the land is theirs they are not going
to be
unduly worried about Jesus and his heavenly host. I would
like to
strongly urge our Evangelical Christians to visit www.noahide.com
in
order to get a better perspective on some orthodox Jewish thoughts.
President Bush is now in the unenviable position that
he must
choose between a policy which demands equal justice for both sides
of
the conflict, and the pressures from Jewish as well as
Christian groups
who tell him that he must stick with Sharon no matter what. This
accounts for
all the zig-zags of the President's public utterances during the past
month
which make our foreign policy so totally ununderstandable to the rest
of the
world.
There is nothing holy about what is going on in the Holy Land
right now and all the parties to the conflict Jews, Christians
and
Muslims are using the Lord's name in vain when they pursue
earthly
material goals rather than moral improvement. During the election
campaign President
Bush told us that his "favorite philosopher" was Jesus,
but the essence of Jesus' message, which might be
summed up in
the Golden Rule, seems to have gotten lost in the
shuffle.
American policy should neither be based on biblical prophecies nor on
concerns
about elections but on a rational approach which benefits all rather
than some.
Memorial Day 2002
WE TOO WERE SOLDIERS
The last Monday of May is traditionally dedicated
to honor
and remember America's soldiers who have been killed in the various
wars the
country has been engaged in. This is good and proper but we should not
only
remember those who had given their lives, but also those who had to
live on
with serious and at times massively debilitating injuries. These
soldiers who
had laid their lives on the line and had been spared the fatal bullet
should
also be remembered and equally honored.
But there exists among the living another generation who had faced the
fury of
war and either succumbed to it or emerged in a severely battered state.
Not
only is this generation of soldiers not honored but it is regarded as,
brutes,
murderers, and wanton killers especially of Jews. I am talking, of
course, of
the German Wehrmacht.
When I read the newspapers it is common to find us, and I mean us
because I was
one of "them," referred to as Nazi soldiers, and the
Wehrmacht as the Nazi army. It is true that
we served
in the German army, and the country had at that time a
national-socialist
government but it is not true that we, therefore, agreed with Hitler's
policies
or automatically hated the enemies of the country. Goebbels
did his level best to instill this hatred into us but he failed because
soldiers, especially the front line troops, don't hate. They are too
busy
saving their skin. It's "shoot first before you get shot" and every
soldier who has ever been in a war will recognize this as a fact of
life.
Let me now go back sixty years. At the end of May 1942 I was still in
High
School but my brother, who is two years older, was already in the Wehrmacht
deep inside the Soviet Union and his outfit was on the way to the
Caucasus to
get at the badly needed oil wells. His job was not to kill Jews or
other
undesirables but to change the wide track Russian railroad tracks to
the usual
European ones, which was back breaking work. He was also a kid, drafted
as soon
as he got out of high school, and not yet nineteen years old.
Fortunately he
got a bad case of hepatitis in Maikop, at the edge of the Caucasus,
which saved
his life. He was transported back home and received a desk job after
his
recovery. By the time his fiftieth high school reunion rolled around in
1991
there was no reunion because he was the only survivor of his class. The
vast
majority had been in the Sixth army which was wiped out in Stalingrad,
and
whoever survived tended to be in bad health which did not allow for
longevity.
Now fast forward to Vienna 2002. My brother still lives there and
earlier this
spring there was an exhibit on the Wehrmacht. It was a replay
of
another one which had toured Germany and Austria some years before and
which
had painted the entire German army as a
"murder
machine." The previous exhibit had aroused a great deal of
indignation by ex-soldiers of my generation because faked pictures and
documents had been used. In the current one some corrections had taken
place to
avoid the obvious pictorial distortions but the tenor was the same. The
"Nazi" soldiers had been evil and such atrocities which had then been
committed by them must never be allowed to come to pass again. My
brother went
to see the exhibit and saw that hordes of school children
had
been brought by their teachers to this educational display. When some
of the
kids saw my brother standing there viewing the pictures they came up to
him,
because of his obvious age, and asked him what thought of it. He then
proceeded
to tell them of his personal experiences and that they were being
indoctrinated with propaganda which bears little relationship
to what
had actually happened. He was soon confronted with an irate teacher who
obviously knew better, having been born several decades after the war
had been over,
and who thoroughly believed the current party line. She shooed her
flock away
from this fuddy-duddy who obviously must have been a Nazi. Thus the new
generation is being brainwashed in current political correctness just
as our
generation had been more than half a century earlier.
But I said "we" in the title because I was also one of these
"evil ones;" "one of the Nazi beasts" who
wanted to destroy Western civilization. The summer of
1942 was
spent working on a farm because youngsters had to do productive work,
for the
final victory, the Endsieg, which was just around the corner.
Your
opinions were neither asked for nor valued so the smart thing to do was
to keep
your mouth shut and do what you were told. My army life started in 1943
and I
must admit that I even volunteered. Now this surely must have stamped
me, in
some eyes, as a devoted follower of the Führer. On the contrary,
it was Realpolitik.
I knew that I would be drafted as soon as I had graduated, because that
was a
given, but it was also obvious that I would, in all probability, have
been
assigned to the infantry. This was a fate I wanted to avoid like the
plague. I
never enjoyed hiking long distances, and for living in muddy foxholes I
had no
taste either. First I thought I'd volunteer for the Luftwaffe
because
I had always wanted to learn to fly. But my grandfather, who had been
dead
already for more than a decade, stood in the way. He had been born a
Jew. That
made me a Mischling and as such ineligible for
this
elite outfit. The fact that Goering's second in command, General Milch,
was
also a Mischling didn't matter because it was Goering's
privilege to
choose whomever he wanted for whatever he wanted. Goering had also
expropriated
the phrase "I determine who is a Jew." It had been coined by the
former Mayor of Vienna, Lueger. Before becoming mayor Lueger had
reveled in
antisemitic slogans and when he was confronted by adversaries that he
really
shouldn't have Jewish friends he uttered that previously mentioned
memorable
phrase. Lueger had another one which is highly á propos today
and I have quoted
it in War&Mayhem. Lueger dropped his antisemitism after
his
election because that was, after all, also Realpolitik.
Since the Luftwaffe was out I was at odds with what to do
with myself.
Then fate sent me one of my school friends, during a stroll in the
city, who
said that he was going to volunteer for the Panzer.
Now
there was an idea. Everybody was enamored with Rommel’s daring and here
was
another elite outfit for which I might have been eligible. As must be
obvious
by now, I have nothing whatsoever against elitism, provided the status
is
earned. For me it is not a dirty word, as for some whom I have had the
opportunity to run into in this country, and who accused me of it. So
both of
us volunteered and were accepted. In the fall of 1944 I was on the
front in
Hungary where the Russians had come to meet us, but I was spared the
battle for
Budapest, for reasons that were related in War&Mayhem.
Earlier
this year I received as a gift John Lukasz's Confessions of an
Original
Sinner who experienced it from the other side. But the point to be
made is
that we did not kill any civilians, Jewish or otherwise, and we behaved
like
soldiers do in all armies, which included even an occasional looting of
a watchmaker's
store. Looting was strictly forbidden in the Wehrmacht and
when caught
one could get court-martialed. This happened in fact to my tank
commander but
after I had already been ordered out.
Now comes the next irony. Not only was I in the Wehrmacht but
even in
the SA, which obviously might stamp me now, in some
eyes,
irrevocably as a Nazi. Well to quote the Gershwin opera: "It ain't
necessarily so." After the assassination attempt on Hitler in July of
1944
the army was discredited and had to be Nazified. So my Panzer
Grenadier
Division was stripped of its number and was called instead the Panzer
Grenadier Division Feldherrnhalle. We were also given a
brown,
relatively narrow, armband which proclaimed SA Feldherrnhalle.
This we
had to stitch onto the lower end of the left sleeve of our uniform
jackets. We
were also told that the Russians had a head price on the wearers of
this band,
just as for the Waffen SS. I suppose this was meant to stiffen our will
to
fight. I wouldn't have been necessary because we were determined to
fight
anyway. Our division was completely destroyed during the
Budapest siege.
There were somewhat over 16.000 men in our division when Budapest was
encircled
and 291 of them were eventually able to break through and make it back
to the
German lines. Thus more than 98 per cent were either captured or
killed. After
the war I met two of my comrades. One had lost a leg; the other had
shown an
enterprising spirit after his capture and had joined the Red Army on
its march
to Vienna. If the choice is between Siberia and heading where you want
to go
anyway, the choice is not all that hard.
This brings me to the oft asked question. "But if you weren't a Nazi,
then
why did you fight for Hitler?" The answer is simple:
we
didn't fight for Hitler, or the Nazis, we actually wanted to get rid of
them.
You may not want to believe this but we were also fighting to save
Western
civilization. The threat had come from the "Asiatic hordes,"
"the Soviet beasts," and the "Jewish-Bolshevik
conspiracy" which had dragged the Western world into the war
against its own will. At least that was the party line at the time. We
who
fought in the East had a clear goal. It was to keep the
Soviets at bay
long enough so that the Americans and Brits could get to Austria and
Germany
first before the Russians had a chance to get there. What we wanted to
avoid at
all costs was to live under Soviet occupation and for this we were
willing to
give our lives. Just as the Russian soldier did not fight for Stalin or
communism, but in defense of Holy Mother Russia, so did we defend the Vaterland
and not necessarily its regime. On the Western front the ideological
situation
was more complex because many Austrians did not want to fight the
Western
Allies. It was simply the wrong war. For us the enemy was not
capitalism but
communism. If I had been sent to the Western front in the summer of '44
I would
have made every effort to throw my rifle away, sneak to the American
lines, put
up my hands and say "Hi folks, do you need an interpreter?" But why
did Germans and other Austrians fight on the Western front when the war
was
obviously hopelessly lost?
There were two reasons. One was that the army's oath
encompassed not only "to defend the country" but also Hitler in
person. In those days an oath, even when extracted under duress, was
meaningful
and a lame excuse that "it depends on what the meaning of is, is"
would have been unthinkable. In addition there were Roosevelt's
favorite phrase
of "unconditional surrender" and the Morgenthau
plan which would have destroyed Germany forever. Neither of
these
facts emanated from Goebbels' brain but was official policy of the
Allies at
the time. It was these policies which unnecessarily prolonged the war
and cost
additional millions of lives. Why did FDR promote them? One reason was
that he
simply hated Germans and he also wanted desperately to please Uncle Joe
who
might otherwise have made separate arrangements with Germany. The
Soviet Union
had to be kept in the war to spare American lives and to get rid of
Hitler who
was regarded as the main menace. We wanted to get rid of Hitler too and
had the
Western Allies taken the peace feelers of the anti-Hitler group in
Germany
seriously numerous lives, including those of Jews, would have been
saved.
But the problem was not really Hitler and the Nazis in the minds of
Western
politicians at the time. The problem was the existence of Germany per
se.
As Vansittart had put it: "Hitler is the symptom, Germany is the
disease," to which FDR and his group readily subscribed. To paraphrase
Marcus Cato, Germaniam esse delendam, Germany
must be
annihilated. The fate that had befallen Carthage two thousand years
earlier was
now to be meted out to the Germans. Nazi or not didn't make a
difference! Even
Eisenhower succumbed to this doctrine. When the Wehrmacht
surrendered
in the millions in the spring of '45 the soldiers were no longer
treated as
prisoners of war but as "disarmed enemy forces."
This DEF, rather than POW, status allowed
Eisenhower
to circumvent the Geneva Convention and to perpetrate a
disaster of
massive proportions on the soldiers who had thought that the Americans
would
treat them in a humane fashion. All of us are more than familiar with
the
horror pictures from the liberated concentration camps, where prisoners
had
died like flies from starvation and disease. But as yet I have
not seen
a single documentary about the conditions German soldiers were exposed
to in
American and French camps between August 1944 and December of
1945.
Being a volunteer by nature I avoided this fate and discharged myself
with a
friend from the Wehrmacht on May 4. We simply threw our gear
away and
started walking home. Another friend of mine who had sat for six years
next to
me in school was not so lucky. He had been taken prisoner by the
Americans, was
then given to the French for more than two years of slave labor before
he was
eventually discharged. He had simply been in the wrong place at the
wrong time
and had become a number among millions. I have mentioned earlier that
at the
time of the fiftieth High School reunion my brother was the only one
still
living. For us, born two years later, the situation was different. We
had lost
only somewhat over fifty percent of our class rather than one hundred
percent.
Accidents of where and when you were born, for which no one can be held
responsible, do make a difference.
This chapter of WWII is largely unknown in America and
we owe
it to James Bacque's Other Losses to
have
brought this tragedy to light. But since WWII was a war of "good versus
evil" his book, which exposes evil on the good side, must not become
widely known, let alone serve as a basis for a TV documentary. Myths
must not
be shattered. The same applies to John Sack's Eye
for
an Eye which documents the behavior of some former Jewish
inmates of
concentration camps in Poland, when they had become supervisors and
guards of
imprisoned Germans. Lest I be misunderstood let me make it quite clear
that I
do not deny that some members of the Wehrmacht had in fact
committed
war crimes especially in Russia and the Balkans where they were
confronted with
a guerilla war which is notoriously brutal. "Reprisals" were the norm
then and they still are, but these acts do not justify the slander of
millions
of ordinary soldiers who had served their country in the Wehrmacht,
let alone the rest of the civilian population who had lived under the
Hitler
regime.
Thus when we celebrate this and other Memorial Days we should also
remember all
the other victims of wars Americans have fought in regardless of
nationality. The
real enemy all of us face is hate rather than a given nation or regime.
Hate will always surface under different names, be it a Hitler or the
currently
popular ones: Yassir Arafat, Saddam Hussein, Osama bin Ladin or any
other
member of the "axis of evil." What we fail to realize
is that hate when met with hate will only
generate
more hate. While Hitler had to be defeated and Osama, as well
as
Saddam have to be neutralized, the methods to do so should not exceed
the
essential minimum to achieve this goal. In our present war on terrorism
we are
in the process of losing precisely some of those freedoms Americans
have fought
and died for in the past. For the sake of "security," restrictions
are imposed upon our lives which were unimaginable only a few years
ago. Surely
the goal of all wars past and present should be peace. But if
this
peace is achieved by hate, and punitive measures, all past and future
sacrifices of lives and property will have been in vain. The cycle will
merely
go on. The names of the adversaries will
change but hate, with all its consequences, will
persist.
July 1, 2002
MORAL CLARITY
William Bennett, former Secretary
of
Education in the Reagan administration, Co-Director of Empower America,
and
author of numerous books, has for quite some time been regarded as the
moral
conscience of America. He has now published a new book Why
We Fight.
Moral Clarity And the War On Terrorism, which is the
subject of this
installment.
Bennett makes the point that the September 11 tragedy brought about a
moment of
"moral clarity" in America when all people felt a renewed sense of
patriotism and justified anger at the outrage which was committed
against us.
He then warned that this anger must not be allowed to be replaced by
questions
as to why we fight this war on terrorism America is engaged in. We must
persevere until final victory is achieved. Patriotism, which in his
view, rules
out any questioning how our government conducts its foreign and
domestic
policy, also precludes questions how we got into the current war in the
first
place. Well, this is all fine and good because Mr. Bennett is entitled
to his
opinions like anybody else but he then infuses the anger, which by now
has
largely dissipated, with a moral purpose. He points out that
Jesus
was not a pacifist, had no objections to war and that
the
Catholic Church condones a "just war,"which is what we are waging
because we have undoubtedly been attacked.
Let us now take a look at how Mr. Bennett arrived at his opinion. He
admits
that Jesus said "love your enemies," as well as "all who take
the sword will perish by the sword," and that these words "in their
unequivocal aversion to the use of force have resonated down the
centuries with
a clarion purity." Now comes, however, the "but" which Mr.
Bennett condemns when used in relation to our current policies."But as
so
much in the Bible, they are not the only or last words on the matter;
they are not
even Jesus' own last words on the matter." As examples Bennett cites Jesus
praising the Roman centurion "a soldier and a man of violence,"
who had requested the healing of his servant. Furthermore, that Jesus
said he
had "not come to bring peace to the earth but a 'sword;'"
that "at Gethsemane" he had said "'The one who has no
sword must sell his cloak and buy one'." In addition Peter was
rebuked from fighting with the people who had come to arrest Jesus not
because
Jesus was averse to violence but because the arrest was necessary to
fulfill
the will of the Father.
This was the best Mr. Bennett could come up with, but the
context in
which the mentioned words were uttered is all important. As
far as the
Roman centurion, "a man of violence" in Bennett's words, is concerned
the story occurs twice in the New Testament. A short version was
provided by
Matthew in chapter 8:5-10, and an expanded form by Luke in chapter
7:2-10. In
Matthew, Jesus marveled at the faith of the centurion who believed that
a
single word spoken by Jesus would heal his servant and there is no
comment as
to what kind of person he might have been. Luke gives us a fuller
picture.
While in Matthew the centurion had come in person to ask for help, in
Luke's
version the centurion had asked Jewish elders to intercede with Jesus
on behalf
of the sick servant. These elders convinced Jesus that the centurion
was a
worthy man who "loves our people, and it is he who built a synagogue
for
us [7:5]." Thus Luke makes it clear that it wasn't the
centurion's
profession which raised Jesus' compassion but that he was a good person.
When Jesus said that he did not bring peace
but a
"sword" to the world, Bennett admits that it was meant metaphorically.
The subsequent statements that families would be torn apart on account
of Jesus
was simply a recognition of reality and did not require a great deal of
foresight. A teaching which breaks with the
established order,
tells people that they must follow him even to the point of
forsaking
their families is bound to be disruptive. Some family members
converted to the new faith, while others did not with resulting
discord. But
this has nothing to do with condoning war.
In regard to Luke's passage that the disciples should buy a
sword
the context is again all important.
Contrary
to what Bennett wrote, the mentioned words were spoken at the end of
the Last
Supper after Peter had declared his fidelity. As we are all aware,
Jesus had to
tell him that before the cock crowed Peter will have denied knowing him
three
times. Subsequently
He said to them. 'When I sent you out without a purse, bag, or sandals,
did you
lack anything?' They said 'No, not a thing.' He said to them, 'But now,
the one
who has a purse must take it and likewise a bag. And the one who has no
sword
must sell his cloak and buy one. For I tell you the scripture must be
fulfilled
in me. 'And he was counted among the lawless,' and indeed what is
written about
me is being fulfilled. They said 'Lord, look, here are two swords.' He
replied,
'It is enough.' [Lk. 22:35-38].
This surely puts the situation into a completely different
light from
what Mr. Bennett wanted us to believe. Jesus' aversion to the use of
violence
is also attested to by his reaction at the time of the arrest
While he was still speaking, suddenly a crowd came, and the one called
Judas,
one of the twelve, was leading them. He approached Jesus to kiss him
but Jesus
said to him, 'Judas is it with a kiss that you are betraying the Son of
Man?'
When those who were around him saw what was coming, they asked, 'Lord,
should
we strike with the sword?' Then one of them struck the slave
of the
high priest and cut off his right ear. But Jesus
said, 'No more of this!' And he touched his ear and healed him
[Lk.
22:47-51].
Thus if one wants to find justification for war other sources
than the
words and deeds of Jesus need to be used. The same
applies to
the teachings of Paul which were also used by Bennett to
bolster his
case. After having mentioned Paul's admonition "'Do not repay evil for
evil, but take thought of what is noble in the sight of all. If it is
possible
live peaceably with all. Believers, never avenge yourselves.'" Bennett
goes on "'the authority does not bear the sword in vain' but is
rather 'the servant of God to execute wrath on the wrongdoer.'"
Thereafter Bennett quotes from "the first letter of Peter,
where that disciple reminds his recipients that human
institutions are
'sent by [God] to punish those who do wrong and praise those who do
right.'"
Now let's look what Paul said in Romans 13 from which the
quote has
been taken out of context. The first four verses are:
”Let every person be subject to the governing authorities; for there is
no
authority except from God, and those authorities that exist have been
instituted by God. Therefore, whoever resists authority resists what
God has
appointed, and those who resist will incur judgement. For rulers are
not a
terror to good conduct, but to bad. Do you wish to have no fear of the
authority? Then do what is good, and you will receive approval; for it
is God's
servant for your good. But if you do what is wrong, you should be
afraid, for
the authority does not bear the sword in vain! It is the servant of God
to
execute wrath on the wrongdoer [13:1-4].”
Thus the context is not a justification for war by a ruler but
an
admonition to individual Christians for proper every day conduct.
The same applies to the first letter of Peter. Chapter 2
verses 13-15
are the relevant ones, "Submit yourselves to every ordinance of man for
the Lord's sake: whether it be to the king, as supreme, Or unto
governors, as
unto them that are sent by him for the punishment of evildoers, and for
the
praise of them that do well. For it is God's will that by doing right
you
should silence the ignorance of the foolish." It takes again a wide
leap
of imagination to get from personal conduct to the right to wage a war
by
rulers. I have used The New Greek-English Interlinear New Testament
for the biblical quotes. The reason is explained in my forthcoming book
A
Jesus for Our Time.
Now let us consider what has become the scriptural excuse, and I use
the word
advisedly, for the idea of "just war." The concept
was first formulated by St. Thomas of Aquinas' in his
Summa
Theologica. The Summa are an enormous treatise by this
eminent
thirteenth century theologian and Peter Kreeft's A Summa of the
Summa
contains over five hundred pages of text. The "just war" concept was,
however, not deemed important enough by that author to be included. One
is
required to look in the total Summa, which take up over
eighteen
hundred pages to find the three and a half which deal with war. I was
aided in
this search by Darrell Cole's "Good Wars" in the October 2001 issue
of "First Things" who provided the reference. In article 1 of Book II
Part II under Question XL Whether it is Always Sinful To Wage War?
[Emphasis
in the original] St. Thomas wrote :
”We proceed to the first article: It seems that it is always sinful to
wage
war...
On the contrary, Augustine says in a sermon
on the
son of the centurion: 'If the Christian Religion forbade war
altogether, those
who sought salutary advice in the gospel would rather have been
counseled to
cast aside their arms, and give up soldiering altogether. On the
contrary they
were told: 'Do violence to no man ... and be content with your pay!'
(Luke 3.
14). If he commanded them to be content with their pay, he did
not
forbid soldiering'.”
St. Thomas had made the servant into a son but that is immaterial. He
then
listed three conditions which allow "for a war to be just." They are:
the authority of a sovereign, rather than of a private individual; a
just cause
and a right intention by the belligerents. It is not my purpose here to
question whether or not these conditions are currently met, but rather
to
explore the gospel authority on which all the rest hangs. As repeatedly
mentioned context is everything and when St Augustine (354-430 A.D.)
said "he
commanded them" one would immediately assume that the bishop
had
referred to Jesus. This was not the case. The words came from
John the
Baptist! After he had called people who came to be baptized
"you
brood of vipers [Lk. 3:7]," they asked him what they should do to be
saved. The full quote of the relevant section is :
”Even tax collectors came to be baptized, and they asked him 'Teacher
what
should we do?' He said to them, 'Collect no more than the amount
prescribed for
you.' Soldiers also asked him. 'And we, what should we do?' He said to
them,
'Do not extort money from anyone by threats or false accusation, and be
satisfied
with your wages' [Lk. 3:12-14].”
This is all any of the gospels say about the duties of soldiers and
there is no
evidence that Jesus had ever addressed the issue of
war.
His kingdom was not of this
world and
his name is being misused when political issues, apart
from
paying taxes, are supposedly condoned by him.
As far as righteous anger is concerned, of which Mr.
Bennett
seems so fond, I would suggest to him the books by Seneca On
Anger, which are available in Seneca. Moral and Political
Essays by Cooper and
Procopé. Seneca, a stoic
philosopher, was for several years Nero's tutor and conscience but
eventually
had to pay with his life for this thankless task. As is apparent from
the
content of the books Seneca concerned himself mainly with lingering
resentment
which turns to hate, rather than the sudden surge of anger all of us
intermittently experience. This is why his thoughts are so important
for today.
Seneca wrote:
”Now look at its consequences and the losses which it [anger]
occasions. No
plague has cost the human race more. You will see slaughter,
poisoning, charge and sordid counter-charge in the law-courts,
devastation of
cities, the ruin of whole nations, persons of princely rank for sale at
public
auction, buildings set alight and the fire spreading beyond the city
walls,
huge tracts of territory glowing in flames that the enemy kindled
[1:2,1].”
What accounts for it?
”{Anger is 'a burning desire to avenge a wrong' or, according to
Posidonius, 'a
burning desire to punish him by whom you think yourself to have been
unfairly
harmed' [1:2,3]. There is no need to chastise in anger if error and
crime are
to be repressed. Anger is a misdemeanour of the soul
and one
ought not to correct wrong-doing while doing wrong oneself [1:16,1].
Reason gives
time to either side, and then demands a further adjournment to give
itself room
to tease out the truth: anger is in a hurry. Reason wishes to pass a
fair
judgment: anger wishes the judgment which it has already passed to seem
fair
[1:18, 1]”
”If we wish our judgment to be fair in all things, we must start from
the
conviction that no one of us is faultless For here
is where
indignation most arises - 'I haven't done anything wrong,' 'I haven't
done a
thing!' On the contrary you won't admit [emphasis in the
original]
anything! We grow indignant at any rebuke or punishment, while at that
very
moment doing the wrong of adding insolence and obstinacy to our
misdeeds [2:28,
1].”
”How is it, then, that wrongs by enemies provoke us? Because we
did not
anticipate them, or certainly not on that scale. This is a result of
excessive
self-love. We consider that we ought not to be harmed, even by
enemies. Each of us has within him the mentality of a monarch; he would
like carte
blanche for himself but not for any opposition. So it is either
arrogance
or ignorance of the facts that makes us prone to anger [2:31, 3].”
”'But there is pleasure in anger - paying back pain is sweet.' Not in
the
slightest! The case is not like that of favors, where it is honorable
to reward
service with service. Not so with wrongs. In the one case, it is
shameful to be
outdone; in the other to outdo. 'Retribution' - an inhuman word and
what is
more, accepted as right - is not very different from wrongdoing, except
in the
order of events. He who pays back pain with pain is doing
wrong; it is
only that he is more readily excused for it [2:32, 1].”
How about this moral clarity Mr. Bennett? Was this
stoic pagan
not more of a Christian than those of us who carry Jesus on their lips
but
ignore or pervert his real message?
But let's face it what is really behind most of the hatred against us?
Is it
not also in part our unqualified support of the state of Israel
regardless of
the conduct of its politicians? Even if it were just an excuse by the
Arab
world for their hatred of American policies (mind you they don't hate us,
but merely what is done in our name), should we not remove this excuse
from
them rather than perpetuate it? Mr. Bennett had this to say about the
state of
Israel after he had on a previous page placed our "one-sided" support
of that country in quotation marks, as if he really thought we were
even handed
in this matter. In the chapter "The Case of Israel," Bennett
wrote :
”I want to put it positively. Our essential human kinship with
Israel
is something like our kinship with Great Britain, but it is also more
particular and less blood-related than that. It is a
deep-rooted
feeling of linked destinies, a feeling that echoes back to our
founding and to the earliest conceptions of the American experiment
itself,
that new birth of freedom which our fathers identified with the
Biblical
Israelite's emergence from the darkness of bondage. And I believe it
also has
to do with an understanding, almost religious in nature, that
to our
two nations above all others has been entrusted the fate of liberty in
the
world. That - the survival of liberty - is precisely what our
efforts
to eradicate terrorism are all about.
Keeping faith with
the people of Israel in their still unfinished confrontation with evil
is, to
me, a species of keeping faith with ourselves; breaking faith, a
species of
self-negation. It is exactly that simple, and exactly that difficult,
and
exactly that consequential.”
These are deeply disturbing passages, from a chapter
which is
full of them, especially when they come from a person who is widely
respected
and listened to by our administration. I don't believe that most
Americans feel
a "kinship" with the state of Israel, they might with the people, but
not necessarily the state. Americans may also love the country, for
biblical
reasons, but this does not imply that they, therefore, have to endorse
the
policies which are carried out in that country at the present time. To
link our "destiny" with the policies of a foreign state strikes me as
absurd. The Bible should not be our guide to foreign policy,
just as
it should be impermissible to use the Koran for that purpose by some
Arab
fanatics. I also have a feeling that Mr. Bennett, who seems to be so
enamored
with the ancient Israelites, is unaware that the honor for
having carried out the first jihad
in recorded history belongs to Moses! Wars
have, of
course, always been with the human race but the ancients were more
honest about
them. They fought either to enlarge their lands, take prisoners for
labor
purposes, and enrich themselves; or in self defense. The introduction
of religious
war, ostensibly for the sake of religion, was Moses' idea.
In the book of Numbers we can read that there was
serious
discontent in the Israelite camp about intermarriage and the
introduction of
the worship of Baal. Moses' authority was challenged by a highly
regarded
individual, Zimri, who had married a Midianite wife and was loath to
divorce
her just on Moses' say so. Zimri and his wife Cozbi where then killed
by
faithful Phinehas who has subsequently become a role-model for
religious zeal.
Thereafter Moses launched a full scale attack against the
Midianites.
A fuller version of the dispute between Zimri and Moses can be found in
Josephus' The Antiquities of the Jews. It would seem,
however, that
the punitive expedition had the additional purpose of diverting the
people's
attention from the internal problems and concentrating it on an
external enemy.
This is, of course, still common practice today when politicians are in
trouble. Although Moses himself had been involved with at least two
foreign
women, the "Cushite" and Zipporah, this did not matter. Moses was in
charge and intended to remain so. One may also wonder whatever happened
to father-in-law
Jethro - the priest of Midian - who had treated Moses so hospitably,
when the
latter had been a refugee from Egypt where he was wanted for homicide. This
war was not against some foreign enemy whose land one wanted
to
conquer, but against Moses' in-laws and seems
to
represent the first purely religious war. It was
fought
with appropriate fury as Numbers 31: 1-18 testify to. First
the
Israelites killed every male. The cities were burned and the "spoil,"
which included women and children, as well as all the property, was
brought
before Moses. Instead of being pleased he was incensed: "Have ye saved
all
the women alive?" Those were the ones that brought on the trouble in
the
first place "now therefore kill every male among the little ones, and
kill
every woman that hath known man by lying with him. But all the women
children,
that have not known man by lying with him, keep alive for yourselves."
Thus the pattern for religious persecution was established and has been
followed ever since. Mohammed used the Arabic word for "holy war,"
but the practice had been established and endorsed by the Jewish
religion more
than a millennium earlier.
And how does Prime Minister Sharon see the future of
his
country? Bob Novak, a conservative commentator, wrote in the National
Weekly
Edition June 24-30, 2002 of the Washington Times an editorial
headlined,
"Sharon rivets senators with his take on the Mideast." The Prime
Minister "Speaking off the record to mostly uncritical American
politicians, the old soldier-statesman was even more blunt. Mr. Sharon
pointed
to no Israeli-Palestinian deal for at least 10 years and
talked of a
hundred years struggles with Arabs. Warning of Egyptian and
Saudi
duplicity, he informed the senators that removal of Saddam Hussein from
Iraq
would be the best way to deal with the Palestinians." Sharon wants to
keep
the West bank and Gaza, because they were promised to the Israelites by
God,
expand the settlements therein and for that purpose hopes to get one
million
Jewish immigrants from France, Russia and Argentina. This is precisely
the
scenario I outlined in Whither Zionism? and why I wrote the
book in
the first place. It is updated in the January and April 2002
installments on
this website Whatever Mr. Arafat or any newly elected
Palestinian
leaders may want or do is irrelevant and to be used only as a
smokescreen for perpetuating and expanding Jewish presence on
Palestinian soil.
Americans are not only to condone this program but finance it as well.
There's moral clarity for you Mr. Bennett! You want us to fight
this
war on terror until victory is achieved, but you fail to define what
this
victory consists of. Since the war is also regarded
as between
"good and evil," there can be no end because evil and good are
intermixed in every human being. You have condemned our
children and
grandchildren to an interminable religious struggle on foreign soil
while we
are losing our religious freedom here. Grade school children must not
be
exposed to the word "God" by their teachers, although they can be
instructed in the joys of sex! This is the Western civilization we seem
to be
defending.
From one Catholic to another I would like to ask you Mr.
Bennett please
reconsider your stance, for the sake of God and our children. Go
to the occupied territories, talk with Hanan Ashrawi, read her book This
Side of Peace, spend a week with ordinary
Palestinians, listen
to them, and then write another book in the light of correct
information rather
than being swayed by religious sentiment and Israeli propaganda.
You
are a decent, intelligent person and can serve our country better than
with the
opinions expressed in Why We Fight.
August 1, 2002
GOD UNERWÜNSCHT
After Hitler had annexed my native Austria
in 1938
one could see signs at public beaches, resort hotels, restaurants and
other
assorted places "Juden Unerwünscht,"
Jews not welcome. It seems that this fate is now to
befall God
in America. The phrase "one nation under God," in the Pledge
of Allegiance, has recently come under attack because the word
God when
uttered at public functions supposedly violates the Constitution.
Yet
anybody who has bothered to read the Constitution and more specifically
the
First Amendment, which is the excuse for banning God from the "Public
Square,"
knows that this a fraudulent claim, regardless how
many judges
agree with it. Here is the full text of the First Amendment
"Congress shall make no law respecting an establishment of
religion, or prohibiting free exercise thereof; or abridging the
freedom of
speech, or of the press; or the right of the people peaceably to
assemble, and
to petition the Government for a redress of grievances."
Since Congress has not passed a law that forbids: school prayer,
singing songs
at graduation ceremonies which contain the word God, or any other
mention of
God at public functions, it is difficult to see why these activities
should be
"unconstitutional." On the contrary when one forbids the use
of the word God one violates the First Amendment by
preventing
"the free exercise thereof," and "abridging the freedom
of speech."
How has this perversion of the intent of the framers of
the Constitution come about? It is quite recent and
the
article by Alan Mittleman From Jewish Street
to Public
Square (First Things, August-September 2002) is most
enlightening. As some Jews became progressively more
"secular" and left the confines of Jewish enclaves in the major
cities for the suburbs the old traditional bonds were broken. But
suburbia
brought along other problems. Discrimination in
terms of
housing, private clubs, admissions to universities existed and
had to
be confronted. Three organizations were the most
active in
this respect: the American Jewish Committee, the American Jewish
Congress and
the Anti-Defamation League of the B'nai B'rith.
It is generally agreed that discrimination on basis of sex, color or
creed is
patently unfair and should not be tolerated in a country which prides
itself in
its Declaration of Independence "...that all men are created
equal..." Had the laudable efforts of the mentioned
organizations stopped at the point where equality had been
achieved
we could all have lived happily for ever after and
would
indeed have become a model for the rest of the world. But some
Jewish
intellectuals simply didn't know when to stop. They still
carried the
long history of persecution in their backpacks when they came from
Europe, and wanted
to achieve not only equality but "safety." To accomplish
this goal there were three possibilities: full assimilation, conversion
of the
country to Judaism, or the abolition of all religious sentiments from
the
public sphere. Complete assimilation was not desirable because it would
threaten the survival of the ancestral belief and to expect that
Judaism would
become the majority religion was, of course, unrealistic. Therefore the
third
option was chosen. In a fully "secularized" country,
which is a euphemism for atheistic, there
could be no
threat to Jews as Jews, anti-Semitism would vanish and the
Messianic
age would dawn. This was the ideal to be worked towards. To quote from
Mittleman's article
"It was from the [American Jewish] Congress and particularly from its lead
attorney, Leo Pfeiffer, that a stream of test cases and friend
of the
court briefs on crucial church-state cases would issue. The Congress
learned
from the NAACP and the ACLU that the courts could effect radical
changes more
swiftly and elegantly than legislatures...It is no exaggeration
to say that the shaping of the church-state separation regime
of the
post-war period cannot be understood without Leo Pfeiffer's activism."
Mr. Pfeiffer was, of course, not alone and anyone who is really
interested in
how God was expelled from public schools and other public functions
should read
also Stephen Feldman's book Please don't wish
me a
Merry Christmas. In this book Feldman also shows why
America
has to be secularized. The predominant religion of the
country
is Christian and as such automatically antisemitic. This may
strike
one as strange but Dr. Feldman is a law professor and here is his definition
of anti-Semitism
"the intentional or unintentional, conscious or unconscious,
hatred, dislike, oppression, persecution, domination, and subjugation
of Jews
qua Jews for whatever reason or motivation, whether it be religious,
cultural,
ethnic, racial or political."
Feldman explains
"My critical narrative, told from the viewpoint of an American Jew,
reveals the constitutional principle of the separation of
church and
state to be a highly complex social phenomenon that flows
primarily from and helps reproduce the Christian domination of American
society
and culture."
Ergo what should Christians do? Since they are by nature at least
"unconsciously antisemitic," as Feldman declared, it seems the only
way out of the dilemma is that they would have to renounce their
Christian
faith and become atheists. Even if they merely continue to go to church
on
Sundays, their antisemitism will be reinforced, which they will carry
over into
their professional and social lives. Am I exaggerating or is this the
logical
conclusion which is aimed at, but obviously, and for good reason not
voiced?
Lest one believes that I am making too much out of Feldman's book here
are excepts
of the reviews from the back cover, "a wild ride."
"Clearly a superb work of scholarship...the
historical
sweep of the book is impressive." "His ability to understand and
discuss difficult nuances of doctrinal history is impressive." The
conclusion from a review in Booklist states
"At a time when debate rages around issues associated with the
establishment clause of the First Amendment - including school prayer
and
public displays of Christian religious symbols - and at a time of
resurgent
antisemitism, Feldman's carefully reasoned and meticulously
documented
case is particularly welcome."
It did not seem to have occurred to the reviewers that the book
is
profoundly anti-Christian and that the relentless pursuit to banish God
from
public functions is bound to lead to a backlash. These
"intellectuals" fail to consider the law of unintended
consequences and do not realize that their efforts are likely
to
produce precisely what they wanted to avoid: a resurgence of
anti-Semitism. Let
me emphasize, however, that it was not only "non-Jewish Jews,"
to use Deutscher's terminology, who were responsible
for this
slide of our society into "secularism." Nevertheless
that they were in the vanguard of the effort is
readily
demonstrable.
Let us now look at what this relentless drive towards a secular society
has
achieved. Inasmuch as Freud has abolished a conscience,
with
its concomitant sense of responsibility to a higher power, and even
the
so-called super-ego has given way to "do your own thing," we
now have a "culture," which no longer deserves the name.
When a "joke" by Woody Allen that "the brain is my second most
favorite organ” is heartily approved of; when public education and the
media
gear themselves towards the lowest common denominator, one should not
be
surprised that even the President of this country is reported to have
derived a
great deal of pleasure from a current Austin Powers movie which revels
in
gutter humor. If America were a little island somewhere in the ocean
all of
this would not matter very much. But we are the self-proclaimed "Leader
of
the Free World", "Defenders of Western Civilization" who
broadcast this smut far and wide. Responsible people should,
therefore,
take cognizance and try to return America to the principles the country
was
founded on.
What the American Jewish Congress has accomplished on
the domestic
front, AIPAC (American-Israel Public Affairs
Committee) has achieved in regard to our foreign policy.
The
committee has been, and still is, working exceedingly hard to ensure
that
Congress does not pass legislation which might be construed as harmful
to the
interests of the state of Israel. Seemingly unlimited financial
resources and a dedicated corps of volunteers make sure that
only those candidates for election or re-election to public
office gain
the needed number of votes who are firmly committed to a pro-Israel
line.
This holds true even if a given government in that country
adheres to
policies which are not in the best interests of the United States.
Whenever this happens, as for instance currently in regard to the
Palestinian
issue, the American people have to become convinced by media pressure
(let me
not use the dirty word propaganda) that Israel is our most reliable and
best
friend. Alternative voices to this view can only rarely be heard.
Let me make it explicit at this point that I do not blame
the
mentioned Jewish organizations and other members of
the Jewish
community to pursue their self-interest vigorously
with all
legal means. They deserve to be congratulated to their success and for
having
shown how a small minority can use the democratic process to thwart the
wishes
of the majority. To remedy the situation those of our citizens
who are
not in favor of how the domestic and foreign policy of the country is
being
conducted, should look in the mirror and say mea culpa.
But mea culpa is only the first step. Effective organizations
would
have to be created, which are neither anti-Semitic nor neo-Nazi, but
are led by
responsible citizens from the entire spectrum of the American people
who say:
thus far and no further. The envelope has been pushed to the
limit
and it is time to put the real interests of all the citizens of
this
country to the fore, rather than those of special interest groups
whoever they
are. We have a genuine crisis of confidence in government as
well as
the financial system which has deliberately defrauded millions of our
citizens
which needs to be rectified.
The proposed answers to the problems of: homeland
security,
financial scandals and the dry rot of our culture are more
money and more
laws. Neither of these can solve the problems.
There
is not and cannot be total security for anybody regardless where the
person
lives. Man-made and natural disasters have always occurred and will
continue to
do so. While reasonable precautions can be taken, the creation of a
police
state is not the answer. Not only is it inimical to the American spirit
but in
the long run it will financially and morally bankrupt the country,
without a
chapter 11 protection.
To use the state of Israel as a model for how we should protect
ourselves from terrorists, as is currently proposed,
does not
make good sense. One unbiased look at the Middle East shows
that
Israeli citizens are less secure after about one and a half years of
Likud
government with concomitant repression of the people living in the West
Bank
and Gaza than they were before. No amount of propaganda can hide this
fact. For
us to go down the same road is a guarantee that we shall also suffer
the same
fate. What is needed instead is that on the domestic scene we
should
first of all stop creating more fear. If and when another disaster were
to
occur we should respond to it with measures which limit the impact on
the
innocent victims, while we are pursuing at the same time a foreign
policy which
shows to the entire world that we do not prefer one country over
another when
we try to resolve a given conflict..
In regard to further legal measures for our problems
it should
be obvious that whenever more laws are created the lawyers
go to work and in no time at all they will have discovered
loopholes to
subvert the law so that the rich and powerful can get away
while the
little guy goes to jail. This is not a good way to run a country. Campaign
finance reform is also worthless. Loopholes will be found and
money will
continue to be poured into the coffers of preferred candidates. A
genuine
reform of the electoral process which drastically reduces the election
cycle
should be called for. As long as a Congressman or even Senator has to
worry
immediately upon entering office about creating a "war-chest" for
re-election, he/she cannot be expected to take a rational, reasonable,
long
range stand on controversial topics. Pandering to voters with the
deepest
financial pockets is bound to take precedent. Regardless of the best
intentions
this must be recognized by the public at large as a fact of life. As
long as we do not insist on electoral reform rather than merely
campaign
finance reform nothing will be accomplished. When laws are
created and
subsequently not impartially and promptly enforced they are worse than
useless;
they make a mockery of the very word "law."
And what is the common denominator of all our
problems? Absence
of a sense of responsibility! The rich know that they can get
away, in
some cases even literally, with murder and there is no conscience to
restrain
them. "Greed is good" we have been told in a movie
not too long ago. When CEO's of companies are interested mainly in
enriching
themselves further without regard to the fate of their employees or
stockholders
who get ruined in the process, capitalism will lose its luster as a
model to be
emulated by the rest of the world. So will the secular society which we
are
pushing so hard for in other countries. No human relationships be they
within
the family, in business or government can flourish without trust. But
trust has
to be earned and cannot be legislated. This is the fundamental problem
of our
country. The last few decades of the past century have eroded
trust
on all levels and it is high time to rebuild it, by day to day
behavior
which subordinates personal desires to the needs of others.
This
effort could be immensely aided if trust in God were to be
re-established
because it brings with it a sense of responsibility regardless of high
one's
station in life is. To those who believe, like Nietzsche, that God is
dead we
can answer that Nietzsche forgot one vital characteristic of God. You
can kill
Him but He obstinately refuses to stay dead.
Those of us who still have a conscience and
believe
that we have an immortal soul for
which we
are responsible to our creator will have to shed our complacency and
cowardice
so that we can indeed work toward America becoming again "one
nation under God," who by the way is non-Sectarian. I said
cowardice on purpose because those who engage in this task can expect
ridicule
by those who "know better," and it is much easier to just keep quiet
and "not make waves." This was an option we had also in Nazi Germany.
In those days you risked your life if you spoke out; today you only
risk
derision or being shunned. But this is precisely what builds character,
a
quality which has been so sadly lacking in high places.
Finally, the perfunctory "God bless America"
which is the routine refrain of our President and some other
politicians with
which they close their speeches is utterly meaningless.
Why
should He? when those in charge of the country don't pay Him
any
respect the rest of the time. The phrase is not even a request but when
not
preceded by a "may," it is an order. Inspire of His infinite patience
He may not relish being ordered around. Thus our country
needs a change of heart and a return to the values which
created it in
the first place. The attempt to replace an internal conscience
by
external laws has failed and will continue to do so. The time has come
to
change the attitudes which gave rise to the headline of this essay to a
sincere: Welcome to America, Lord!
September 1, 2002
OCTOBER SURPRISE?
It is a longstanding political practice that when
the outcome of elections is in doubt the ruling party, of
whatever
designation, tries to change the cards in its favor by creating
a
foreign policy crisis. The assumption is that the
nation will
rally around the flag and you just "can't change horses in
midstream." The upcoming midterm elections may well provide a
great temptation repeat this time-tested paradigm. The more so
since
the Republicans have only a slim margin in the House and have lost the
Senate
by one vote. Furthermore it is also a historic fact that the party
which
controls the White House tends to lose rather than gain seats in
midterm
elections. Thus the Republicans are potentially in dire straits and
their hope
of gaining a solid majority in both houses of Congress
may require a radical foreign policy coup. The
only
one that seems readily available and tailor-made is the ouster of
Saddam
Hussein.
I have been told that, as the saying goes, "It’s
a done deal." On October 15 Saddam's government will
be
taken out by tactical air-borne strikes. U.S. elite
forces
which are already assembled in Turkey, Qatar, Kuwait plus some other
sites, will
drop from the sky onto Baghdad and take over.
The
Iraqi people will cheer like the Afghans did in Kabul and the November
elections will be in the bag. When I told my informant, who is
influential in
Republican circles, that this sounds more like Texas Ranger Walker from
the
famed TV series rather than a realistic plan for battle because
everything
hinges on us knowing where Saddam is staying at a given moment, my
concerns were
dismissed with "oh we know!" Well, I'm not privy to what the
President and his advisors really know, but I do remember that our
mission in
Afghanistan was to "get Osama bin-Laden dead or alive" and that is
still in limbo.
I met my informant, whose right to privacy I intend to honor, during
the early
part of August when I had the opportunity to participate in an
experiment of "grass roots" democracy. As a result of
articles on this website, as well as others which I had submitted to
the Salt
Lake Tribune, I became acquainted with, Maha, a young
woman
who has relatives in Jordan. She and her husband are also deeply
disturbed by
the conditions the Palestinians have to live under in the West Bank and
Gaza.
She is, however, not content to merely bemoan their fate and write
letters to
the Tribune but she is a genuine well meaning activist in the best
sense of the
word. She has organized and participated in candle light vigils
in downtown Salt Lake City and in addition she arranged
meetings with
our Representatives and Senators.
My physical condition no longer permits me to participate in
candlelight vigils
and protest marches but when she called me about joining a meeting with
one of
our senators I was most happy to oblige. I was especially interested
because I
had been prevented from seeing him last year by his secretaries who
vigorously
guard him from his constituents, as mentioned in the June 2001
installment. Since
I had been unable to visit with the senator I
had left a copy of Whither Zionism?
with the secretaries, urging them to be sure to hand it in
person to
their boss. I even went the extra mile and sent an additional copy to
the
senator's Washington office. I was, therefore, most curious to
find out
what the fate of that little book had been and came armed with another
copy.
As it turned out there were eleven of us who met that
afternoon with
our "junior" senator and he was gracious enough to listen to
everyone. Attempts to meet with the senior senator had been
unsuccessful
because he talks only through intermediaries. But senator Bennett lent
us his
ears although when half an hour had passed the expected knock at the
door came
to let us know that we had overstayed our welcome. Nevertheless we
persevered
and he had to acquiesce in order not to sound too impolite. We informed
him that America's unconditional support of the policies of the Sharon
government is not in the best interest of either Israel or our own
country, that
the plight of the
Palestinian people is severe and unless
that issue is addressed, security for
Israelis and
Americans is a forlorn hope. Desperate people resort to
desperate
measures. We also told him that what is being done in
that
part of the world in America's name does not conform to the
principles
we as American citizens stand for and that he should be using
his
influence in the Senate to become a voice of reason rather than merely
obeying
the party leadership.
I actually was given the honor by the group to lead off with the
discussion and
my first question was: "Senator, have you
seen
this book?" while holding up Whither Zionism? He
looked surprised and answered: "No." I then
proceeded to tell him of my futile efforts to get this little booklet
into his
hands. I also told him that he ought to have a word with his staff. He
should
inform them that when efforts are made by his constituents to
personally brief
him on issues which are in the vital interest of our country and for
which he
will cast his vote they should be respected. I
subsequently put
the booklet in his hand and said: "Senator, please
read
it on the plane to Washington because that's all the time it takes, and
then
let me know what you think of it!" He smiled, said
that
he would but I have no illusions that he really did so. At any
rate
that was the last I have heard from him but I intend to send him an
e-mail.
Persistency paid off even for the poor widow and the hard headed judge
as we
can read in the gospels.
In concert with some of the others I also told the senator
point blank that military action on part of America to
remove Saddam from power is ill advised. Even if it were to
succeed it
is likely to turn the Arab masses against us. This is not the way to
win the
war against terror but is on the contrary an open invitation for more
attacks
on American lives and property. At that point he became
adamant and
recited the well known mantra that Saddam is a
dangerous
madman and criminal who has poisoned his own people,
has started two wars against his neighbors, has
stockpiles of weapons of mass destructions, is working to get
more, will
have in short order nuclear capability and this must be prevented at
all cost.
He is sure to unleash anthrax, smallpox, the
plague
and other assorted ills against our country which puts us into terrible
danger.
It was obvious that the senator's mind was closed and reason could not
reach
him. But let us look at the facts now and the Encyclopedia
Britannica tends to be a reliable resource for history. When
one
consults it, Saddam looks actually a great deal more rational
than
he is being portrayed currently. What was, however,
the most
surprising aspect is that we owe the Middle East mess to
none
other than our own President Wilson and his famous 14
points.
The Ottoman Empire which controlled the area was to be dismembered,
Wilson told
Congress on January 8, 1918. The non-Turkish nationalities of the
empire should
be "assured of an absolutely unmolested opportunity of autonomous
development." Let us remember, however, that America
was
not even at war with the Ottoman Empire when Wilson already disposed of
it.
When it came to divide the spoils after the war, the British
and the
French had no use for truly independent
nations and established a series of client states.
Present day Iraq was cobbled together from
the former
Ottoman provinces of Mosul, Baghdad and Basra but was far
from
ethnically uniform and served mainly British interests. The
borders we
now know were finalized in 1922. These were, of course, arbitrarily
drawn and
the biggest losers for self-determination were the
Kurds. Their tribal area was parceled out to Turkey,
Iraq and
Iran.
The Brits wanted to have a League of Nations mandate over Iraq but the Iraqis
insisted on nationhood and gave the British a hard
time until
independence was achieved in 1932. Initially
the
country was a constitutional monarchy but it was toppled by a military
coup in 1958. A claim by the revolutionary
government
to Kuwait was abandoned in 1961 when Britain
and some
Arab governments opposed it. Another rebellion in 1963
brought the Ba'th party ("Revival"
or "Renaissance") to power with Saddam Hussein, our
"madman," as one of its prominent members.
The party advocated Arab nationalism and socialism. Several
other coups occurred thereafter until 1968
when the
Ba'th party took control again and Saddam Hussein,
with a group of armed officers arrested the chief cabinet
minister,
an-Nayif. Contrary to expectations he was not executed but was sent
as
ambassador to Morocco. The president of the Republic,
Al-Bakr, remained in office until 1979 when his
mantle fell on
Saddam as his successor who had
actually been
running most of the government affairs for several years already
because
Al-Bakr was elderly and in poor health. Industries were nationalized,
agrarian
reform initiated and irrigation projects were carried out. A small
private
sector was permitted to exist and there was also a mixture of private
and state
enterprises.
But there were some domestic and foreign complications. The Kurds
tried
on several occasions to overthrow the Ba'th regime and in
1974
they initiated a full fledged war.
They had help
from the Shah of Iran who was interested in the disputed
waterway of
the Shatt-al-Arab. Saddam met with the Shah in 1975
and a
treaty was negotiated which ended the war against the Kurds
because
they no longer had Iranian support.
Saddam started his presidency in
1979 by discovering
a plot to overthrow him whereupon he had 22
conspirators
executed while others were sent to
prison.
This had a salutary effect and Saddam's rule has never been
seriously
challenged thereafter. The reasons for the Iran-Iraq
war
were directly related to the overthrow of the Shah in 1979.
Although Iraq recognized the Khomeini regime this was not mutual
because the Ayatollah
regarded the secular Saddam as a bad Muslim and
insisted on fomenting an Islamic revolution
in Iraq.
There were also some minor border disputes, and skirmishes were
frequent. On
September 17, 1980 Saddam announced that he had abrogated the 1975
agreement
with Iran, because the Iranians had already broken it. Iraqi forces
invaded
Iran on Sept.21-22 and also bombed various targets in that country. The
UN
stepped in and called for a cease-fire. Saddam agreed under
the proviso
that the Iranians did likewise which they were in no mood to do.
From
then on the war dragged on, the Iranians enlisted the
help of the
Kurds again and that is when Saddam, in
order to
protect the northern portion of his country, used chemical
weapons
"on his own people." This solved the problem in the north
but Basra was still threatened.
By the mid-1980's Saddam looked mighty good to the Reagan
administration, certainly better than the Ayatollah, and American
help began to arrive. Another Security Council
resolution in
1987 which urged Iraq and Iran to stop hostilities
and return to their respective borders was accepted by Iraq
but ignored
by Iran. Only when Khomeini saw that the war could not be won
and was
afraid of an internal uprising did he accept Resolution 598 in August
of 1988,
but it took another ten years before all aspects of the resolution had
been
implemented.
During these ten years Saddam tried to raise his
stature in
the Arab world by cooperative agreements with his neighbors and a
non-aggression pact with Saudi Arabia as well as Bahrain. It is
understandable
that he smarted from the Israeli attack on his nuclear reactor
in 1981,
while he was fighting the Iranians, and told the Israelis that
if they
were to attack his country again he would retaliate with
chemical
weapons. This upset the Reagan administration and led to
strained
relationships. Saddam added fuel to the glowing
embers by
making, in typical oriental hyperbole, inflammatory
remarks
about the West's hostile attitude, which paved the
way for the
Gulf War.
Apart from the problem with the Kurds there had been a long
standing
dispute about the legitimacy of Kuwait as a separate nation.
As mentioned
above, Iraq had, even before Saddam's ascension to power, regarded the
country
as one of its provinces. It was the British who had nixed the idea
because they
had their own fish to fry in that part of the world. Not only was there
the
sovereignty aspect, but there was also a dispute about
two strategically located islands at the head of the gulf, and
negotiations between the two countries about their fate went nowhere.
In
addition Iraq was in serious
financial difficulties as a result of the Iran-Iraq war. It owed
$80 billion, half of which was to go to Kuwait and Saudi Arabia.
Saddam,
in his naiveté, had assumed that his
Arab
brothers would not only forgive the
debt
but, in the spirit of the Marshall plan, help with the
reconstruction
of his country. He may well have thought that they owed him
something
for having saved their regimes from succumbing to an Iranian style of
Muslim
fundamentalism. But Arabs are not Americans and they
not only left
him high and dry, but also increased oil production
which dropped the price and thereby reduced
Saddam's
revenues. The invasion of Kuwait was intended
to solve his financial problems and help the
cause of
Iraqi nationalism. The decision was made
even easier by a misunderstanding of what the American
ambassador had
said prior to the invasion. She seemed to have implied that
America
had no vital interest in this dispute.
But Papa Bush and Maggie Thatcher said "this will not stand" and the
Gulf war was on. President Bush senior is now being criticized
for "not having finished the job" when he had the chance to
get rid of Saddam. But these connoisseurs of history
fail to
remember that Bush led a coalition and was acting under
an UN mandate which demanded only
the
restoration of Kuwait's integrity. Regime change was not in the cards!
In the aftermath of the gulf war Iraq
was devastated.
The Kurds in the north and the Shiites in
the south
tried to get independence from Baghdad but
after our initial encouragement of these efforts we withdrew
support
from the insurrectionists and left them to Saddam's not so tender
mercies.
Apparently our policy makers thought that a weak, ineffectual,
but
geographically intact Iraq would serve their purposes better
than a dismembered one.
Since I have not examined Saddam in person I am not
entitled
to make a psychiatric diagnosis but from the history as presented above
I find
it difficult to believe that the man is irrational. Throughout his
career he has
acted in self-interest, like any good politician,
although he has frequently underestimated his opponents.
This
is a not uncommon mistake to which even
the Johnson
administration succumbed. Let us also remember that Saddam
is now 65 years old, has not embarked on any military ventures
in the
past ten years, and there is reason to hope that he might have
learned
from the mistakes of his youth. It is unlikely that he is
either going
to "nuke us" now or in the future, nor will he send us chemical
weapons either directly or by proxy. With all the war hype
which is
going on nobody seems to ask the question why he would intend
to attack
us. He is not stupid and knows that
any such
act would be the end of him. He is not even likely to
attack
Israel, which would be the only logical target because
we, if
not the Israelis, would wipe him out and I do not
believe that
he is suicidal. If the Israelis feel threatened they have
ample
military resources to destroy Saddam's regime and I fail to see a
reason why we
ought to do the job for them.
Regardless whether it's October 15 or some other date,
President
Bush seems to feel obligated to finish the job his father had
supposedly left undone. It looks like that he
has
already painted himself into a corner by all the bellicose
rhetoric
and he may now feel that face has to be saved and bombs have to fall. UN
approval is neither regarded as necessary nor
desirable. All
that is needed now is an event which leads to
some
loss of American equipment or lives, which can be used to infuriate the
public.
But that should present no problem inasmuch as ample
precedents exist how a casus belli
can be
manufactured at a moment's notice. Incidents at the no-fly
zones, for
instance, could readily provide the analogue of a Gulf of
Tonkin
event which served the Johnson administration so well
in its
quest to justify expansion of the war in Viet Nam.
Let us now assume for the sake of
argument
that everything goes miraculously well, it's all over
within a
few days before Saddam can send rockets loaded with biologic weapons to
Israel,
which he would surely do under other circumstances, and there is only
relatively minor "collateral damage" among the civilian population. Saddam
is dead and the Ba'th party gone, then what? We will
install
the analogue of a Karzai regime in Baghdad but it is not
likely to have much control over the rest of the country. The government
will be regarded as an illegitimate stooge
for
American interests, and Muslim fanatics, as well as
Iraqi
nationalists will do their best to destabilize it. The Kurds
will in all likelihood want their independence
but
that will create a problem with our
NATO
ally Turkey because the Kurds may want to have their Turkish
brethren
in their own nation. This is what President Wilson had promised them
after all.
The same secessionist trends apply to the Basra
district. The Shiites living in the area may
want to join their fellow Shiites in Iran and that is likewise
not
in our interest. Who wants to make Iran stronger than the
country
already is? The next "war of liberation" against Iran is then
automatically preprogrammed. Is that what the "Bushies" really want?
The British tried to control the Middle-East with governments
of their
choice. They failed! What is the reason to believe that we will be more
successful? The fundamental problem is that we expect that
everybody
in the rest of the world has to think like us and when they don't they
ought to
be made to do so. It won't work. Oriental traditions are different from
ours
and cannot be shed by an executive fiat from Washington. We also ought
to
realize that Iraq, which basically is the
ancient
Mesopotamia, has produced the first great civilization
this world has known. Americans see only the current situation but
people in
that part of the world have longer memories. They view themselves as
the descendants
of the Sumerians, Assyrians, Babylonians who have ruled their
countries long before there was a Western civilization which is
actually in
part derived from them. Before there was a Moses there was a
Hammurabi
and it was his laws, including the famous eye for an
eye,
which became incorporated into the Bible. If we have
our pride
so do they have theirs.
While I am highly skeptical of a military
solution
to our fight against the "axis of evil," there is, of course, another
point of view as expressed, among others, by Mr. Podhoretz
in
the current issue of Commentary. He loves the "Bush
doctrine" of pre-emptive strikes and firmly believes that the
"Afghan model" will work. Once Baghdad is liberated
Iran will fall on its own accord, as the next domino, and by
implication so
will the other Muslim regimes we are not fond of. Apparently
the
supporters of al Qaeda will then either see the light of democracy or
just
whither on the vine. Well, anything is possible, what is
likely is
another matter. It would,
therefore,
behoove the hawks in our administration, and
especially President
Bush, to remember that it takes only one party to make war but two to
make
peace. Once war starts in earnest there is no way of knowing how and
when it
will end.
Will there be the mentioned October surprise? No one can know
for sure
but the world may well be
confronted
sooner or later with a fait accompli.
We, the citizens and taxpayers in whose name all of this being done,
have just
as little influence on the actions of our government as the Germans had
under
Hitler. But in contrast to those days democracy allows us to raise our
voices
in warning. If and when the war comes it will hardly be a
surprise for
anyone any more. The only real surprise would be if reason won out over
passion.
October 1, 2002
ONE YEAR LATER
In contrast to politicians and a great many
journalists,
physicians are trained to perform follow-up studies on their patients
in order
to learn whether or not a treatment regimen has been effective. Thus it
is
appropriate not only to remember the dead of September 11, the number
of whom
has now shrunk from 5000 to about 3000, but also what the
American
response to this tragedy has accomplished.
The Taliban regime in Afghanistan has collapsed
under the weight of bombs as well as the troops of the Northern
Alliance and
victory is being proclaimed by our politicians, who feel free now to
march on
to Baghdad. We have been shown pictures of happy people dancing to
Western
music in Kabul and the faces of women who no longer need to be draped
from top to
toe. But let us pause for a moment and look closer at what was really
accomplished in Afghanistan. We have installed a client regime
in Kabul
but its authority does not extend much beyond the capital, or Kandahar,
and
possibly some other cities. The countryside is far from
pacified,
roving bands impede disaster relief efforts so that people are starving
again
and another winter is in the offing. President Karzai is seen
as a
stooge of the West and has to rely on American Special Forces
for his
personal safety. The locals are still trying to murder him. The King,
of whom
we have heard nothing lately, was supposed to unify the country but
when it
came to elections we didn't want him on the ticket. What he is doing
now is
anybody's guess and he may well look wistfully back to his stay in
Italy where
he was at least safe.
In the fields the poppies are blooming again, the
growth of
which had been banned by the Taliban, and a bumper crop of
opium and
heroin is assured. A British source has stated that
Afghanistan
produces 75 per cent of the world's heroin and 90 per cent of Britain's
supply.
That the British authorities are not thrilled over the renewed influx
is
understandable. The Kabul government as well as ours doesn't want this
state of
affairs and we are trying to bribe the farmers to destroy the crops,
but since
selling the stuff brings a great deal more than what we are offering
the result
is a foregone conclusion. Furthermore, although the Taliban
government
has disappeared, this does not mean that their
fighters have seen the errors of their ways and become good
democratic
citizens. As expected they have melted into the mountains and
villages
from which they continue to harass their enemies, be they Afghans or
foreigners. Inasmuch as the people are dirt poor there has also
developed a brisk
trade in Taliban and Al Qaeda fighters. We offer the Afghans
some
money to hand them over to us but there are others who pay even more to
get
them smuggled out of the country to Pakistan or elsewhere. Thus a
primitive capitalism
is flourishing and the highest bidder gets the prize. What we do with
our
captives, apart from interrogating them is also a good question. As far
as I
know no one has recently wondered about what is happening to
the
detainees in Guantanamo. Since they are not designated as
prisoners of
war, although we are fighting a war against terrorism, they seem to
have no
civil rights whatsoever. There exists another nasty little fact we are
not
supposed to remember. The most important Al Quaeda leaders
which are in our custody were not captured by our
special
forces in Afghanistan but through the dedicated cooperative
efforts of
intelligence services around the globe. "Bin Laden dead or
alive," which was the President's motto when we started the bombing
campaign,
has also been quietly forgotten.
Our efforts to root out Al Qaeda and Taliban militia,
which
our special forces are still intermittently engaged in, are seriously
handicapped, because we have to rely on local
informers
as to where their hiding places might be. It is assumed that these
citizens
love us more than their own countrymen whom they are supposed to inform
on
which is, however, not always the case. Sometimes they engage in
efforts which
are clearly counterproductive from our point of view. For instance by
calling
in air-strikes on villages which are populated by rival clans but are
quite
neutral in their opinions about the U.S. In so doing we may bomb
wedding
parties or a convoy heading for elections. These sorts of "friendly
fire" mistakes do not endear us to the populace. Nor can one
blame the Canadians for being upset when we bomb them.
On occasion we have also conducted house to house searches.
This seems innocuous enough to us but was regarded as deeply offensive
by the
locals. In the home the women are not veiled and foreigners have no
right to
gaze on their faces. Now we are supposedly first sending Afghans into
the house
to be searched, to ensure proper attire by the ladies. In the
countryside the
Burqa is still the appropriate dress code and men rule the roost
regardless
what our feminists or their local equivalents desire. The promised
aid
to Afghanistan which was to feed the people, reestablish the destroyed
infrastructure, and promote democratic reforms has been slashed
and is slow in coming. We try to pawn the aid efforts off to our allies
because
the impending second Gulf war obviously requires our money and there is
just so
much that can be extracted from the ever patient American taxpayer. In
addition
there is also bound to be a limit somewhere for the steadily increasing
billions of deficit spending.
It is, therefore, obvious that democracy is not going to blossom in
Afghanistan
any time soon. If one looks objectively at that
country today
one gains the impression that we are apparently in the same
situation
as the Soviets were in early 1980. They had installed a
friendly
government, proclaimed freedom from an intrusive religion, replaced it
with
their own secular values and expected peace and quiet on their border.
As we
know it didn't work out that way. The locals liked their own religion
better
than Soviet values and America was most willing to oblige with money
and
material so that the mujahadeens could give the Russians a
hard time.
In the process we created Osama but the ingrate
turned
against us when we established military bases in his home
country
after the Gulf war instead of just packing up and leaving. For
infidels, including women and Jews, to establish a permanent military
presence
in the land of the Prophet was too much to stomach.
This reminds me of an event in the 1980's when I had been invited to
Saudi
Arabia for a lecture tour. On the visa application one had to enter
one's
religion and there was a comment, "Judaism and Atheism not
acceptable." So there! On the plane from Jeddah to Riyadh I had my
usual
window seat and a Burqad lady sat down next to me. The stewardess
arrived
immediately thereafter and ordered me out of my seat. I am by nature
not very
obliging to peremptory commands especially when no reason is given, so
I pulled
out my boarding pass pointed to 14 A looked up at the row number and
there was
14 A. In righteous determination I had no intention of vacating that
seat. A
somewhat animated argument ensued, the stewardess was demanding my
leaving and
I was equally determined on staying. Then a lady, with only a modest
and
attractive head scarf covering her hair, seated in the row ahead turned
around
to me and said quietly: "You are not allowed to sit next to a lady."
Well that explained the situation and I happily yielded to local custom
because
Europeans are taught early on "When in Rome do as the Romans."
This piece of wisdom some Americans have yet to learn. But since we are
now
engaged in world wide "peace keeping," it would seem to be imperative
that our military forces are being taught not only how to handle their
weapons
but also to show proper respect to local customs.
As far as the goal of the Afghan war is concerned we have been told
that it was
to destroy the infrastructure of terrorism and to liberate the Afghan
people
from an intolerable religious regime. An ulterior motive as for
instance a pipeline
construction from Central Asia through Afghanistan and
Pakistan to the
Arabian Sea was, of course, denied publicly but devoutly wished for by
certain
circles in the oil business. Well, the pipeline has remained a pipe
dream for
the time being because nobody in his right mind is going to invest
money in a
country where public safety cannot be guaranteed. This adds
considerable allure
to Saddam's oil reserves. Once he is gone a friendly
regime
can be installed in Baghdad and the oil will flow to the Persian Gulf
without
having to bother with expensive pipeline constructions. That is the
assumption,
what reality will bring no one knows.
It is likely that I will now be accused of massive cynicism and of
disregarding
the noble motives for which we ostensibly are going to topple the
Saddam
regime. President Bush assured us just a few days ago that Saddam
is a
menace to Western civilization not only for our generation but
that of
our children and grandchildren. Mr. President please
pardon my
skepticism about rendering the world safe for our grandchildren. The
only
universally true law of life is change and unforeseen consequences! There
is no way anybody can make our children, let alone grandchildren, safe
by
engaging in wars and "regime change." It has not worked in
the past and will not work in the future.
Let me remind our "hawks" of just one such past effort.
"We believe that our own desire for a new international order
under which reason and justice and the common interests of mankind
shall
prevail is the desire of enlightened men everywhere. Without that new
order the
world will be without peace and human life will lack tolerable
conditions of
existence and development. Having set our hand to the task of achieving
it, we
shall not turn back." Thus said President Wilson on February
11,
1918 in his speech to the Congress. The new order brought
Versailles;
Versailles brought Hitler, who in turn brought the Soviet Union into
the heart
of Europe. Only by waging a cold rather than hot war against her did
that
regime collapse under its own weight without a drop of American blood
having
been shed. Surely this might be a better precedent than continued
military
campaigns.
The main difference between the Soviet presence in Afghanistan and ours
in
regard to world politics is that the new mujahadeen, which
are in the
process of emerging, won't have the resources of the U.S. available to
them.
But what are Pakistanis, Iranians and even Chinese for? Arms deals make
money
and I know of no country which has in the past refrained out of lofty
motives.
Our new found "friend" Musharraf has a similar
problem as does Karzai. He can't trust his people and
has to
rule by decree. While we abhor a dictatorial regime in Iraq and are
inundated
by the dire threats Saddam might pose if he were to get nuclear weapons
our
pundits are much more tolerant of Mush raff’s proven nukes and his
means to
drop them on people whom he doesn't like. Obviously he knows better and
won't
use them but why should Saddam? Thus it is again not democracy
or
humanitarian values which count in the circles that really
make our
political decisions but whether or not a given dictator is
willing to
do our bidding.
One tends not to read the type of information about our Afghan victory,
which
was mentioned above, in our major news media. It is available, however,
not
only on the Internet but also the Christian Science Monitor.
Although I have considerable reservations about Mrs. Mary Baker Eddy's
medical
opinions the worldwide coverage of political events which the Monitor
provides
is indeed a service to democracy because the information is presented
in a fair
and balanced manner. This is not necessarily the case with our major
news-organizations and the media pundits
What has happened at home since 9-11-2001? The stock
market has crashed, the economy
is in
the dumps and the idea of early retirement by some of our baby
boomers
had to be shelved. Some of them no longer even worry about retirement
but have
more immediate problems with either keeping or getting a job. The airline
industry especially is in shambles. Not only
has
flying become a distasteful chore because of the "security” measures
but
their very survival is at stake. A mid East war with an inevitable
spike in oil
prices may well be the kiss of death for some of our airlines which
can't make
ends meet even now. What the laid off employees, from
all the
companies which are busy with "downsizing," are supposed to do does
not seem to concern our happy warriors in
their quest
for our safety. Those are the realities some Americans have to be
concerned
about and I am sorry to say that these worry me considerably more than
Saddam's
WMDs. The question for some of us grandparents is not whether
or not
our grandchildren will be nuked, anthraxed, or smallpoxed but will we
have to
bail them out financially and will we be able to do so?
Another ominous event has taken place in "the land of the free and the
brave." Our Muslim citizens of Mid Eastern descent live
in fear of being regarded as terrorists. Professors in
academia may no
longer voice their opinions freely because they can be blacklisted and
lose
their jobs. Our high tech industry has relied heavily on
foreign
students but now their visas are no longer as readily
available as in the past. Some Saudi students who had green
cards here
and had homes and cars, were not allowed to return after a brief visit
to their
home country. They have been forced into limbo. Other bright Mid
Easterners no
longer get student visas in the first place and will have to go for a
good
education to Europe or states of the former British Empire, which FDR
helped to
dismantle. For those who doubt America's role in the demise of the
British
Empire I suggest A Time For War by Robert Smith Thompson and Churchill
by Clive Ponting.
The war in Afghanistan is not yet over
it has
merely shifted to Phase II, as predicted on these
pages last
year. If Afghanistan is to be the model for
a regime
change in Iraq our administration would have a lot of
explaining to do why the result will be better.
But
it is not in the nature of politicians to look beyond immediate goals. Instead
of explanations and rational debate, fear has to be produced
in the populace so that Congress can cave in and ratify whatever the
administration demands. This recipe has worked in the past and is
expected to
do so again. But fear, anger, and hate (which President Bush
has
admitted to harboring against Saddam Hussein), are not the foundations
upon
which American policy should be conducted.
There seems hardly any doubt that war with Iraq has
already been decided on by the Bush administration. The troops
are being moved to their staging areas and the political
maneuvers at the UN and in Congress are designed to
fix the
blame on Saddam. The strategy for achieving
this goal
has also become clear. We will make demands to
the Baghdad government which are incompatible
with their national sovereignty and when they are
either
declined or subverted we start with "regime change." This model dates
at least to July 1914 when Austria used it to start a war with Serbia.
Most
recently it was resurrected by Madeleine Albright with the Rambouillet
"agreement" which unleashed our war on Milosevic. The
question seems to be no longer whether or not there will be war but
when. Last
month's installment was called October Surprise? but
since
even Democrats have caught on now it may not be feasible
any
more. The November elections may well turn
into a
referendum on the war and be decided by the susceptibility of
the
American people to propaganda. "The Great Game" as
it used to be called at the end of the 19th century, is still
being played. Empires have to be defended and commercial interests
expanded
which inevitably leads to conflict with those who, to use a
well known
colloquialism, don't want to play ball with us.
October 17,2002
THE SAGA OF TUTANKHAMEN'S SKULL X-RAYS
Before reading further I suggest that you print
this
"Epistle to the World" because I shall refrain from highlighting
special aspects; the details are important and the eleven pages cannot
be
properly digested by cursory glances at a screen. Although I had
mentally
committed myself to monthly installments there are occasions in these
fast
moving times when one feels forced to deviate from this pattern. Too
much is
happening which deserves to be commented upon. The evening of Sunday,
October 6
was one such event when the Discovery Channel presented "The
Assassination of King Tut." In this pseudo-documentary the
English-speaking world finally received the answer as to who had
murdered
Tutankhamen, the last descendant of Egypt's fabled 18th Dynasty. The
mystery of
the king's sudden death, which has puzzled Egyptologists for decades,
was
solved by none other than a pair of detectives from my neighboring
cities of
Provo and Ogden. We were told that a set of skull X-rays had been
released to
them from England for their investigation. These produced "vital
evidence
for the detectives" and allowed them to finger the killer. Now at long
last "justice has been done" for the unfortunate victim and he
"can rest in peace." It had been Ay, the Prime Minister, who in the
waning years of his life, killed the frail handicapped Tut in order to
usurp
the throne. Since I made a more or less "cameo" appearance in this Machwerk
(the word has no direct English counterpart but denotes a piece of fake
artistry), I owe it to my friends and readers to set the record
straight.
I have had a long standing interest in Egyptian history and when I saw
on one
of my periodic trips to Vienna a book by Vandenberg Nofrete,
Echnaton und
ihre Zeit, I bought it right away. What I read in this book during
the
middle 1980's literally set this whole show in motion. It's obvious
that God's
mills grind slowly. The key sentences when translated from German read:
"Radiologic examinations of the mummy revealed that the young pharaoh
did
not die of natural causes and, therefore, urgently needed this tomb
[which had
been hastily prepared and was not originally intended for him].
Tut-ench-Amun
has a hole [Loch] in the posterior portion of his skull [Hinterkopf]
as it might have resulted from a club or spear tip. Did the little king
die
from the hand of a murderer? Many regard Eje [Ay] the 'Father of the
God' and
successor of Tut-ench-Amun, as the murderer; an assumption which has
not yet
been fully validated."
The words "hole in the skull" clearly raised the interest of the
professional neurologist and I immediately decided to follow through on
this.
Where are these X-rays and what do they really show? was the question.
But
Vandenberg had written for the general public and had, therefore, not
provided
references for his statement. There are, however, other sources and the
Cambridge
Ancient History has a well deserved excellent reputation. It
contained a
statement by Cyril Aldred, a highly respected Egyptologist:
"He [Tutankhamen] died in his nineteenth year, perhaps as the result of
a
wound in the region of his left ear which penetrated the skull and
resulted in
a cerebral haemorrhage.
How this lesion was caused must remain a mystery, but the nature and
seat of
the injury make it more likely to be the result of a battle wound or an
accident than the work of an assassin."
Now we no longer have just a skull defect but also
a brain
hemorrhage. Furthermore it is not in the back of the head but in the
region of
the left ear, and young Tut wasn't murdered after all. Where did Aldred
get his
information from? As a scientist he gave the reference which read "The
Times, Science Report, 25 October 1969." A trip to the public library
followed, the article was located and printed. The headline of this
brief note
read "Violent death of Tutankhamen." The essential sentences were:
"Examination of the mummy by Professor R.G. Harrison and Dr. R.C.
Connolly
of the anatomy department at Liverpool University, has revealed wounds
that
resemble brain damage sustained by a violent blow on the head.
X-rays of the pharaoh's head have shown up a thinning of the bone at
the back
of the skull, Professor Harrison said yesterday. His diagnosis is that
the
thinning was caused by a cerebral haemorrhage resulting from a blow to
the
head."
I found out later that the statement was based on a BBC documentary
which had
been shown in the UK in 1969 and will be discussed later.
All right; now we no longer have a skull defect but only a thinning of
the bone
caused by bleeding in the brain. Thus, the question remained what did
these
X-rays really show? But at least there were now two names and an
address. This
is how my correspondence with Mr. Connolly, Senior Lecturer at the
Anatomy
department of Liverpool University, started and which thanks to my
compulsive
nature survived the trip from Michigan to retirement in Utah. He was
one of the
key members of Harrison's expedition which actually had as its goal to
investigate the kinship of Tutankhamen with a mummy that had previously
been
thought as belonging to Akhenaten but is now regarded as that of the
ephemeral
Smenkhare, who was either co-regent or for a short time successor of
the
heretic pharaoh. Precise data are lacking. As a result of their
examinations Harrison
suggested on anatomic and Connolly on serologic grounds that
Tutankhamen and
Smenkhare may have been brothers. This important scientific finding
was,
however, in the public mind overshadowed by the sensation the skull
X-rays had
caused. When I wrote to the Chairman of the anatomy department in the
summer of
1986 my letter was answered by Mr. Connolly who wrote:
"Before Professor Harrison died, we were working on an extensive
analysis
of the x-rays of several Dynastic specimens including Tutankhamun but
this is
still incomplete. I have all the x-rays and am hoping to complete the
study in
the not too far distant future and I shall give you the information
about
publication.
We haven't published anything beyond the 1972 Antiquity but I may
produce a
report before publication of the main comparative study because several
workers
have been seeking information specifically about Tutankhamun."
I thanked Connolly for his information and asked him to inform me about
the
final results of his investigations. I also made a trip to the
University
Library in Detroit and unearthed two relevant articles by Harrison.
One, dated
1971, was hidden away in a journal called Buried History
under the
title "Post Mortem on Two Pharaohs. Was Tutankhamen's Skull Fractured?"
The second article was the mentioned 1972 report in Antiquity
with the
simple title "The Remains of Tutankhamun." This article is a classic
because it provides most valuable evidence about how Carter and Derry's
"autopsy" of the pharaoh in 1925 was really carried out. The details
would take me too far afield now, suffice it to say that due to an
excessive
use of unguents the king's mummy was found to have been solidly glued
to the
bottom of the third coffin and even the gold coffin itself was stuck to
the
bottom of the second coffin. Carter's team had to literally chisel the
mummy
away from the coffin to get at all the artifacts which now grace
museums around
the world. They severed the limbs, sawed the trunk away from the pelvis
and
decapitated the mummy at the seventh cervical vertebra. Mr. Filce Leek,
a
member of the expedition, produced a book afterwards under the title The
Human Remains of Tutankhamen where he details the condition in
which
Harrison's team found the mummy of the king. Unless one has read the
Antiquity
paper and Leek's book in detail no worth-while opinion can be
formulated about
the meaning of the X-rays and a possible cause of death.
While the paper in Antiquity did not enter into speculations
how
Tutankhamen may have died, Harrison did write in the Buried History
article:
"While examining X-ray pictures of Tutankhamen's skull I discovered a
small piece of bone in the left side of the skull cavity. This could be
part of
ethmoid bone which had become dislodged from the top of the nose when
an
instrument was passed up the nose into the cranial cavity during the
embalming
process. On the other hand, the X-rays also suggest that the piece of
bone is
fused with the overlying skull and that this could be consistent with a
depressed fracture which had healed. This could mean that Tutankhamen
died from
a brain hemorrhage caused by a blow to his skull from a blunt
instrument.
This evidence taken together with the fact that the pharaoh was only 18
when he
died, and considered against the troubled times during which he lived,
poses an
intriguing question: was Tutankhamen murdered?"
It was this sentence and one other sentence on the mentioned BBC
documentary
which started all the speculations about murder. Without any new
evidence since
1969, Tut's death is now being declared not only a homicide but we even
have
the murderer according to the Discovery Channel.
Yet when one looks at what has been presented so far in regard to the
interpretation of the crucial X-rays we have two different locations
for the
supposed "fracture" and "hemorrhage." One is in the
posterior portion of the head, namely the occipital bone and the other
higher
up in the parietal bone. A scientifically inclined mind might ask: well
which
way is it? Let's give these X-rays to a panel of neuroradiologists and
let them
decide what the proper interpretation of the radiographs should be. Let
us
remember, also, that Harrison was Head of the Department of Anatomy at
the
University of Liverpool and although an excellent scientist he was not
necessarily a specialist in neuroradiology.
The years went by, Martha and I had retired from our jobs, moved to
Utah and I
kept checking the literature intermittently whether or not new
information had
come out from Liverpool about the final interpretation of the X-rays.
When this
was not the case I asked, in December of 1995, my friend and colleague
Dr. Ted
Reynolds, Director of "The Institute of Epileptology" at the Maudsley
Hospital in London, if he could find out who the current Chairman of
the
Anatomy Department at Liverpool University is because as time moves on
people
have a tendency to die. Lo and behold in April of 1996 I received a
letter from
Connolly. It was dated April 1, 1996 and stated:
"Your letter to Dr. Reynolds has been passed to Professor Chadwick, who
passed it to Professor Wood who passed it to me. Reports of my death
have (as
the man said) been greatly exaggerated!
I enclose a positive and a negative print of the original lateral
radiograph of
the badly damaged head and neck of Tutankhamen.
I am afraid there is really nothing beyond our original publications on
the
subject which I can add about these radiographs. They have been
examined
recently by several eminent radiologists, and apart from the obvious
features
referred to in previous publications they really do not contribute
anything
particularly significant either to the procedures for mummification in
the 18th
Dynasty or, more importantly to the cause of death."
The letter ended with the request that in any publication credit should
be
given to the Department and that there is a standard University charge
for
publication in popular magazines or in non-academic books.
I thanked Connolly for his pictures and also mentioned that this view
of the
head has in the meantime already been published by Nicholas Reeves in The
Complete Tutankhamen. In the text Reeves wrote, "Sadly Harrison
did
not live to publish fully his thoughts on this feature [the obvious
bone
splinter in the parietal area], and it is not clear whether he believed
the
damage to have been sustained before or after death, accidentally or
intentionally. That the king was murdered, however, seems increasingly
likely." How Reeves, who was a Curator in the British Museum's
Department
of Egyptian Antiquities, arrived at the likelihood of murder was not
elaborated
on.
Photographs in hand I proceeded to show them to my colleagues Dr.
Richard
Boyer, Head of the Department of Medical Imaging at Primary Children's
Hospital
(Salt Lake City's Pediatric Hospital for the University of Utah) where
I still
worked as a consultant, Dr. Anne Osborn a highly respected specialist
in
Neuroradiology at the University Hospital, and the Medical Examiner of
the
State of Utah, Dr. Todd Grey. This was done on separate occasions to
obtain
unbiased independent opinions. The verdict was unanimous: the splinter
is in
all probability due to post-mortem artifact, there is no evidence for a
skull
defect but unless one had the actual radiographs a final opinion could
not be
rendered merely on photographs. The visit to Dr. Grey was prompted by
the
desire to discuss my own ideas, on how the king might have died, with a
forensic pathologist. In a subsequent letter, dated September 30, 1996,
he
confirmed that they were reasonable. The X-ray information was promptly
relayed
to Connolly with the request that he should continue to keep my
interest in
mind and let me know if and when something new developed.
Something did, but not in Liverpool. I had attended the American
Clinical
Neurophysiology Meeting in Boston and during a break in the proceedings
wandered across the street to the Public Library. Everything was nicely
computerized and not quite knowing what I would be most interested in I
typed
"Tutankhamen." Much to my surprise up came a brief article written by
David Stout for the New York Times June 30, 1996. The
headline was
"The violent Death of King Tut." This was obviously the same as that
of the 1969 London Times article except that irreverent
American
journalists are loath to use the king’s full name. The article stated:
"After studying the X-rays of Tutankhamen's skull, two scientists said
last week that he might have been bludgeoned, and that his death at the
tender
age of 19, might have been slow.
The discovery was made when Bob Brier, an Egyptologist at the C. W.
Post Campus
of Long Island University, asked Dr. Gerald Irwin, a physician and
trauma
specialist at the university, to examine the X-rays of King Tut that
were taken
28 years ago at the boy Pharaoh's tomb.
Dr Irwin said the X-rays showed that King Tut, who ruled Egypt more
than 3,000
years ago, could have died of a blow to the head. And a line on the
skull could
indicate a blood clot, meaning Tut may not have died right away."
Immediately upon returning home a Fax went off to Connolly asking him
whether
or not Brier and Irwin had been members of the team of "eminent
radiologists" whom he had mentioned in his previous letter. The answer
was
that this had not been the case. Brier and Irwin did not even have the
X-rays.
What Brier had done was to enlarge the same photograph Connolly had
sent me
previously, placed it on an X-ray viewing box, "made up to look like an
actual radiograph - which it is not." To add emphasis not was
underlined three times. Well, so much for the integrity of the New York
Times
but it was sad that one of our medical colleagues had allowed himself
to be
used in this spoof. Nevertheless a new wrinkle had appeared in this
ongoing
saga: What was the reason for assuming that Tut's death had not been
sudden but
that he had lingered for some time before succumbing to whatever had
ailed him?
The answer was provided by a Father's Day present from my good and
faithful
wife in June 1998 in form of a book The Murder of Tutankhamen. A
True Story
by Bob Brier, Ph.D. The dust jacket tells us that Bob Brier is one of
the
country's most respected Egyptologists, whose specialty is
paleopathology and
that he has conducted autopsies on many ancient mummies. We are
informed
furthermore that "Now Egyptologist Bob Brier uses modern forensic
techniques and ancient documents to reveal the crime, identify the
killer of
Tutankhamen, and bring the tumultuous world of ancient Egypt and its
young pharaoh
alive."
The historic information Brier provides can be found in other texts on
the 18th
Dynasty but what is new is an explanation for David Stout's article.
Brier
wrote:
"Given the omissions and confusions surrounding Tutankhamen's X rays,
it
was clear that a careful reexamination of the material relating to
Tutankhamen's death was necessary. My first step was to get a copy of
Harrison's X ray, but he had died in 1979. His colleague R. C. Connolly
was
still at the University of Liverpool and he kindly sent me prints of
the X ray
along with a friendly note that was far from encouraging.
'I am afraid there is really nothing beyond our original publications
on the
subject which I can add about these radiographs...Apart from the
obvious
features referred to in previous publications they really do not
contribute
anything particularly significant either to the procedures for
mummification in
the Eighteenths Dynasty or more important, to the cause of death.'"
Brier referenced the letter as having been sent on April 1, 1996. An
attentive
reader of this Hot Issues installment will immediately have experienced
a
profound déja vu sensation and this is the reason why
I have presented
Connolly's letter to me in full which had precisely the same date. What
has
happened here? Connolly is a busy man who has a heavy teaching load, in
addition to his research efforts, and has little time to spare for
numerous
requests from all over the world about Tut's X-rays. So he apparently
sent the
same letter and photos to insistent petitioners. But Brier did
something which
is not quite kosher in scientific circles, especially when he subtitled
his
book "A True Story." He had replaced the statement about the
"eminent radiologists" who had examined the pictures recently with
ellipsis! The reason is obvious because what doesn't fit a hypothesis
is not
allowed to exist. If there is one message in all of this it is: Beware
of
Ellipsis! They can be used to hide the truth and whenever an ellipsis
is
encountered it behooves a scientist to go to the original text and find
out
what has been omitted.
But there is more. Figure 25 shows the by now famous photograph which
is
labeled as "X ray" and an arrow "points to the location of the
possible blow to the back of the head." It is nowhere near the left ear
as
had been suggested by earlier authors and is so close to the neck that
it would
seem highly unlikely for an assassin to strike this spot which is
extremely
well protected by the neck musculature. Figure 26 shows the blowup of
the
photograph on the view-box Connolly had mentioned in his Fax. Brier can
be seen
pointing to the bone splinter in the parietal area (which is regarded
as
artifact), while Dr. Irwin watches attentively. The legend to the
picture
states that "Irwin was the first to suggest Tutankhamen may have
lingered
before dying from a blow to the back of the head."
Irwin's opinion was based on the BBC documentary of 1969 which I had
not seen
until after the interview for the recent Assassination video. In this
documentary, which by the way is excellent, we are shown under what
conditions
the X-rays had been obtained by Harrison's team in 1968. On the film
Harrison
explained in detail the skull X-ray findings in regard to the splinter,
which
he regarded as artifact. But subsequently he added a fateful sentence
when he
described an "eggshell thinning" of the occipital bone, "This is
within normal limits. But in fact, it could have been caused by a
hemorrhage
under the membranes overlying the brain in this region, and this could
have been
caused by a blow to the head, and this in turn could have been
responsible for
death."
Here is now the proverbial "smoking gun" for the cerebral hemorrhage
or more properly called subdural hematoma, in neurologic circles. But
Harrison
was a scientist, as such cautious and not given to apodictic
statements. The
sentence is laced with "could." The only time a definitive
"is" was used occurs in relation to the finding being "within
normal limits." Now let us fast forward to 1998 and Brier's book where
he
wrote in regard to Dr. Irwin's opinion:
"First, I showed him the BBC video of Harrison's explanation of the X
ray.
Then he studied the X-ray print of Tutankhamen's skull. He agreed with
Harrison. There could indeed have been a blow to the back of the head;
the X
ray was evidence [sic] for a hematoma; an accumulation of blood beneath
the
skin. But then Dr. Irwin noticed something else. Inside the skull, near
the
location of the possible blood clot, an area of increased density
showed. This
is what would be expected from a calcified membrane formed over a blood
clot.
Physicians call it a chronic subdural hematoma - a phenomenon that
takes
considerable time to develop."
Although Brier goes on to state correctly that the X ray "does not
prove
he was murdered," because X-rays can't reveal intentions, he had to
justify the title of his book. He, therefore, continued:
"In Tutankhamen's case, two renowned experts saw evidence [sic] of a
hematoma in the skull. Did Tutankhamen trip and hit his head? Given the
location of the hematoma, that is unlikely. By itself, evidence of a
fatal blow
to the back of the skull in a place where an accident is unlikely would
never
convince a jury to convict. But it would certainly be enough to cause a
thorough investigation by the police to see if they could turn up
additional
evidence. They would label the X ray 'indication of suspicious
circumstances.'"
This is where the saga ended for the time being. Although the murder
theory was
not regarded as proven it was initiated by a set of X-rays which had
never left
Liverpool and had never been published in the medical literature so
that the
pros and cons of the various interpretations could have been discussed.
Brier
devotes the rest of the book to his literary detective work with the
final
conclusion that the assassin had been Ay. This would not have come as a
great
surprise to those Egyptologists who subscribed to the murder theory on
the
flimsy X-ray "evidence." I discussed this new "evidence"
again with my radiology colleagues who regarded the idea of a calcified
posterior fossa subdural hematoma as highly unlikely because they had
never
seen one in that location especially in a person of that age. Since my
own
efforts to get the actual X-rays had not been successful I dropped the
matter
and devoted myself to more attainable purposes.
But to paraphrase Shakespeare "uneasy rests the head that wore a
crown." In August of 2001 a call came out of clear blue sky and a lady,
who identified herself in a wonderful British accent as Kate Botting,
asked me
if she could talk to me in regard to Tutankhamen. She was making a
video about
Tutankhamen for Atlantic Productions to be shown on the Discovery
Channel and
would appreciate it if I could give her a few minutes to discuss the
project.
She was in town and could come to our house if this were agreeable.
Obviously
it was agreeable and over a couple of glasses of wine Martha and I
discussed
with Kate, and her camera crew supervisor Lance, all my efforts to find
out
what the X-rays really showed. I also told them that the evidence for
young Tut
having been murdered, as presented in Brier's book, is inadequate and
pointed
to various other more probable scenarios. She was enthused and asked if
I would
be willing to be interviewed for the film. I agreed but only on the
condition
that she bring along copies of the X-rays from Liverpool so that our
experts
could go over them and come to their own conclusions. She agreed and
filming
was set for September 15. But the whole world knows what happened on
September
11. Air travel came to a standstill and the project had to be
postponed.
After several delays Kate arrived on September 19 at 12:30 a.m. and by
8:30
a.m. I had finally at long last 3 X-rays in my hand. They consisted of
the
famed lateral view, a front to back view and one taken from the chin
up. I
headed immediately for what used to be called X-ray department of
Primary
Children's and now has the less descriptive but more flowery name of
Medical
Imaging. As usual Boyer was busy and there was no time for detailed
inspection.
I left the X-rays with him so that he could at least glance at them
prior to
the interview which was scheduled for the late afternoon of the same
day.
Filming took place, most appropriately, in the morgue of the Medical
Examiner's
building. I was first in line and explained for about half an hour the
reasons
why the "evidence" for Tut's murder does not necessarily hold up and
that a key element of Carter's findings may not have been properly
interpreted
in the past. Moisture had damaged not only the second coffin (the third
one was
pure gold) but even the bandages with which the body had been wrapped.
Carter
also reported that the closer to the body one came the worse the
condition of
the bandages and it seemed that the moisture had come from the body
itself.
Carter blamed this moisture on an excessive use of unguents for
religious
purposes and they had over the millennia introduced spontaneous
combustion
which accounted for the massively decayed state the mummy was found in.
Inasmuch as the whole purpose of mummification was to preserve the
deceased in
as intact a state as possible, and the ancient embalmers had been
experts in
their art, I found it difficult to believe Carter's explanation. It
seemed more
likely to me that the body may have been already in the process of
decay by the
time it reached the "House of Vigor" or "Vitality," as the
workshop of the embalmers was euphemistically referred to. Under these
circumstances even experts may have been confronted with an impossible
task.
Desiccation with natron, the usual procedure, would have been no longer
effective and a hasty disposal of the remains may have been imperative.
Anyone
who has had the unfortunate experience of viewing a decaying body knows
that
this process is accompanied by a terrible odor and I reasoned,
therefore, that
the clearly excessive use of unguents, by the bucketful, may have been
to mask
this dreadfully foul smell. I also suggested that there may well have
been an
accident during hunting or fishing in the desert or marshes
sufficiently far
away from the palace and even a few hours in the Egyptian sun can lead
to the
decay of a dead body. Another possibility could be related to the
unexplained,
and now no longer mentioned, nature of "the scab" on the left cheek
which Derry had noted at the original autopsy. It might have been due
to an
insect bite which had become infected leading to sepsis which likewise
hastens
bodily decomposition and makes proper embalming difficult if not
impossible.
This is precisely what I had discussed with Todd Grey in 1996 and he
had felt
that these were reasonable ideas. I did not talk about the skull X-rays
during
the TV interview but left that to Dr. Boyer.
My comments were, however condensed in the movie to two brief snippets
and
since they clearly interfered with the murder idea they were treated
with a
curt statement, "But Cooper and King [the detectives] think it unlikely
that Tutankhamen died in an accident, someone was always looking after
him." On TV, just like in newspapers, the editor always has the last
word
and that is all the public ever gets.
The same mangling of the interviews occurred also especially in regard
to Rich
Boyer's skull X-ray explanations. He spent about twenty minutes
explaining the
various features which were all due to post-mortem artifact but he then
became
attracted to the seeming lack of intervertebral disc spaces. He
interpreted
this finding as suggestive of a congenital condition called Klippel
Feil
syndrome where the neck is fused and movement of the head thereby
limited. This
was precisely what the producers had been longing to hear because with
a normal
skull X-ray the murder theory loses much of its luster. When it was
further
said by Boyer as well as Grey, whose turn had come next, that even a
relatively
minor fall or blow to the head might, therefore, be fatal the murder
story was
again on track and a brand new piece of "evidence" could be added.
The detectives then took over. With the help of a "profiler" and by
visiting the wall paintings of various tombs in Egypt the narrator told
us that
they were able "to right a wrong and nailed a killer." Ay had come
upon the sleeping Tut, lifted his head by the stiff neck and then
smashed it
down. Murder solved!!!
When I saw this fantasy I cringed, but I had been forewarned. Connolly
had sent
me from England newspaper extracts which detailed the contents of the
movie.
Even our own Time magazine had a long article on "Who Killed Tut?"
While my emotional tone was one of annoyance for having been misled in
believing that the movie would be a documentary where the various
possibilities
of Tutankhamen's death would be discussed in a scientific manner, I can
imagine
how Egyptologists must have felt when they saw how previously published
information was used by the producers to declare an old theory as a
brand new
fact. Since it was Bob Brier's book that apparently had been the
inspiration
for this video he may well have been particularly unhappy for not
getting his
name mentioned in the program. Although the content of the film was
misleading
my good Martha, who always finds a rose even among weeds, said: But the
photography was good! That was correct and Lance deserves
congratulations.
A few days after the filming Rich and I went over the X-rays in detail
especially in regard to the supposed Klippel Feil syndrome. The
impressive
fusion of the cervical spine turned out to have likewise been a
post-mortem
artifact due to the resin. The neck was encased in a consolidated mass
of resin
which became apparent when we saw Harrison's original
video-documentary, given
to me by Kate. For this, as well as for bringing the X-rays from
Liverpool I am
grateful. The bone splinter in the skull which had given rise to the
skull
fracture theory is in all probability, as Connolly has pointed out to
me, a
piece of the first cervical vertebra which was dislodged when Derry
stuck some
instrument through what is called the foramen magnum on the
bottom of
the skull to explore the skull cavity. The "thinning" of the occipital
bone is normal and exaggerated by the tilt of the head when the X-ray
was
taken, this applies also to the suspected "calcified membrane," which
was taken by Brier as evidence that the pharaoh had not died suddenly.
Thus the
side view of the skull X-ray, which can be found in books around the
world, is
normal. Detailed explanations of the findings, which have been so
puzzling, are
now being prepared by us for a presentation to the medical community.
So much
for the "groundbreaking evidence" and the "motive for
murder," the video tells the world about.
What can be learned from this adventure in science fiction? The first
lesson is
that persistence pays off even if it takes 15 years to see some X-rays.
The
second is that what you get afterwards may not be what you had
expected, and
the third that you cannot trust what you are being told on TV even from
respected programs which masquerade under the name of History or
Discovery. All
the producers want is ratings which translate into money and that is
what makes
the world go round. By the way I was asked by a friend if they had paid
me for
my performance. Yes they did. I received $300. But Grey and I paid
afterwards
for dinner at an upscale French Restaurant where the entire party of
about
eight people was invited. Since Rich Boyer had to leave immediately
after his
interview he did not receive his $300. I, therefore, gave him half of
my
"honorarium," which he was loathe to take but I felt guilty and
forced it on him anyway. He has a great many more children than I do,
gets only
a meager salary from the hospital, and he can use every penny he so
richly
deserves.
It is obvious that this saga is far from over. Tutankhamen's death will
continue to give rise to further speculations and a new book which
supposedly claims
that he had hit his head against the throne during an epileptic seizure
is to
become available in November. It is, therefore, abundantly clear that
the
meager medical evidence has been distorted to such a degree that I
might even
write a book of my own. I would not only critically examine each one of
the
numerous theories that have been proposed and point out their
shortcomings, but
also discuss how and why the conclusions, which dot the literature,
were
arrived at. This aspect would actually be the most important one
because the
methods by which people are led to believe what they believe have
general
validity and clearly transcend the fate of Tutankhamen.
November 1, 2002
ISRAEL THE FIFTY-FIRST STATE
This installment may be unsettling for some but
please have
patience, curb your emotions and read carefully. It is important if one
wants
to understand America's Foreign Policy and get a
glimpse of
the possible future. Please note that whenever bold print appears in
direct
quotations it has been added for emphasis.
In the October 25, 2002 issue of The International Jerusalem Post
Shmuley
Boteach who is identified as "a rabbi and best selling author,
who hosts a daily talk radio show syndicated across the United States" wrote
on the Opinion page a lengthy article entitled "Add Israel's
star
to the Union." The accompanying picture features the U.S. flag
with a large six point star in the place of honor leading all the other
smaller
five point ones. Lest one might get paranoid and presume that the
artist meant
this to be the final design of our national flag he placed it on a
rather
barren stretch of beach at the edge of a body of water, which probably
symbolizes the Mediterranean, and with a small hill in the distance.
One can
assume, therefore, that it was meant to represent the 51st
state's flag
rather than our national one. On the other hand the addition of the
Star of
David to Old Glory is not new because Goldberg's book Jewish Power
carries it on the dust jacket although, as a late arrival, it is placed
slightly below the last of the ones we are familiar with.
In case one might think that the author is merely making a Jonathan
Swift type
"Modest Proposal" it behooves one to read the article carefully
because the rabbi details the benefits which would accrue from this
idea not
only to Israel but to the United States as well. The argument proceeds
as
follows:
Americans are now, as a result of the September 11 attack, in the same
situation that Israel has been all along. The rest of the world no
longer has
sympathy for America but the country is regarded
as
arrogant and throwing its weight around, an idea that Jews are
thoroughly familiar with. When America is being accused of trying to
take over
the world, has this not happened to the Jews also? “Jews have been
decried as
condescending to the rest of the world with their trumped-up claim of
being
'the chosen people,' just as America is now condemned for harboring a
holier-than-thou attitude to the world's nations, who are not prepared
to weed
out evil terrorists." The author goes on to say that “Now that the Americans
have become the Jews of the world, I propose
formalizing the
arrangement by making Israel the 51st state in the Union."
This act would immediately solve a number of problems for the Jewish
state
Rabbi Boteach believes. Although Israel has currently the means “to
destroy the
Palestinian terrorist infrastructure and exile Überterrorist
Yasser
Arafat" it is prevented from doing so by international pressure via the
U.S.:
”And so Israel straddles the line. It proceeds with limited actions,
after
which Bush, under intense pressure from American allies, puts in a call
to
Ariel Sharon and Israeli troops have to pull back - until another group
of
Israeli civilians are killed.
This problem would obviously be solved, by statehood because once
Israelis are American citizens any attack on them anywhere would be an
attack
against America.
Then it would be absurd for Bush to be pressured by other world leaders
to curb
the military response. Israeli-turned-American commando units would
finally go
in and remove Arafat's terror regime once and for all, just as the US
changed
regimes in Afghanistan.”
What does America get out of this arrangement? The
author's
answer is equally simple: America needs a permanent base in
the
troublesome Middle East, which is a spawning ground of
terrorists.
America would immediately acquire "a crack
military that is highly experienced in fighting terror.
America would
also be able to watch over the Middle Eastern oil fields,
on
which it is so dependent, from very close range."
For those Jews who feel it would "be crazy" to give up their homeland
which they have been struggling to get for 2000 years, the rabbi
advises
"a reality check." Israel will never be safe because:
"Let's call a spade a spade. The Arabs will only ever be satisfied when
Israel is pushed into the sea, and without an American green light to
get rid
of the Palestinian terrocracy [sic], we cannot be entirely sure that
there will
even be an Israel, God forbid, in a decade. That is, unless Israel
becomes an
American state."
So far so good but how about the Jewish character of the 51st
state? Won't that be a problem? Not
at all
the author reassures us and points to my home state of Utah
as
the splendid example. Three Cheers! Now Utahns can
really be
happy: we had a banner year! In February we hosted the Olympics, which
indeed
went superbly well, in October the world was informed that we have
brilliant
detective profilers who can solve a crime, which may or may not have
been
committed three and a half thousand years ago (see previous
installment), and
now we are the model for a prospective 51st state. In Utah,
the
rabbi writes:
"the Mormons basically have their own state, maintaining cohesiveness
and
a strong religious identity while being patriotic members of the larger
American republic. In fact, they enjoy the best of both worlds.
Their schools are funded by the state, yet attached to every public
school is a
Mormon religious school, funded by the Church, where pupils go as soon
as
classes are over."
I am not telepathic but I can hear the Prophet, Seer and Revelator of
the
Church, President Gordon B. Hinckley, quietly say to this picture of
Utah
"Lord, wouldn't it be nice if it were so! We'd surely save ourselves a
lot
of legal fees for suits brought against us!" But let us continue with
the
rabbi's views a little longer before I shall proceed with my own
reality check
in regard to the Utah fantasy. The rabbi also sees enormous
financial
benefits for the U.S. as well as Israel. No longer will the
Israeli
economy have to struggle because "federal dollars being put to
education
and defense would come in very handy.":
"The US is already pouring billions of dollars into Israel in foreign
aid
each year, and millions more private citizens, a large part of them
fundamentalist Christians, support Israel. Why not change all this and
make it
tax dollars instead?
While the idea of turning Israel into the 51st state might
strike
some as crazy, to me it is self-evident. The US and Israel are both
democratic
nations. Both are deeply religious, founded on the Judeo-Christian
ethic. They
are united in their fight against terror, and are increasingly loathed
by the
world for acting to defend themselves against unrepentant murderers.
Both
require peace in the Middle East as their foremost foreign policy
goals.
Finally, both already have lots and lots of Jews.
For two centuries America has been seen by oppressed immigrants
the
world over as a 'promised land.' Why not have America acquire the real
thing
and make it official?"
After having read this article I was still not quite sure: Does the
author
really mean every word he says or is he talking tongue in cheek? But it
doesn't
really matter what I think because I am certain that there will be a
great
number of people who will take him at his word and will either applaud
or exude
venom. Let us do neither and proceed instead with our God-given
intellect
rather than reacting emotionally.
This is necessary because it would not be
justified to
regard the author simply as a crazy dreamer whose views are so
outlandish that they need not be listened to. When Herzl
proposed his
Jewish state in 1896, everybody regarded him as crazy. He knew
it, but
he wasn't concerned about the "Wadlbeisser" as he called his
detractors, of which there were many. The term is a typical Viennese
expression
for which no English equivalent exists. It refers to those nasty little
dogs
that pester you and try to bite your calves while you are out for a
walk or
bike ride. Zionism was regarded as dangerous nonsense
by
the Viennese Jewish community. Herzl's bosses, Benedickt and
Bacher,
at the Neue Freie Presse, which might be regarded as the
equivalent of
the New York Times or Washington Post of that era,
forbade
him to write articles on Zionism in their paper. His diary entry of
September
3, 1897 can serve as an example of how dreams can become reality:
"If I condense the Basel Congress into a single statement - which I
shall
be very careful not to say openly - it is this: In Basel I have founded
the Judenstaat
[there is disagreement whether the term should be translated into
"Jewish
State," or "State for the Jews," both translations are
feasible]. If I were to say this out loud today I would be answered by
universal
laughter."
It took fifty years and two World Wars but persistence paid off. Another
dreamer whose time eventually came was Eliezer ben
Yehuda,
who was born during 1857 in Latvia as Eliezer Perlman, also spelled
Perelman at
times. While Herzl had insisted that "we can't all be expected to learn
Hebrew," that was indeed ben Yehuda's goal. At the end of the
nineteenth
century Hebrew was the equivalent of Latin, spoken only in religious
services
or by scholars. Ben Yehuda realized that one can't have a common
country
without a common language and he started by using only Hebrew
in his
daily communications with his family. He pushed the idea so
vigorously
that eventually the language became officially recognized in
Palestine,
along with Arabic and English, during the British Mandate period.
Let us not laugh at dreamers, therefore, but examine
realistically the premises and logic of Rabbi Boteach's suggestion.
While some
Israeli's may well jump at the idea others are bound to be reluctant
because
it's nicer to be a big fish in a small pond rather than a little fish
in a big
pond. Sovereignty suits them just fine. Furthermore, any attempt to buy
yourself "security" by amalgamation in a larger entity, which is
highly diverse, and at the same time not integrate but insist on your
separateness is a highly dubious enterprise.
Apart from these aspects there are three catchphrases
in the
article which need to be discussed. These are: Israel is a
democracy,
the Judeo-Christian ethic, and the facts about Utah.
Yes, Israel is a democracy in name, but by
Jews and
for Jews. The country has no
Constitution!
A constitution was promised in the Declaration of Independence in 1948
but
never enacted. The government runs on a Basic Law which in turn is
derived from
Emergency Decrees by the British. Over the years some of them have been
made
progressively more stringent in regard to people who might want to
dissent from
government policies for whatever reason. Although Palestinian Arabs,
who are
Israeli citizens within the 1967 borders, have the right to vote, they
are
discriminated against when it comes to any other legitimate aspiration
they
might have. Even such simple things as adding a room to your house can
get
stalled in bureaucratic hassles. To equate Israeli-type
democracy with
American democracy is a propaganda ploy devoid of reality. Let
us not
forget the purpose of the state. It was founded as a home for Jews and
non-Jews
are, therefore, not particularly welcome except as visitors.
If the rabbi's suggestion were
to
become reality some Israeli Jews might not be very pleased because a
Constitution which guarantees equal rights to the Arab Palestinians
would have
to be enacted. All of the four million or so Muslims (which
includes
those living in the West Bank and Gaza who can't all be eradicated as
part of
the "terrorist infrastructure") with their higher birth rates would
have at long last their voices heard and Jewish dominance over
the Holy
Land would come to an end. The rule of law would no longer be
promulgated and enforced exclusively from Zion but also from
Washington.
The Palestinian people, especially in the occupied
territories, on the
other hand, might experience it as a God-send. At long last
they would
have recourse to law courts, there would be a Constitution which grants
them
equal rights, demolitions of their homes and orchards would cease and
so would
the "security arrangements" consisting of curfews and massive
restriction of movement. Furthermore, the 51st state would
obviously
be open to indiscriminate immigration. Not only would the expelled
Palestinians
descend upon this state but so would other diverse non-Jewish groups
who might
want to build another Mediterranean Monaco. What the rabbi is
really
suggesting, apparently without realizing it, is a repeat of the Jews
inviting
Rome to take over their country because they had not been able to
govern
themselves! I have dealt with this historical fact in Whither
Zionism? last year.
The second point is the "Judeo-Christian ethic,"
"heritage," or "tradition" as it is also commonly
referred to. Readers of this website and some of my other publications
know
that I have strong objections to this term. It is inherently
faulty
because it amalgamates Christianity with Judaism and obscures the
essential
differences between the two religions. I have written two
books about
the problem, The Moses Legacy: Roots of Jewish Suffering and A
Jesus for Our Time. Both are still looking for publishers and my
hopes are
growing dimmer by the day, as rejections keep dribbling in. Serious
ideas that
deserve to be discussed in an intelligent, rather than facetious, way
are not
in demand in today's publishing industry which is nearly exclusively
devoted to
the proverbial bottom line.
If the term Judeo-Christian ethic were used simply to denote that
Christianity
arose from Judaism, or that we share the Ten Commandments, there would
be no
problem. But when the two religions are equated for political purposes
I have
to object. The Old Testament is not the book by which I want to live my
life,
although this is currently a minority view. Nevertheless, for
a
Christian the role model is not necessarily Moses but Jesus, and his
message
gets shortchanged when we talk about the "Judeo-Christian ethic." America
used to call itself a Christian country but this is no longer
politically
correct.
Why do I disagree with the
Old
Testament or the Written Torah as Jews call it? Because it contains a
basic
premise which I cannot in good conscience subscribe to. If
the
original premise is amiss so will be all subsequent actions which flow
from it.
Let me explain. In Genesis Chapter 1 verse 26 of the
Bible we
can read:
"And God said: 'Let us make man in our image, after our likeness; and
let
them have dominion over the fish of the sea, and over the fowl of the
air, and
over the cattle, and over all the earth, and over every creeping thing
that
creepeth upon the earth.'"
The quote comes from the Socino Chumash translation of the
Torah. The key
word here is dominion! Man is to be the
ruler and
exploiter of the earth's natural resources. The word was used again in
verse 28
where God is quoted as saying to Adam:
“‘Be fruitful and multiply, and replenish the earth, and subdue
it;
and have dominion over the fish of the sea, and over
the fowl
of the air, and over every living thing that creepeth upon the earth.'"
The medieval commentator Sforno (Obadiah Ben Jacob Sforno c.1475-1550)
explained "to have dominion" in a footnote. “Ensnare them by nets and
snares and compel them to serve you.” Thus,
the model
which this view of the world provides is one of dominance by
the
stronger over the weaker. That this applies also to human
beings is
made explicit in verse 16 of chapter III where the Lord God said to
Eve,
"'. . . thy desire shall be to thy husband, and he shall
rule over thee.'" Instead of mutual cooperation there
is
to be force which soon was extended to political action. Moses
ordered conquest and those who were not part of the "chosen
people" had to have their altars overthrown and their
idols
smashed. This ethnocentric position which shows no
regard for
the traditions and aspirations of others is also the "heritage" left
by Moses. It has precious little to do with what Jesus taught and this
is why I
oppose the term Judeo-Christian ethic, heritage, or tradition, when it
is used
for political purposes.
Now to the idea that Utah could be the model
for a
Jewish 51st state. What the rabbi said about Utah
is in
part true, but what is more important is what has been left out. Utah
does have a constitution which guarantees equal rights to all
citizens. As a matter of fact the church-state separation
criteria are
considerably more detailed and stringent than on the federal level.
Although about 85 per cent of the legislators are Mormons and it is
difficult
to get legislation passed which is not approved by the LDS church,
there is a
recourse. Initiatives can be put on the ballot and the press is free.
Salt Lake
City's major newspaper The Salt Lake Tribune publishes all
opinions.
The letters to the editor are an excellent example of the diversity of
feelings
expressed by this supposedly homogeneous population. The
church, when
it comes to civil actions, does not nearly have the same power as the
religious
parties in Israel for instance. Let me give two examples.
A few years ago a "secular" Jewish student objected to
the school choir singing at High School graduation the song
"Friends." It had been a long standing tradition, but she
insisted that the song violates the mandated separation of Church and
State
because it contained the word "God!" The students
were forbidden to sing it and when they did so anyway, they were
severely
disciplined! As I said in a previous installment God is
officially
"unerwünscht," even in
Mormonland. Events
of this type do not foster religious harmony, but more importantly they
show
that the LDS church caves in when it comes to church-state matters.
The second example is the current legal controversy over an
easement on
Salt Lake City's Main Street adjacent to the Temple
plaza.
The property had been bought from the city by the Church to provide a
park-like
area around the Temple grounds where visitors would be sheltered from
the
hustle and bustle of traffic. Although the easement, which allows
pedestrian
traffic to flow along Main Street, is now private property, it has been
used by
some malcontents to express their opinions against the Church quite
vociferously thereby vitiating the intended purpose. When they were
politely
removed from what the Church regarded as its property the case was
placed
before the courts under the free speech amendment to the Constitution.
It is
being litigated right now before the appeals court which is
not in Salt
Lake but in Denver, Colorado. Ergo, although the LDS church
clearly
has some power in our state it is limited and in no way parallels that
of the
religious parties which sit in the Knesset.
There is another important difference between Utah and Israel.
When the first group of settlers arrived here during the summer of
1847, Brigham
Young wisely decided not to interfere with the tribal customs of the
natives.
He told his flock that it was much better to trade with the
Indians
than to kill them. This policy of tolerance, which was in
complete
contrast with what happened in other parts of the West, where the
"Indian
Wars" raged, paid off and the state has never experienced racial
upheavals. The only mass killing which did occur was in
1857. A group of emigrants from Arkansas on their way to
California
had behaved obnoxiously during their trek through what is now referred
to as
the "Crossroads of the West." They were subsequently murdered in
southern Utah by a band of Mormon militia and some local Indians. This Mountain
Meadows Massacre, as it is called, was a very unfortunate
event which
still spawns ever so often a spate of books. But it ought to
be seen
within the context of the then existing tensions due to what is
officially
called the "Utah expedition" but locally the "Utah
Invasion." President Buchanan had
dispatched
2500 regular troops, plus auxiliaries, to Utah because
the
Mormons had a theocracy, did not subscribe to the dictum that "the only
good Indian is a dead Indian" and they also adhered to the Jewish
patriarchal custom of "plural wives." The Union tolerated
that men may have several wives in succession via divorce, but not
simultaneously. This "peculiar institution," as it was called, had to
be stamped out. Nevertheless, one can say in retrospect that if
the
Jewish settlers in the early decades of the twentieth century had been
guided
by the Brigham Young principle how to deal with the locals, the entire
history
of the Jewish state including its current dire straits might have been
different. Their Zion might have become as secure as ours is.
But even if we leave all these points aside the proposal,
if
it were adopted, contains another fatal flaw
which
would lead within a relatively short time to a disaster for the Jewish
people
in the U.S. and abroad. Herzl wrote in his Der
Judenstaat,
"The Jewish question exists wherever Jews live in considerable
numbers. Where it does not it is brought along [eingeschleppt]
by immigrating Jews." This was true in 1896, was proven
subsequently true in Palestine, and is likely to remain true in the
future.
There is already considerable concern in the America's Jewish community
about a
steady rise in anti-Semitism. This is bound to
increase if the
country were now to officially adopt Jewish goals as its own.
It might
not take very long before the cry "America Awaken," in analogy to Deutschland
Erwache, will no longer be uttered by fringe groups but enter the
mainstream. This is all the more likely because terrorist
attacks
against us, for which there can never be adequate security
unless one
creates a police state á la Hitler or Stalin, are going
to mushroom.
Protest political parties are already on the horizon because neither
the
Republicans nor the Democrats are seen any longer as the true
representatives
of the people at large. This is documented by the fact that slightly
less than
half of the people voted in the last election. Radical populists are
bound to
arise, and with them civil strife. Is this what the rabbi wants for his
people?
He probably does not, but this is what he will get. It may not come in
my
lifetime but come it will because whenever minorities try to force
their
opinions on the majority a backlash ensues. It's a law of life and
anybody who
ignores it will suffer the consequences.
But Rabbi Boteach is no mere dreamer. His
article needs
to be seen in the context of the news reports in the same issue of the
Jerusalem Post. On page 2 under Diplomacy with the subheading Entente
Cordiale we see a large picture of our smiling President and
behind
him a smaller one with an equally happy Ariel Sharon. One might be
tempted to
jump to the conclusion that he represents the power behind the throne,
but I
shall refrain from yielding to it. What is more important is the text
of the
article where we are assured that the recent meeting between
Bush and
Sharon in the White House had gone exceedingly well. “‘It was
an
excellent visit, perhaps the best so far' a senior official
said." In regard to the upcoming Iraq war, "last
week's talks consisted of 'deep strategic coordination'
that
will be necessary in any war, an Israeli official said." So this is
what
the meeting was really all about and as usual the American people who
pay the
bills are not allowed to be privy to what's going on in their name.
“Both US
and Israeli officials are reluctant to detail that coordination,
which
will include early warning of a US offensive." Obviously!
The term entente cordiale is
especially ominous because it recalls the real cause of WWI; secrecy
for the
sake of "national security!" The details of
the alliance between Great Britain and France were hidden
not
only from the public but even from the British cabinet!
This
"understanding," between the general staffs of the two countries, obligated
the British fleet to guard the
North Sea and
the Atlantic, while the French deployed their fleet in the Mediterranean.
It was this agreement which forced Britain
into the
war with Germany. Violation of Belgium neutrality
was
good for public consumption but was not
the reason. The Germans never understood that any attack on
France,
which in turn was allied with Russia, would automatically involve
England and
thereby ignite a world war. The documentation for these statements can
be found
in the book How Diplomats Make War. On page 52
Francis
Neilson, the author, who was Member of Parliament from 1910-1915 wrote:
"A neutral's hands must be free . . . . There can be
no
impartiality where the policy of a country is fettered by secret
understandings. The phrase 'foreign friendships,'
used so
often of late, is in itself an indictment; and
in connection with France proves how absurd our position as a
so-called
neutral power was all through the negotiations since the murder of the
Austrian
archduke."
This was written in 1915 at which time it had become
obvious that
this fratricidal war was the greatest mistake Europe had made in its
long
history. Our current so-called friendship with Israel, which I
have
discussed in Whither Zionism?, and
now the Entente
Cordiale are a prescription for catastrophe.
They tie
our hands and give a lie to our professed stance as "honest broker"
in the Israeli-Palestinian war. Thus the rabbi is not just
dreaming he
has solid grounds for his suggestion and the final paragraph of the Entente
Cordiale article is the clincher:
"Daschle [our democratic Senate Majority leader] said
that when it comes to Israel, there are no Democrats or
Republicans,
'only Americans.' Sharon wished both parties good luck in the
November
5 elections."
Well here it is. The elections are just about as useful in
regard to
foreign policy as the one recently held by Saddam. As far as
Iraq is
concerned, Congress has abdicated, the three
important
dissenting voices in the UN Security Council: France,
Russia
and China, will be browbeaten or bribed so as not to
cast a
veto and at least abstain from any resolution which might limit George
W.'s
power to go to war. The Ides of October have passed, but
aufgeschoben ist nicht aufgehoben (postponed doesn't
mean
abandoned) as the German proverb says and the war is
still
on the docket for January. As Gwynne Dyer so
accurately remarked in a Tribune article this week "a December
attack could undermine the Christmas retail binge." That
Christmas was supposed to make us reflect on the birth of the "Prince
of
Peace" has, of course, become a fantasy a long time ago.
Since I had never heard of Rabbi Boteach
before, I
looked him up on the Internet and complete
information is available via "Google" by simply typing his name. The
short biography on Beliefnet.com to which he is a frequent contributor
is
informative, but even more so is the longer one by the Harry Walker
Agency.
Both sites are worth visiting if one wants to put his Jerusalem Post
article in
perspective. In order give the reader a brief overview I am quoting
here the
introduction from Beliefnet.com:
"Rabbi Shmuley Boteach is the director of the
L'Chaim society, a Jewish education organization that hosts
world figures and statesmen lecturing on values-based leadership.
He
is also cofounder, with Michael Jackson, of Heal
the
Kids, an initiative to encourage adults to reprioritize
children. He
is the author of a number of books, including 'Kosher
Sex: A Recipe for Passion and Intimacy,' 'Dating Secrets of the Ten
Commandments,' and most recently, 'Why Can't I Fall in Love.'
A winner
of the annual 'preacher of the year' contest sponsored by the Times of
London,
he was formerly rabbi of Oxford University."
My non-bilingual German and Austrian friends will be pleased to hear
that
"Kosher Sex" has been translated into their native language.
Knowing what I now know about the rabbi, who has
also
been described as "a world-famous thinker," I am still
puzzled: did he write in jest or did he mean what he said? You, the
reader,
will have to decide, but the "Entente Cordiale" article is
definitely a deadly serious piece of news. It should not be allowed to
go
unchallenged if the American people want to retain their freedom of
action in
foreign affairs and avoid a potential WWIII.
Let me conclude now with a personal note to
the rabbi.
Dear Rabbi Boteach:
You have been called "a world-famous thinker." Please think
again about your proposal. As mentioned above, I was not sure
why you
had written it but on further reflection I believe that you might have
done so
in order to "test the water." If this was indeed the case I would
like to assure you that you have stepped into Lake Superior and it is
urgent to
get out immediately. No one survives in it for any length of time. Your
premise that Americans have become "the Jews of the world" is
mistaken. Americans are not "loathed" all over the
world, only some aspects of our foreign policy are.
Please do not equate the people with a handful of politicians, that was
a Nazi
ploy, and please abstain from remaking us in
your
image. No good can come from this effort, only bloodshed.
Furthermore,
please inform those of your co-religionists both here and in Israel that
attempts to turn the clock back 3000 years to biblical times cannot
produce
peace but only perpetual war, to the detriment of all of us.
It is time to abandon the conquest and "dominion" model,
technology has become too dangerous. Hate has to be removed step by
step rather
than fostered. There are no quick fixes and we
have to
learn to work on the Lord's time table instead of ours. If we
want to
have peace we will have to make a genuine effort to first open our
hearts and
minds to those who disagree with us and then jointly work towards
mutually
satisfactory solutions. It is the only way to save the world from
catastrophe. In
regard to the Holy Land I can think of no better
advice
than the one given by the Buddha
to his followers twenty five hundred years ago, "Don't repel
each
other, like oil and water; but mingle like milk and water."
Regardless
of what happens in the near future, in the long run the two
sons of
Abraham will have to live together and it should be
America's
role, and especially that of American Jews, to help them do so.
Please
feel free to contact me so that we can discuss this - literally -
deadly
serious problem further.
Sincerely yours,
Ernst Rodin MD
December 1, 2002
WANTED: GOOD JUDGMENT!
The week of November 3-9 was surely a
highlight
in our President's life. On November 5 the country
gave him control
of both houses of Congress and on November 8 the UN
Security
Council passed unanimously a resolution to
force UN
inspectors on a reluctant Iraq. The carrot and stick approach as
outlined in
the previous installment worked. Apparently the administration promised
Putin
free hand in Chechnya, trade concessions to the Chinese, and the
Syrians would
have received the stick had they not "played ball."
The question now is: what will our President do with all this
power
which has been bestowed upon him? The measure of his character will
become
apparent in the next few months. By March we will know whether
the
mentioned week was one highlight or a watershed, and the zenith of his
achievements. Judging by the rumblings emanating from Washington it
seems that
our President is intent on a war with Iraq, come what may. Plan
A the
October 15 "surprise" air drop attack was shelved
as too risky, and as it turned out it wasn't necessary anyway. Now
it's
on to Plan B. This seems to combine Plan A
with initial
bombing, ground invasion and generous bribes of local Iraqi opposition
leaders.
It had worked after all in
Afghanistan,
so why wouldn't it work in Iraq? seems to be the
logic.
But has it worked in Afghanistan? On
September
14, 2001 three days after the tragedy, I sent a brief
article
to the Salt Lake Tribune entitled "Justice or Revenge?"
In it I strongly argued for the former and against the latter. I wrote
"Let us assume, for the sake of argument, that we
obliterate the Taliban regime will that be the end of terrorism? Of
course not.
Fanatics are simply going to move to another 'rogue state' and in
addition
destabilize those regimes in the Middle East which are currently
friendly to
the U.S.
Furthermore, bin Laden's demise will not automatically create
'peace on
earth, good will to men.' There are enough drug lords with
'deep
pockets' who can support any number of groups who carry a grudge
against the
United States. To start a war is easy to end one is difficult
as Lyndon Johnson found out in Vietnam."
I also argued that the causes and not only
the
symptoms must be treated and one of them surely is the
unresolved
Israeli-Palestinian disaster. While clearly not the only cause, our
unconditional support of the Likud government and its repressive
policies in
the occupied territories are certainly a contributory factor for the
hatred
some Arabs feel against our government. I counseled reason which
punishes the
perpetrators of the 9/11 disaster while we address at the same time
legitimate
grievances others might have against our policies. Since this type of
argument
ran against the grain of prevailing passions the article was never
published.
Little did I know that this proposed program never had a ghost
of a
chance as the recent book by Bob Woodward Bush
at War clearly demonstrates. Anyone who still harbors
any
illusions about how our government really functions should read this
book.
Even on September 11 Bush had already accepted the premise that the
al-Qaeda
attack was an act of war which can only be responded to by massive
military
retaliation. Limited strikes against the perpetrators combined with
patient
police work to uncover terrorist cells around the world were never
regarded as
an option. Patience is not yet an American virtue. Immediate and
spectacular
action was demanded by the President. The idea was that we wouldn't do
it
"like the Soviets," going in with massive ground forces, but we'd use
our air power and let the locals do the fighting. To this end "Gary,"
our highest level CIA clandestine operations chief was dispatched to
the
Northern Alliance in Afghanistan on September 19 with a select group of
"special ops" and a suitcase containing $3 Million in $100
denominations. He liberally dispensed the cash among the warlords as a
down
payment with another $10 Million to follow. They could use the money
any way
they pleased and he also promised them the blue from the sky how we
would
subsequently rebuild their country on a lavish scale.
As we all know Phase I worked superbly well but we
are
now in Phase II which is, somewhat similar
to
the situation the Soviets found themselves in 1979. The Afghan
government, which they supported, had lost control of the countryside
to the
mujahadeen who thoroughly detested the atheistic practices of the
Soviet style
regime and wanted to establish an Islamic republic. Once the USSR
invaded the
country, the CIA sprang into action with money and equipment. The rest,
as the
say, is history including the creation of our erstwhile friend Osama.
Now fast forward to the end of 2002. We have a friendly
government in
Kabul but Karzai, the President, requires American bodyguards
because
he can't trust his own people to protect him. Although the countryside
is not
yet in open rebellion, the Americans are not seen as liberators but as
another
materialistic culture which exploits the locals for their own gain.
Burqa or
veil is still the traditional garb for women; definitely outside Kabul
and to
some extent even in the capital. As a female Afghan Supreme
Court
Justice found out: democracy has limits.
When she
returned to her country after having been photographed at the
White
House with President Bush, without wearing a veil
she
was promptly sacked by her government. Afghanistan
is after all officially an Islamic State and the
Commission which
is to write a new constitution is headed by a judge who is in favor of sharia,
Islamic law. When a group of about 2000 students
recently
protested against their miserable living conditions in the
dorms (e.g.
broken windows, massive overcrowding, no heat, no electricity etc.),
they were
met with gun fire which killed three and wounded several
others. As
one student ruefully commented, "We thought
this
was a real democracy. We didn't know we could be killed for
demonstrating. Otherwise we wouldn't have done it."
Thus nation building, an idea our President
thoroughly
denounced while still a candidate
for office, is still not to his liking.
Our
resources instead of being used to build up what we helped smash are
being
diverted against Iraq. We are thus paving the way not only for
another
Afghanistan quagmire, but a similar one in Iraq when Saddam has been
successfully deposed. Apparently the idea is that we'll let
our allies
pick up the pieces afterwards.
The average person keeps asking oneself: why this obsession
with Iraq?
It not only threatens to ruin any hope we may have for rebuilding
Afghanistan
in the near future, but is also bound to destabilize the Mid-East. This
is
where Bob Woodward's book comes in again. Immediately after 9/11 Bush
was urged
to go not only after the Taliban and Osama who is referred to in
Washington
circles as UBL (first name Usama) but also Saddam Hussein. Bush
correctly
resisted because he feared that this loss of focus might not resonate
with the
American people. He wanted first UBL's head. After
that was
done and the Taliban were finished it would be Iraq's turn.
This
decision was already made in the first two weeks after 9/11.
The order
to go after UBL's head was taken literally, if we can trust Bob
Woodward. Cofer
Black, the CIA's Director of the Counterterrorism Center ordered
advance team
chief Gary with his $3 million suitcase to bring him bin Laden's "head
in
a box." When Gary was surprised because this violated the rules the CIA
had been operating under and questioned the order, he was told by
Black,
"I want to take it down and show the president." Woodward continues
that when Gary signaled the team's safe arrival in Afghanistan "mindful
of
Cofer Black's request about bin Laden's head, he added a line to the
cable requesting
some heavy-duty cardboard boxes and dry ice, and if possible some
pikes."
Is that really how our highest level administrators see their jobs or
did
Woodward fall for a joke that was played on him? We don't know, of
course, but
what is not a joke is that our buildup in the Gulf
for the
upcoming war with Iraq proceeds according to the Afghan model
and we are buying ourselves now an Iraqi opposition army of
Kurds.
But the army we are buying ourselves is not wanted by other
Iraqis
and our latest opposition leader beneficiary is, according to the
Christian
Science Monitor, the ex-General Secretary of the Iraqi Communist Party,
Ballahadeen Nouri. Never mind, that ordinary Iraqis neither trust him
nor any
other opposition leader. Marching on we must because our
Commander in
Chief says so and as Woodward wrote: his decisions are not to
be
questioned. As he told Woodward personally, “‘I’m not a textbook
player. I'm
a gut player.' “He also stated, “‘I’m the commander - see, I
don't
need to explain - I do not need to explain why I say things.
That's the interesting thing about being the president. Maybe somebody
needs to
explain to me why they say something, but I don't feel like I
owe
anybody an explanation.'"
Well, I guess that attitude seems to take care of the Gettysburg
address.
"Government of the people, by the people, for the people" may become
obsolete as we enter the era of unending war against terrorism and
"Homeland Security." The measures designed to "protect us,"
and which are already on the books, will give the government unfettered
access
to complete information about our private lives. Lady Liberty may soon
wonder
about what has happened to the country whose entrance she guards.
It is reasonable to ask now who this President we elected 2
years ago
is. Chris Matthew's recent book American
presents us with a quote of candidate George
W. Bush
from December 1999, "Let us reject the
blinders
of isolationism, just as we have refused
the
crown of empire. Let us not dominate others with
our power or betray them with our indifference.
And let
us have an American foreign policy
that
reflects American character. The modesty of true strength. The humility
of real
greatness." Is that the President we have now?
It seems that during the run-up for election Mr. Bush wasn't quite sure
what he
would do with his presidency if he won, but 9/11 gave him an
opportunity which
is now being relentlessly exploited. He decided right
then and
there that he would be "a war time president" and
this would be the all consuming direction of his administration. The
war is
limitless and will stretch even beyond his term. I guess the speech
writer who
was responsible for the above cited quote is out of a job now.
Since the President seems determined to have his war
it'll
only need the pretext, as mentioned in previous
installments.
This can be readily manufactured because on the one hand the conditions
imposed
on Saddam are sufficiently stringent that any minor breach of
compliance can be exploited and on the other hand the "no
fly zones" are ready made for excuses not only to bomb but to create
incidents when needed. We in the U.S. have accepted the "no
fly
zones" as our right conferred upon us by the UN Security council.
Little
do most of us realize that this was supposed to have been a temporary
arrangement in 1991 for humanitarian reasons. They were intended to
prevent Saddam
from punishing the Shiite rebels in the south and the Kurds in the
north, when
his regime was threatened in the aftermath of the first Gulf war. That
has, of
course, fallen by the wayside a long time ago and we, jointly with the
Brits,
are now happily bombing air defense installations in preparation for
the
upcoming war. This one will, of course, also be fought for humanity's
sake
because the "monster" and "madman"
who has WMDs and has gassed his own people
must be eliminated. That our money bought him the gas and that the
Reagan
administration was not averse to Saddam's use of it against the
Iranians and
their allies the Kurds in the Iran-Iraq war must not be remembered.
Neither
should we remember that the icon of the 20th century, Winston
Churchill, also had no compunction about advocating
the gassing of people, although he was in favor of
non-lethal
agents. Geoff Simon quotes Churchill in Iraq: >From Sumer to
Saddam
as having said, "I do not understand this squeamishness about the use
of
gas. I am strongly in favor of using poisoned gas against
uncivilised
tribes." This was at the time when the Kurds were in open
rebellion against the British Empire which had shouldered the "White
Man's
Burden" and was intent on bringing Western values to the dismembered
Ottoman Empire. Wing Commander Gale of RAF Squadron 30 in Iraq
is also quoted to have said after the bombing campaign, "If the
Kurds hadn't learned by our example to behave themselves in a civilised
way
then we had to spank their bottoms. This was done by bombs
and
guns." For the British Empire "to behave in a civilized way" was
"do as you are told" and forget about any aspirations of nationhood,
which had been implanted into their minds by our very own President
Wilson. The
British found out the hard way that their
type of
nation-building didn't work in the long run, either in
Afghanistan or
in Iraq, but Tony Blair is eager to forget the past
and hopes
that the U.S. will do better. That this hope is
hardly
justified by history and the currently existing facts doesn't
seem to bother the Bush-Blair "Axis of Good."
In the second paragraph I have mentioned that the next few months will
tell
what kind of a man George W. Bush really is. The jury is still out and
this is
why I have composed this little poem in the style of Aeschylus
To
Our King
George II
A bush
thou art,
Alas no tree.
Yet
Fortune lifted
thee
High
above all other
men.
Power
undreamed of
eons before
Is
yours; but not forever more.
Two
years, or maybe
six,
And
you'll return to
Texan sticks.
What
deeds you do in
this allotted span;
The
choices made,
for good or ill of man,
Are
yours alone, with no one else to blame.
Let,
therefore, this
your warning be:
Brute
force does
serve expediency;
Yet in
its wake the
victimized
Will
shout for vengeance; always highly prized.
Unless
obstinacy
does to wisdom yield,
And
friendly
counsels rule the field,
The
seeds you sow no
good will bring.
And of
your downfall
future bards will sing.
January 1, 2003
DECONSTRUCTING AMERICA
This time of year usually leads one to look back
as well as
forward. We want to know how we got where we are and what the likely
near
future will be. But Americans tend to have a short memory.
This is why George Bush I, for instance, could
confidently
talk about creating a "New World Order,” a course
which
his son is now eagerly pursuing, because Dad had supposedly left the
job unfinished.
Only those of my generation who have lived in Europe know and remember
that Neue
Ordnung was the slogan under which Hitler fought
his WWII
and pursued the extermination of Jews. He was actually more modest than
Bush
father and son, because he limited his announced efforts to Europe. Europeans
who have experienced the disaster which Wilson's
evangelism has foisted on the world are also highly
dubious of
the results the new Wilsonianism, which currently emanates
from
Washington, will bring.
When I look back at the country I came to in the late summer
of 1950
and compare it with the winter of 2002-2003 I hardly recognize it now.
Nobody forced me to come; I did so exercising my free will and
volunteered to
become a U.S. citizen. I saw goodness, a spirit of
cooperation,
willingness to help and kindness to the stranger. That was the
country
I wanted to live in. But I also saw New York. Although
the skyscrapers
were imposing so were the drunks sleeping on the
sidewalk
right off 34th Street and Fifth Avenue. The jostling
and
rudeness of the pedestrians and cab drivers, the filth
of certain sections of Brooklyn and the Bronx also made me wonder what
was
going on and Goethe's words, "Wo viel Licht ist, ist viel
Schatten" came to mind. Indeed where there is a great deal
of
light there is also deep darkness. It wasn't that city life itself
repelled me,
because I had come from a big city, but it was the arrogance of "we are
the biggest and the best" by some of its inhabitants who thought that
when
they went across the Hudson into New Jersey they had gone slumming.
Just as I had to leave Stalin behind in Vienna there was the
determination this
is not for me, there had to be a better place. I found it first on
Staten
Island because, although a borough of NYC, it had a semi-rural
character in
those days. The real America, however, was
in
Minnesota and the rest of this vast country where people
didn't throw insults at each other but lived in peace with their
families and
neighbors. There was the opportunity to grow and develop. As
the Mayo
brothers, who had stamped out a world renowned medical center
in the
cornfields had said, "Here is an opportunity, what you do with
it
is up to you." That was the spirit and the challenge. You had
a
chance and no one else to blame for your under achievements. We had
different
opinions on a variety of subjects but didn't insist that our own was
the only
correct one. We addressed strangers by Mr., Mrs. and Miss. or whenever
appropriate by our academic titles. It wasn't snobbishness but in so
doing we
showed good manners and respect for each other. "Every Tom,
Dick
and Harry" was a byword if one wanted to refer to uneducated or nasty
people. God was a reality in people's lives and honesty a virtue. People
knew what the word "shame" meant. When Senator McCarthy
started slandering people his career was finished with one sentence by
the
defense counsel, "Senator have you no sense of decency left?"
Little did I know in 1950-51 that in New York I had seen the
future
and that there was no escaping from it. The "elites" of the
crooked axis: New York, Washington and California have imposed their
stamp on
the country and now the rest of the world is supposed to followed suit.
But what does this Western civilization, which we are defending really
look
like? Yes, I can still write and say what I do but one wonders how
long? The Homeland
Security Act and the Patriot Act may soon
regard opinions which dissent from the
"party
line," and there is no doubt that we have one, treasonous.
People are already afraid to openly discuss certain taboo
subjects.
You can revile God, slander the Catholic Church, teach sex in school
rather
than religion, question whether or not we ever did go to the moon, but
there is
one subject which remains holy and that is the Holocaust and
the safety
of the state of Israel. These have become
inextricably linked.
It wasn't always so.
I have two editions of the Encyclopedia Britannica.
The full
24 volume set of the 1960 edition and a CD
ROM of 1999. A comparison is instructive. In the full
set
neither the word Holocaust nor Auschwitz appears as a subject.
The persecution
and destruction of European Jewry is covered in one paragraph under
Hitler where it says, " in German-occupied Europe
between
4,500.000 and 5,500.000 had been killed by the end of the war
as the
only solution in Hitler's view to the Jewish 'problem.'(This
approximate total
is a compromise between the 6,000.000 quoted during the Nuremberg
trials and
the 4,500.000 later admitted by German sources). The sufferings of
other races
were only less when measured in numbers killed. Such barbarism was
indiscriminate, even where, as in the Ukraine, Hitler might have
encouraged
nationalist feelings to his own advantage." The 1999 CD
reports in
a long article devoted to the Holocaust that 5,700.000 were killed
and
there was no longer any reference to the suffering which had been
inflicted on
"other races." In the Auschwitz article the world is
now told that in this particular concentration camp estimates of death
"from all causes vary greatly, usually cited as between
1,000.000
and 2,500.000 but sometimes reaching 4,000.000." Yet, the November
25, 1947 edition of The New York Times stated
in a
report on the Cracow trial of Auschwitz KZ guards and officials that
they had
been responsible for the deaths of 300,000 prisoners.
Does it matter how many people were "really" killed? No, but what
does matter is that the more time elapses the larger the figures grow.
What is more
important, however, for people who live in
a
democracy and believe in the
freedom to
investigate historical events as objectively as possible is that the
Holocaust
is off-limits. In Europe there are laws against it
and one loses not only one's reputation but can be sent to jail even if
one
simply wants to scientifically examine the methods which were used in
the
perpetration of this crime. One may now say: Well, that's Europe. But
how long
will it be before such a law is being passed here? The leaders
of the
Jewish community seem to believe that by elevating and magnifying the
Holocaust,
and by stifling all dissent, the people of the world will
develop more compassion for Jews. This is unrealistic
because the policies of the current
government of the
state of Israel produce hatred rather than pity. America
is seen
as aiding and abetting these policies and, therefore, European
anti-Jewish sentiments will inevitably arise here also. The current
issue of Foreign
Affairs shows a picture of an antiwar demonstration in
Paris from
October 2002 where a somewhat morose looking young lady holds
up a
placard. It has a picture of Hitler, with his
familiar bullet
proof uniform cap, in the top center who says "grâce
à Sharon
& Bush ma reléve est assurée!" This
sentiment that
"thanks to Sharon and Bush my revival is assured" is unfortunately
not a fantasy and appeals to the Holocaust, or law suits will not
prevent it.
The extent to which the Bush administration is beholden
to the Sharon government is perhaps best exemplified by the
fact that Bush's
"road map to peace," which he touted during the fall, is
being kept secret and was not released to
the press
when Sharon expressed his displeasure. This does not go
unnoticed by
the rest of the world and it is only a matter of time till anti-Jewish
sentiments will spill over onto our shores. The policies of our
administration
make it inevitable. This is a tragedy and I am especially disappointed
because
I had put such high hopes on the Bush administration. I had voted for
the man
and was delighted when he was finally confirmed by the famous single
vote of
the Supreme Court. I had been deeply disenchanted with Clinton's
performance in
office and breathed a sigh of relief that now honesty and sanity seemed
to be
returning to Washington. I wrote and distributed Whither Zionism? in
the assumption that our politicians might benefit from a brief history
lesson
on the Middle East which was obviously the powder keg about to explode
further.
It was ignored and events proceeded from bad to worse. Prior to 9/11
our
president seemed singularly disinterested in foreign policy, until the
wake-up
call came. On September 11 he was confronted with a
choice between vengeance and justice. He chose
vengeance
and we have not yet seen the outcome of that decision. Let there be no
doubt,
Bush's reaction to Osama's challenge was not foreordained. It was a
deliberate,
conscious, but possibly impulsive choice. He announced that war had
been
declared on the United States and the rattlesnake motto,
"don't
tread on me" was invoked. Bush would show the world whom they
were dealing with. Are we rattlesnakes, or human beings?
When
one considers the size of our country and its economy, the 9/11 tragedy
can be
compared to a mosquito bite. Bush has elevated it into blood poisoning
with an
ever increasing drain on lives and resources.
In last month's installment I mentioned Bob Woodward's
statement that
Bush characterized himself as a "gut player." This
assessment was repeated in the current issue
of Time
magazine. In the article "Double-Edged Sword" the
relationship between Bush and his Vice President is discussed. "Bush
had the zeal to make the war on terrorism his mission; Cheney provided
the
theology. 'With
Bush,
it's all gut; its visceral,'a White House official says.'He hates
Saddam. He's
an evil guy who tried to assassinate his dad, and he's gonna get him...
'"
Do we have a Captain Ahab at the helm of our ship of state
who
will go after his white whale, come hell or high water? This
surely is
a chilling thought. His crew of Cheney, Rumsfeld and their supporters
keep cheering
him on and there is only the lonesome General Powell who is likely to
be swept
aside in the events of the next month.
Barring divine intervention the war with Iraq seems all but
inevitable.
Obviously the Lord has a number of options which range from helping
Iraqi
colonels assassinate Saddam, a massive devastating earthquake that
levels the
center of Washington and gets rid of all politicians, an invasion by
space
aliens and the like. But apart from the first one these seem rather
unlikely
and fate will take its course. At some point in the next 6 weeks the
inspectors
are likely to be ordered out of Iraq, regardless of what they do or
don't find,
just as happened in 1998 when Clinton sent a few rockets. This time it
won't be
just rockets but boots will follow. This is inevitable because one
cannot possibly assemble such a vast invasion force in the Gulf States,
as we
are doing now, and then tell the troops, "Thanks for coming, but it's
time
to go home!" This is so preposterous that it need not be
discussed
further.
The only question is the date when the sky over
Baghdad will
be raining bombs again. Our president may have to coordinate
this with
his "good friend" Ariel. Sharon has an election
coming up on January 28 and is likely to win. His
opponent the
well-meaning mayor of Haifa, who runs on the sensible platform of
disengagement
from the occupied territories, will probably get beaten. Sanity is not
in
demand; neither here nor in Israel. Once Sharon is firm in the
saddle
again there is nothing that can stop the war because the map of the
Middle East
needs to be redrawn in Israel's favor. There are already
rumblings
from Jerusalem that Sharon is not happy about the Lebanese who had the
audacity
to drill a well in their own country which diverts water from the
Jordan river
upon which Israel depends. They also tolerate Hizbollah which
intermittently
sends some rockets into Galilee, and since they wouldn't do so without
Syrian
support this state which "harbors terrorists" will also have to be
democratized by military means. Furthermore, this could be finally the
opportunity to get rid of the Palestinians who can be expelled into
Jordan and
this country will likewise become a democracy under joint Israeli-U.S.
protection.
Then the dream of a Greater Israel, some Zionists had longed for since
the
establishment of the state, will have been realized. This is not total
fantasy
because we have been told that the U.S. and Israeli Chiefs of
Staff are
coordinating their plans for the upcoming war.
There is no doubt that all of this is militarily feasible
because the mentioned states are simply no match for our "precision
weapons" with their "depleted" uranium war heads which smash
through whatever is in their way and subsequently leave it as a
radioactive
health hazard for ever and ever more. That this is a fact of life is
testified
to by the remainder of Iraqi and Serbian tanks in their respective
battlefields. All right, we have achieved our military
objective, now
what? We are going home and let the rest of the world clean up
the
mess we have left behind? This seems to be the thinking of our
planners. But Mars
has a nasty habit that once his door has been opened he enjoys
himself
to such an extent that he is loath to go back and
have the
door shut on him again. The above painted scenario assumes that after
we've
"democratized" the mentioned states we are free to go after the
junior partner of the axis of evil, Kim Jong Il, get rid of his bomb
and then
liberate the Iranians from their ayatollahs. Oil will flow in
abundance, the
economy will boom and re-election is in the bag. The Wilsonian dream
has been
achieved, the world is safe for democracy, the messianic kingdom has
arrived
and will endure as Pax Americana forever. Is this really how
the
people who are responsible for our future see the world?
The fly in the ointment is those nasty Muslim
extremists who are supposed to stay quiet and keep Musharraf, as well
as all
our other clients in the area, in office. They may not be
inclined to
do so and are bound to extract their price from us by
continued
terror attacks. Regardless how many laws and restrictions are
being
passed there is simply no way to make us "safe."
Again, Israel is the model and the warning. They went
this
route since 1967 and are currently worse off than they were before that
war.
This is a lesson one doesn't want to hear about and will, therefore,
have to be
relearned.
But back to the title of this essay and Deconstructionism
because this is what our leadership and intellectuals are engaged in.
The word
did not exist as a concept in the 1960 Encyclopedia Britannica but it
does show
up on the mentioned CD ROM. When I looked for it, the article on Nietzsche
appeared. He was the father with his Umwertung aller Werte,
transvaluation of all values, which his as well as Freud's
disciples put into practice. The phenomenal irony
is that Nietzsche's evil genius was released by microscopic
worms,
spirochetes, which slowly but surely ate up his brain. We have
to
thank a prostitute for this gift to the world. Had he not lost, due to
syphilis, the function of parts of his frontal lobes, he would not have
shown
this phenomenal lack of inhibition and he would not have produced the
books he
became famous for. Die Geburt der Tragoedie, Morgenroete , Froehliche Wissenschaft
and
whatever else he had published prior to 1883 wouldn't have made a
ripple among
intellectuals. It was Zarathustra and what followed
thereafter,
written in a manic state, which cemented his fame.
It surely makes one wonder what runs this world.
Maybe Empedocles
had the answer twenty four hundred years ago. He posited
the
cyclical dominance of one of two forces: Love and Strife.
While Love
is constructive, Strife tears apart. In the
nineteen-fifties
we still had Love in this country, it degenerated into Lust and now
Strife
rules. How long will it be before Love has a chance to return?
February 1, 2003
RHETORIC OF WAR
In contrast to magazines which routinely predate their issues by several days, these essays are
indeed sent to the web on the mentioned date. This means, however, that in these fast moving
times events may occur which were unexpected and have to be commented upon. The Columbia
shuttle explosion which happened this morning was one of those. What might have been simply a
national tragedy, similar to the Challenger disaster, has potentially the makings of an
international catastrophe. One of the crew members was an Israeli Air Force officer and the
hopes of his entire country were flying with him. He was the shining star in the midst of gloom
which was suddenly extinguished in a mass of disintegrating debris. Since mission command had
lost contact with the shuttle crew 15 minutes before impact, while the shuttle was still at an
altitude of 200,000 feet, any type of terrorist action initiated from the ground is highly unlikely.
Nevertheless, there is hardly any doubt that conspiracy theorists will immediately go to work,
especially since the Israeli officer had piloted one of the planes that bombed Iraq's nuclear reactor
in 1981. It is clearly too early to gauge Israeli and American reactions to this tragedy and I shall
abstain from speculating. The following article was written during the past two days and
inasmuch as today's tragedy does not invalidate any aspect of it I shall leave it in its original
form.
This was the week where the course for the current decade and possibly beyond was set.
Sharon was, as expected, re-elected and has already spurned an offer by Arafat to enter into
negotiations about the conditions the Palestinians are forced to live under. There will, therefore,
be continued stalemate and further bloodshed in that country. As predicted in the April 1,
2002 installment Palestinian State or Israeli Protectorate, Sharon has in the meantime
indeed re-occupied the West Bank and major portions of Gaza, although he has so far
refrained from martyring Arafat. To foresee events like these does not take special prophetic
powers. All one has to know is the character of the leaders of a given nation and their actions
become predictable. Any hope for an early peace in Israel has been destroyed by Sharon's
re-election and the situation will continue to have to go from bad to worse. Eventually the Israelis
may wake up, say enough is enough and follow Mitzna's disengagement plan which actually
dates back to 1968 as pointed out in Whither Zionism?. Unfortunately the majority of Israelis
are not yet ready to face these harsh facts of life and continue to believe that Might makes Right,
that fear will spawn hate, and hate combined with military force will eventually triumph.
That was also Hitler's fantasy.
The fate of Israel would not necessarily be of major concern to Americans had our politicians not
yoked us, apparently irrevocably, to Jerusalem's policies for reasons which were spelled out in
the Unholy Alliance article of May 1, 2002. President Bush seems to have a rather simplistic
view of the world. There is only good and evil. He has declared after 9/11: Who is not with
us, is against us. The inhabitants of this world are now being divided by Washington into those
who are good, i.e. they agree with America's point of view; or evil, namely those who disagree
and especially those who oppose us by means of terror. States who pursue an independent
nuclear policy are "rogue states" and have to be dealt with by the American military. We
are after all "the only superpower" and have the best trained army in the world. As the former
Secretary of State, Madelaine Albright, reportedly told the generals who were reluctant to get
entangled in Balkan politics: what good is it to have such a wonderful military if you don't want
to use it? Now we have a President who does want to use it because it has been reported that he
sees himself as an instrument of Providence to rid the world of evil. An inner belief of this type
should raise concern because it brings inevitably past history to mind.
In his State of the Union speech our President made it clear that he feels America has been
chosen by history to rectify evil throughout the world, but most urgently in Iraq. "America
and the world will not be blackmailed . . . . A brutal dictator with a history of reckless
aggression, with ties to terrorism, and great potential wealth in a vital region will not be
permitted to threaten the United States." He has "shown utter contempt for the United
Nations and the opinion of the world . . . . It is up to Iraq "to account for what happened to the
"25,000 liters of anthrax, the 38,000 liters of botulism toxin, the 500,000 tons of sarin, mustard
and VX agents" as well as the "30,000 munitions capable of delivering chemical agents." The
"high strength aluminum tubes" capable for developing nuclear weapons were also referred to
although an hour earlier the Chief Nuclear Weapons Inspector, Mohamed El Baradei, had told us
in a TV interview that the aluminum tubes had nothing to with atomic weapons, and that his
experts have so far been unable to detect anything that would raise concerns. The President then
asked the rhetorical question what all of this arsenal is good for. "But why? The only possible
explanation, the only possible use he could have for these weapons is to dominate,
intimidate or attack." He could "resume his ambition of conquest and create deadly havoc in
this region . . . . Trusting in the sanity and restraint of Saddam Hussein is not a strategy and
it is not an option." Subsequently the President enumerated again the major sins Saddam has
already committed. He used poison gas "on whole villages leaving thousands of its civilians
dead, blind or disfigured." He, tortured "children while their parents watched." Saddam's CIA
personnel poses as scientists and the real scientists are forbidden to talk to UN inspectors on pain
of death, which includes their families. In Saddam's prisons tongues have been ripped out, skin
burned with acid and there is rape. The President declared that "If this is not evil, then evil
has no meaning." He went on to say that "We fight reluctantly, we strive for peace," but "if
war is forced upon us we will fight in a just cause with just means, sparing the innocent,"
but we will "fight with the full force of the American military and we will prevail."
Although God has been banished from U.S. schools He seems to be alive when needed and the
President concluded with the assurance that He will help us and finished with the familiar refrain
of "God bless America."
I have recited the essence of this speech in such detail because Central Europeans of my
generation have heard this type of language before when an attempt was made to create
enthusiasm for war, which was notably lacking by the populace. The year was 1938 and the
evil person, for Germany was in those days Mr. Benes, the President of Czechoslovakia. In the
middle of September the Sudeten crisis was in full bloom. Chamberlain had twice,
unsuccessfully, met with Hitler who had kept upping the ante and war seemed imminent. Hitler's
September, 26 speech in the Sportpalast gave the signal for, and the cause of, the impending
war. As everybody knows he was, like Fidel Castro, exceedingly loquacious and his speech -
reprinted in Domarus' Hitler Reden 1932-1945 kommentiert von einem Zeitgenossen - takes up 8
pages even in shortened form.
Before going any further let it be understood quite clearly that I am not comparing the
person of President Bush with Hitler; or that of Saddam Hussein with Benes. All I intend
to do is to show how the rhetoric which is used to whip up enthusiasm for war is timeless,
the same the world over, and can be used by anybody. Here are some key morsels from that
speech but I am somewhat handicapped by Domarus excerpts' because the main hate tirade
against Benes was omitted. Domarus merely mentioned that it had occurred. Nevertheless what is
printed is enough to give the flavor. The following are direct quotes when translated from
German. "The question which has so deeply concerned us during the past months and weeks is
well known: It is not so much: Czecho-slovakia, it is: Mister Benes," whom Hitler called "the
father of lies, responsible for the slaughter [niedermetzeln] of thousands of Germans."
Hitler then went on to recite, what Domarus appropriately calls, the "Parteierzählung," namely
his regularly repeated mantra of how he, the poor orphan and unknown soldier, had been led by
Providence to first head the party, then the Reich and now, after the incorporation of Austria,
Greater Germany. But eventually he got back to Benes who had created this state
(Czechoslovakia) from a lie because he promised a Swiss type model where all the minorities
were supposed to have had equal rights. This never came to pass "he started a regime of
terror!" When members of the three and a half million German minority protested they were
"shot down . . . . Mr Benes had decided to slowly but inexorably exterminate the German
population . . . . He has succeeded to a certain extent. He has thrown innumerable human
beings into the deepest despair. Through unabashed use of his terror he has succeeded to
silence and frighten these millions while at the same time the international obligation of this
state became clear. This state [CSR] is now used by Bolshevism as its entry door," and it
represents an airbase which threatens all of Germany. Benes' enslavement of the people by
the military leads "to gruesome figures: in one day 10,000 refugees, on the next 20,000, one day
later now 37,000, again two days later 41,000, then 62,000, then 78,000, now there are 90,000,
137,000, and today 241,000. Entire districts are being depopulated, villages are being
burned down; with grenades and gas one attempts to smoke out Germans [ausräuchern] . .
. . The time has come for plain talk . . . . If anybody has that amount of patience as we have
had in the past one can surely not say that we are eager for war." Hitler ended the speech
with the statement that he had given Benes his outline for a peaceful solution, which included
incorporation of the German speaking areas of the CSR into Greater Germany. "The decision is
now in his [Benes'] own hand! Peace or War! He will either accept this offer and give the
Germans at last their freedom or we shall bring about this freedom by ourselves . . . . We are
resolute! Mister Benes may choose now!"
Let me re-iterate, there is no doubt that Hitler not only exaggerated but used outright lies,
especially when he declared in the same speech, that once the Sudeten question has been settled
in his favor he has no further territorial demands in Europe and specifically, "we don't want any
Czechs." His motive, however, was not the plight of the Sudeten Germans but
Czechoslovakia had to disappear so that he could then proceed with his march to the East.
Lest there be a misunderstanding I want to state once more that President Bush and his speech
writers acted in good faith but the point is that rhetoric has consequences and in this
respect the two speeches are a good example for how to inflame public opinion at home and
abroad. Hitler's war against Benes was avoided at the last minute by the Munich conference,
which is now universally condemned as appeasement. Nevertheless, it had its value at the time
because neither England nor France could have helped the Czechs in 1938, just as they could not
help the Poles a year later, when they did declare war on Germany. The year England gained
enabled her to build up the RAF and defeat the Luftwaffe in the battle of Britain another year
later. Chamberlain deserves better than the "bad rap" he is currently receiving. While
Churchill pushed for war in 1938 and is now held up as the paragon of wisdom it must be
admitted that although he won the war he lost the empire as a result of it. The outcome of wars
tends to be quite unpredictable.
But back to the President's speech and the comparison. In both instances, the adversary is
depicted as an individual consumed by utter evil. In both instances figures are trotted out,
to demonstrate that an intolerable situation exists. In both instances it is emphasized that if
the condition is not immediately rectified the most dire results will occur and in both
instances the choice between peace or war is attributed to the adversary. The danger in
Hitler's case was the threat of Bolshevism, which had served him exceedingly well throughout
his career, and in the current instance it is the specter of atomic or biochemical annihilation of
our cities by terrorists. Although Hitler did not use the phrase "this war which has been forced
upon us" on this occasion it was regularly employed after the victorious Poland campaign, when
he saw no reason to continue the war with the West. He wanted to go East because that was
where the empty spaces and material resources lay which he coveted.
Bush's premise is that America is in mortal danger from this "madman," Saddam, and
immediate action to disarm him is required. But just as in 1938 there is a hidden agenda.
Disarmament is clearly not enough. It needs "regime change" and unless there is a coup inside
Iraq, or Saddam were to be willing to go into exile with his family, as well as the top leaders of
the Ba'th party, this can only be accomplished by American military ground forces. But we don't
want just "any regime," we need a client state in the area because there happens to be the
proverbial elephant in the living room in the region of whom nobody talks about here. It is
Israel, who as our friend and not just ally, needs friendly regimes as neighbors. Neither the Turks,
the Syrians, the Jordanians, the Saudis and maybe even the Kuwaiti seem to be particularly afraid
of Saddam's WMDs. So it does boil down to Israeli politics, the regional nuclear superpower.
Bush's rhetorical question why Saddam needs his WMDs has another answer. They are
Saddam's life insurance and not necessarily intended for the purposes mentioned by the
President. His nuclear reactor was bombed once by the Israelis and he may want to make
sure that if they attempted to interfere again in what he regards as his own internal affairs
they would suffer the consequences.
Now let us take this point a step further. Granted that Saddam has no conscience and will do
anything to stay in power. Granted further that he has some WMDs, does it follow that he
will use them to antagonize us on purpose? I have dealt with this question in the December,
2001 installment on War on Terrorism and can find no reason from his past behavior that
he is suicidal. The total annihilation of his country would be assured if he indeed launched germ
or chemical warfare against us without a prior invasion. Let us in addition think unpopular
thoughts and place ourselves in his shoes. The President has declared that "trusting in the
sanity and restraint of Saddam Hussein is not an option." What would you do if you were to be
devoid of a conscience, your life is on the line, and your country is invaded by a superior
force? Would you not want to use whatever WMD is in your arsenal and in addition give
some left overs to known terrorists? Thus our policy instead of decreasing the threat of
terror might actually increase it geometrically.
This leaves aside the unrest which is likely to be spawned in other Arab and Muslim nations,
who have a vast revoir of human suicide bombers. Our announced policy to stomp out evil in
the world wherever it exists cannot succeed. It assumes a static world, where we can enforce
our will wherever we want. This assumption is fundamentally flawed because the laws of
physics assure us that for every action there is a re-action. We also know from history that there
are no "final solutions." "A New Order" in the world by rearranging borders has always had a
short life span. It was pursued by Hitler in Europe, by Japan in East Asia, and most recently by
the President's father, who promised that he would "bomb Bagdhad back into the stone age." The
only universal law of life is change and Fukuyama's "End of History," in the sense of absence of
wars and revolutions, will never arrive as long as there is a human rather than humane race.
It seems clear, to me at least, that whatever we do in the Middle East cannot lead to
permanent peace in the area unless the Palestinian problem is addressed. It is this purulent
wound which poisons not only the region but our active support of Israeli policies,
threatens our own future and that of our children. Last year the President chided the UN for
not enforcing its decisions on Iraq and he did so again this week. But Iraq and North Korea
are not the only states which thumb their noses at the UN. So does Israel and the silence
from our part in this respect is truly deafening. Nevertheless, the rest of the world sees what is
going on and will accuse us, not without good cause, of hypocrisy. Hiding behind noble words
and calling opponents to Likud policies anti-Semites is not likely to succeed forever and we
are squandering whatever good will America has built up in the world over the past century.
Neither is it correct to assume that all the people in this country, and abroad, who oppose a
war against Iraq at this time are professional protesters and "cooks." We have faith-based
groups both here in Utah, as well as the country at large who do not believe that the current
situation meets the Christian theologic preconditions for a "just war." Abroad, Germans are
chided for being opposed to the war, because they should toe the American line. After all, we
have liberated these ingrates once, and the French even twice. That Americans have insisted
after WWII that Germans change into pacifists is not to be remembered. Furthermore,
citizens of the former Greater Germany have their collective noses utterly full from,
"Führer befiehl, wir folgen." They did follow their leader, blindly trusting in his good will,
and it destroyed their countries. Questions about the wisdom of leaders should not be ridiculed
or snuffed out but honestly debated. This debate should take place in broad daylight rather than
behind closed doors.
The most important question is: Why Now? This is the first question every physician asks when
a patient comes with a chronic illness. Our Secretary of State will give the answer to the world
next week. But, General Powell please pardon me for being skeptical. If we had unequivocal
proof for Saddam's imminent threat to our shores we would have no hesitation sharing it
with the rest of the world. The fact that the President himself did not announce it this week
seems to indicate that he wants to gain some additional time. The Turks should cooperate with an
invasion from the north and the buildup of military forces in the Gulf. seems to have progressed
slower than expected. There may also have been some procurement snags with the protective
suits against toxic agents. But as the President said, "We are talking weeks and not months."
This is the point where Rhetoric of War comes back to haunt us. The President has painted
himself with his own words into a corner from which he will find it very difficult, if not
impossible, to extricate himself. Words have consequences and once they have left the mouth
of the speaker they assume a life of their own.
In the February 2002 installment The Great Satan I have made the point that when one is
faced with a difficult decision whether to act immediately or consider first the potential
consequences, one should keep in mind that God has time! The good and the true will still be
available to us after deliberation and consultation with others. Only "satan," the adversary,
lacks time and urges us into precipitous action. When we are told that "time is running out,"
we have both the right and the duty to ask "Why?" A reasonable course of action would be to
allow the UN inspectors whatever time they require to do their job. Saddam cannot be an
immediate threat as long as they are in his country and we can use the time to address
other more pressing issues. The economy needs to be rescued here at home, rather than
stressed further with a war and a prolonged occupation of Iraq. The war against terrorism
needs to be continued with international cooperation of police and intelligence services. The
job in Bosnia, Kosovo, rump Yugoslavia and especially Afghanistan has been left
unfinished. We promised these people better lives but have failed to come through with the
necessary action. To promote HIV-AIDS relief for Africa is laudable but hardly deserves the
priority assigned to it by the President when we have so many other pressing problems and a
massive, steadily growing, budget deficit. In addition, and perhaps most importantly, we
should use the time gained, by allowing the inspections to proceed, to finally use our
influence to bring the Palestinian tragedy to a reasonable conclusion. By showing genuine
impartiality towards Jews and Arabs alike we may be able to turn world opinion in our favor
again. We should not allow the perception to continue that Israel's policies determine those of
Washington. The elephant in the living room has to be addressed. If we don't do it ourselves
the Arabs will, but in a manner we are not going to like. Concrete actions which promote
peace and good will should now be the order of the day rather than Good and Evil rhetoric
and "My way or No Way."
March 1, 2003
FROM HOMO SAPIENS TO THE NAKED APE
In the middle of the 18th century the
botanist
Carolus Linnaeus bestowed the title Man the
Wise
on our species and genus. This sense of pride and optimism seemed to be
justified because of the phenomenal strides which were being made at
that time
in the sciences and humanities. It was the era of the Enlightenment
which laid the foundations for our modern world. The fundamental laws
of
physics, discovered in the previous century by Newton and Huygens, were
refined. In medicine Boerhaave introduced bedside teaching; Halle wrote
the
first modern textbook of physiology; Morgagni introduced the anatomic
concept
into the diagnosis and treatment of illness; Réaumur not only
invented the
thermometer but also showed that the first stage of digestion results
from the
action of stomach acid, rather than fermentation or contraction of
muscle walls
as had been assumed previously; Galvani demonstrated that muscle can
contract
as a result of electricity, and these are just a few names from a long
list.
It was, however, the social philosophers starting
with Locke,
and subsequently Hume, Montesquieu, Rousseau, and Voltaire who led
the
fight for reason over religious dogma. All of the then current
knowledge was compiled in a seventeen volume encyclopedia to make it
available
for the people at large. As Diderot one of the editors remarked, "Our
children,
better instructed than we, may at the same time become more virtuous
and
happy." D'Alembert, the other "encyclopedist," remarked:
"Our century is the century of philosophy par excellence. If one
considers
without bias the present state of our knowledge one cannot deny that
philosophy
among us has shown progress." It was probably no coincidence that at
the
same time harmony was added in music
to
the previously prevalent polyphony, and in the decorative
arts what was termed rococo, which stood for
lightness,
grace and elegance, became dominant.
Nevertheless the fact that all was not well with Homo sapiens
was
hinted at in politics, which went on as usual.
Frederick II of Prussia, who became known as Frederick
the
Great, started his "preventive war" in 1756.
He had previously exploited Austria's weakness after the death of
Charles VI by
taking Silesia away from the young Maria Theresia who had inherited her
father's empire. Austria's coalition with France and Russia in 1756 was
supposed to have rectified that situation and to put Frederick in his
place.
But nobody expected that it would last seven years. When
der
grosze Fritz (Hitler's model) had finally won
with the assistance of British money and the fortuitous death of the
Czarina,
which removed Russia from the alliance, the face of the world
had
changed. France had lost most of her
overseas
possessions in America as well as India to the Brits and was
financially exhausted. Austria had not only
permanently lost Silesia but the House of Habsburg
which had
supplied the German Emperors for the past several centuries was now
challenged
by the Hohenzollers of Prussia. The conflict between Berlin
and Vienna
as to who was to have the dominant voice in German
affairs had
begun and found its culmination on March
15,
1938 when the German army paraded before Hitler over Vienna's
Ringstrasse.
The ultimate symbolic irony was that the reviewing stand had been
erected in
front of the monument to Maria Theresia who had led the fight against
the great
Fritz. She had to stare at Hitler's rear end who represented everything
that
was abhorrent to the Austrian spirit.
Apart from Prussia, the other winner
was Britain
because the foundations for her empire, which lasted
somewhat
less than two hundred years, were laid with this treaty of
Paris in
1773. While they basked in glory for a few years they soon
found out
that the American colonials were now no
longer content
to remain colonials but in the spirit of the enlightenment
wanted their
say-so in the London parliament. British arrogance refused to
talk
to these uncouth upstarts with the American War of
Independence the
outcome. It was a given that the colonists could not have won
their
war against the British had the French not smelled a chance for revanche
and supported Washington. All the rest is, of course, known but if
one
were to ask any American High School graduate today
what role
Montesquieu had played in this whole drama one would
get a
"Monte who?" Yet it was he, who in his The Spirit of
Laws had laid down the principles how a state should be governed.
It was
precisely this document that gave rise to the American Constitution,
which is
so sadly abused today.
To return to the consequences of the 1773 Paris' treaty.
While
in the short run the British prospered,
it laid
in the long run the foundation for the demise of their empire.
They had
nurtured Prussia into a semi-great power but the Hohenzollerns
were
not satisfied with that and when they demanded full equality with the
British.
This had to be denied to them because the Kaiser was "evil." The
result was WWI, which led in turn directly to the second one. The other
phenomenal
irony of history is that Hitler actually wanted to
help
preserve the British Empire because it held the "inferior
races" in their place and because he was a man of the infantry rather
than
a sailor. Overseas possession could be safely left to the Brits as long
as they
acquiesced to his taking the European East for German colonization. But
Churchill, the navy man, was suspicious and wanted
to
preserve the empire under American protection. That Roosevelt
had no use for empires, except his own, dawned on him too late
when
England was no longer in a position to refuse American demands. Churchill
had survived the war, one really shouldn't say won, but
he had lost his job and the empire. The real winners
were
America and the Soviet Union. Our President should ponder this fact of
history
when he contemplates the picture of his hero which supposedly hangs in
his office.
He might also keep the fate of both Churchill and that of his own
father in
mind. After they had been successful in their wars, they were removed
from
office!
By 1789 and 1793 when kids started playing soccer with decapitated
heads in the
streets of Paris under the name of liberty, equality and brotherhood
some
doubts as to the perfectibility of our species were bound to arise. As
the
sciences progressed Lamarck developed the concept of evolution
in form of a ladder. At the bottom resided the ameba and Homo
sapiens
was still on top. Darwin subsequently substituted the
ladder
for a tree and established the close kinship between man and apes.
Interestingly enough he called his epochal book the "Descent"
of Man rather than "Ascent" and as history has proven
subsequently this was amply justified. Even more apt was the date when
the book
was published. The Franco-Prussian war had also started in 1871. The
quick
victory with the resultant unification of Germany under the Prussian
king, who
became German emperor, pushed Austria irreversibly into the Balkans and
was as
such another cause of the Great War slightly over forty years later.
The
humiliated French wanted revenge, the Brits didn't like the arrogance
of Cousin
Willie, and the Russians had no use for the Austrians in the Balkans.
Nationalism had become the rallying cry of
the age.
Nations had to be liberated from their "oppressors,"
and the way was paved for what Grillparzer (Austria's
greatest
19th century dramatist) called, "from humanism,
through
nationalism to bestialism." Small wonder that Nietzsche
appeared
on the scene a few years later with the Uebermensch as the
solution to
the problems of the human race. The will to power
where the
stronger dominate, and if necessary exterminate, the weaker in
perpetual
warfare provided the justification for the events of
what has
been called the "execrable" twentieth century.
Although Darwin had already disabused us of the
notion that human
beings are something special and had shown that our emotions
find their
counterpart in other animals it was up to Professor Desmond
Morris to finally put us in our place. Homo
sapiens was gone and The Naked Ape emerged in
1967.
The book with the same title was an instant bestseller and it is still
rightly
regarded as a classic. In it Dr. Morris detailed with great care how all
of our behavioral traits in regard to: child rearing,
exploration,
fighting, feeding, and comfort seeking are in no way unique but simply
the expression of our animal heritage.
As a zoologist Dr. Morris did not address himself to the problem of
verbal and
written language, our proudest achievement. For a neurologist like me
language,
and its function in health and disease, is of course of paramount
interest and
it has become obvious that the abuse of language is
nowadays the
greatest danger to our civilization. The spoken and written
word
allows us not only to express our desires, fantasies and opinions but
it has
also enabled the naked ape to create a truly staggering array of lies,
with
which he threatens and deludes himself as well as others. This brings
us to our
current century which has all the hallmarks of
becoming even
more "execrable" than the one we have left behind.
Why should this be so and why do wars repeat in endless
cycles? The
simple answer is that human passions have never
changed and only the excuses for war have.
As is
apparent to anyone who has a grasp of history wars never solve
a
problem they simply pave the way for the next one.
In
addition the last century has shown that wars
have
become increasingly vicious and that the lines
between
combatants and the civilian
population
have become thoroughly blurred. When cities are
bombed and the
infrastructure for the population is destroyed in order to eliminate
the enemy
one should not be surprised that adversaries who lack military power
will use
guerilla tactics, which have never differentiated between civilians and
soldiers. When the "terrorist" leader
of the Irgun Zvai Leumi, Menachem Begin, blew up the King
David hotel
in Jerusalem in 1946, because it was the headquarters of the
British
mandate forces, and killed 91 people the end, namely
the
creation of a Jewish state, justified the means. By
1977 he was Prime Minister of Israel and in 1978
he
received the Nobel Peace prize, jointly with Anwar
Saddat. The
fact that he was in violation of numerous UN Security Council
resolutions
urging Israel to vacate the territories conquered in the 1967 war
(which was
likewise waged for "preventive" reasons) was obviously of no concern.
One need to choose one's "friends" wisely and when one has the
backing of the United States one can safely ignore the UN.
Saddam Hussein was not so lucky. He
thought
that he could get away with an invasion of Kuwait but that was not to
be
condoned and our erstwhile friend and ally against the Ayatollah of
Iran became
the "Butcher of Baghdad" who not only had to be give up his
ill-gotten gains but has been under quarantine ever since. Currently
the Bush
administration regards it as imperative that he be removed from power
within
the next few weeks, come what may. As is obvious from the foregoing power
politics are as old as civilization. What is
somewhat
new is that it is no longer admitted to but couched
in
moral language. Saddam is not just
another
despot, with a long history of others of his ilk, but
he is profoundly evil and it is this evil
that our morality requires us to lead a "just war"
directed towards his removal.
At this point Homo sapiens has fully abdicated
and
the naked ape has come into his own. Some of today's newspaper
headlines are telling, "The True Ethical Position Is
to
Give War a Chance and Vanquish Evil;" or "Time to Go
to War and Exterminate the Evil Butcher of Baghdad." Although
Saddam has no means to significantly harm the United States while Kim
Il Jong
of North Korea does, we are told that it is "moral" to remove
Saddam but it would be "immoral" to apply the same
treatment to little Kim. The latter could
retaliate
and cause significant casualties while our losses in Iraq, apart from
"collateral damage" to Iraqi civilians are likely to be minimal. With
other words it is moral to go after a weak bully but you
better stay
away from one who could significantly hurt you. This is the law of the
jungle
and has nothing to do with morality.
In order to make an Iraq war palatable the American public
is
currently being subjected to an incessant barrage of fear and
hate.
During the "hadj" our government had decreed that we have to live
under "code orange" of serious danger and which is only one step
removed from code red, where presumably the whole nation comes to a
grinding
halt. This alert sent people scurrying to stores for duct tape and
plastic
sheets to make their homes terrorist proof. Two days ago the risk was
reduced
to yellow which indicates only "significant" threat conditions. Since
yellow is a color which is in the popular mind not particularly
associated with
heroism, Osama can congratulate himself on how our leadership has taken
and
continues to take his bait.
As far as hate goes the same author, who wants to "exterminate"
Saddam also wrote this week that "Bush Must Bring Hammer Down
on
Militant Muslims in our Midst." In the previous installment
"Rhetoric of War" I have mentioned that Hitler and President Bush
used the same type of language to influence their respective audiences.
Now Cal
Thomas, the author of the two mentioned pieces, chimes in with phraseology
right out of the Goebbels kitchen. In
1938
we could have read in the Stuermer that
"We must smash the Jewish Danger in Our Midst." By the way Mr.
Thomas regards himself as a Christian, whose wish
for
the Israelis to expel all the Palestinians from their homes in
the West
Bank and Gaza so that the Jews might finally enjoy most -
Jordan and
Syria would still be missing - of their promised land, was
discussed in
the July 2001 installment.
There is no doubt that a small number of militant Muslims who plan to
wreak
havoc exists in our country. But who defines a "militant"
Muslim? What must he have done to earn the label of
terrorist
suspect, let alone terrorist? This is the slippery slope we
are on and
which allows the government through hasty legislation to undermine the
freedom
the fathers of this country have fought for and which the majority of
the
people want to see preserved. But this becomes impossible when a
climate
prevails where "The Virtue of Hate" is advocated. An
article under this title appeared in the
February
issue of First Things and the author, a rabbi,
declared
that, according to the Talmud, a Jew is "obligated to hate" a
"hopelessly wicked" individual. I happen to know that the
Talmud is an encyclopedia where you can find anything whatsoever to
prove your
point and I know also that Jesus did not die for the Talmud!
Furthermore who
is going to play God, and certify someone as "hopelessly wicked?"
Our current war against terrorism is as I have
mentioned
repeatedly a war of religious opinions and we must
now be
honest and specific. Osama bin Laden as a self
appointed
representative of Muslim fundamentalism has at his goal to bring his
brand of
religious fundamentalism to the Muslim world. After the recent tape was
made
public I received an e-mail which stated that Arabic speaking people
got a completely
different impression as to what bin Laden had actually said. I followed
up,
typed "bin Laden tape" into Google and presto there was his speech
as reported by the BBC. I have a fondness for this
network
which dates back to my youth when, as reported in War&Mayhem,
I
sat glued with one ear to the radio in the afternoons to hear: Hier
ist
London mit der Sendung fuer die deutsche Wehrmacht. Had I been
discovered
it would have meant KZ but it was the only way to get correct
information as to
how the war was going. It is gratifying to know that at least the BBC
can still
be trusted so many decades later.
At this point I shall let him speak for himself rather than putting
words in
his mouth. But I will only give brief excerpts because anyone
interested can
readily find the full text on the net. Bin Laden emphasized
that "fighting should be for the sake of the one God," rather
than for "championing ethnic groups,
or
for championing the non-Islamic regimes in all Arab countries,
including Iraq." Osama has no use for Saddam and his
"socialist" regime but the "mujahadeen brothers in Iraq"
should not be afraid of the American weapons because the Americans are
fearful
of engaging in hand to hand combat and trench warfare. He also
exhorted
"honest Muslims" to "incite, and mobilize the [Islamic]
nation, amid such grave events and hot atmospheres so as to liberate
themselves
from those unjust and renegade ruling regimes, which are enslaved by
the United
States . . . to establish the rule of God on earth." The
states
which fell into this category were listed as "Jordan, Morocco, Nigeria,
Pakistan, the land of the two holy mosques [Saudi Arabia], and Yemen."
He
also urged "patience" during the fight because Americans are known to
have little, and "martyrdom" because there is no effective defense
against it. Furthermore, "fighting in support of the
non-Islamic
banners is forbidden" and "Socialists are infidels
wherever they are, whether they are in Baghdad or Aden."
The
support of Saddam is, therefore, simply a marriage of
convenience just as the one between Churchill and Stalin was during
WWII. The enemy of my enemy is my friend was the slogan and as
Churchill put it at the time, "If Hitler invaded hell I would even find
kind words to say about the devil."
Apart from infidel Arab regimes the other
main enemy
of Osama is the state of Israel. Let us remember that
the
entire raison d'être for
the re-establishment
of the state after two thousand years in the Middle
East,
is a supposed promise to the Hebrews by the same one God of
Osama.
That this promise exists only in a book written by Jews for Jews is of
no
concern for fanatics who cherish dogma more than reason. The
predominantly
Christian U.S. is involved because of our unquestioned support of
Israeli
policies to the detriment of Palestinian Arabs. Instead of
Christians
acting as peacemakers the evangelical group,
to which
according to a recent book by his erstwhile speech writer David Frum -
author
of the infamous "axis of evil" phrase - President Bush belongs, supports
the Israeli side as outlined in the May 1, 2002 installment
under The
Unholy Alliance.
With oil as the final prize for some,
and religious
fervor by others, war seems all but inevitable in
spite of
the fact that our administration's rush has in the meantime hit some
speed bumps. Dr. Blix, head of the UN
Inspections
team, has proven less pliable than our hawks had hoped;
the French and Germans have voiced serious
reservations, and even the Turks were not
entirely happy to have their country used as a staging area
for
invasion. They not only wanted guarantees that the money we bribe them
with for
their cooperation will really be forthcoming but also that they have a
sizable
military contingent to take part in the invasion under their own
officers. We
chided them, of course, because all we really want to do, we say, is to
defend
them from Saddam, but nearly ninety percent of Turks are more afraid of
our
intentions than his. There is also the delicate issue of the
Kurds
who don't want the Turks to come in and they already threaten
with war if they Turks do.
In
addition within the Kurdish political groups we have the Iranian
Shiites on the
one hand and secular ones on the other who also vie for who gets first
to the
oilfields near Mosul. But our administration believes that all these
are minor
details which can be handled with money and threats. The fact that we
are
confronted with an increasing budget deficit also does not
enter into
the equation because as soon as the oil starts
flowing in
abundance our financial worries are supposedly over.
Nevertheless, apart from the street demonstrations at
home and
abroad there are additional voices of discontent
which include
among others the Pope and the Archbishop of Canterbury.
Furthermore,
our regular military forces do not have
sufficient
personnel and the reserves as well as the National
Guard are
being mobilized to be sent abroad. This has a serious
impact
on families because these people hold jobs
which in
the current economic climate, may or may not be available when
they
come back. In addition many of these reservists
are either in law enforcement or firefighters and as
such in the first line of defense if a catastrophe were to happen here.
This leads to the absurdity that we
defend
our country by invading Iraq while at
the
same time reducing the forces we need for "Homeland Security."
Women are also going to war overseas now and
as one
little kid cried: "Why does mommy have to go? Why can't daddy?" Yes
indeed! This little one has to thank Ms. Friedan, Steinem and others of
their
ilk with the idea that a woman's first priority has to be herself
rather than
her children. But in some instances both mommy and daddy have been
called up
and left. Who will take care of these little ones who are left behind?
The
grandparents, if they are so lucky to still have them. Furthermore since
the professional military, even with
the reservists and National Guard, is seriously
understaffed to meet the global excursions we intend to embark upon
it
becomes likely that the draft will sooner or later have to be
re-introduced. At that point peace marches will erupt
to an extent that may dwarf the Vietnam era and the entire so
called
"Foreign Policy" of this administration will collapse. This
is the real state of our country and all the war propaganda cannot hide
these
facts.
The evening of February 25 was also instructive.
First we saw
a speech by President Bush to a selected audience
where he
laid out his vision for the future and about an hour later we
were
show an interview Saddam Hussein had granted an American reporter. As
we know
our President believes that Saddam presents an acute
and
growing danger, which must be eliminated before anything else can be
done. Once
the Iraqi regime has been removed the liberated people will joyfully
cooperate
with the necessary American occupation and the Iraqi oil
revenues will
flow into their pockets. Since the Palestinians will
no longer
enjoy Iraqi financial and emotional support they will give up
suicide
bombings and the Israelis feeling secure
will stop
building settlements and agree to the creation of a peaceful
Palestinian state.
President Bush is an honest man but if he really believes this
fantasy
he is grievously mistaken. Iraq is currently contained, has no
means
to successfully attack its neighbors - we are told that the Iraqi army
is only
a third of what it was before the previous Gulf war - and it
is
precisely the Palestinian problem which keeps fueling the anger in the
region.
The president seems to harbor the illusion
that there
will be dancing in the streets of Baghdad, when the GI's arrive
as
was shown on our TV sets when the Taliban were routed from
Kabul.
But the Afghans are no longer dancing, some of them
are taking
potshots at our peacekeepers and Karzai needs American Special Forces
for
protection. That is the reality. It is the long range effect
which
counts not the first few hours or days.
The interview of Saddam Hussein by Dan Rather was also
revealing. The Iraqi president handled himself in a
calm and
deliberate manner and was careful not to give cause for offense.
A
telling small detail was when one of the Iraqi interpreters translated
a
sentence about the former President Bush as "Bush," Saddam
interrupted and said that he had said Mr. Bush, he didn't say president
because
he was no longer president, but he was Mister Bush. Saddam knows the
media, how
they will pounce on a small detail and subsequently distort it. This he
wanted
to avoid. His claim that his people will follow him to the death
because they
had given him recently a one hundred per cent vote of confidence was,
of
course, baseless. On the other hand his suggestion to publicly
debate
President Bush via satellite hook-up so that the world could
judge the
actions of these two leaders was a shrewd one.
The debate idea was, of course, immediately nixed by Washington
because the non-compliance of Israel with UN
resolutions and the obvious double
standard
which the Bush administration is applying vis á vis
Israel and Iraq would
have been brought up. Furthermore, Saddam might have
gone even
a step further and explained that he would gladly disarm and
keep the
inspectors in his country indefinitely if Israel got rid of its WMD's
under UN
inspection. Inasmuch as this is, of course, highly unlikely to
ever
happen continued warfare is assured. This is also
obvious because
our administration is unwilling to talk directly not only with "The
Butcher of Baghdad," but also the "loathsome pygmy" who is in
charge of North Korea. Thus the naked ape will persist with
what
Barbara Tuchman has called the March of Folly. By
not talking
to adversaries because they are beneath contempt and inherently evil:
pride,
greed and delusions will be the real reasons why history will have to
repeats
in endless cycles of ever increasing violence.
This is the point where we need to part with the naked ape and
allow Homo
sapiens to re-emerge from the shadows. We
ought to
say to our politicians: stop and listen, there is a better way. Yes,
we
have all the characteristics of other species' within us but we also
have
something in addition. This is the tiny spark of reason which
can lead
us to conduct ourselves not merely as lying, deluded naked apes but in
the
manner we were intended to act. Our geneticists have
now told us that we share more than ninety
per cent of
genes with mice. Are we, therefore obligated to
behave like
mice? Even if geneticists were to tell us in
the
future that one hundred per cent of our genes are identical
with
those of some anthropoid apes we can still say: So
what? A whorehouse, as well as a cathedral are built with stone, wood
and glass
but they surely have different purposes. We have
been
given free will and we can choose where we
want to
spend our mental time: in the gutter or in company of the divine?
But the
divinity that lives in some of us does not label
others as
good or evil who need to be rewarded or punished but
who sees homo sapiens both
as an
opportunity and obligation to strive towards a higher goal which unites
the
inhabitants of this planet rather than sets them against
each
other.
Once upon a time Homo sapiens
lifted
his voice in ancient northern India and declared: "think of
pleasurable objects, and you will become attached; from attachment will
come
desire, when desire is thwarted you will become angry, when you are
angry your
mind becomes confused and you lose sight of life's purpose. This fundamental
psychological insight was also formulated as the
Buddha's
first and second noble truth: Life is full of Suffering, and the Cause
of
Suffering is Craving. This is as valid today as it when it
first
uttered twenty five hundred years ago, but it is ignored. Yet ignorance
is not
bliss and will inevitably lead to further suffering even for those who
literally call the shots today on both sides of the fronts.
Our country is in great danger, not from the currently
identified enemies, but by being led down a road which
threatens to
destroy our soul and lead to despotism. The old proverb "the
road
to hell is paved with good intentions" is again proving true. Those of
us
who feel that the impending war against Iraq is a serious mistake also
know
that this is just the warm-up. After Iraq's defeat comes the turn of
all the
other "rogue-states" and there is no end to the corruption of our
souls. But in spite of all the fear and hate-mongering Homo
sapiens is not yet extinct in America. As
one
protester who took to the streets put it recently: "Bush must really be
screwing up to bring out the mainstream." We, as individual
citizens, are not likely to be able to change the course of history but
that
does not mean that we have to follow blindly and willingly to wherever
a given
administration wants to lead us. Homo Sapiens
differs
from the Naked Ape in this respect and will direct
his efforts
toward a reduction of suffering rather than inflicting more in the
mistaken
assumption of doing good.
March 15, 2003
IDES OF MARCH
This article had been submitted to the Salt Lake
Tribune but
since publication is far from certain it is presented below.
The Ides of March are upon us again and decisions are made which will
affect
our lives as well as those of our children and grandchildren for
decades to
come. Let us, therefore, step back for a moment and reflect upon the
origin of
these words. On March 15, 44 B.C. Brutus, Cassius and other Republicans
murdered Caesar in the Capitol because they wanted to rescue Rome's
republic
from incipient despotism. What did they get? Mark Anthony’s fiery
funeral oration
precipitated a brutal civil war between the followers of Caesar and
those of
the Senate. Two years later Brutus and Cassius committed suicide when
they were
defeated by Octavian and Mark Anthony. A shaky coalition between the
victors
lasted for a few years but by 30 B.C. it was open warfare again. Mark
Anthony
lost, committed suicide and Octavian became Caesar Augustus, the
undisputed
ruler of Rome. What Caesar's murder was supposed to have prevented came
to pass
anyway. But, as they saying goes nowadays, this is ancient history and
our
college students tend to be told "it's all about dead white males"
anyway, so why bother?
There was, however, another March 15 which changed the world and I
witnessed
it. This was the day when Hitler proclaimed from the balcony of
Vienna's
Hofburg the annexation of Austria. The Greater German Reich was formed
on that
day and with it began the road to WWII. Without Austria, neither
Czechoslovakia
nor Poland could have been invaded. The Greater German Reich was
supposed to have
lasted a thousand years but made it only for seven. If a Cassandra or
Jeremiah
had told the cheering crowds on that day that seven years later
American bombs
would ruin their city, that the Red Army would occupy it, and Stalin
instead of
Hitler would be calling the shots they would have declared her/him as
insane.
But that was precisely what happened. The consequences of violent
political
acts are always totally unpredictable and unexpected. This brings me to
the
current situation.
Those of our citizens who believe that a "preventive" war against
Iraq is wrong are now labeled as "Ideologues" of
"appeasement," as Mr. Lavender recently put it. Bill O'Reilly on his
"no spin zone" is even more outspoken. While he reluctantly tolerates
dissent from the current party line he has made it clear that if
demonstrations
against the war persist after the shooting has started the participants
are
"bad Americans." Let me now go back again to March 11, 1938. On that
morning I awoke as a "good Austrian." Although I was only twelve and
a half years old my family was conservative and had no use for Nazis.
We looked
forward to the plebiscite which was supposed to have been held the
coming
Sunday, March 13, and we were sure that the government would win the
declaration that Austrians want to have a free and independent country.
Since
Hitler knew that this would be the outcome, the plebiscite was not
allowed to
take place. The Schuschnigg government was forced to abdicate, a Nazi
government was installed during the night of Friday 11, and by Saturday
morning
we awoke to the roar of the Luftwaffe which had come to "liberate"
us. This was the phrase which was given as the reason for the invasion.
At that
moment I had, in official parlance, become a "bad Austrian" because I
was not in favor of this liberation. By the following Wednesday morning
I had
become a "bad German" because Austria no longer existed. I had not
changed my views from Friday to Wednesday. They had remained the same
but
politics, over which the individual citizen has no control, decreed the
difference in classification. The details of these events are
documented in a
book I published a few years ago.
Eventually I came to America because I wanted to breathe the air of
freedom. I
became a citizen and on the day I received citizenship my wife and I
celebrated
with champagne. We were and are good Americans. The Clinton scandals
deeply
disturbed us and we voted for the Governor of Texas in the hope that he
would
bring honor and sanity to the White House. But since his administration
seems
to be in the process of dismantling the very foundations which made
America
great and to which I swore allegiance, out of my own free will, I am
now in
danger of being labeled a "bad American."
Mister Lavender's article which caused me to write this reply quoted
from
Thomas Friedman's book that "When it comes to thinking about Middle
East
politics, the American liberal mind is often chasing rainbows. They are
living
in a world of delusion." This is correct as far as it goes except that
the
word liberal needs to be omitted. It is a conservative administration
which
tells us that when Iraq is defeated, democracies will spring up all
over the
Middle East, the Palestinians will get their state, Israel will be safe
and for
all practical purposes the messianic age will have arrived. This is the
delusion for which we are now asked to shed innocent blood and deplete
our
economic resources.
In August of last year about a dozen of us Utahns saw this imminent war
coming
and were granted an audience with Senator Bennett. We didn't bring
placards but
reason and laid out why a war with Iraq, before the Israeli-Palestinian
tragedy
is resolved, cannot bring peace but only greater disasters. We were a
cross
section of law abiding citizens ranging from descendants of Mormon
settlers to
immigrants like myself. Unfortunately we were met by a closed mind. The
senator
listened politely but answered all of our concerns with the
administration's
stock mantra: Saddam is evil, he has weapons of mass destruction which
he may
give to terrorists, he has invaded neighboring countries and gassed his
own
people. I called it a mantra here because it is mindlessly repeated
over and
over again without ever considering the context in which these actions
occurred. I pointed out to the senator that Saddam was 65 years old and
this is
not an age where one willfully engages in political adventures. It is
in their
forties and fifties when politicians are most dangerous. By the middle
sixties
a peaceful life in security and splendor is much more desirable even
for
dictators. But as mentioned our presentations were of no avail.
We are also frequently told that Saddam is a "madman," and as such
his actions are totally unpredictable. After having watched the Dan
Rather
interview I can confidently say that this is not the case. He is a
shrewd,
calculating, ruthless dictator who will do whatever is necessary to
remain in
power. Arming terrorists to hurt America does not fall into that plan,
because
it would be self-defeating. We are being told, furthermore, that we
have to go
to war because we have to liberate the Iraqi people from an evil
dictatorship.
As mentioned I have been "liberated" twice. First by Hitler from
Schuschnigg and then by Stalin from Hitler. It took Austria ten years
and the
death of Stalin before the country was really free again and decades
more to
repair all the damage those ides of March 1938 had caused. The lost
lives can,
of course, never be replaced.
When we are told that Iraqis will dance in the streets of Baghdad when
GI Joe
and Jane come walking in, just as they danced in Kabul, we should
remember that
they are not dancing in Kabul any more. Potshots are taken on American
peacekeepers and President Karzai has to have American Special Forces
protecting him because he can't trust his "liberated" people.
So what should our administration have done? We should have agreed to a
continued inspection process, if needed indefinitely, because as long
as the
inspectors are in the country Saddam's ambitions are hamstrung. To
leave the
inspectors in Iraq would be infinitely cheaper in blood and resources
than
first destroying the country and then occupying it for years to come.
In
addition we should have impartially worked for a genuine peaceful
solution to
the Israeli-Palestinian tragedy. This would have required respect for
the
rightful aspirations of both sides and would be the only way to bring
finally a
just peace to the Holy Land. This is what should have been done and
this is
what some of us have been and are working towards. We are not
"ideologues" but people who know war and the concomitant tragedies.
It is not the goal of removing Saddam Hussein from power we disagree
with, just
the means to do so. Although it seems that our efforts are not going to
bear
fruit in the near future we still owe it to our children to have
insisted that
there is a better way than the brutality of war.
Now some additional thoughts. It is obvious that as far as the real
reasons for
this war are concerned, and the behind the scenes maneuvers of the
administration, we are to be left in ignorance. Where
are the
Woodward and Bernstein's who would tell us, for instance, what really
went on
in the meetings on energy policy held by Vice-President Cheney in 2001?
Why are
taxpayers not allowed to know who the members of this elite group were
which
met behind closed doors and why the minutes are such highly guarded
"national security" secrets, that even members of Congress are not
allowed to get a peek at them?
For clear thinking Americans the moral posturing in regard to Iraq and
the
questioning of the relevance of the Security Council, because Saddam
ignores
the resolutions, is bound to sound hypocritical. Israel has refused to
meet UN
demands to withdraw from the occupied Palestinian territories in the
West Bank
and Gaza since 1967, and America has never hesitated to use its veto in
the
security council when Israel's interest were at stake. Now France and
Russia
are not supposed to do so when they follow their financial or strategic
advantages.
It has also become apparent that our love for democracies around the
world is
limited and we infinitely prefer pliable dictatorships like those of
Musharraf,
for instance, over those countries where freely elected parliaments
follow the
will of their constituents and object to pre-emptive wars.
As of this writing our president has kindly agreed that he will give
diplomacy
"one last chance" and delay the UN vote and/or war until next week.
We are being told that this is done in order to give Prime Minister
Blair more
time to come up with a resolution the British parliament can accept.
The deal
is sweetened further by the belated discovery of the Palestinians'
plight who
are promised a road map to their very own state. That this road map is
doomed,
because the Sharon government has absolutely no interest in allowing a
viable
Palestinian state to emerge, neither PM Blair nor President Bush are
willing to
acknowledge. As usual it will be the fault of the Palestinians, when
the talks
break down because they will be unable to rein in their extremist
elements. By
insisting on Israel's security (defined as no suicide attacks) before
giving up
the settlements and achieving a functioning Palestinian economy is
putting the
cart before the horse again. Inasmuch as this is, of course, no secret
to
administration officials the public is to be pacified by these
gestures.
While keeping Tony Blair in power is one reason for the postponement of
the war
there is also the nasty problem with the Turks. Plan A, the kidnapping
of
Saddam in October of last year by Special Forces, was shelved as too
risky.
Plan B was a two pronged attack from Turkey as well as Kuwait. The
Turks have
unfortunately asserted their democratic right to disagree with American
war
plans and it may turn into Plan C. Our troops are supposed to halt in
front of
Baghdad and Special Forces will "leapfrog" north to capture the oil
fields of Mosul and Kirkuk. Since this is obviously a more chancy
adventure,
because the Kurds might get there before we do, the carrot and stick
approach
is still vigorously wielded to bring the Turks on board. In addition
the
wavering Security Council members are being subjected to intense
pressure so
that the so-called "coalition of the willing" has now been dubbed the
"coalition of the billing!" American taxpayers, including Congress
have so far not had the opportunity to find out how much the
destruction of
Iraq and its subsequent rebuilding is likely to cost us. The question
as to who
are the companies which stand to gain from this human disaster, must
also not
be asked because it might involve "national security." The idea that
we might be considerably more secure without inciting further terrorist
attacks
by this war is also frowned upon in public debate. Furthermore, there
has been
remarkable silence in our news-media about Israel's request for a
handout by
Congress to the tune of 12 billion dollars this year. This surely
suggests that
"we the people" are no longer in charge of our country but are
instead ruled by a monarch who yields to an unelected oligarchy and
where
questioning the wisdom of the country's policies by its citizens is not
desired.
In the previous installment I mentioned Montesquieu’s Of the
Spirit of the
Laws, but there are also the Persian letters (published
anonymously in
1721) which are highly á propos. By the way it may
soon be unpatriotic
to use such French expressions since even "French fries" have already
been renamed in government cafeterias and a boycott of French products
is
advocated. In letter 94, dated Paris 1716, Montesquieu wrote:
International law is better known in Europe than in Asia, yet it can be
said
that royal passions, the submissiveness of their subjects, and
sycophantic
writers have corrupted all its principles. In its present state, this
branch of
law is a science which explains to kings how far they can violate
justice
without damaging their own interests.
Kings are gone, or have their powers severely curtailed, the people
supposedly
rule but those two sentences are as valid today as when they were first
penned.
On a more cheerful note it was gratifying to hear that Salt Lake City
made
again national and international news this week. The odyssey of the
missing
girl, Elizabeth Smart, has had a happy ending when she was found
wandering the
street in company of her "abductors" right here in our very own Sandy
City. The case is surely bizarre and has led to numerous speculations.
How can
an adolescent from a good home and loving family spend nine months with
vagrants without making any attempt to escape or contact her family?
The first
four months were even spent here in Salt Lake where posters of her face
could
be seen everywhere. Yet the trio "Emmanuel," his wife, and Elizabeth
mingled undetected in public places and were even photographed
attending a
party. All she had to do at that time was to take her veil off and say:
"Help me folks, I'm Elizabeth, I want to go home!" There
was no possible danger to her and the only conclusion is that she
stayed
willingly with Mr. Mitchell and his wife. This is also attested to by
the fact
that at the time of her arrest she lied initially and pretended to be
the
daughter of the Mitchells. These are the meager facts and we will
probably
never hear the full truth because the parents have every right to
shield the
privacy of their daughter and let her recover from this strange
episode.
Psychologists are now spending their time on TV explaining that she was
probably a victim of the Stockholm syndrome where hostages begin to
identify
with their captors. But before there was a Stockholm syndrome
Laségue and
Falret (again those nasty French, why do they have to be so smart?)
introduced
in 1877 the term folie á deux, which
was later
enlarged to folie á trois, when
three people were
involved. This seems to be what has happened here. A
dominant
male in the grip of a delusional system converts a submissive female
who lives
with him to share his delusions which are, not uncommonly, religious in
nature.
Initially it was the wife, Wanda, who succumbed but she in turn then
found a
substitute for her own daughter, who had run away from home as a
teenager, in
Elizabeth. As a good Mormon in an impressionable age Elizabeth then
began to
identify with the religious delusions of the other two and was all set
to save the
world. If psychologists and psychiatrists can be kept
away
from her, the prognosis is excellent because once removed from the
environment
people always come to their senses again in short order. This applies
also to
wife Wanda. To send her to prison for at least twenty five years, as
has been
suggested, makes no sense at all and neither does the death penalty
(which we
still have in Utah) for "Emmanuel." The man is psychotic and as such
good and evil, the terms which are so freely bandied about even in this
case,
simply do not apply.
Let us hope that reason will prevail and Elizabeth will be left in
peace again.
Unfortunately this flies in the face of our commercial culture and I'm
sure
there will be books written about her and her likeness will star in a
movie.
April 1, 2003
THE NEOCONS' LEVIATHAN
When I told friends and family that "The Neocon's
Leviathan" would be the title of the next installment on this site they
had no idea what I was talking about. The terms are not yet household
words
especially in their juxtaposition. This article was prompted by one of
the
weekly phone conversations with my brother in Vienna, where we not only
discuss
family affairs but also the reasons why continental Europe has
undergone such a
seismic change in its opinions about America. On September 11,
2001 all
of Europe and indeed the world grieved with us and today our policies
are met
with universal incomprehension and by some with fear and hatred. How
did this
come about?
As always there is no single cause for a given
occurrence but a
confluence of physical events which bring latent
ideas to the
fore. There can be no doubt that as Dr. Ullman
(who
has been credited with coining "shock and awe" as
the method of choice in future wars) has written that
if
Saddam had exported bananas instead of oil we would hardly have
undertaken the
first Gulf War, of which the second is merely the continuation.
Oil
is, of course, a factor but not necessarily
the only
one because we could buy it and make sure that the prices
stay
reasonably low. But something else happened and that
is the
Euro. Petrodollars have to be converted into a genuine
currency and up
to recently the U.S. dollar ruled the roost. Lately, however, with
the
weakening of the American economy, the dollar has lost against
the Euro
so that prior to the onset of the war one needed $1.10 to buy 1 Euro
(it rose
temporarily at the beginning but is currently falling again). Thus the
dollar
seemed no longer entirely secure and people began shifting to the
alternative.
From an American point of view this is, of course, intolerable and since
the only physical commodity which can prop up the economy is oil,
its exploitation must be removed from the locals and placed
into American hands. That was at least one
assumption which led us into this war.
The other one is about the role America is
supposed to
play in the 21st century and this is where the
"neocons" come in. Irving Kristol, father
of the better known Bill Kristol, published in 1995 Neoconservatism.
The Autobiography of an Idea in which he wrote:
"Is there such a thing as a 'neo gene? I ask the question because,
looking
back over a lifetime of my opinions, I am struck by the fact that they
all
qualify as 'neo.' I have been a neo-Marxist, a neo-Trotskyist,
a
neo-socialist, a neoliberal and finally a neoconservative. It
seems
that no ideology or philosophy has ever been able to encompass all of
reality
to my satisfaction . . . . One 'neo,' however, has been permanent
throughout my
life, and it is probably at the root of all the
others. I
have been neo-orthodox in my
religious views
(though not in my religious observance)[bold print was added in this
and all
subsequent direct quotes]."
These sentences are extremely revealing because they show that the neo-conservatives
as opposed to those for whom it has been a life long creed are
actually
struggling against their religious beliefs which they transport into
the social
arena. I am saying this because of what Mr. Kristol had been
taught in
the yeshiva (the Jewish counterpart to the Muslim madrasa).
"Discipline was strict - if we misbehaved in any way, the rabbi
would order us to stand up and then give us a stinging slap in the
face. He also
taught us to hate the goyim and to
spit
whenever we passed a church." It is to Mr. Kristol's credit
that
he abandoned these practices, but as a Catholic I was never encouraged
by our
religion teacher to hate Jews or spit when we passed a synagogue.
This brings me to my brother's question "Who is Kagan?"
I had never heard of the man but in my quest for the truth I headed for
the
Internet and found the article which had upset the Europeans. It was published
in June 2002 in Policy Review by the respected Hoover
Institution on
War, Revolution and Peace under the title "Power and Weakness."
One needs to know furthermore that Robert Kagan is also the co-founder,
with the mentioned Bill Kristol, of
the
"Project for the New American Century and he contributes
not only to the neocon Weekly Standard
and
the New Republic but also to the more influential Washington
Post. Furthermore, Kagan is a Senior Associate for
the
Carnegie Endowment and the Director of its "U.S.
Leadership Project."
In the mentioned article Kagan
polarized the world and the first sentences set the tone:
"It is time to stop pretending that Europeans and Americans
share
a common view of the world, or even that they occupy the same world.
On the all-important question of power - the efficacy of power, the
morality,
the desirability of power - American and European perspectives are
diverging. Europe
is turning away from power into a self-contained world of laws and
rules and
transnational negotiation and cooperation. It is entering
a
post-historical paradise of peace and relative prosperity, the
realization of Kant's 'Perpetual peace.' The United
States,
meanwhile, remains mired in history, exercising
power
in the anarchic Hobbesian world where international laws and rules are
unreliable and where true security and the defense and promotion of a
liberal
order still depend on the possession and use of military might.
That
is why on major strategic and international questions today, Americans
are from Mars and Europeans are from Venus. They agree on
little and
understand one another less and less. And this state of affairs is not
transitory - the product of one American election or one catastrophic
event.
The reasons for the transatlantic divide are deep, long in development,
and
likely to endure. When it comes to setting national priorities,
determining
threats, defining challenges, and fashioning and implementing foreign
and defense
policies, the United States and Europe have parted ways."
These are indeed remarkable statements, especially
when one
considers that they were published in June of 2002 a
time when
our Secretary of State, Colin Powell, tried to elicit European
support
for disarmament of Saddam Hussein. Thus it is clear now that he
was undercut at the same time by the neocons (Richard
Perle,
Paul Wolfowitz, Douglas Feith, Bill Kristol, Robert Kagan, Norman
Podhoretz, to
name just a few of the most important ones) who had
gotten the ear of Vice President Cheney,
Secretary of Defense Rumsfeld, and President Bush
and who demanded regime change. This fundamental
difference of
opinions manifested itself outwardly in what the world regarded as the
incoherence of American foreign policy. At that point the Europeans
balked. Although they agreed with disarmament,
thereby removing a potential threat, they did not want to
enter on the
slippery slope of regime change, because who decides what
regime needs
to be changed when, and how.
But let us return to Mr. Kagan, his polarization of the world and the
attribution of his views to all Americans. At this point I have to
admit that I
had no idea what he meant with "anarchic Hobbesian
world" and "Kant's "Perpetual peace." In order to
correct this ignorance one has to go back to the 17th and 18th
century for what Hobbes and Kant had really said. Since their writings
are
voluminous and in part difficult to understand I also had to rely on my
old
stand-by Bertrand Russell's History of Western Philosophy. The
following was
taken for Hobbes from the Encyclopedia Britannica's Great Books of
the
Western World, while the original German language Kant article
resided in
the Marriott library of the University of Utah.
Thomas Hobbes, the son of a Protestant Vicar, was born
in 1588
and it has been reported that his mother had been so frightened by the
impending invasion of the Spanish armada that she gave birth
prematurely. This
is why Hobbes commented later that he was born "a twin with
fear" and why he "abominated his country's enemies and loved
peace." This is not irrelevant for current circumstances
because a
person whose life is dominated by fear is also likely to hate and the
political
views will be flavored by these emotions. Hobbes was a
convinced
monarchist but by 1640 it was obvious that the position of Charles I
had become
untenable and Hobbes fled to France. While there he published his claim
to
enduring fame, Leviathan, an exposé of
how the state
resembles an artificial man, and the rules that should govern
the
commonwealth. Since he vigorously attacked the Catholic Church
in the
fourth part of his book he was forced to flee from France in 1651,
return to
England and submit to the hated parliament which ruled the country at
that time.
This about face found its repercussion in his book. Nevertheless by
1666 he was
persona non grata again and parliament threatened action
against the Leviathan.
Hobbes was no longer allowed to publish on political subjects so he
devoted
himself for the rest of his life to his other hobbies: the translation
of Homer
as well as geometry. In the latter field he managed to come up
with a
theorem which squared the circle. He was serious about having
solved
the unsolvable which brought him ridicule rather than renown. By the
way,
squaring the circle is still figuratively attempted by his followers.
Hobbes
died at the ripe old age of 91 and these aspects of his life must be
known to
understand Leviathan.
Leviathan is long, the language somewhat archaic but
the central
tenants are contained in his "Review and Conclusion" as well
as in the chapter by Bertrand Russell. They can be summarized as
follows: Man
is brutish and desires only self-preservation.
War
is, therefore, decreed by nature and in it force
and fraud are the two cardinal virtues. For
the sake of protection, people form a commonwealth
(or state,
as we would say today) and choose their sovereign. Once
he is established he is no longer
responsible
to the citizenry because they are his subjects who have to
obey his
will for the greater good. Peace results from submission to
authority
and since the prime reason for a commonwealth is to protect the
individual
citizen it is indeed in his best interest to submit. Property rights
pertain
only to the people among themselves but the sovereign is not
subject to
the civil law. Since anarchy is the only alternative it has to
be
avoided even by stringent measures and all attempts at revolution must
be
suppressed. If, however, a sovereign
has been
deposed he is no longer in a position to protect the
individual and obeisance to the new sovereign has to be made,
because even civil authority comes from God as the
apostle
Paul had declared. There is no difference between sovereignty and
tyranny.
Tyranny is simply another name used by those who hate the sovereign and
thereby
the commonwealth because he is its soul. As long as a
Christian
sovereign does not compel his subject to forego his faith in Christ all
his
actions are lawful and have to be obeyed. If
the
sovereign were to forbid the faith the subject
has two
options: one is to dissemble by submitting
in public
but not in private, and the other to accept martyrdom.
Dissembling
is lawful because a biblical precedent exists in the
Old
Testament.
What Hobbes in fact is telling us
that, to
put it into a modern context, my
fellow
Viennese citizens behaved correctly on the morning of March 11, 1938
when they
supported the Schuschnigg government because it was lawful at the time,
but
they behaved equally correctly when they welcomed the new rulers on
March 12,
because the power had shifted. Hitler was
also correct in his actions because the sovereign is supreme
and has no
obligations to his subjects. According to this view George
Washington and the other "founding fathers" of our republic should
have been hanged, but once they were victorious they were to
have
obeyed. This Hobbseian concept found its most recent counterpart in President
Bush's remark as quoted by Bob Woodward, "I'm the commander -
see, I don't need to explain. I do not need to explain why I say
things. That's
the interesting thing about being the president. Maybe somebody needs
to
explain to me why they say something, but I don't feel like I owe
anybody an
explanation." Students of history will, of course, immediately
remember Louis XIV and "L'état
c'est
moi" (I am the state). But if we endorse this
point
of view why should we condemn "the butcher
of
Baghdad?" He is the lawful ruler of Iraq and for Hobbes it is
irrelevant how the sovereign got to where he is. The ruler has no one
to answer
to any more except his god who has put him into power. For
Hobbes
gaining and holding power is all that counts!
Now on to Kagan's counterpart. Immanuel Kant (1724-1804) was born in
Koenigsberg, East Prussia, and was in his thirties during the Seven
Years War
when the city was occupied for a time by Russia, a fate which has
befallen it
again since 1945. This event as well as the subsequent European
disasters led Kant to believe that there must be a better way than
perpetual
war. The article, Zum ewigen Frieden,
to which
Kagan refers was published in 1795 and should
be seen
in the context of the French revolution. By 1792 Europe was at
war
again with France on one side and a coalition of Britain, Austria,
Spain and
Prussia on the other. In France Louis XVI was beheaded on January 21,
1793 as
part of what was then called le terreur instigated by the
Jacobins,
which also consumed to some extent the original leaders of the
revolution like
Marat and Danton. By 1794 even Robespierre had shared the fate of all
the
numerous others whom he had sent to the guillotine. In 1795 the
"directorate" was appointed in Paris which paved the way for Napoleon
who kept Europe in perpetual war until 1815. What should intelligent
people,
who were either conscripted into these wars or had to stand by
helplessly, have
done but suggest possible means to end all this useless bloodshed?
This was the political background to Zum ewigen Frieden.
It is also obvious that translations cannot do justice
to
multiple meanings of what Kant called "A philosophical Entwurf."
The word defies accurate translation but tends to mean a first draft of
a
project, or idea, which one wants to put up for debate. The first
sentence of
the introduction indicates that the inspiration came from
a satirical panel over the entrance of a Dutch Inn "Zum
Ewigen Frieden" which portrayed a cemetery.
The
intended pun tends to be lost unless one knows that the German word for
cemetery is Friedhof, courtyard of peace. Kant also requested
that his
little treatise should not be used for bösliche Auslegung,
evil
misconstruction, a request which Mr. Kagan's article ignores.
Kant is difficult to read and at times impossible to properly translate
but the
following key elements deserve to be highlighted:
A peace treaty should be designed only as a treaty of
peace if
it does not contain the idea of revenge. Otherwise
it is just an armistice. For wars to be
avoided
countries should have a republican form of government.
Standing
armies should be abolished. States should
not incur
internal debts to settle external strife. No state should
forcefully
intervene in the constitution and government of any other!!! No
state should allow itself during war those means
which make subsequent peace impossible (e.g. assassination of
leaders,
instigation of treason etc.). Kant recognized the Bösartikeit
der
menschlichen Natur, the evil inherent in human beings, and
for
this reason universally agreed laws have to be put in action
to keep the beast in check. These laws should be subscribed to
by a
federation of states. "If a powerful and enlightened nation
can
form itself into a republic (which by nature has to be inclined to
constant peace),
it can provide the center for a federal type union of other states [Völkerbund],
around which they can gather and thereby guarantee the freedom of the
states in
accord with international law. and expand thereby gradually farther and
wider."
Thus Kant was in fact the father of the defunct League of Nations and
now its
successor the moribund United Nations because Völkerbund
was indeed
the German name for the League of Nations.
This gets us back to Mr. Kagan's article. Like
Hobbes
he seems to be "a twin of fear" and sees power
as the only solution to the world's ills. This power has
to be wielded by the United States who is responsible to no one.
America is currently the strongest military power on earth, therefore,
every
effort has to be made that this remains so. Since multilateral
international agreements hinder rather than enhance, the use
of power
America should not be bound by them. Europe
on the
other hand is weak and can, therefore, find its security
only in a system of laws which protect the weak.
Since Kagan's
view of power is strictly military Europe should rapidly re-arm.
Inasmuch as
American military power is used only for the good of the world it would
behoove
the Europeans to contribute their share. With other words Europeans
should see themselves as an additional resource for American might.
Kagan ends his article by saying, "their [America's and Europe's]
aspirations for humanity are much the same, even if their vast
disparity of
power has now put them in very different places. Perhaps it is not too
naively
optimistic to believe that a little common understanding could still go
a long
way."
The latter statement is laudable but needs to be seen in the context of
another
article Kagan published jointly with Bill Kristol in the Weekly
Standard on September 3, 2001 a scant eight days before
the 9/11
catastrophe. The title was, "A Green Light for
Israel." In the article the authors argue that the
way to
end the Israeli-Palestinian war is for America to give up its
"evenhandedness."
The authors raise the rhetorical question, "What if we
made it clear that, far from pressuring Israel, we
planned to
back its right to defend itself, and trusted our ally to do
the right
thing in the very difficult situation in which it finds itself?"
Thus the two articles really complement each other and explain Kagan's
view of
the world. Israel is the country which lives
in the
"Hobbesian anarchic world" against which it needs to defend
itself to the utmost, by massive military power. The tragedy
of 9/11
has subsequently been used to convince
Americans that
Israel's dilemma is now their own and that they
should behave
like the Likud government. This stance ignores that
the Likud
policies, which America is supposed to adopt for the world at
large,
have been a dismal failure. Israelis are less secure
now and
their economy is in worse shape than in 1996 when
some of our
neocons under the leadership of Mr. Perle wrote a position
paper
for incoming Prime Minister Netanyahu.
The
title was "A Clean Break: A New Strategy for Securing the
Realm."
As far as foreign policy is concerned the article
advocated regime
change in Iraq and Syria as well as Iran because the latter
two
countries support Hezbollah which fires intermittently rockets upon
targets
within Israel. This objective was to be achieved with at least tacit
approval if not overt help of the United States. A missile
defense
system has to be pushed because, "Not only
would
such cooperation on missile defense counter a tangible
physical threat
to Israel's survival, but it would broaden
Israel's base of support among
many in
the United States Congress [italics in the original but
not bold
print] who may know little about Israel, but care very much about
missile
defense. Such broad support could be helpful in the effort to move
the
U.S. embassy in Israel to Jerusalem." Furthermore, "Prime
Minister Netanyahu can formulate the policies and stress themes
he favors in language familiar to the Americans by tapping
into themes of American administrations during the Cold
War
which apply well to Israel. If Israel wants to test certain
propositions that
require a benign American reaction, then the best time to do so is
before
November, 1996."
Thus there was to be no "peace dividend" but
Americans were to become part and parcel of Israel's perpetual
war
against its neighbors and the Palestinians. One year later
some
members of the same group founded "The Project for
the
New American Century" which pursues the policies outlined in "The
Clean Break," and the two Kagan articles, right here in our
midst, where Perle, Wolfowitz and Feith have risen to leading positions
in the
Bush administration. Mr. Perle was forced to hand in his resignation to
Secretary Rumsfeld this week (conflicts of commercial interests), but
the
Secretary would also have done well to follow the advice of his friend
Jude
Wanniski. On October 9, 2001 Wanniski, founder of
Polyconomics, wrote a letter to Rumsfeld "re: The Monkeys on
your
Back" under the headline "Fire Paul Wolfowitz."
The letter is available on the Internet and deserves to be read in
toto. As we
now know from Bob Woodward's book the 9/11 tragedy was literally a gift
from
heaven for Perle, Wolfowitz and their friends. Wanniski concluded his
letter
with Wolfowitz "is a menace and one
of the most dangerous men in the world as long as you
[Rumsfeld] let
him play Defense Secretary. HE MUST BE FIRED [bold
print and
caps in original].
This is how our administration and the American people were
literally
"conned" into the Iraq war and Mr. Rumsfeld is likely to be
the "fall guy" when the war does not go according to plan. One can
also feel genuinely sorry for Mr. Carnegie and past-President Hoover
that parts
of their Foundations have been hijacked from their noble purpose of
achieving
peace through laws. Americans now have the
choice
which of these two visions they want to follow: the Kantian
system of
laws or the Hobbseian autocracy and perpetual war. Maybe the
choice
will be easier if we return to the origin of Leviathan.
I don't know why Hobbes chose that title but it is a reasonable guess
that as
the son of a Protestant minister he was steeped in the fire and
brimstone
rhetoric of the Old Testament. In the King
James
Version the name leviathan shows up four times.
Once
in Job, twice in Psalms, and once in Isaiah. Leviathan does not make an
appearance in the New Testament and that is why Catholics are largely
unaware
of the properties of this animal apart from the fact that it's supposed
to be
big and swim in the ocean. I shall leave Job for later because of the
extensive
description of this mythical beast. In Psalm 74:14 we
are
told, "Thou breakest the heads of leviathan in pieces,
and gaveth him to be meat to the people inhabiting the wilderness." On
the
other hand in Psalm 104:26 he tends to be more
benign,
"There go the ships, there is that leviathan, whom
thou hast
made to play therein." But in Isaiah 27:1 we
are
confronted with evil again, "In that day the Lord
with
his sore and great and strong sword shall punish leviathan
the
piercing serpent; and he shall slay the dragon that
is in the
sea." Admirers of the Old Testament like to believe that the Lord who
does
the slaying is Yahveh but the biblical authors simply
cribbed from an older Ugaritic text which
says,
"If thou smite Lotan, the serpent slant, Destroy the serpent tortuous, Shalyat
of the seven heads." In this instance the slayer was Baal and
although it may seem a stretch from Lotan to Leviathan the names become
easier
to reconcile when one recognizes a) that ancient Hebrew has no written
vowels
and b) that Leviathan is merely the English rendering of livyatan where
the lot
morphed into liv while the yat remained. But this is a minor point
except that
it emphasizes again: only the names change while phenomena and myths
remain
constant.
More important is the description of the
animal
in Job 41 where the entire 34 verses are devoted to it
in
order to demonstrate the power of God over such a loathsome and
powerful beast.
The chapter is too long to be reproduced here but should be read in
toto by
those who believe in raw power as the solution to the world's ills.
Some
samples will have to suffice, "his scales are his pride
.
. . . out of his mouth go burning lamps, and sparks of fire leap out .
. . .
out of his nostrils goeth smoke, as out of a seething pot or caldron .
. . .
his heart is as firm as stone . . . . when
he raiseth
himself up the mighty are afraid . . . . he esteemeth iron as
straw
and brass as rotten wood." Verses 33 and 34 are the punch line, "Upon
earth there is not his like, who is made without fear.
He
beholdeth all high things; he is a king over all the children
of
pride."
Yes indeed and one is reminded of the last
sentence in
Perle's position paper for PM Netanyahu, "Israel - proud, wealthy,
solid
and strong - would be the basis of a truly new and peaceful Middle East.
This was the vision which
was sold to
the Bush administration and they bought it. Now is the time
when the
rest of America is supposed to chime in. But
this vision
is born of fear and its adherents would be well advised to
remember
another passage from Job 3:25, "For the thing which I greatly
feared is come upon me." When, and I am not
saying if, the neocons' policies
begin to unravel
scapegoats will be sought and since a great many of
them are
Jewish, all Jews will be blamed. This is also part of Kant's
"evil residing in human nature."
This is your choice America: you can puff
yourself up
like leviathan, or you can recognize that pride is a sin and that
genuine
security results from cooperation rather than domination.
Nothing is
fore-ordained, the future still remains to be written; but those
who
place their faith in the leviathan's military might would do well to
remember
that he was always subject to the Lord, whose ways
are mysterious
and inscrutable. They should also remember
that if
there is only one God, as we have come to believe, it doesn't
matter by
what name different people refer to Him: Baal, Yahveh, Zeus, or Allah.
America is, however, not only a place on a map it is her citizens - you
and I -
and it is up to us to make this choice, each person individually. There
is a
story that when Thomas Jefferson left the Constitutional Convention a
passer-by asked him, "Mr. Jefferson; what kind of
government do we have? A Monarchy or a Republic?" Jefferson answered,
"A Republic, if you can keep it!"
Personally I feel that this should be our primary duty.
We
should re-establish the separation of power between
the three branches of government and reject an
Imperial
Presidency or Imperial Supreme Court. We should demand
of
Congress to be genuinely responsible to "We the People,"
rather than special interest, and become transparent as well as
accountable to
the taxpayers. Senators and Congressmen, rather than their
secretaries,
should meet with their constituents and listen to their suggestions.
We should also demand a stop to the secrecy that surrounds
government,
in the name of national security, which has made us less secure than at
any
time in our history. Above all we should relinquish the failed
Israeli
Likud model of Might Makes Right. In this effort to reclaim
our
republic we also need the help of those of
our Jewish
citizens who reject the siren songs of their current spokesmen and
opt
for a saner, more just, world. Examples to follow might be the editor
of Tikkun,
Rabbi Lerner, whose central creed is
"Love
thy Neighbor," or those orthodox rabbis who started
a protest by burning the Israeli flag which currently
represents
oppression instead of freedom. Our Jewish citizens,
in order
to avoid the looming fate outlined above, should publicly
dissociate
themselves from their pride-, fear- and hate-mongers and thereby
destroy the false monolithic image of "the Jews." If
this were done we could have a genuine regime change right here at home
in
November 2004 and the world might become a better place to live in for
all of
us.
May 1, 2003
POWER POLITICS OR STATESMANSHIP?
While looting was still going on in "liberated"
Baghdad, and her citizens lingered without water and electricity, our
Pentagon
neoconservatives were already busy talking about the next
liberation.
We were told that Syria is now the
repository
of a massive arsenal of WMD's which has in addition been
bolstered by
Saddam's cache. This is why we a) couldn't find them in Iraq and b) why
Syria
has to be eliminated. Iran, as another source of
chronic evil also
has to be dealt with immediately before the mullahs get the
bomb.
Little Kim Jong Il, on the other hand, has to be treated
diplomatically, rather
than militarily, because we assume he already has the potential to do
us
significant harm. It thus becomes obvious that we chose our evils
wisely. We
use our military against those states we can readily defeat but become
considerably
more cautious in our ambitions when the stakes are raised.
In the previous installment on "The Neocons' Leviathan"
I have detailed the reasons why the mentioned people think the way they
do and
how the fruits of their thoughts are carried out in actual practice.
The key
word was "Power" and by that these
thinkers mean only military power. The power of the
human
spirit eludes them and one is reminded of Stalin's
quip:
"How many divisions does the Pope have?" Stalin's successors
found out, and the legions of the Prophet
our neocons
are inadvertently recruiting are likely to be
increasingly
heard from. It'll just take time but that is precisely what
our
"policy makers" don't seem to have. This is not altogether
unreasonable because in a republic like ours there is always the
specter of an
election which might send a given group of oligarchs out to pasture in
order to
be replaced by another one. Nevertheless one idea seems
to be common
to Republicans and Democrats alike: America is at the
zenith
of her power and this power must be preserved and
secured come
what may. A Pax Americana
will now be imposed upon the world and whoever doesn't like it
will be
made to feel the consequences.
Although I had read the literature which gave rise to last month's
article I
was still somewhat hesitant to believe that the course laid out by the
neoconservatives and their friends will indeed be followed. I was,
therefore,
genuinely puzzled when I read in The Salt Lake Tribune
a brief
note under the headline: "Poland. $3.5 billion deal
for
F-16 is biggest defense contract since Cold War." The short
blurb
stated in part,
"Prime Minister Leszek Miller, who attended the signing ceremony, said
the
package reflected 'our partnership with the United States in political
and
military areas, but also in the economy.' With its complexity and
scope, the
package underscored strong U.S.-Polish strategic ties, reinforced in
recent
months by Warsaw's help in the war in Iraq."
When I read this note I wondered "what is this all about?"
As a reward for sending a couple of hundred hapless young Poles into
battle in
Iraq the Polish people are now allowed to buy themselves with their tax
money
F-16 s? To put this bargain in perspective let us remember that already
in the
year 2000 (the last year for which I have readily available figures) Poland's
economy was in shambles with a per capita
income of
$6,500 and a trade deficit of $14.3 billion. Due to the world-wide
recession
since then the numbers can only have gotten worse and the current unemployment
rate stands at 18 per cent. Under those circumstances one is
surely
entitled to ask: What do the Poles need fighter jets for?
Against whom are they to be used, since their traditional enemies the
Russians
and the Germans are no longer a threat?
For the answer to that question I am again indebted
to my
brother who had sent me as an Easter present the German edition of a
book by
the French author Emmanuel Todd which was published
in 2002
and has already been translated into 11 languages. The original title
was Après
l'empire. Essai sur la décomposition du systéme
américaine, which
might be literally translated as: "After the empire. An essay
upon
the disintegration of the American system." The German
translation carried the title Weltmacht USA. Ein Nachruf,
which could
be rendered as "U.S. world power. An obituary." Well, it's obviously
too early to write an obituary but that isn't quite what the Frenchman
had said
anyway. Nevertheless, his thesis is so striking that amazon.com has so
far not
put an English translation on the market.
Todd says that America is no longer at the
zenith of
her power but has begun the downhill slide. Although her military
might is currently undisputed, her economic
strength has been eroded and she hides this
weakness
by throwing her military weight around in the world. America has become
a
debtor nation with a massive trade imbalance, and internal
deficit,
while Europe is recovering from the disasters of her
two civil
wars, WWI and WWII. Europe including
Russia as well as Japan, China and South Korea are net exporters of
goods while
America has been relegated to the role of consumer. This, in
the long run, is incompatible with
America's continued role as the world's only remaining
superpower.
Thus, a balance between the combined strength of Europe and Asia and
that of
the Americas is likely to evolve in the future.
Now the pieces of the puzzle fall into place and the emphasis
on military power by the neoconservatives
and their
allies all of a sudden makes perfect sense. If
one
sees America as the empire which is destined
to
enforce its values around the globe one must
do
everything in one's power to prevent other countries from
gaining the
possibility to challenge one's rule. This means that Europe
must not be allowed to unite but the "new Europe"
has to be set against the "old Europe." The
Euro, which has steadily been gaining strength and now trades
again,
after the dollar's brief rally during the Iraq campaign, about ten
percent
higher than the dollar, must be weakened. Poland's
entry into
the Euro zone is undesirable and the country has to be kept tied to the
dollar.
Petro-dollars will also have to become
greenbacks
again. Russia, practically a continent with immense
potential
natural resources, must be left in economic doldrums
and
chastised as being undemocratic. Every effort will also have to be made
to
create unrest in China because this colossus of more
than a
billion and a quarter intelligent people is bound to challenge, in the
long
run, America's hegemony over East Asia. This can only be avoided when,
under
the banner of "human rights violations," the Soviet Union's
fate is meted out to China
and
she sinks again into competing
fiefdoms
of warlords. Divide et impera,
divide
and conquer, served the Romans well and the idea seems to be that what
worked
two thousand years ago will work just as well now.
Under these circumstances Poland being forced to buy herself
fighter
jets makes also perfect sense. The American
economy has to be stimulated and there isn't all that
much
manufactured paraphernalia we have to sell. Computers, cars
and other
technology one can buy cheaper from Asia but in military
hardware we
are unsurpassed. That is also the reason why
Kagan, in his article which was mentioned last month, insisted
that Europe needs to re-arm. Why? I asked myself, when I read
it. Whom
are the Europeans supposed to shoot, kill, and bomb? Al Quaeda
terrorists, the
IRA, Basques? The answer is now obvious. It doesn't matter that the
Europeans
are sick of war, have no external enemies, and don't really need a new
arsenal.
What does matter is that they buy our lethal equipment and thereby not
only
stimulate our economy but also create fear, dissension and instability
around
the world.
There's only one problem where the new Rome and its Pax
differ fundamentally from the old one.
Neither
Hannibal, Mithridates nor any of the other enemies of Rome had the
bomb!
It can no longer be de-invented and we have to live with it. This ought
to be a
sobering thought for would-be imperialists. Pakistan has the bomb and
its
"democracy" is unstable. China has the bomb and Russia's arsenal is
also still relatively intact. We have no monopoly on power
politics and
if we want to "pre-empt," sooner or later others are bound to do so
also. We will then indeed have an Armageddon of unheard of
proportions. But it is highly doubtful that at the end of it Jesus is
going to
arrive with his army of Saints and set up an enlightened despotism. Yet
this
seems to be precisely what some of our fellow citizens seem to have in
mind.
If America continues to pursue the political course
she has
embarked upon and continues to use the September 11 tragedy as
a mask
to hide imperial ambitions there cannot be even a semblance of peace in
this
world. The chimera of a messianic kingdom where one power
rules
eternally is a bedtime fantasy for children. It cannot come to pass on
this
earth because the laws of physics and motion are against it. Force
produces counter-force and the only constant is eternal change.
Statism has never existed and can never exist on this planet.
In previous installments on the "Deconstruction of America"
and "From Homo Sapiens to the Naked Ape" I have already documented
how far America has strayed from the path she had set out upon in 1945
at the
height of her glory. It was America who had proposed,
although subsequently not endorsed, the Kantian principle of a League
of Nations under Wilson, and its successor the United
Nations
under Roosevelt. Recently I re-read the Preamble of
its
Charter and there is hardly anything else that needs to be said in
order to
show how far we have departed. Here are just a few highlights to jog
our
collective memories,
"We the people of the United Nations determined to save succeeding
generations from the scourge of war, which twice in our lifetime has
brought
untold sorrow to mankind, and
To reaffirm faith in fundamental human rights, in the dignity and worth
of the
human person, in the equal rights of men and women
and of
nations large and small, and
To establish conditions under which justice and respect for
the
obligations arising from treaties and other sources of international law
can be maintained, and
To promote social progress and better standards of life in larger
freedom, and
for these ends
To practice tolerance and live together in peace with one
another as
good neighbors, and
To unite our strength to maintain international peace and security, and
To insure by the acceptance of principles and the institution of
methods, that
armed force shall not be used, save in the common interest,
and
To employ international machinery for the promotion of the economic and
social
advancement of all peoples, have resolved to combine our efforts to
accomplish
these aims [bold print added]."
Although the U.S. has not yet repudiated the UN and its
principles de
jure it has done so de facto. In
last
year's speech before that body our President made it quite
clear that the UN is relevant
only as
long as the member nations agree with and help carry out, our policies.
America's right to act independently of the UN
was
also enshrined in a document signed by President Bush on September
17,
2002 entitled "The National Security Strategy of the
United States of America." While the introductory letter pays
lip
service to international cooperation the document itself spells out
quite
clearly that we shall use international cooperation on our
terms only
and reserve the right to initiate military policies without regard to
international agreements when we feel that it is in our interest.
The same
applies to international treaties which deal with other global
matters
such as the environment or the International Criminal Court.
It is obvious that the UN has never lived up to its high principles but
no
human institution has ever been able to live up to lofty ideals. Power
politics
has prevented it and is likely to continue to do so. Nevertheless, to
abandon
the road of international law, as we seem to be in the process of
doing, can
only bode ill for the future. The UN, flaws and all, is still the only
representative organization where all countries big or small,
democratic or
authoritarian have a forum and their concerns can first be listened to
and
subsequently, hopefully, acted upon with the blessings of the majority
of that
body. We seem to be tempted to walk out on the UN because our
wishes
can be vetoed in the Security Council. But if we do
so we sign
its death warrant and the real WWIII (I
don't agree
with the Pentagon's assessment that the Cold War represented WWIII) becomes
inevitable. This is the reason why European scholars, like
Emmanuel
Todd, regard America as the most dangerous country in the world today.
No
longer able to dominate economically she has to do so militarily and
thereby
violate the established legal international order.
True statesmanship would require the insight
that no
empire is immortal and that the strength we
still
possess should be used to create, by peaceful means, conditions
around the world which take the wind out of the sails of would-be terrorists or "rogue states."
Our political moralizing, which divides the world
between the
good and the evil is not only hypocritical but harmful because it is bound
to backfire. We cannot live up to the image of goodness we are
trying
to project, for a variety of reasons. But one which is paramount in the
eyes of
the Arab world is our unwillingness and/or
inability
to solve the Palestinian question. President Bush has
announced that
after the Iraq war he will not only unveil, but in concert with the EU,
Russia
and the UN, enforce his "road map for peace" in that
troubled region of the world. He may genuinely believe that he will be
able to
do this but the experience of his father in this respect should tell us
that
this outcome is far from assured.
Let us step back to spring and summer 1991. In a
spectacular
100 hours campaign the Iraqi army was routed from Kuwait and President
Bush I enjoyed an unheard of
popularity
rating. This was not limited to the American public but
represented a
widespread feeling around the world. The invasion of another country
had been
stopped and UN values, which do not allow for annexations through
force, had
been upheld. President Bush then tried to translate this
military
success into a political one by bringing an end to the
Israeli-Palestinian war.
While Secretary of State, James Baker, worked
feverishly to bring Arabs and Israelis together for
the
Madrid conference, the American Israel Public
Affairs
Committee (AIPAC) was working just as hard to
convince
Congress to give Israel a $10 billion loan guarantee
to help with the absorption of the new
immigrants from the Soviet Union. Inasmuch as this "loan
guarantee" - a polite word for donation - would likely have been used for
the creation and expansion of settlements in the occupied territories
the elder Bush balked. Arabs would obviously have been in no mood to
negotiate
when we are seen as blatantly favoring Israel at that critical
juncture. Bush
was not against the loan guarantees per se
but
he did want a postponement of 120 days. Inasmuch as AIPAC's
efforts
were, however, all but assured of success President Bush gave on
September 12,
1991 a special press conference where he went over
the heads
of Congress. J.J. Goldberg in his book Jewish
Power.
Inside the American Jewish Establishment relates what
happened. After Bush
had made his pitch for Congress to delay action on the bill
"he said, that he was 'up against some powerful political
forces'
bent on thwarting his will. Congress, in fact, appeared on the
verge
of approving the loan guarantees without him.
'I heard today there were something like a thousand lobbyists
on the
Hill working the other side of the question,'
the
president barked, pounding his fist on the podium with an anger usually
reserved for foreign despots and congressional Democrats. 'We've got one
lonely little guy down here doing it.'
The 'political forces' confronting the president at
that moment
were about thirteen hundred leaders of local Jewish
organizations from
across the country."
Goldberg tells us that this was merely the culmination of AIPAC's four
months
long campaign and Bush saw himself threatened to have to use "the first
veto override of his presidency." Bush won
that
battle. Support on the Hill dwindled but he was
made to pay a bitter price. The White House was
deluged with
angry letters and phone calls from irate Jewish citizens who
felt that
their right to petition Congress had been infringed upon and within
five days the
President had to write an apologetic letter to Ms. Shoshana
Cardin of
Baltimore who was at the head of "the powerful forces." The apology
was grudgingly accepted but the damage was
done and efforts
began immediately to deny President Bush his re-election,
which had
seemed all but assured. Goldberg writes,
"On November 5, 1991, seven weeks after Bush's
fateful
press conference, America went to the polls for an off-year
election
that should have held few surprises. The one interesting race was a
shoo-in contest in Pennsylvania, where a
U.S. Senate
seat had been opened up the previous spring by the accidental death of
John
Heinz, an attractive, moderate young Republican. The GOP's
candidate
was the popular ex-governor, Richard Thornburgh,
another moderate and one of President Bush's closest allies.
.
. . His Democratic opponent was a little-known
college
professor, Harris Wofford, who had
once
served in the Kennedy administration. As of September 17,
Thornburgh
was forty-four points ahead in the polls."
Within one week after President Bush's press conference the
flow of
money began to reverse course in the Pennsylvania electoral campaign.
While on October 16 Thornburgh still had a two to one fund-raising lead
the situation
reversed itself completely in the final weeks before the election. "Donors
with Jewish surnames who had made up nearly 10 per cent of Thornburgh's
October
16 filing, were almost totally absent from his final report. .
.
. What had happened was that from
all across the country, outraged Jews (and some
passionately
pro-Israel Christians) were focusing their anger at
George
Bush on his friend Dick Thornburgh. The accidental beneficiary
was
Professor - soon to be Senator - Harris Wofford."
After his loss at the polls Thornburgh told
Bush
that he was the sacrificial canary Pennsylvania coal miners use to
check the
air in the mine shaft. Goldberg relates the conversation, “‘Mr.
President, I'm your canary. You've got a leak, and if you don't do
something
about it, it's going to get you too.’” Well we know what
happened
thereafter. President Bush dragged Prime Minister Shamir screaming and
kicking
to Madrid which later on led to the ill-fated "Oslo peace process,"
and by November 1992 Clinton was voted in as the next President
of the U.S. The official story line was that Bush had lied to the
American
people about not raising taxes, when he found himself pressed to
repudiate his
promise, and that the economy was in dire straits. While these were
some factors
they were not necessarily the determining ones. As the currently well
known James
Carville, who was then Wofford's campaign manager
and
who went on to be Clinton's thereafter, is quoted as saying "the
press conference did indeed 'hurt Thornburgh bad.' . . . It
hurt Republicans in Jewish fund- raising. And we started
raising a lot
more money.' "
When the 1992 votes were tallied Bush
had
received 12 percent of the Jewish vote, Perot 10 per
cent and Clinton
78 per cent. One may argue that Jewish voters favor Democrats
anyway
but in the 1988 election Bush had received 35 per cent
while
his opponent governor Dukakis, who even had a Jewish wife, was
relegated to 64
per cent. Obviously it is not the individual American Jewish voters who
swing
an election but the fund-raising efforts and the allegation of
anti-Semitism
against those who don't toe the line, can surely have an impact.
This little lesson of history may not be
lost on
George W. The current $9 billion loan guarantee had smooth
sailing in
Congress but that does not make the "road map to peace" any
easier. Jewish voters are still, by and
large,
adamantly pro-Israel and so is one of the President's
core
constituencies the evangelical right. If President Bush
wants to avoid the fate of his father he cannot afford to
alienate
either of these two groups and "leaning on Israel" does not seem to
be a viable option. This is the political reality in America.
In Israel the situation is hardly different. Although
Israelis
are sick of war they want peace on their terms rather than a solution
which is
equitable for both sides. Prime Minister Sharon has recently said that
a
Palestinian state is inevitable, and that painful concessions will have
to be
made, but it seems apparent that these words are for public consumption
rather
than indicating a genuine change of heart within his party. The Likud
party program www.jewishsf.com/bk990514/iparties.shtml
prior to the 1999
elections which swept Sharon into office stated,
"PEACE PROCESS
Likud rejects the creation of a Palestinian state west of the
Jordan
River. The party will honor all international agreements
signed by
previous governments. The party will work to strengthen
settlements and
prevent their dismantling. Jerusalem will remain the
united
capital. There will be no negotiations over the
city's future.
There will be increased Jewish settlements in all parts of
Jerusalem.
No diplomatic activities will take place in Orient House [Palestinian
Authority
headquarters in Jerusalem]. The Israeli police presence in
eastern
Jerusalem will grow."
This was the platform Sharon campaigned on and which led him to win two
elections. In spite of the fact that this party program is in
direct
violation of the UN charter and International Law it was adhered to.
Jewish settlements in the occupied areas, including east Jerusalem,
proceeded
at a rapid pace so that the Palestinians now have to live in
disconnected islands. They cannot readily go from one town or
village
to another without crossing specified checkpoints and the main
highways
in the West Bank, the so-called "bypass roads," are for Israelis
to travel on but off limits to Palestinians. The
difficulties
Bush's "road map for peace" is confronted with can be readily
appreciated when one looks at a genuine tourist road map
as
advertised in the Jerusalem Post. Characteristically the map
is called
"Carta's Map of Judea, Samaria & the Gaza
Strip,” because Israel refuses to
acknowledge
the UN principle that acquisition of territory by military power is
illegal.
First the term "occupied territories" was abandoned in official
Israeli parlance, then the word "territories" also disappeared, and
now there is only "Judea, Samaria and Gaza Strip!" It was hoped to
create facts on the ground which will make a meaningful contiguous
Palestinian
state for all practical purposes impossible. The Carta map, which shows
on its
title fold a nice shiny car traveling along a modern highway between
hills
dotted with trees and settlements, reveals the success of these
policies and
the resultant break-up of Palestinian lands. It is highly
regrettable
that this map is not shown by the American media, including television,
because
the American public is thereby kept in ignorance of the true facts
and
can readily be misled by skillful propaganda. Once the "road map to
peace" collapses, just like the Oslo peace process did, the blame will,
in
all likelihood, be placed again at the feet of the Palestinians for
their
stubborn refusal to appreciate Israeli generosity and for the
persistence in
their fight for liberation from occupation.
Our current President loves to think in terms of "good and
evil" but he might be well advised to remember what
happened
to Adam and Eve when they gorged themselves with “the
fruit of
the tree of knowledge of good and evil." They lost their
paradise
and since our president regards himself as a
"born again Christian" it might also be
useful for him to recall Satan's temptation of Jesus.
In the
wilderness Jesus was promised power over all the kingdoms of the world
if he
were to fall down and worship Satan. Our president now has this power
for a
fleeting moment of history. Will he give in to the seducers
around him who offer even more glory? Or will he say
"No, enough bloodshed! Henceforth we
go
the way of cooperation with others rather
than
that of domination?" That would be
statesmanship!
Although Mr. Bush is not likely to ever read
these
lines I do have a suggestion for him.
On one of his Sunday mornings at Camp David he might want to sit down
in the
woods with a copy of the New Testament and ponder Luke
11:24-26.
We know that he quoted the preceding verse 23, "He that is not with me
is
against me,” but the subsequent ones are of even greater personal
importance
for his soul. They contain the story of a man from whom an unclean
spirit had
gone out. After this particular demon had wandered around restlessly he
decided
that he might as well visit his former host again and found the house
"clean and garnished. The he goes and takes to him seven other spirits
more wicked than himself; and they enter in, and dwell there: and the
last
state of that man is worse than the first. " I am not saying that our
president will resort to the solace of alcohol again, from which he
regards
himself as having been redeemed by Jesus; but I am saying that he finds
himself
now in dire danger of some so-called friends and advisers who will try
to use
him for their pet projects. History is not only made by social forces,
as Marx
claimed, but by people whom fate has thrown up into executive positions
with
vast powers over the rest of us and that is where Satan and his guile
becomes
relevant. The frequently cited words of Lord Acton "power
corrupts and absolute power corrupts absolutely," ought
to be the warning to be heeded.
June 1, 2003
CHURCHILL AND HITLER
The topic of this installment was prompted by two
events
during this lull between military campaigns in our war on terrorism.
The first
one was that I had come across the recently released new edition of Sir
Charles
Wilson's war diaries Churchill at War 1940-45. The second was
a TV
miniseries Hitler The Rise of Evil, which was shown in the
middle of
last month. These coincidences made me wonder if there will be a future
Plutarch who will write an objective assessment of these "Parallel
Lives." It is not possible at this time because even if it
were
written it would not be published, and if it were published, it would
not be
reviewed and the book relegated to oblivion. The myths which have grown
up
around these two personalities must be preserved or the entire current
political world-view of that era, and its consequences, would collapse.
Yet it
is a fact that the fate of these two people was so intertwined that neither
would have become what he was without the other. In the
following
pages I shall give a skeleton outline how these parallel lives led the
one to
greatness and the other to ruin.
Sir Charles who wrote the above cited book was Churchill's
physician from June of 1940 until his death in 1965. He
accompanied
him on most, if not all, conference trips abroad and was elevated in
1943 to
"1st Baron Moran of Manton" for his services. As he
reports, this puzzled a young Russian interpreter no end on one of his
trips to
Moscow. "You are Lord Moran, and he is Mister Churchill?" was a
discrepancy this poor Soviet citizen could not fathom. The diaries
provide us,
however, not only with an intimate glimpse of Churchill
but
also of the other major leaders of the day, although remarkable enough
Hitler
hardly figures. The book ends with the diary entry of July 27, 1945 the
day
after Churchill had lost the election by a landslide to the Labor
government
and Attlee had become Prime Minister. Yet these are only the first 308
pages of
an 848 page book Churchill. Taken from the Diaries of Lord Moran,
published in 1966, which I found at the Marriott Library of the
University of
Utah.
While Churchill at War reinforces the picture of the solitary
war time
hero who had stood up to evil against all odds, the complete book gives
a
considerably more rounded picture, and I shall rely on this publication
for the
subsequent analysis. It shows that Churchill's life basically fell into
three
major portions: up to May 1940 when he became Prime Minister at age 65;
the war
years until he was voted out of power; and the subsequent slow decay,
in spite
of re-election in 1951, until his death at age 91 in 1965. But even
within the
war, the height of his glory, there are clearly three phases. The first
from
May 1940 to December 1941 when America was drawn into the war, the
second ended
essentially with the Teheran conference, while the third lasted till
his
landslide defeat by the Labor Party in July 1945.
Immediately prior to WWII Churchill
was out
of a job and had a very dubious reputation. He had switched
parties
twice and his political colleagues did not trust his judgment.
He was regarded as a flamboyant adventurer and the Gallipoli disaster
in 1915
which had cost 20,000 lives was laid at his feet. He was never allowed
to live
it down before WWII. Although he is regarded as a brilliant
orator
public speaking was not his natural forte. His speech was
halting, he
lisped and he dreaded major speeches, even during the
war.
Some of his most famous ones, which he gave in Parliament, were read
on
the BBC by an actor. His strength was the written
rather than spoken word and he carefully prepared his
speeches, filing
key phrases and, like Hitler, practiced them before a mirror. But
unlike Hitler
his speeches never aroused the passions of his colleagues in Parliament
and as
Moran wrote,
"Winston had no idea what was going on in their minds. He said a piece.
It
was a kind of one way traffic, he thought more of the sound of his
words than
their effect on his audience. It was rather a cold-blooded business, I
suppose,
the words picked so deliberately as in some fine balancing act, the
sentences
built up with cool deliberation in his own bedroom. The speech from
beginning
to end had been contrived beforehand, every word typed out, the very
pauses
marked in the script. Even his expression as he mouthed his carefully
polished
periods had been observed and studied before the looking glass."
Churchill's warnings about the danger Hitler
presented to the established order might have gone over better with
responsible
circles in government had he not used marked exaggerations,
which were patently false, and vindictive
language.
Some other similarities between Hitler's and
Churchill's opinions have already been presented in War
& Mayhem. These included: passionate love for war, a
disdain for
"colored people," the necessity for eugenic efforts, the
establishment of "labor colonies" for "tramps and
wastrels," so that they be "made to realize their duty to the
state." He bullied others and could reduce grown men to submit to his
will
by shouting matches. Humanitarian concerns about civilian casualties in
war did
not exist for him. He intended to float down mines in the Rhine river,
was in
favor of terror bombing of cities to demoralize the civilian
population, and in
1944 approved the manufacture of 500,000 bombs capable of delivering
poison gas
and anthrax to decimate the German population. But these projects were,
fortunately, never carried out.
These aspects of his character were known in Britain but are relegated
to
oblivion now. Had Churchill lost the war he would have been
tried and
convicted for war crimes. Moran, who obviously liked and
admired
Churchill, was nevertheless, puzzled by the internal contradictions of
what he
called on one occasion "this strange creature." He records a
characteristic exchange in a diary entry of August 12, 1956 between
himself and
Sir John Anderson (Viscount Waverley; former Lord President of the
Council and
in 1943 Chancellor of the Exchequer)
"Moran: "If Winston had died in 1939, before the war
what would history have said of him?"
John (becoming very serious): "he had been wrong about so many things:
India for example, and he was wrong on finance, and wrong on Gallipoli
. . . .
And he wasn't a very good Home Secretary. Then when he was in
opposition he was
isolated and Winston needs advisers, who will say to him; 'Winston you
are
making a fool out of yourself.' . . . . Left to himself, Winston's
judgment was
a menace. No, if he had died then he would have gone down as a
failure."
Moran: "What about the war?'
John: "Well, he had this wonderful gift for inspiring people.
He was, too, astonishingly fertile in ideas; some were hopeless, of
course, but
something came out of others. And he was, as you know, a
wonderful
mouthpiece of the nation. No, I agree he couldn't place
people, and he
was no good in administration unless somebody held his hand. But his
imagination was his most valuable gift. And there was something . . . "
(John hesitated for the word) ". . . something selfless about Winston;
if
an idea got hold of him he would follow it up with endless
enthusiasm
and energy, quite regardless of whether it would help him
personally."
These were the characteristics which made the British people accept
Churchill
as a leader during war but reject him as soon as the war was won. For
the
British, dictatorship was a necessary evil during war but not to be
perpetuated
in peace-time when other qualities were called for. Churchill's
re-election in
1951, in-spite of failing health, was essentially a reward for his
war-time
services and to assuage the guilt for having dismissed him at the
height of his
triumph. This had been a severe blow to him and exacerbated his
tendency to intermittent
life-long depressions which he called the "black dog
business." Although he was mentally no longer up to the job he stood
for
election because the need for power was in his blood
and he
just couldn't let go. This posed a dilemma for Moran, the physician.
Should he
have told him point blank? "Winston [they were good friends and on
first
name basis], stay in retirement, enjoy the world-wide accolades you are
receiving,
you are no longer the man you once were and another term as PM is not
the best
thing for the country." But Moran knew that out of office Churchill's
purpose in life would have vanished and the man would have sunk into
even
greater depressions than he was already experiencing. As a doctor who
considered his patient above all else he encouraged him to run for
office. A
series of minor strokes and a major one disabled Churchill to an extent
that
four years later he was forced to resign by his party.
In this connection Moran also commented on Roosevelt's
appearance at
Yalta, "The president looked old and thin and drawn; he had a
cape or shawl over his shoulders and appeared shrunken; he sat
looking
straight ahead with his mouth open, as if he were not taking things in.
Everyone was shocked by his appearance and gabbed about it afterwards."
On
another occasion Moran commented that "Winston became impatient with
the
President's apathy and indifference [at Yalta]. He did not seem to
realize that
Roosevelt was a very sick man." When one looks at the famous Yalta
photograph of the "Big Three" it is obvious that
Roosevelt was dying and I personally have a feeling
that he
had cancer because cerebro-vascular disease alone would not account for
this
obvious weight loss. But diagnosis aside, there is a more important
problem.
Roosevelt should not have been allowed to run for a fourth term in
1944. During
a time when momentous decisions had to be made the country required a
sound
mind at the helm and the only positive aspect that came from that
election was
the appointment of Truman as Vice President. Truman could not undo all
the harm
that had been done in Teheran and Yalta but at least he prevented
further
inroads by Stalin at Potsdam and thereafter. Thus, the question
remains for the physician who is in charge of
the
leader of a country, "where does your duty lie?" Should the
will of the patient, and his "court camarilla," override the good of
the country? I cannot answer it but in our age where the fate of the
world can
be decided by the push of a button the question needs to be
discussed
openly and guidelines issued.
As mentioned, Churchill saw the potential nightmare scenario
unfolding
after the Teheran conference and became deeply concerned about
not
only how his war for the honor and glory of England had turned out but
also the
ultimate fate of the world. He sincerely detested communism and said on
one
occasion in 1947 in a private conversation,” If ever it comes to the
triumph of
the Communists, I hope that some people will have the guts to resist. I
am
prepared to commit a crime" - he spoke more quickly and with emphasis -
"to throw a bomb among the most subversive people. I am not afraid of
death." Clemmie, the good wife knew how to handle him when he had
worked himself
up, just said," Have a little more brandy, Winston." In a 1954 speech
at Woodford he said, "Even before the war had ended, and while the
Germans
were surrendering by the thousands . . . I telegraphed to Lord
Montgomery
directing him to be careful in collecting the German arms, to stack
them so
that they could easily be issued again to the German soldiers whom we
should
have to work with if the Soviet advance continued." The comment created
a
furor in the press; the mentioned telegram has never been found and may
never
have been sent. But it does represent Churchill's genuine feelings
about the
state of post-war affairs. As an aside I might mention that, as
reported in War&Mayhem,
we, the soldiers of the Wehrmacht, would only have been too
happy to
join the Brits and Americans in order to send the Russians from Central
Europe
back to their own country.
"Poor England," Churchill kept repeating after the war
and especially after the existence of the atomic bomb had become known.
In 1946
he felt that a pre-emptive war against the Soviet Union should
be
launched within the next few months before Stalin got the bomb.
It is
also remarkable how his attitude to the German people changed after
they had
been thoroughly defeated and the Soviets were in charge. During the war
he had
routinely referred to the Germans, even in private conversations, as
"The
Hun" and had countersigned the Morgenthau plan, which would have
reduced
Germans to subsistence levels, but in 1954 he was all for rearming
Germany. "They
are fine fellows. That is the element which has been the strength of
England
for a thousand years; responsibility, constancy." When Moran asked him
in
the same year on another occasion, "what would happen to Germany if
there
was war between Russia and the United States?" "Poor lambs, they
would be over-run and our neutrality would not save us. I wanted
America to
have a show-down with the Soviet Republic before the Russians had the
bomb."
On the other hand when Stalin died and Malenkov took over,
Churchill
was eager to make peace. He repeatedly urged Eisenhower to
arrange for
a three man summit conference but ran
into a
brick wall. Neither Ike nor Foster Dulles wanted to even
explore the
changed realities. Churchill had to resign himself to another failure.
Now only
the goal to leave the most admirable picture of his life for posterity
remained. "History will be kind to me, because I shall write it,"
he reportedly said. As Moran noted, Churchill became obsessed in the
last years
of life how the press wrote about him and became very upset over
negative
comments. Moran closed his diary entries in March 1960 with a cruise
they took
on Onassis' yacht to the Caribbean. The last five years were simply
slow,
progressive mental decay which needed not to be chronicled.
But as mentioned earlier Churchill's days of political glory
were actually limited to three of his 91 years,
between 1940 and 1943. From then on his, and England's,
influence was
permanently eclipsed by America. "Poor England," he kept muttering
but he also said that "I will not be the grave digger of the British
Empire." Nevertheless, when one views his decisions objectively, that
was
indeed his role. He saved England but lost the empire.
The
fact that he sensed it himself is attested to by a comment to Moran
when he
mumbled, "I ought not . . . I must not . . . be held to account . . .
for
all . . . that has gone wrong." The fate of the
empire,
which had been tottering even prior to the war, was sealed at
Teheran.
Since this conference was pivotal for the rest of the war and post-war
history,
although it has been largely ignored by the popular media, I shall now
present
the essence.
When Churchill made his defiant speeches in June and July of 1940, he
knew that
eventually America would come to the rescue, just as in WWI, and all he
had to
do was to hang on long enough for America to be able to do so. While he
still
had considerable influence on the conduct of the war up to 1943 it had
become
apparent to him by the time of the Teheran conference that the
center
of gravity had shifted and decisions were no longer
made in
London but Washington and Moscow. Churchill's personal
influence on
Roosevelt had also declined to an extent that the latter didn't even
want to
talk to him any more because their goals had diverged. Churchill had
fought the
war for the preservation of the British Empire while Roosevelt's goal
was
"free trade" throughout the world, and the abolition of all colonies,
regardless of whether they were British, French, Dutch or whatever. At
Teheran
Roosevelt side-lined Churchill and negotiated directly with Stalin.
Harry
Hopkins (FDR's most intimate advisor) told Moran at that time that in a
"heart-to-heart talk" the President,
"made it clear that he was anxious to relieve the pressure on the
Russian
front by invading France. Stalin expressed his gratification, and when
the
President went on to say that he hoped Malaya, Burma and other British
colonies
would soon 'be educated in the arts of self-government' the talk became
quite
intimate. The President felt encouraged by Stalin's grasp of the
democratic
issue at stake, but he warned him not to discuss India with the Prime
Minister.
Stalin's slit eyes do not miss much; he must have taken it all in.
As I listened to Harry, I felt the President's attitude will encourage
Stalin
to take a stiff line in the conference. But Harry is not worried.
Things are
going fine he said."
When one looks back nearly sixty years later one is appalled
what this
unfortunate conference and Roosevelt's plus Hopkins' naiveté
have brought us. Europe
was cut in half, for nearly fifty years; Africa became one vast
disaster zone
with tribal wars and accompanying famine; China became communist; Burma
is a
dictatorship, India and Pakistan are at each others throats over
Kashmir; and
the other South-east Asia countries Hopkins mentioned are fertile
spawning
grounds for Muslim extremists. Roosevelt thought that
he
would bring democracy to the world but in fact he
brought
us chaos. It is truly terrible to see that our current
government
seems to be pursuing a similar disastrous course.
But to return to Churchill. As Moran makes clear, up to the summer of
1943
Churchill still had a fair amount of influence on FDR. He persuaded
Roosevelt
to make the war in Europe the number 1 priority with the Pacific
theater the
secondary one. He also convinced Roosevelt, over General Marshall's
objections,
to postpone the invasion of France in 1942, which Stalin urged. Instead
the
North African and subsequently Italian campaign was pursued which had
only half
hearted support from Roosevelt and none from Stalin. After 1941
Churchill's conduct of the war was driven
by three major considerations. One was to get Rommel
out of
Africa and secure the Suez Canal; the other to drive through
Italy,
Trieste and Yugoslavia for Vienna, thereby saving the Balkans
for the
West; and in addition he was deathly afraid of a
repeat of the
trench warfare of WWI. The German Wehrmacht
had to be bled white first in Russia, and
the
American infantry had to be steeled in battle against lesser forces before
the channel was to be crossed. But Roosevelt's
nightmare
was that Stalin would come to a separate
arrangement
with Hitler, if he saw that the West, whom he never trusted,
was
dragging its feet. If Stalin dropped out and Roosevelt was to be
confronted
with Japan as well as Germany the military equation would have looked
rather
differently. Since neither Roosevelt nor Churchill, in contrast to
Stalin and
Hitler, were dictators for life but had to worry about elections, this
concern
was very real. It is in this light Roosevelt's demand for
unconditional
surrender in Casablanca needs to be seen. It was meant
to
reassure Stalin that the West would not make a separate peace
but
would stay with him for the duration. All he had to do was to hang on
and he
would be rewarded thereafter. This is also the reason why FDR acted in
1943 at
Teheran the way he did. Stalin had mentioned to Churchill that the Red
Army was war-weary and it was, therefore, essential
to keep
them fighting not only with the firm promise of a
second front
in France by 1944, but also of post-war
rewards.
As far as Stalin was concerned, he admitted to
Churchill at
Teheran not only the mentioned "war-weariness" of the Red
Army but also that “Without America we should already have
lost the
war." To make sure that Roosevelt would stick to his
promises,
Stalin also pledged at Teheran that he would enter the war against
Japan as
soon as Germany was defeated. America was the key and this key
Hitler
had so badly misjudged.
Although the producers of the Hitler TV miniseries
had made a
concerted effort to minimize the cartoon picture of Hitler as a
boisterous
buffoon they could not resist it altogether because the Zeitgeist
demands it. Yet if Hitler had indeed behaved mainly in
the way as presented by Mr. Carlyle he would
hardly have impressed Lloyd George, the Duke of Windsor,
Halifax,
Mussolini, a variety of European monarchs as well as
other statesmen.
Even Stalin stood up for him. In the book Summit
at
Teheran by Keith Eubank one can find that in December 1941 Stalin
said to
Anthony Eden, the British Foreign Secretary,
"Hitler had proved himself a man of
extraordinary
genius. He had succeeded in building up a ruined and divided
people
into a mighty world power, within an incredibly short space of time. He
had
succeeded in so regimenting the Germans that all elements were
completely
subservient to his will. 'But,' Stalin added he has one fatal defect.
He does
not know where to stop.' “When Eden smiled Stalin added that, 'I will
always
know where to stop.'"
But stopping a war is not as easy as starting one. Whenever Hitler did
want to
stop the war, prior to the invasion of the Soviet Union, there was
Churchill
who would not let him. Sumner Welles wrote in Seven Decisions
which Shaped
the World, "When Roosevelt commented that Hitler was
mentally
unstable, Stalin dissented - 'Only a very able man could accomplish
what Hitler
had done in solidifying the German people, whatever we thought
of the
methods.' “
But the myth makers have succeeded and Hitler
will
continue to be portrayed as evil incarnate, a madman, who wanted to
conquer the
world and kill all Jews. This picture must remain paramount
and any
genuine understanding of who the man was and what he really wanted to
accomplish is not allowed to be shown on TV screens. Yet this is the
main
source the vast majority of the American people rely upon for
historical information.
Although the mentioned mini-series was certainly politically correct
there were
two CBS affiliate stations in Texas which refused to show the film. Any
potential understanding of the man is to be feared and must not come to
pass.
Although historical accuracy was for the most part preserved the film
failed to
show, or at least emphasize, the reasons why Hindenburg had no choice
but to
appoint Hitler chancellor. Furthermore, while the April 1,
1933 boycott
of Jewish stores and professionals was shown, the fact that
this was a
response to the call for a boycott of all German goods by
America as demanded
by Jewish organizations in the United States and reported in the New
York Times was ignored. Thus the American public is
always fed
half-truths because what is left out is equally important as what is
reported.
I have absolutely no intention to defend Hitler's crimes
because they are indefensible, all I intend to do is
to correct
the most glaring misinterpretations of his intentions. First
he never
wanted to conquer the world. Had this been his goal he would
have
insisted on building a navy. But he was a man of the infantry, not a
sailor
like Churchill or Roosevelt. This is why he was quite willing to sign
the Naval
agreement with England in 1935 which limited the German fleet to a
third of the
British. The idea that he wanted to attack America is,
of
course, ludicrous. He didn't even have the
navy to
successfully launch a cross-channel invasion of England and
that is
why he abstained from the effort. Furthermore, if he had any such
ambitions he
would not have left the French their fleet as part of the 1940
armistice.
Churchill on the other hand genuinely misunderstood Hitler and shot
some of the
French battle ships to pieces at Oran, causing considerable casualties
among
the French sailors.
Hitler's foreign policy goals were limited to Central and
Eastern
Europe. He didn't even want the colonies back. These demands
were
simply a bargaining chip. But the other clauses of the Versailles
treaty had to
be undone. All the German speaking people had to be united in one Reich
which
also included not only the 1919 Austria, but that of the 1914 monarchy
with
Bohemia, Moravia and parts of Poland. Poland would have to cede, in
addition,
the corridor she acquired in Versailles which separated East Prussia
from
Germany proper. Furthermore, if feasible, the USSR would be smashed in
order to
gain its phenomenal natural resources. "Blut
und
Boden," blood and soil, was the slogan. As
Hitler also put it "the German plow will follow where the
German
sword has conquered." That was the plan from which he never
deviated. To put it into operation he had to re-arm but the thrust was
to the
East rather than the West. Churchill on the other hand insisted, in
contrast to
Prime Minister Baldwin for instance, that Hitler was a
military menace for the West which was simply not true.
For his plans to succeed Hitler also
needed
allies. France and Russia did not enter into consideration,
because of
historic enmity against the first and Bolshevism in the second. But Italy
and England he thought would qualify, which was the first
serious miscalculation. As an Austrian he should have known
that
Italians, even under Mussolini, are not necessarily natural allies and
their
talents lie in areas other than military prowess. The idea of England
as an
ally was dictated by his racial notions and the precariousness of the
British
Empire. He admired the British for their ability to control nearly a
third of
the world population and since the empire kept the non-whites in check
he was
all for it. He did not necessarily want to attack France either because
there
was nothing to colonize there. But he knew that England and France
might not
approve of his "New Order" in Europe and that is why he built the West
Wall-Siegfried line. Defense in the West, offense in the
East was
the plan.
But there was Churchill who nixed it.
Although in opposition, rather than the government at the outbreak of
the war,
he had sufficiently agitated against the appeasers that Chamberlain was
honor
bound to declare war when Hitler invaded Poland. Germany's occupation
of Denmark and Norway was due to Churchill's plans to deny Hitler
Sweden's iron
ore which was shipped through Narvik
and was
a genuine pre-emptive strike. The invasion of Yugoslavia and
Greece was
forced upon him also by Churchill and
the
military inaptitude of the Italians who had gotten bogged down
in the
north of Greece, while the British landed in the south. An exposed
flank
immediately before the Russian campaign could not be tolerated. The North
African front was also forced upon him by the
weakness of the
Italian army which had to be bailed out. In spite of the fact,
that
Mussolini had become a liability instead of an asset Hitler continued
to show
him loyalty throughout all his subsequent misfortunes.
Why were Churchill and some others in the
West so
adamantly opposed to come to an understanding with
Hitler?
The propaganda machine had already painted him as
such
an ogre that any lasting political, rather than
military
solution, would have been out of the question, and it was the
treatment
of the Jews in Germany which provided grist for the
mill.
Soon after the Anschluss I found in my father's library a
book Hitler
in der Karrikatur der Welt. It showed how Hitler
had been
portrayed in the German and foreign press between February 1924 and
spring
1933. When I first saw these cartoons I was flabbergasted: How could a
book
like this which contains genuinely vicious diatribes
be
published in Germany? I wondered. But as the title page also displayed
it was,
"vom Fuehrer genehmigt" (approved by the Fuehrer)
and the publication date was May 1938. The infamous cartoons
in the Stuermer,
which were equally vindictive, differed only in the person of
the villain;
Jews in the one, Hitler and the SA in the other. The
caricatures
showed Hitler either as an incompetent ninny who wouldn't last; a tool
of
bankers, the army, or monarchists; a vicious tyrant or bloodthirsty
menace who
would unleash a disastrous war. In the summer of 1938 we knew that the
first
aspects were clearly wrong but that a war was only a little over a year
away
nobody would have believed. After the war I looked for the book but it
had been
gotten rid of by my parents before the Red Army arrived. I was,
therefore, very
glad to find another copy in a second-hand bookstore in Vienna later
on,
because it is an important document which resides now in my library.
The point
is that we have here a perfect example of a self-fulfilling prophecy.
As mentioned, Hitler did indeed want war but
a limited
one rather than a world-war. Churchill on
the other
hand could not win a war against Germany after
June
1940 and the rest of the world had to be recruited.
Germany's mal-treatment of Jews was the ideal
pretext.
"See what this monstrous tyrant is doing?" was used to mobilize the
world against Hitler. Did Hitler intend to kill all the Jews
all along,
as has been alleged? No, he wanted them to
emigrate
and didn't care where to. I have already mentioned some of these
aspects in War&Mayhem
but they are so important that a brief outline is essential here. What
needs to
be clearly understood, and what is not taken into account now, is that for
Hitler Jews were not a religion, but a nation. This
nation
within the German nation had, in his opinion, usurped rights which it
was not
entitled to by being successful in all aspects of public life.
This success,
which denied Germans rightful positions within their own country, had
to be curtailed. This was the purpose of the Nuremberg
laws
and why there were also contacts with Zionist organizations.
Initially Hitler had no objections to send large numbers of German Jews
to
Palestine, but the British were adverse because of Arab hostility. During
the war he wanted to cultivate Arab friendship against the
British and
thought that Madagascar, for instance, might
have
served as a German "mandate." The European Jews, who were to be
shipped there, would have had complete sovereignty in all internal
aspects but
no standing army or independent foreign policy. This seems to be the
model
Sharon envisions now for the Palestinian state. The Madagascar
plan fell apart because neither the finances nor the
transports were
available. Furthermore, the British were unwilling to cooperate. This
is what
led to the Holocaust. With the Polish and
subsequently Russian
campaign Hitler had acquired a large number of Jews in the East. As a
separate
nation Jews were even officially "enemy aliens." A few days prior to
Hitler's invasion of Poland Chaim Weizman, as
spokesman for
International Zionism, had pledged full support to the British cause in
a letter
to Chamberlain. It was published under the headline
"Jews
to fight for Democracies" in The
Times
of London on September 6, 1939. As enemy aliens Jews were
segregated
first in ghettoes then in concentration camps. With America in the war,
steadily mounting losses on the Eastern front and increasing
civilian casualties due to the relentless bombing
campaign,
revenge took over in Hitler's mind. When
valuable
German blood was being spilled, those who were really responsible for
the world
wide extension of the war, the Jews who had agitated for it, should not
escape
their just punishment. They needed to bleed also. Since he could not
get at the
American and British Jews who had agitated against him he would take
his ire
out on those who were in his power within Europe. In this way
the
cartoons had become grim reality.
Let me now return to Churchill and how he was really seen
by his contemporaries. The following is a series of statements
from
Moran's book. They are valuable in this context because anybody who has
read
authentic biographies of Hitler cannot fail to be impressed by
similarities
between these two politicians. Prior to 1939 Churchill was regarded "a
brilliant failure." Then came June 1940 when he demonstrated an "indomitable
will to conquer" "Never, Never give in,"
became the obsession. There was a demonic element in
him and
an extraordinary concentration on one purpose - victory. He had an
extraordinary sense of mission and said, "This cannot
be
accident, it must be design I was kept for this job." He was pugnacious
and seemed to frighten people. But it was also
theatrics "I can be very fierce when I like," he said. He governed
as a dictator, wanted people to listen to him rather than
argue with
him. He didn't want criticism, but reassurance. General Marshall said,
"some of his projects were positively dangerous had they been carried
out." Moran also mentioned that Churchill was "ignorant of
human behavior. Where people are concerned he lives
in an
imaginary world of his own making." He was largely
self-educated and virtually stopped reading when he went into
politics. He was regarded as a soldier of fortune with the
mind of an
artist. His planning was all wishing and guessing. War
was his
hobby. Moran also called him, "that improbable man. A genius
trampling down like a bull elephant everything that got in his way." Attlee
felt that he was, "Fifty percent genius, fifty percent bloody fool."
How did Churchill see himself? As Joan of Arc!
June 1940 was the month when the two parallel lives permanently
intersected.
With the fall of France Hitler stood at the height of his glory.
England might
well have made peace with him. As Sir Charles Portal,
Chief
Air Minister during the war commented later, "They say there was no
danger
that we should have made peace with Hitler. I am not
so sure. Without
Winston we might have." After June 1940 Hitler went down to
defeat and ignominy, while Churchill's star rose to mythical heights.
What was
a will for power by each one of the antagonists became an epic struggle
of good
versus evil by the myth-makers. But morality in politics is an
oxymoron.
It is a superb propaganda tool yet has never
had a
place in the real world. What these two lives should
really
teach us is that when hate is met by hate death, destruction, and chaos
are the
outcome.
We have been told that Churchill is President
Bush's
role model and that he ever so often contemplates the bust
which sits
in his office. What was June 1940 for the one is September 11 for the
other. He
would, however, be well advised to look at Churchill's entire life and
how
contemporaries, who knew the man rather than the myth, really saw him. Will
Bush also have to mutter some years from now, "I ought not . . . I must
not . . . be held to account . . . for all . . . that has gone wrong."?
July 1, 2003
PRESIDENT BUSH'S CHOICE
Our President has told us that the major military
operations
in Iraq are over. He has not mentioned the long haul, and the
inevitable finger
pointing especially since Saddam's feared WMD's have so far eluded
detection.
Some, who don't particularly like George W, even raised the question
from the
Nixon era, "What did the president know and when did he know
it?" It behooves us, therefore, to inquire how America got
into
this foreign policy conundrum she finds herself in today.
Every physician knows that there is no one single
cause for a given disease or symptom only a confluence of
adverse
circumstances which bring the patient to the doctor. The same applies
to
politics. It is true that the ultimate order to invade Iraq was given
by the
President but it is equally true that it was not his will alone that
led him
into this fateful decision. When one investigates a great variety of
available
sources it becomes apparent that there were three major
factions
at work which exploited the 9/11 tragedy for their pet projects. These
were the
Neocons, the Oil Industry and President Bush himself. As
mentioned in "The
Neocons' Leviathan" this group of people thought that the difficult
situation the state of Israel finds itself
in is
equally applicable to the United States and
Israel's
methods to deal with the Palestinians should now be used in an
overall
war against world-wide terror. This would supposedly lead to
the
security not only of Israel but the world at large. Needless to say this
is a fantasy. Every cough is not tuberculosis or lung cancer
and every
national liberation movement is not automatically a danger to the rest
of the world.
This type of thinking mistakes the method for the purpose and can lead
to
nothing but tragedies. Under those circumstances our war on terror can
never
end because aggrieved, obsessed individuals, who have no compunction
about
creating havoc will always exist. This war is just as
unwinnable as the
war on poverty. "The poor you will always have with you,"
Jesus said nearly two thousand years ago and he was right; Lyndon
Johnson's
"Great Society" not withstanding. The civilian Pentagon group who
ordered the military, and State Department, around has succeeded in
alienating
us from the rest of the world and although the troops performed
brilliantly in
Iraq we are now stuck with the not so brilliant aftermath.
It is no secret that if Saddam had merely sat on sand without oil
underneath,
he could have tortured his people all he wanted, as some dictators do
in
Africa, and our policy makers would not have gotten particularly
excited. But the
world, not just America, runs on oil and it
is
regarded as intolerable that some miscreants can control some of the
spigots.
Even if America were not dependent on Middle East oil the rest of the
world is
and if the global economy were to fall into a 1930's type depression
America
could not escape from it either. So the idea was that
since
we can't trust this "madman,"
Saddam has to be gotten rid of and we will take over the flow
of oil
for the benefit of the rest of the world. That Vice President Cheney's
as well
as President Bush's friends are standing to make a hefty buck in the
process is
just icing on the cake.
All that might, however, not have been enough if someone else but Bush
had sat
in the Oval Office. For him it was personal. Saddam had to go. The son
had to
finish what the father had supposedly left undone twelve years earlier.
In
addition Saddam "had tried to kill my daddy." Whether or not that
piece of intelligence was true, or belonged into the realm of the
babies who
were thrown out of their incubators when the Iraqis invaded Kuwait, no
one knows.
But the truth is irrelevant because people act on their beliefs and the
dictum
is: don't confuse me with facts! For Bush his mission in life
was
clear, "crush Saddam." In this obsession, because that is
what it was, and that is why the WMDs were merely a convenient pretext,
he
followed the model of his hero Sir Winston to whom I devoted the June
installment. Up to September 1939 Churchill had been
floundering but when he became Prime Minister he defined his mission, "I
have only one purpose, the destruction of Hitler, and my life is much
simplified thereby." Getting rid of Hitler was a worthy
enterprise but by what means and at what cost? Churchill's stated
method was,
"to set Europe ablaze." When Churchill said in November of 1942 "I
have not become the King's First Minister in order to preside over the
liquidation of the British Empire," he had no idea
that
this would be precisely the outcome of his policies. Hitler
knew it,
Stalin knew it, Roosevelt knew it but poor Churchill didn't. He was
obsessed
with Hitler and nothing else mattered until Teheran in 1943 and
especially
Yalta in 1945 when he got an inkling of what he had wrought.
This brings me to the title of this installment. It was no accident,
because in
my readings I had also come across a book by Churchill
published in
1937 entitled Great Contemporaries.
One does
not find Stalin there but Adolf earned a short chapter,
"Hitler
and his Choice." It is worth while reading, as is all the
literature written by foreigners and published in non-German countries
prior to
September 1939. The post-WWII literature tends to be dominated by the
Jewish
tragedy and, therefore, presents only a partial picture of pre-war
Germany.
Churchill starts his chapter with
"It is not possible to form a just judgment of a public figure who has
attained the enormous dimensions of Adolf Hitler until his life work as
a whole
is before us. Although no subsequent political action can condone wrong
deeds,
history is replete with examples of men who have risen to power by
employing
stern, grim, and even frightful methods, but who, nevertheless, when
their life
is revealed as a whole, have been regarded as great figures whose lives
have
enriched mankind. So may it be with Hitler.
Such a final view is not vouchsafed to us today [an asterisk states
"written in 1935"]. We cannot tell whether
Hitler will be the man who will once again let loose upon the world
another war
in which civilization will irretrievably succumb, or whether he will go
down in
history as the man who restored honour and peace to the great Germanic
nation
and brought it back serene, helpful and strong, to the forefront of the
European family circle. It is on this mystery of the future that
history will
pronounce. It is enough to say that both possibilities are open at the
present
moment If, because the story is unfinished, because,
indeed,
its most fateful chapters have yet to be written, we are
forced to
dwell upon the darker side of his work and creed, we must never forget
nor
cease to hope for the bright alternative."
Apart from the flowery rhetoric we must keep in mind that the year was
1935
when he made the following allegations,
"It was not till 1935 that the
full terror of this revelation [that Hitler had begun to
re-arm
Germany] broke upon the careless and imprudent world,
and Hitler
casting aside concealment, sprang forward armed to the teeth,
with his
munition factories roaring night and day, his aeroplane squadrons
forming in
ceaseless succession, his submarine crews exercising in the Baltic, and
his
armed hosts tramping from one end of the broad Reich to the other.
That is where we are today, and the achievement by which the tables
have been
completely turned upon the complacent, feckless and purblind victors
deserves
to be reckoned a prodigy in the history of the world, and a prodigy
which is
inseparable from the personal exertions and life-thrust of a single
man."
This review of the past is important, because this is
precisely how history is made. We can take the
statements
printed above as those of a o prophetic visionary or
as self-fulfilling prophecies. By this I mean that Churchill
would do his level best to prevent "the bright alternative" from
coming to pass. For Churchill the problem with Hitler was just
as
personal as Saddam was for Bush. Let us, therefore look in
more detail
at the facts as they existed in 1935.
If
Churchill had read Mein Kampf, which would
have been
his duty as a statesman who wants to understand the other side, he
would have
known that the abolition of the Versailles treaty was
the number
one priority in Hitler's program. Not only did Germany's pre
1914
borders have to be reconstituted but all German speaking people in
Central Europe
had to be incorporated in the new Reich. Furthermore, Hitler
was quite
explicit that he did not expect this to result from the good
will of
other countries. It was bound to involve armed struggle
for
which the nation had to be fully prepared. But the thrust,
as
he repeatedly emphasized, was to the East where Lebensraum
was to be found. All he wanted from the West was to be left
alone in
the pursuit of this goal. These plans were no secrets,
they were known to anybody who wanted to know since 1925.
The statement that by 1935, or even 1937, the tables
had been turned on the victors by the military might of Germany was
false.
The Franco-British-Czech- Polish alliance, even leaving aside
the
Soviet Union, was far superior to anything Hitler could put into the
field as
late as 1939. As far as the roaring munitions
factories
are concerned Hitler had at the beginning of the Poland
campaign
munitions for no more than about a month. Even in May of 1940
only
about 15 per cent of German industry was specifically devoted for arms
procurement. Hitler did not plan for a long war! The "exercising
submarines" consisted of a total of 57
in September 1939 and in 1940 only 22 were operational in the North
Atlantic.
While propagandists and politicians keep, on the one hand, exaggerating
Hitler's early military might they keep repeating on the other hand the
idea
fostered by Churchill that he was the lone voice in the wilderness
whose pleas
were ignored while "England slept." When one reads Clive Ponting, for
instance, it becomes obvious that England did not sleep during
Hitler's
arms build-up. The British government had made a decision to
gear its
level of armaments to the likelihood of a major war within the next ten
years.
This policy was adopted in 1919 and extended to another ten years in
1929. But in
1933 when Hitler took power in Germany the pace was increased
and Britain
was made ready for war within six years i.e. April 1939. There
was
good reason for this type of thinking. Timing was essential.
If the country was fully mobilized too early the equipment would become
obsolete and in the other case one would be unprepared. As it turned
out the
Brits guessed right.
But this was, of course, not just a lucky guess it was based on solid
knowledge. The basic fact was that Hitler
had to start
from scratch in 1933 because Germany had been forcibly and
completely
disarmed as a result of Versailles. The French, the Italians, the
Czech, and
others not only refused to cut their post 1919 forces but kept building
more
and more modern arms. This was the imbalance Hitler was confronted
with. In
1933 he had an army of 100,000 men. There was no heavy
artillery, not a
single tank and no plane. It was clearly impossible to defend
the
country, or to gain the respect of the world, and enforce legitimate
demands
with this type of an army. In addition, the heavy industry to
build new
arms was not yet available either. Although the Reichswehr
had bypassed some of the Versailles restrictions by training pilots and
tank crews
in the Soviet Union even prior to 1933 nobody, not even
Hitler, could
create a modern army, within two years, of the proportions Churchill
talked
about. It was pure propaganda to scare the British public.
What the fear of weapons of mass destructions is
today was
long range bombers in the nineteen thirties. It was actually
Hermann Göring
who had proposed the idea of "Shock
and
Awe," because he believed that the war of the future would be
won
within hours or days by overwhelming air power. This was one of his
typical
bragging, blustering statements which was proven wrong. So was the one
that he
would build such air defenses that no enemy bomber could ever penetrate
German
skies, and in 1942 that he could supply the encircled troops in
Stalingrad by
air. To Westerners he kept bragging in the thirties about the strength
of his Luftwaffe,
which did not correspond to the facts but was, of course, grist for the
propaganda mills on both sides of the channel.
Churchill began to spread the fear in the House of Commons as
early as
1934 when he announced that the Luftwaffe
would be able to threaten London with massive bombing within 18 months.
This
would have put it into the fall of 1935! The serious buildup
of the Luftwaffe did not start until spring 1935
and
there was a shortage of everything, planes, equipment
to make them, and most of all trained pilots which
led to
marked accident rates early on. In July of 1934 Churchill
declared that
by 1936 the superiority of the Luftwaffe
planes would be such that Britain would never be able to make up this
lead.
On November 28 of that year he
stated that by
1937 the Luftwaffe size would be double that of the RAF.
This was nonsense. Although the RAF was numerically somewhat
inferior
in planes to the Luftwaffe in August
of 1940,
it had more and better trained pilots. In addition German
fighters
could stay over southeastern England for only about twenty five
minutes. The
RAF on the other hand was fighting over home territory and could,
therefore,
recover the pilots who had to bail out as well as repair damaged
aircraft, an
option which was not available to the Germans. Furthermore, the Luftwaffe,
in contrast to the RAF, was designed primarily to support the troops on
the
ground rather than for long-range bombing of cities. As such
it was inadequate
for the task when the decision was made to bomb London, rather
than
continue with the destruction of airfields, during the Blitz. Hitler
was goaded into this mistake by Churchill who had started bombing
Berlin.
I am mentioning all of this because the real history of WWII
and its
antecedents are being supplanted by myths, and myths rather than facts
are the
staple of politicians and media hacks who control our fate.
How many
of us still remember the "missile gap" between the Soviet Union and
the U.S. with which Kennedy squeezed out a narrow victory over Nixon in
1968?
It was non-existent; but who wants to be reminded? This brings us right
back to
Saddam and his WMDs which in all probability fall into the same genre
of
misinformation for ulterior motives.
So where do we stand today and what is Bush's choice?
Although Churchill stated that Hitler had a choice in 1935 this was
only
partially true. Hitler had made too many powerful enemies abroad which
would
not let him execute his program, even at the cost of a world war. In
addition
his vindictive and ultimately self-destructive character stood in the
way.
These aspects do not apply to President Bush. Nevertheless, after the
Iraq
invasion he has to make a choice in regard to his future
foreign policy. He can take the easy way out let
things slide
and basically run for re-election on his successes.
When the
road map collapses, as it inevitably will, the Palestinians can be
blamed
because I sincerely doubt that no further attacks on Israelis are going
to take
place even within the proposed three months truce. This will let Bush
off the
hook and he can wash his hands of the affair to the applause of his
main, but
narrow, constituency. If by September 2004
either the economy is still in trouble, or some
other
unforeseen disaster occurs he can, egged on
by Karl
Rove and the neocons, initiate another "pre-emptive war"
to assure electoral victory. I do not believe that the President lied
to us
about Saddam's WMDs. He was honestly misled by people whom he should
not have
trusted. It was a mistake and a mistake can be forgiven but persisting
in
mistakes can not.
The other choice is considerably more difficult and would
require
strength of character Bush may or may not have. He
would have
to put thoughts of re-election totally out
of his mind
and look objectively at the situation the U.S. finds itself in
vis á
vis the world as a result of his two and a half years in office.
The required
course of action would then become apparent.
He would
come to realize that a small high tech army can win against a
third
world type military force but is insufficient to secure the peace.
This
is why the Chief of the German General Staff, von Seeckt, had argued in
1933
not only for a small professional army which could quickly conquer
enemy
territory, but an additional militia which subsequently performs the
occupation
duties. He was overruled by Hitler who was enamored with vast numbers.
Nevertheless, the concept was correct and this is now Bush's
and the
Pentagon's dilemma in Iraq. The neocons insisted that America
can go
it alone when it comes to winning wars. But now when our troops are
facing a
guerilla type war they want others to help out. All of our high
tech
weaponry is useless for an occupation which the locals want to get rid
of. This
should have been the lesson of Israel's experience on the West Bank and
Gaza
but nobody, including our president, wants to admit to this.
If Max
Boot's article in the current issue of Foreign Affairs is
correct that
we have only 10 full time active duty divisions in the army and the
rest of
manpower, apart from the Marines and the other services, has to be made
up by
the National Guard and reservists, our "pre-emptive" wars can never
be successful in the true sense of the word. We can devastate
countries
but we can not occupy them and turn them into democracies. The required
manpower is not available. Reservists and National Guard unit
members
have civilian jobs and will not be enamored to act as "peace keepers"
for extended tours of duty. Army enlistments are also likely to fall
off when
the goal of the soldier is clearly defined as: to wage war! This means
"to
smash things and kill people," rather than a cheap way to get a college
education and "be all that you can." Under these circumstances the
draft may look mighty appealing to policy makers although the Vietnam
experience would strongly argue against it. Americans are not
militaristic by
nature and to turn out the necessary legions in order to change regimes
on a
world wide basis will not be to their liking. This is where
the analogy
to Rome breaks down and the inherent weakness of our superpower status
is
exposed.
Keeping the foregoing in mind Bush would have to repudiate the
neocons'
idea of the "Hobbesian anarchic world" which requires perpetual
wholesale regime changes. He would have to pledge to
work
within the framework of the UN to defuse, by diplomatic means,
the
looming genuine threats to international security. He would
have to separate
the war against terror from local wars of liberation and, most
importantly, tone down this constant
belligerent
rhetoric which threatens everybody who does not share our views.
The
war against international terrorist networks is, as has always been
maintained
in these pages, a job for international police and intelligence work,
and our
military cannot be expected to win this type of war. It's not the job
they are
trained for. This international police effort requires,
however, good will from the rest of the world and if
we keep
treating other countries in the way we have during this past year, they
may
simply say: If you want to do things your way go ahead, we can't stop
you, but
don't expect us to bail you out when you're in trouble. President Bush
would
also have to come to realize that International Law exists and
just as
no person can be above the law, no country should be either.
A
Nuremberg type court which hangs the defeated but ignores the crimes of
the
victors will not do in the long run. Instead of harping on our
standing as the only superpower, which enforces its will upon the rest
of the
world, we should be satisfied with the status of primus inter
pares.
Finally there is the "road map" to which the
president supposedly has committed himself but his heart isn't in it.
He was
dragged into it by Tony Blair to get the Iraq "coalition" going. There
is no evidence that Bush truly understands the plight of the
Palestinians and
unless he begins to do so no peace is achievable in the Holy Land.
A
disjointed Palestinian state which retains major Israeli settlements
and cedes
large portions of the Jordan valley to Israel will never be acceptable
to the
locals. At best such a Versailles type "peace treaty" will be an
armistice. The only genuine peace would require steps which have
repeatedly
been mentioned in previous installments on this site. They include the
creation
of a contiguous Palestinian state with full sovereignty over the West
Bank and
Gaza, direct access through Palestinian rather than Israeli territory,
and
complete evacuation of all Israeli settlements which have been built on
Palestinian land since 1967. Nothing else has a genuine chance for
peace. Last
year Bush chided the UN for not enforcing its
resolutions
against Iraq. Now he would have to take Sharon to task for ignoring the
numerous UN resolutions against Israel. Neither Sharon nor
any other
Israeli government will ever voluntarily agree to the steps outlined
above in
order to secure genuine peace for Israel. Bush would have to
go before
the nation, tell the American people the unvarnished truth about what
really
goes on every day in the occupied territories of Palestine and then
announce
that unless and until Israel fully conforms to the existing UN
resolutions no
further American tax money will be forthcoming. Americans
are
a fair minded people and when the facts are presented to them
truthfully they will respond and support him
in this
effort, certain special interest groups notwithstanding.
This
would show the world that the president is a man of
his word.
American prestige would be restored and international
cooperation would
blossom again.
Time is running out, another election is around the corner and the
president must make a decision, which is actually quite
straightforward: continue on the present course for the sake
of not
alienating his main constituency or put principle above electioneering.
We are told that he already has more money for the election than all
the other
Democratic candidates combined and if he were to show himself a
statesman by
taking at least some of the steps outlined above his personal
popularity, which
has remained high, may well let him overcome the hostile criticism
which is
bound to arise.
Mister President: Although I am going to fax this
article to
the White House I have no illusions that your staff will allow you to
read it.
Nevertheless, I must remind you that you have been told
"The
truth will make you free!" Try it, it'll work for you
personally
and the good of the world. On the other hand you can follow
the dictum
of Winston Churchill who said that, "In wartime, truth
is
so precious that she should always be accompanied by a bodyguard of
lies."
Under those circumstances you will allow the country to be
inundated in
the next year and a half with a continued flood of exaggerations, if
not
outright lies, geared to create fear in the hearts of
Americans and
the world. This in turn will in the long
run pave the
way to a general and much more devastating war. Das habe
ich nicht
gewollt, I did not want that; the Kaiser said when he saw what his
1914
policies had contributed to. Neither had Hitler wanted a world war in
1939 but
that is what he got. One does not unleash the dogs of war
without
running the risk of getting severely bitten oneself, is the
main
lesson history provides. Therefore, the overriding question of our time
is: Are
you and your advisors willing to learn this simple truth?
August 1, 2003
THE NIGER FORGERY
In all civilized societies forgery is a
crime,
and when committed by a private person leads to jail sentences of
varying
durations. Afficionados of mystery stories also know that crimes
are
solved by considering three factors: Motive, Means,
and
Opportunity. When it was reported that the attempted sale of
uranium
from Niger to Iraq, which found its way in a shortened version into the
President's State of the Union speech, was a forgery, the question
immediately
arose in my mind: who had done the forging? Remarkably enough the
question has,
to the best of my knowledge, never been raised in our country by the
media.
The motive for the forgery is obvious. Iraq
had to be
presented as an imminent threat to the world.
A
nuclear armed Saddam Hussein was regarded as intolerable and it would
have been
the obligation of the "only remaining superpower" to remove his
regime. The U.S. had, therefore, to be sent to war against Iraq. Now
comes the
next question who had an overriding interest in the fall of
Baghdad?
There were three potential candidates. One was the Iraqi
exile group under Ahmed Chalabi, the other the
neoconservative
civilian group in the Pentagon, who believed that American
security
was so intimately tied to Israel that the latter country had to be
protected by
any and all means, and the third was the state of Israel itself.
Israel is, since 1948, still officially at war with Iraq. Peace
treaties have
been signed with Egypt, Jordan and Lebanon but not with Syria and Iraq.
Although Israel and Iraq do not share a common border there was fear
that
Saddam might put his enmity against Assad of Syria aside and their
combined
armies would indeed represent a considerable threat to Israel. Iraq's
military
power had to be eliminated and what better way than letting others, and
especially the US, do it? So much for motive.
Means required a facility which is used to turning out
fake
documents and that leaves mainly the various secret service agencies of
the
world. When one considers motive it is unlikely that the French, the
British,
Germans, Russians etc. would have forged those documents. It is also
unlikely
that the CIA would have done so, unless it was a rogue operation. The most
likely candidate seemed to be the Mossad,
Israel's counterpart to the CIA. Having reached that conclusion, which
so far
has not yet even been hinted at by the media and since my information
about the
Mossad did not exceed that of the average educated citizen my interest
was
piqued to learn more about that organization.
The first stop is, of course, always on the Internet and when typing
Mossad
into Google up came prominently, "FAS Intelligence Resource
Program." It was graced by the picture of a spy, the Israeli
flag, and a menorah surrounded by Hebrew characters. The headline
was, "Mossad. The Institute for Intelligence and Special Tasks
[ha-Mossad le-Modiin ule-Tafkidim Meyuhadim]." Since the
second
page of this short document lists only Israeli sources I regarded it as
authoritative. It states that the agency was established by Prime
Minister
Ben-Gurion in 1951 who gave its primary directive as, "For our state
which
since its creation has been under siege by its enemies. Intelligence
constitutes the first line of defence... we must learn well how to
recognize
what is going on around us." We are told furthermore that Mossad
has eight departments. These are: Collections
Department
responsible for "espionage under diplomatic as well as unofficial
cover;" Political Action and Liaison Department which
conducts "political activities and liaison with friendly foreign
intelligence services and with nations with which Israel does not have
normal
diplomatic relations; Special Operations Division -
Metsada -
"conducts highly sensitive assassination, sabotage, paramilitary, and
psychological warfare projects;" LAP (Lohama Psichologit)
Department "is responsible for psychological warfare,
propaganda and deception operations." In addition there are
the Research
Department responsible for intelligence production and the Technology
Department. The
latter
is "responsible for development of advanced technologies for support of
Mossad operations."
Of greatest interest in the current context was LAP with its
psychological
warfare, propaganda and deception operations. The vigorous
propaganda
campaign against Iraq, before and especially after September
11, fits
perfectly with LAP's duties. Some of us may remember that our
Defense
Secretary, Donald Rumsfeld, intended to have a similar unit at his
disposal in
the Pentagon but it was shot down by Congress. On the other hand that
does not
necessarily mean that the project was totally abandoned since the
American
people, supposedly for their security, must not know what is being done
in
their name.
Armed with this information I then went to amazon.com and two books
came up
prominently. One was Israel's Secret Wars
by Ian Black and Benny Morris, the other Gideon's
Spies
by Gordon Thomas. Since it is bad scientific practice to rely on only
one
source I ordered both books. These led me to the book by Victor
Ostrovsky, a former
Mossad case officer and whistle blower, By
Way
of Deception. The subsequent information is culled from
these
three sources and for anyone interested I can cite page numbers.
The Black and Morris book is an extensive treatise of 528 pages and an
abundance
of notes as well as source references which will be read mainly by
seriously
minded scholars. The one by Thomas will appeal to the general public.
It is
shorter and based on firsthand interviews with the movers and shakers
in Israel
and to some extent the US. Ostrovsky gave his personal story why a
convinced
Zionist who had joined the Mossad in good faith was turned off by its
practices
and left the organization. Although all three books cover much of the
same
material they are definitely worth reading if one really wants to get
an
appreciation of what is going on inside the Mossad and how its
operations have
impacted on the United States.
The Motto of the Mossad is, "By way of
deception
thou shalt do war." As mentioned, Israel is indeed still at
war
at least with Syria, and with the other neighbors there exists only,
what might
be called, a "cold peace." Internally there is in addition the war
against the Palestinians in the occupied territories which is
officially
labeled as a war against terrorism. As mentioned previously in these
pages for
Israel there are no occupied territories only Judea, Samaria and Gaza
which
constitute part of Eretz Israel promised by God to Jews. It
has been
said that "all is fair in love and war," or as Black and Morris put
it, "A la guerre, comme á la guerre." Thus lies,
murders,
"false flag" operations, are the stock in trade and the only crime is
being caught. The essence is: what is good for Israel is good
for the
Mossad. As Ostrovsky wrote whenever something happened anywhere the
only question was, "'Is it good for Jews, or not?'
Forget about policies or anything else. That was the only thing that
counted.
And depending on the answer, people were called anti-Semites, whether
deservedly or not." Since what is good for Jews, or
more
specifically the policies of the state of Israel, is not
necessarily
good for America, conflicts have arisen and will
continue
arise.
The Pollard spy operation, which was called by Black
and
Morris, "a gold mine," is just one example. It was
good for Israel to get secret American documents but, according to
Thomas, it
was bad for the CIA which found its operations destroyed in South
Africa and
the Soviet Union when Israel turned some of the material over to these
countries. Thomas also wrote, "One note taker at the Sunday cabinet
meeting in Jerusalem claimed that 'listening to Admony [Mossad director
1982-1990] was the next best thing to sitting in the Oval Office. We
not only
knew what was the very latest thinking in Washington on all matters of
concern
to us, but we had sufficient time to respond before making a decision."
Even if this "note taker" had exaggerated the fact remains that a
serious breach of security had occurred. There was also wide-spread
concern that
Pollard had received some of his orders, which demanded specific
documents that
were not in his ordinary purview, through some other highly placed
source in
the White House.
This brings up another unique feature, which is
specific for
the Mossad. The paid staff of case officers, field
agents, and
informers is rather small because it can
rely on a
large number of sayanim - helpers.
These are Jews who come from all walks of life and for whom
the
survival of Israel is of prime concern. When they are
approached by an
agent who paints an imminent threat to their spiritual home in the
darkest
colors they are only too willing to lend their hand in providing
information as
well as, on occasion, tangible material. For instance the theft of
about one
hundred pounds of uranium from the nuclear facility Numec in Apollo,
Pennsylvania, to get the Israeli nuclear program started. The motives
of the sayanim
are beyond reproach. They believe that by helping Israel they help
making the
world a better place. Unfortunately that is a delusion. But this is the
reason
why the American Jewish community was so upset when the Pollard case
broke
because it brought inevitably the question of dual loyalty to the fore.
Wolf
Blitzer, the respected journalist and TV commentator, discusses this
aspect to
some extent in Territory of Lies.
While the Pollard affair is widely known in this country, events during
the Israeli
invasion of Lebanon in 1982 and the background
of the Iran-Contra scandal have not received much
media
coverage. Lebanon is important in the
present context
because our current Iraq
dilemma was
precipitated by the same misuse of intelligence and wishful thinking as
Israel's disaster in Lebanon.
Here is
a brief summary of the underlying rationale
for the invasion. Palestinian guerillas regularly shot rockets into
Galilee
from the south of Lebanon and also made hit and run attacks on Israeli
citizens. Since there was a civil war in Lebanon at the time, Prime
Minister
Begin and Defense Minister Sharon decided on an invasion of Lebanon.
The ultimate
goal was to destroy Muslim power as well as the PLO in that country and
establish a friendly Christian Maronite government in Beirut which was
expected
to make peace with Israel.
There were two invasion plans, "Little Pines," a forty kilometer
incursion
of the Israeli army to eliminate Palestinian strongholds on the border.
This
was for public consumption and favored by segments of the IDF (Israeli
Defense
Forces). "Big Pines," an advance to the north of Beirut and cutting
the Beirut-Damascus highway was Sharon's and Begin's plan. When Sharon
was
asked how long the army would have to stay in Lebanon
"to
assure the emergence of a new Phalange dominated regime? Sharon
thought
six weeks. Saguy [IDF intelligence chief]
was less
optimistic and believed it would take no less than three months."
As it turned out eighteen years had to pass before the last
Israeli
soldier came home from Lebanon. The withdrawal was ordered by
then
Prime Minister Ehud Barack to end the guerilla war against his troops
and Hizballah
has now taken over the PLO's job to harass the Israelis.
The Lebanon invasion was Israel's Vietnam and it was not based merely
on faulty
information provided by the Intelligence community but on wishful
thinking of
the politicians. Although the Christians were initially glad to be rid
of the
PLO, they soon became disenchanted. They were after all Lebanese and
their
desires did not necessarily coincide with those of Israel. In addition
the
Israelis soon found themselves involved with very unhappy Shiites who
still
provide cover for Hizballah. This seems to be exactly the scenario
which played
itself out prior to our invasion of Iraq and how long we will have to
stay
there fighting a smoldering insurrection only the future can tell.
But the Lebanon invasion also showed the split between Israeli
and
American interests. Israel wanted peace with Lebanon
so that
it could concentrate on eliminating the threat to the settlers in the
occupied
territories, which it intended to retain. President
Reagan,
on the other hand, wanted a global peace arrangement which
included an
Israeli withdrawal from them Although this would have been in
the long
term interest of Israel as well as America it was anathema to Begin and
led to
the disastrous truck bombing of the Beirut Headquarter of the
Marines'
Expeditionary Force in 1983, causing the loss of 241 American
lives.
Mossad has excellent spy services and can infiltrate any organization
it wants.
Israelis are multiethnic, speak several languages and can blend with
the population
of any country without undue fear of sticking out. It was
known to the
Mossad that a Syrian sponsored group had planned a major suicide attack
with a
blue Mercedes truck. Since they did not know its final
destination
they were shadowing it. The question was how
much to
tell the Americans about it. A decision was made
at
the highest level that the Americans should be given only, as
Ostrovsky
wrote, "the general warning, a vague notice that someone may
be
planning an operation against them. But this was so general
and
commonplace, it was like sending a weather report;
unlikely to
raise any particular alarm or prompt increased security precautions.
Admony,
in refusing to give the Americans specific information on the truck,
said 'No we're
not here to protect the Americans, They are a big country.
Send only
the regular information.' At the same time, however, all Israeli
installations
were given the specific details and warned to watch out for a truck
matching
the description of the Mercedes." The purpose was obvious: American
public
opinion had to be inflamed against Arabs.
This failure to share vital information with one's
benefactor
and most important ally played itself out also in the Beirut
hostage
crisis. Among the group of Western hostages was the CIA
Station Chief,
William Buckley, and the US was desperately trying to get him back.
Although
Prime Minister Peres assured President Reagan of his full cooperation
the
Mossad played by its own rules. No specifics were provided and
the
Americans were led down the garden path. As Ostrovsky wrote,
"Many people in the office said the Mossad were going to regret it
someday. But the majority were happy. The attitude was, 'Hey, we showed
them.
We're not going to be kicked around by the Americans. We are the
Mossad. We are
the best.'"
Had the Mossad indeed cooperated fully
the Iran-Contra
affair might have been avoided. While the US was supplying
weapons to
Saddam during the Iran-Iraq war the Israelis were busy shipping some of
our
weapons to Iran. The logic was impeccable. The longer the war lasted
the more
exhausted the combatants became and the better it was for Israel. On
July 29,
1986, with the hostage crisis still unresolved, then Vice-President
Bush met
secretly with Prime Minister Peres' Chief Security advisor, Amiram Nir,
at the
King David Hotel in Jerusalem. Ostrovsky wrote, "Nir told Bush the
Israelis 'activated the channel. We gave a front to the operation,
provided a
physical base, provided aircraft.'" Bush was also told, in contrast to
President Reagan's later assertions, that the Israelis were dealing
"'with
the most radical elements [in Iran because] we have learned they can
deliver
and the moderates can't.'" When the Iran-Contra affair became known
Congress started hearings. Nir, who was the most important witness, had
promised to give full testimony which would have severely hurt the
American as
well as Israeli government. This was not allowed to come to pass and he
supposedly died in an unexplained Cessna crash in the wilderness of
Mexico.
Ostrovsky speculated that he may have been bought off, had plastic
surgery to
alter his facial features, and lived happily for ever after.
This brings us to the present and the Niger forgery.
Michael
Isikoff and Evan Thomas reported in the July 28, 2003 edition of Newsweek
that
it may have started with a break-in at the Niger embassy in
Rome on
January 2, 2001. There was nothing significant stolen,
"but someone had apparently rifled through embassy papers, leaving them
strewn about the floor." Some months later the Italian
intelligence service received a stack of official looking documents
from an
African diplomat. They were signed by officials of the Niger government
and
purported to show that Saddam Hussein wanted to buy some 500 tons of
pure uranium
which can be used for making atomic weapons. The Italians
notified the British and the CIA. As it turned out the
documents, which consisted of letters dated from July to
October 2000,
were crude forgeries. They were known as such
at least
a year and a half before the famous 16 word sentence was uttered by the
President. Now the blame is being shifted to the British and
most
recently the French but who fed it to them in the first place? It was
probably
the Mossad, which is known for its "False
Flag" operations and had the most to gain. For Bush the
information, regardless of its provenance and veracity, was icing on
the cake
in his determination to go to war. But why would the Mossad
engage in
such a clumsy fabrication when it surely has the means to do a
better
job?
For the answer to that question we have to turn to the previously
mentioned
highly traveled and respected reporter Gordon Thomas
of Gideon's
Spies. In my search for the truth I had found some minor
discrepancies
between his book and that of Black and Morris. Since he does have a
website,
Globe-Intel, I contacted him and found him most forthcoming. My first
letter
was immediately answered and so were the subsequent ones. I am,
therefore,
happy to publicly express my thanks because such cooperation is far
from
commonplace. He told me that the Niger documents came from the
Mossad
and were fed to MI6 (British intelligence) via Rome and when they
received them
"The documents were originally taken as 'the kind of stuff you would
expect with sloppy Third World people.'" In this way the
Mossad
could cover its tracks and as we know the operation achieved its
purpose.
Unfortunately there is more and we are not likely to
hear the
truth from official channels. There is good reason to believe
that the
Mossad had some fore-knowledge about the impending 9/11 attack, but
failed to
share all its information with the CIA and FBI analogous to the Beirut
truck
bombing and the Buckley capture. A radicalization of the
American
public against Arabs and the Muslim world in general is obviously good
for
Israel but is it good for America? Congress is not likely to get the
full truth
because the White House stonewalls and the documents which are handed
over are
in part censored.
There is, however, another reason, apart from
elections where
the Jewish vote is regarded as vital, why the role of the
Mossad must
remain unmentioned. I believe that we are heavily
dependent on
"The Institute," as it is also referred to, in the current Iraq war,
which is far from over. Only Israelis can readily mingle with
Arabs,
pose as Iraqis and get information which is not necessarily available
to the
CIA, or military intelligence in the field, because our guys simply
lack the
necessary language skills. Even if they were to know Arabic
they would
not be able to communicate in the local patois and would
become
sitting ducks. This does not apply to Israelis but
since they
are interested first and last in Israel, as they should be, we
may not
necessarily be able to trust the information we receive. This is the
bind into
which our troops have been placed but it is not likely to be debated
publicly.
When one reads the mentioned books one feels
that one
is staring into an abyss. Regardless of motives, the
means are
reprehensible and violate all strictures of human decency. In
essence we
are paying for government supported Mafia operations. The fact
that
it is not only the Mossad which behaves in this manner but
to
some extent all the so called "Intelligence" services of the world
makes the situation even more grim. This is also another
example of
the misuse of language. What the spies provide is not intelligence but
information. The difference is vital because it would require
intelligent
people to evaluate this mass of data. But intelligence which is not
biased by
wishful thinking is a difficult commodity for anyone, let alone
politicians and
their supporters in the media.
As mentioned the full truth of the antecedents to 9/11, from
which all
else flowed, is currently being hidden. But "We the
People" and especially the families of the victims have a right to know
what really happened. Congress should not tolerate
stonewalling by the administration and if key
documents are
not forthcoming they should hold the responsible people, even
if it were
the President, in contempt. Continued secrecy and
cover-ups do
not serve the American people. Deception, whether
willful or
inadvertent, needs to be shunned. When mistakes are
made they
have to be publicly admitted to, common decency demands it. But regardless
of who was behind 9/11, the Niger forgery, and the Iraq invasion the
major fact
that has emerged is that trust in our government and the media has been
eroded.
We no longer know whom we can trust and that is the death knell for a
free
society. Without trust we will create a police state and we
will end up
not much different from the regimes we are so eager to topple. That is
the
tragedy of today's events and this is why people of good will need to
speak
out.
The true revelations will have to come from the inside of the
"secret services," including our own. This why I shall give
Victor Ostrovsky the penultimate word. He was there,
got
disgusted and tells us why. In the Foreword he wrote,
"It
is out of love for Israel as a free and just country that I am laying
my life
on the line by so doing, facing up to those who took it upon themselves
to turn
the Zionist dream into the present-day nightmare." In the Epilogue one
finds,
"The Intifada and resultant breakdown of moral order and
humanity
are a direct result of the kind of megalomania that characterizes the
operation
of the Mossad. That's where it all begins. This feeling that you can do
anything you want to whomever you want for as long as you want because
you have
the power. . . . It's a disease that
began with the Mossad and has
spread
through government and down through much of Israeli society.
There are
large elements inside Israeli society who are protesting this slide,
but their
voices are not being heard. And with each step down, it gets easier to
repeat
and more difficult to stop.
The strongest curse inside the Mossad that one katsa [case officer] can
throw
at another is the simple wish: 'May I read about you in the paper.'
It might be the only way to turn things around."
Although these words were published in 1990 the passage of time has
made them
only truer. Now the disease has spread to our government.
Unless
we face up to it we will go the way of the Israeli state: disliked
around the
world and embroiled in perpetual warfare with concomitant deceptions.
This is
not what the founders of our republic had in mind.
September 1, 2003
FOR THE GOYIM THEY SING
The topic to be discussed here is so emotionally
charged
that it needs to be read in sequence lest wrong opinions are formed. I
shall,
therefore, refrain from using bold print, which would lend itself to
quotes
taken out of context. About two months ago I came across a book by
Haddon
Klingberg Jr., Professor of Psychology at North Park University,
entitled When
Life Calls Out To Us. The Love and Lifework of Viktor and Elly Frankl.
The Story behind Man's Search for Meaning.
As discussed in War&Mayhem Dr. Frankl, whose lectures on
neurology
at the Poliklinik I attended in 1948, became a role model not only for
my
professional life but also in the personal sphere. What impressed me
most at
the time was not only his exemplary teaching style but that as a Jewish
survivor of concentration camps the man exuded only profound humanism
without
any trace of hate or resentment. Klingberg's book was, therefore, of
great
interest and I can strongly recommend it to anyone interested in
Frankl's
lifework.
I had always been puzzled why Frankl had not achieved greater
recognition by
leading Jewish authorities. Wiesenthal is known by everybody but
Frankl's name
does not have the same resonance among average persons. As an example
of
discrimination against Frankl I might mention that he was clearly
entitled to
the Chairmanship of Vienna's renowned Neuro-Psychiatric University
Hospital
when the position became vacant in 1949. It went instead to another
Jewish
neurologist, Hans Hoff, who had spent the war years first in Palestine
and then
New York. More about Hoff can be found in War&Mayhem.
After reading
Klingberg's book the reasons for the difference in the treatment meted
out to
Wiesenthal or Hoff versus Frankl became apparent.
Although not stated in these words, Frankl had committed four cardinal
sins in
the eyes of the Jewish establishment. One was that he refused to hate
the Nazis
for what they had personally done to him and his family. Rather than
looking
backward at past suffering he looked instead forward to the new
challenges life
had in store. The second sin was that he spoke out against collective
guilt,
even in 1945, and advocated reconciliation rather than en bloc
condemnation of entire groups of people, which he regarded as Nazism in
reverse. Individuals who had committed crimes should be punished but
the global
condemnation of "the Germans" or even "the Nazis," was not
appropriate. His was the voice of the physician who examines individual
people
and tries to find their positive characteristics which can help them to
overcome their negative ones and thus lead to more appropriate behavior
patterns. This stance is, of course, anathema to politicians and media
people
who want to first create and then sway "public opinion." The third
sin was that his psychotherapeutic treatment method of "Existential
Analysis," also referred to as "Logotherapy," (website: http://logotherapy.univie.ac.at)
was seen as serious competition for Freudian psychoanalysis, which
essentially
reduced the human being to a sex driven organism. Frankl saw the soul
and its
yearning for meaning in life. This is why he called his first book, the
manuscript of which was destroyed in Auschwitz, Aerztliche
Seelsorge.
The title, which is most appropriate in German, defies a succinct
translation
and the English title The Doctor and the Soul does not
capture its
essence. It could be rendered as: how the physician can provide care
for a
patient's soul. In German the word Seelsorge is regarded as
the domain
of priests and ministers but Frankl broke through this barrier. He said
essentially: Yes, priests should do their job, but physicians also have
a role
to play when they are confronted with patients whose problem is
basically a
spiritual one. While Freud, the materialist, had
derided
religion as an illusion, Frankl saw, felt, and acted on the human
being's
spiritual essence. This simply did not sit well in our "secular
society." The fourth sin was that, although Frankl had never renounced
his
Jewish faith, he had married, in a civil ceremony, a Catholic woman.
For Gentile readers these aspects may all be "so what," but for some
influential segments in the Jewish community they are indeed pretty
near
traitorous. For these sons of Jacob (I deliberately do not call them
sons of
Isaac because Esau, Isaac's first born, has a decidedly bad name in
Jewish
religious circles) there still exists a tribal mentality of a
beleaguered
"us versus them." This brings me to the title of this essay. Frankl was
fond of jokes and one of his favorite ones, as quoted from Klingberg's
book
was, "An old Jewish man who had emigrated to Berlin is walking in the
famous park there. Then a bird appeared overhead lets its droppings go
and they
land right on the old man's hat. He takes off his hat, looks at it, and
says,
'For the goyim they are singing.' "
Obviously one laughs at the joke but as Freud told us jokes can have
deeper
meaning and in this instance it reveals a basically paranoid attitude
bred by a
history which emphasizes intermittent persecutions in some parts of the
world
rather than periods of relative well-being. Gentiles, or goyim, as
non-Jews are
referred to in private Jewish conversation with a connotation that is
somewhat
akin to the "n word," will never understand the deep trauma some Jews
labor under. When Gentiles either ignore it, or are trying to make up
for past
sins, they tend to merely perpetuate a mind-set which is inherently
unhealthy.
This is one facet of Jewish life which deserves be recognized and
openly
discussed.
Paranoid type of thinking exemplified by - because we have been
persecuted in
the past we are ordained to be persecuted in the future until the
Messiah
arrives - can be compensated for by a feeling of superiority over
others. This
combination of mental attitudes is a major contributing factor to the
hostility
Jews have encountered intermittently throughout history. To understand
this
very delicate, difficult, but terribly important subject I'd like to
discuss
first my professional experience with paranoid patients. Paranoia does,
in
general, not start out with ideas of persecution but with an experience
which
the individual regards as extremely important and which the rest of the
world
should share. When others who fail to appreciate that need, either
ignore or
ridicule the person, the sense of "I am right and the rest of the world
is
wrong" is born. When the person then not simply retires into his own
fantasy land but actively endeavors to recruit others into his belief
system he
will encounter resistance and at that point active retaliation by
society,
which does not want to conform to the wishes of the individual, will
occur.
This is the typical sequence when paranoia is limited to one person.
The family
steps in, the patient will be taken to a psychiatrist and a treatment
course
will be instituted. A problem for society at large arises if this
particular
person is "charismatic," intelligent, intact in all other mental
functions and can rally others into his personal belief system. Under
those
circumstances events are set in motion which have incalculable
consequences.
The group then feeds on myths of superiority, which are denied by the
rest of
society. The resultant ill will by society has two consequences. One is
the
increased cohesion of the in-group in face of actual or perceived
danger and
the other active and at times violent hostility by
the larger
overall society. In this way antisemitism was born and this is why it
is so
difficult, if not impossible, to eradicate.
These thoughts are not purely academic at present, but have very
practical
consequences which affect the lives of all of us. The state of Israel
was
created as a reaction to European antisemitism. It was Herzl's, and
like-minded
others', belief that when the Jews leave Europe and build a prosperous
state in
Palestine, antisemitism would lose its raison d'être
and all the world
would then be happy and grateful for the benefits Jews are providing to
the
world. The fatal flaw (both literally as well as figuratively) in this
assumption
was the non-recognition of the existence of an indigenous population in
Palestine. The slogan under which Zionist colonizers flocked to
Palestine in
the late 19th and especially early 20th century was "A land
without people for people without a land." This is a classic example of
how a wrong assumption has to lead to wrong results. People did live
there.
They were in the vast majority Arabs and they acted exactly in the
manner
Sultan Abd ul-Hamid II predicted. When Herzl wanted to acquire
Palestine for
the Jews with the promise of providing financial help to the ailing
Ottoman
empire the Sultan replied, through a mutual friend, "If Mister Herzl is
indeed such a good friend of yours, as you are mine, then advise him
not to
take even one more step in this matter. I cannot sell a single foot of
my land,
because it doesn't belong to me, but to my people. My people have
fought
for this empire with their blood and have fertilized it with their
blood. We
shall have to cover it again with our blood before one tears it away
from us .
. . The Jews should save themselves their billions [Milliarden]. If my
empire
is parceled out, they might get Palestine for free. Only our cadaver
can be
partitioned. I do not agree to vivisection [Herzl Tagebuch
entry of
June 19, 1896. Translation is mine]." One can only wonder about how
much
past as well as future misery might have been avoided had Herzl been
able to
take this advice to heart and had indeed abandoned his project.
History's wars
are not foreordained but result from wrong assumptions and the Zionist
dream,
which is turning into a nightmare for all of us, is just one of them.
But Herzl was obsessed, and he as well as his followers, could not and
still
cannot, abandon the quest for Eretz Yisrael, which
encompasses for
some at minimum the current state plus the occupied West Bank and Gaza.
The
maximalists dream of the restoration of King David's borders, which are
actually quite nebulous if one asks historians. The failure of American
administrations to recognize this quest, which can bring only further
bloodshed, has led us into the current impasse in the Middle East.
Under the
slogan that we have to fight terrorism and secure the survival of "the
only democracy in the Middle East," America has been led into the war
with
Iraq and if Likud supporters, both here and in Israel, had their way we
would
also eliminate Syria and Iran as potential threats to Israel. Let me
emphasize
that the threat to Israel was not the only reason for our invasion of
Iraq but,
to deny that it was a contributing factor would also be inaccurate.
Now we come to the problem: How can a small nation of six million
people, of
whom about one million Arabs are partially disenfranchised even within
the pre
1967 borders, prosper in the face of ever growing hostility? To answer
this
question we have to look at how Jewish intellectuals think about
themselves and
what methods are employed to gain support from inside and outside their
own
community. As far as self appreciation is concerned I would now like to
quote
from a few Jewish sources. One is a recent letter I received from the
Simon
Wiesenthal Center which starts out,
"Dear Friend,
I'm writing you today with news about a frightening trend that is
sweeping
across the European continent.
Since October of 2000, the beginning of the Palestinian Intifada II,
the Simon
Wiesenthal Center has been tracking with growing alarm, a dramatic rise
in hate
rhetoric and hate crimes targeted toward Europe's Jewish population . .
. . The
situation has grown so serious that Simon Wiesenthal, now 95, told me
that
'there is more antisemitism today than we experienced in the 1930's.'"
The
message is that Jews not only in Israel but also in Europe are in
serious and
growing danger and must rally to the meet the threat. Financial support
for the
Wiesenthal Center was requested; as if the problem could be solved with
money.
To highlight the threat to Israeli Jews the tax-exempt organization
FLAME
(Facts and Logic About the Middle East), which advertises in a number
of newspapers
and magazines, argues vigorously against the creation of a Palestinian
state.
It is claimed that the state would never remain demilitarized, continue
to
threaten Israel's very existence, and eventually lead to a nuclear
holocaust.
One of the "facts" cited in support of this thesis is that a
Palestinian state is unjustified "because there are no distinct
'Palestinian' people. The concept of a Palestinian state came about
after the
Six-Day War in 1967." Well, this is simply untrue, and the writers of
FLAME must know it. Palestine was the official name for the country
under the
British Mandate; ergo the people living there were Palestinians
regardless of
what religion they professed. The division of Palestine into a Jewish
and an
Arab state was first suggested by the Peel Commission in 1937 and
officially
adopted by the UN in 1947. The argument whether the Arabs living in
Palestine
were really "Palestinians" reminded me of the story of a an old man
in the Sudetenland, "When I was born I lived in Austria, then I lived
in
Czechoslovakia, then I lived in Germany, now I live in Czechoslovakia
again and
I have never even set foot outside of my village." Since the FLAME
article
reflects the current Israeli government's position it is obvious that
the "road
map" never had a ghost of a chance to succeed. Regardless of what the
Palestinians did or did not do the will from the Israeli side simply
wasn't
there. In spite of the so called truce Israeli settlements continued to
be
expanded and the construction of the "fence" which in part separates
Palestinian farmers' villages from their fields was started. All of
this is
done in the name of security for Israel, which reinforces the basically
paranoid mind-set into which Americans are now being recruited.
But as mentioned earlier for paranoia to flourish it needs not only the
threat
of persecution but also a sense of entitlement. In order to understand
this
aspect one has to read Jewish literature and the book by Max I. Dimont The
Indestructible Jews. An action-packed journey through 4,000
years of
history, is a
good
example. He divides Jewish history into three acts. The first one, "The
Manifest Destiny", covers the era from the patriarchs to Jesus; the
second, "The Existential Dilemma" deals with the period from Jesus to
Ben-Gurion, and the third act, "The Paradox of the Diaspora" is being
played out now. Dimont believes, and he may well be right, that the
Jews are
what he called "the surfboard riders of history." They attach
themselves to one rising civilization infuse it with their belief
system and
when that civilization is in decay, they catch the next wave. For this
reason
they need both the Diaspora as well as the state of Israel as its
spiritual
center. Let me now quote some key passages to get a flavor of Dimont's
thinking.
"The Jews will not worship idols, be they religious, secular or
scientific. A consequence . . . is that of the Jews as skeptics, who
never
accept the say-so of anyone not even God . . . They are a people of
law. They
are a people born with a pontificating finger, moral busybodies, who
are
forever telling the world what is right and what is wrong . . .
Finally, Jews
have always supported education and general welfare. . . the Jewish
ethic
rallies round the flag that symbolizes what is noblest in man."
In regard to Jewish Diaspora Dimont wrote,
"Each Diaspora interaction enriched Judaism, giving it a new virility,
verisimilitude, and a broader spectrum of intellectual activity. But
its inner
core always remained distinctly Jewish. No matter how much the Jews
borrowed,
they did not doubt the superiority of Judaism itself. . . . With each
new
challenge, with each successive enlargement of the Diaspora Judaic
ideas were
indelibly imprinted on each host civilization. This 'Judaization' of
the world
that has imperceptibly coursed below the surface of history in our
second act
is destined to surface in the third."
Dimont then asks, "Will it be the destiny of the Jews in the third act
to
proselytize the universalistic aspect of their faith to a diasporized
world
sick unto its scientific soul, ready, perhaps, at last, to accept their
prophetic message? Is it possible that Christianity, Mohammedanism,
communism
have been but stepping stones to make it easier for diasporized man to
cross
over into a universal Judaism? . . . . At the end of the first act,
Jesus
proclaimed a religious brotherhood of man in heaven. At the end of the
second
act Marx proclaimed an economic brotherhood for man on earth. What will
be
proclaimed at the end of the third act? Will the Christian Jesus
reappear as
promised by the Gospels, or will a Jewish Messiah appear as promised by
the
prophets? Thus in the third act, man himself will be faced with an
existential
choice. Should he choose the Christian paradise in heaven, with an
avenging
Jesus returning to end mankind with a Judgment day, or should he choose
the
Jewish paradise on earth brought about by a messianic concept of
brotherhood?"
Dimont then addresses the question,
"How could these forthright Zionist agnostics [who had settled in
Palestine prior to nationhood] claim to be heirs to the messianic
ideal? How
could they deny God and yet proclaim the chosenness of the Jewish
people?
Perhaps Ben-Gurion best resolved this dilemma when he said
'My concept of the messianic idea is not a metaphysical but a
social-cultural
one . . . I believe in our moral and intellectual superiority, in our
capacity
to serve to serve as a model for the redemption of the human race . . .
"
Dimont concluded,
"Perhaps this is why God chose the Jews, if there was indeed divine
choice. He could count on them. As one scholar so perceptively summed
it up -
'In Judaism, God turned to man and said, 'Finish the job for me,' and
man said
'I will.' In Christianity, man returns to God and says 'I cannot do it,
finish
the work for me,' and God says 'I will'. In essence the Christians are
unable
to fulfill the task assigned to man by God, and slough the job back to
God via
Jesus. . . . As long as the Jews stick to the ethics of the Torah and
the
ideology of the Prophets they will remain indestructible. When all men
embrace
this ethic and ideology, they, too, will symbolically become 'Jewish.'
There
will then be only man."
I have quoted so extensively from my 1973 edition because these are the
ideas
over which the current war in Israel as well as the more general war
with
Islamic fundamentalists are fought over. Let me highlight just a few
points.
Dimont tells us that the Jewish vision of morality is the only correct
one. It
has to be pushed onto the rest of the world, which has to be
"Judaized." "Diasporized man" is a neologism and I doubt
that people of other nations or religions feel that they live in a
"Diaspora." A "universal Judaism" is an oxymoron. Judaism, strictly
speaking, is a set of laws given by Moses to the Israelites to form a
nation
which sets them apart from the goyim! The messianic concept of
brotherhood was
always limited to members of the twelve tribes. When one reads the Old
Testament carefully, Gentiles could join but would have to undergo
conversion
to Jewish law, which for males includes circumcision. The expansion of
some
aspects of Judaism into a universal religion was due to Jesus martyrdom
and
mainly St. Paul's missionary trips to the Gentiles. It is they who
should get
the credit. I have discussed these aspects in my next book Understanding
Jesus. A Medical Perspective which, as of today, is still looking
for a
publisher. When it comes to "moral and intellectual superiority," I
thought that this concept of the inherent superiority of one racial or
ethnic
group over another was buried with Hitler in the bunker, but apparently
not.
The ethics of the Torah and the prophets, which should be accepted by
the rest
of the world is also a catch phrase without meaning but mindlessly
repeated by
numerous Jewish authors. The Torah is not only the first five books
attributed
to Moses in the Old Testament but the entire body of Jewish written and
oral
law, which most Jews do not adhere to anyway. The prophets were
nationalists
who showered doom and gloom upon all their neighbors as well as the
wayward
Jews. This vision hardly lends itself to a peaceful future. Thus to
call upon
the world to adopt the "universal aspects of the Torah and the
prophets," but in the same breath deny the existence of God strikes me
as
less than honest. Furthermore the truly universal aspects of the moral
law
antedated Moses. It would be most wholesome for writers like Dimont to
read
Pritchard’s The Ancient Near East. This collection of
documents from
the beginnings of our civilization ought to remove chauvinistic
preconceptions
and provide respect for those ancients upon whose words the laws and
wisdom
literature of the Bible was based. A great many of the commandments the
Israelites were ordered to adhere to in the Torah were actually
literally
copied from Hammurabi's [ca. 1728-1686] laws. He received them likewise
from
his god whose name was, however, Shamash not Yahweh.
The statement that "there will then be only man," is a concept not
even religious Jews subscribe to and an effort to turn the entire world
into
atheists must create resistance. Yet it is precisely these ideas which
are
being pushed in America and which the world receives through
television. These
fuel the hatred not only against Jews but Americans as their protector.
Small
wonder that some Muslims will say in so many words: not over my dead
body.
Lest one assumes that it is merely one author who harbors and promotes
these
thoughts one needs only to read Jewish newspapers, magazines,
as well
as a variety of books by Jewish authors. Dimont, and those who think
like him,
also have a profoundly distorted view of what Christianity is, or
should be,
all about. Just as many Christians, especially Evangelicals, harbor an
idealized view of Judaism and the state of Israel which has no
counterpart in
the real world. Thus Dimont's writings are typical for a paranoid
mind-set
which consists of an exaggerated sense of self importance masking the
unspoken
fear of the "avenging Jesus." The dead Jesus and the possibility that
God might exist haunt some Jewish intellectuals and this is the reason
why not
only Christianity but all religions have to disappear. The claim that
Jews as a
whole rally to the flag which stands for "what is noblest in man"
also sounds quite hollow when one considers Jewish behavior vis a vis
their
Arab citizens and to the Palestinians in the occupied territories.
Security
will never be achieved by brutality and each escalating reprisal will
merely
lead to more bloodshed. There are indeed some responsible Jews in
Israel as
well as here who argue against these policies but they are the
proverbial voice
in the wilderness which gets drowned out by the clamor for revenge and
"security."
On the other hand there is one point where I have to agree with Dimont.
The
"Judaization" of America has succeeded beyond the wildest dreams of
Jewish immigrants after WWII. Even our foreign policy is currently no
longer in
the hands of the professionals in the State Department but is run by a
small
civilian neoconservative group in the Pentagon who turn Israel's goals
into
those of America. This is the tragedy of the beginning century because
the
American people, by and large, do not realize that they are being used
for
ulterior motives.
We now have to address the question how is Dimont's vision to be
accomplished.
The answer is already partly in his book and in last month's essay on
"The
Niger Forgery". "Thou shalt wage war by deception" is not
limited to the Mossad; it now permeates all aspects of our society. To
get by
with deceptions the responsible officials can either lie or stonewall,
by not
releasing pertinent documents and Congress' as well as the media's
acquiescence. Even the minutes of Vice President Cheney's meeting on
energy
policy in early 2001 are not allowed to be released because they would,
in all
probability, throw a rather different light on the administration's
response to
the 9/11 disaster. While secrecy and outright lies are one mechanism,
the
spread of fear by exaggerating possible dangers is the other, as
exemplified by
the rhetoric which led up to the Iraq invasion, and expressed also in
the
letter from the Wiesenthal Center as well as in FLAME.
One year ago I wrote in the essay "October Surprise?" that I had been
told in August by a person who was privy to administration information
that the
decision for war had already been made and that our efforts to convince
Senator
Bennett to act as a voice of reason in Washington were fruitless. I had
no
possibility at that time to verify the information but corroboration
came in an
article from The Guardian. The British have appointed an
independent
commission under Lord Hutton to examine the recent suspicious death of
Dr.
Kelly who was the country's foremost expert on Iraq's weapons of mass
destruction. The Guardian wrote in its August 23, 2003
edition under
the headline, "Emails show how No 10 constructed case for war," that
Tony Blair was told on September 8, 2002 by President Bush at Camp
David that
the invasion of Iraq had been decided on. It was Blair's job to make
the
British people come on board and the flurry of e-mails under discussion
was to
provide the justification for the war rather than an attempt to avoid
it.
"The sense that the decision had been made is also echoed by the former
cabinet minister, Clare Short, who opposed the war and who told the
Commons
foreign affairs committee that she had been informed by three senior
people -
believed to be another cabinet minister, an MI6 chief and a top civil
servant -
that war was inevitable. One of them told her to stop fretting because
it could
not be stopped."
Evidence how the American people were hoodwinked into the war can also
be found
on the Internet in an interview with Ray Mc Govern by Will Pitt on June
26,2003
(www.truthout.org).
McGovern, a CIA analyst for 27 years, had served under seven Presidents
beginning with Kennedy and ending with Bush I. His job was to brief the
highest
administration officials, and as he relates the motto of the CIA,
chiseled in
marble at the entrance, is "You Shall Know The Truth, And the Truth
Shall
Set You Free." In those days CIA officers did indeed present truthful
analysis results to the policy makers and were not interfered with,
regardless
whether a given administration liked or did not like the data. The CIA
was an
independent agency which could go after facts. This changed profoundly
in the
run-up towards the Iraq war. President Bush II had ignored the briefing
on
August 6, 2001 which had its title "Bin Laden Determined to Strike in
the
US." Condoleeza Rice, our National Security Advisor, admitted after
September 11 that she had not looked at her predecessor's, Sandy
Berger, file
on terrorism. As she said, "It was still on my desk when September 11
happened." According to McGovern the driving force in the exaggeration
of
the potential Iraqi threat, which justified the invasion of the
country, was
the Vice President as well as the civilians in the Pentagon especially
Wolfowitz. Mc Govern, also told his interviewer, "When the decision was
made last summer that we will have a war against Iraq, they were
casting about.
You'll recall White House Chief of Staff Andy Carr saying you don't
market a
new product in August. The big blast off was Cheney's speech in
Nashville, I
think it was Nashville anyway, on August 26. He said Iraq was seeking
materials
for its nuclear program. That set the tone right there."
This is what seems to really have happened, the tragedy of 9/11 was
used as the
excuse to pursue other goals by manufacturing non-existent threats
against the
U.S., supposedly emanating from Saddam Hussein. Fear had to spread and
our
moral superiority over the rest of the world had to be proclaimed. This
policy
has now committed us to an indefinite guerilla war in Afghanistan as
well as
Iraq and possibly other places around the world. Although the CIA as
well as
the FBI analysts in the field had done their level best to detect and
warn of
imminent dangers they were ignored by their higher-ups. Problems of
this type
will neither be solved by an additional layer of bureaucracy called
Homeland
Security Office nor by a Patriot Act which allows the government to
snoop on
its citizens at will.
What can be done now? First of all the press and television have to
demand a
truly independent investigation of the events leading up to 9-11-2001
and the
administration's response to it. Public pressure for an accounting is
needed
before Congress will react and take the appropriate steps. Senators and
Representatives have re-election on their minds and will not act unless
the
public is truly aroused and it is the media's job to keep government as
honest
as possible. Stonewalling by the President as well as the Vice
President in
regard to crucial documents should be condemned and brought before the
judiciary. If judicial orders are then denied on grounds of "national
security" the responsible people should be held in contempt. Nothing
but
the disclosure of the full truth will ever get us out of this quandary
we have
gotten into during the past two years. Our national security is not
served by
secrecy but only by a fully informed citizenry.
As far as Iraq is concerned the predictions about the consequences of
this
invasion, which have been made during the past year in these pages,
have sadly
come true. The guerilla war in Iraq against everyone who cooperates
with
Americans, as urged by bin-Laden in his tape recorded message prior to
our
invasion, is now also a reality. I presented excerpts in the March,
2003 essay
"From Homo Sapiens to the Naked Ape." The most recent highlights are
the tragic attacks on the UN headquarters and even the most revered
Shiite
mosque in Najaf. Ayatollah Mohammed Baquir al-Hakim had advocated
accommodation
with the infidels and this was not to be condoned. Attacks upon the
Kurds are
likely to be in the offing next. At this late stage everybody in the US
now
wants the UN to assume a greater role. But this cannot be achieved in
the way
Charles Krauthammer wants it. The headline of his essay on the last
page of Time
September 1, 2003 was, "Help Wanted. Why America needs to lean hard on
its
allies to lend a hand in Iraq." This reflects precisely the sense of
arrogance which is discussed above. First we tell the world that
regardless of
what they want we will go it alone, and when that didn't quite work out
as
envisioned they should come and bail us out. But we intend to keep the
major
contracts for the rebuilding of Iraq and the anticipated future
profits. People
who think this way forget that our allies are not our servants, they
are free
people and the scenario as outlined above is not likely to find their
approval.
Only when we demonstrate that we are willing for them to share not only
burdens
but also rewards is help likely to be forthcoming.
To the Jewish people and their sympathizers I suggest that they take
the
contents of Whither Zionism? and of "The Neocons'
Leviathan," which was published here in April of this year, to heart.
Please recognize the failure of the neoncons, as well as Likud's,
policies and conduct
yourselves according to the high ethical principles your writers
proclaim. Place
yourself into the shoes of the Palestinians in the occupied territories
and
consider what the world-wide Jewish reaction would be if the roles were
reversed and Palestinians treated Jews the way Palestinians are being
treated
now. Remember that the Golden Rule works both ways, "You will
be
treated the way you treat others." Realize, furthermore, that when a
total
of about 14 million people want to convert a world of more than 6
billion to
their belief system - be it religious or secular - it cannot work; it
must
backfire. Complaining about antisemitism, spreading further fear and
drumming
up money will not help.
The answer to the challenges ahead is honesty and conduct commensurate
with
universal, rather than parochial, human values. Goethe has summed them
up in,
"Edel sei der Mensch, hilfreich und gut." The human being's
task is to be noble, helpful and good! This is everyone's duty and not
limited
to a given religious, national or ethnic group. Frankl, a Jew, has
shown that
it can be done even when a tremendous personal loss has taken place. So
have
other Jews both here and in Israel. But misguided Jewish zealots, who
have
converted some Gentiles to their cause, are dragging us down the wrong
road. It
will be up to individual responsible Jews to publicly and vociferously
speak
out against this type of "leadership" because goyim cannot do this
job for them.
October 1, 2003
IGNORANT ARROGANCE
September was the month when the races for
political power
started to gather steam. In California we saw a
popular
attempt to recall the sitting governor blocked by a three panel judge’s
vote.
But that vote was overturned a few days later by 11 judges and the
recall
election is on again for October 7. The mere fact that a few appointed
judges
have the potential power to nullify the constitutionally guaranteed
expression
of the wishes of 1.6 million Californians should give us pause to
reconsider
what kind of a republic we have become. Needless to say our current
President
was actually also anointed by one vote of a Supreme Court Justice, and
that it
is the Supreme Court, made up of political appointees, who decides what
the
"law of the land" is at a given moment.
Nevertheless some of us, including myself and most members of my family
who had
actually voted for Mr. Bush, welcomed this particular Supreme
Court
decision because we thought he would bring to the White House: honesty,
common
sense and a foreign policy which works in concert with the UN on the
problems
of this world. This illusion was fostered further by the people
governor Bush
surrounded himself with. The designated Vice-President, Secretary of
Defense
and Secretary of State seemed to be men of experience and substance who
had
served honorably in his father's presidency.
But appearances were deceiving. We did not know at
that time
that Mr. Cheney's interests seem to have remained wedded to the oil
industry,
and it became apparent that Mr. Rumsfeld's defense policies did not
originate
within himself but reflected the views of a small group of neocons
whose
political outlook equates the policies to be adopted by the United
States with
those of Israel, as has been pointed out here in "The Neocons'
Leviathan." This group disdained the professionals at the State
Department
and General Powell, as a good soldier, took his
orders from
his Commander in Chief, who had also fallen under their spell. This led
to the
sad spectacle earlier in the year where Powell presented evidence to
the UN
about Saddam's weapons of mass destruction which neither he nor CIA
director Tenet,
who was there for moral support, probably fully believed in. What we
saw on
that day was what might have been regarded as a lack of Zivilcourage,
namely standing up for one's principles of truth and integrity and
refraining
from making allegations based on dubious evidence. Although General
Powell had
resigned from the army and the president could no longer order him
around he
failed to draw the consequences from the fact that his position had
become
untenable because foreign policy was made in the Defense rather than
the State
Department. Had he quit his job he might well have put the rush to war
on hold,
especially if the General had given open and full testimony before
Congress how
his position had been undermined by the civilians in the Pentagon. The
fact
that he chose instead to support the administration, possibly against
his
better judgment, makes him, unfortunately, co-responsible for the
current
tribulations of the "liberated" Iraqi people, the deaths and injuries
of our soldiers, as well as of thousands of innocent Iraqis, loss of
America's
prestige throughout major portions of the world and the staggering
financial
burdens Americans are now saddled with.
The ultimate responsibility for the conduct of
America's
foreign policy lies, of course, with the president,
and it is
no secret that he has little use for diplomacy but favors the approach
advocated by the group of Cheney-Rice-Rumsfeld-Wolfowitz etc. Had the
9/11
terrorist attack not occurred he might have served out his presidency
with little
fanfare, because Americans are not a belligerent people. Live and let
live
tends to be their maxim, in addition to being generous to those who are
less
fortunate than us. A foreign policy which defies international law and
invades
other countries in a "pre-emptive" manner tends to be against the
image they have of themselves. There is a caveat, however, because our
politicians have always played by the rules of power while cloaking
them in
moral phraseology. The Spanish-American war which set
America
on the road to empire was ostensibly over the Spaniards sinking our
battleship
Maine in Havana harbor, although the inquest failed to establish
Spanish guilt
in this naval tragedy. The reason for invading Cuba was not merely the
"liberation of the Cuban people from a ruthless dictatorship," as
advocated by what was then called the yellow press. It is also worth
while
remembering that before there ever was a "Butcher of Baghdad,"
the American public was introduced to "Butcher Weyler,"
who was the Spanish general in charge of rooting out the insurgency. In
1896
the Hearst press showered him also with epithets such as, "a fiendish
despot, a brute, the devastator, pitiless cold, an exterminator of
men."
The rebellion of nationalist Cubans, who used what is now called terror
tactics, severely interfered with the profits of the sugar cane
industry and
that could not be tolerated. In addition some political circles had for
a long
time cast a desirous eye on the island and even Thomas
Jefferson
had written, "I have ever looked at Cuba as the most interesting
addition
which could ever be made to our system of States." Since American
public
opinion always rooted for the underdog the invasion of Cuba
was preordained regardless of the steps Spain took
subsequently to ameliorate the situation. But Spain also had other
overseas
colonies especially the Philippines and those folks
had to be
liberated too in order to receive the blessings of Christianity. The
fact that
the vast majority were already Catholics was apparently unknown. But
who can
blame President McKinley who, although a very well
meaning
person, couldn't even find the Philippines on a map. Just as Cuban
exile groups
in New York had urged America's entry into their war, Philippine exile
groups
entreated Admiral Dewey, who happened to be in Hong
Kong with
his fleet, to sail into Manila Bay destroy the Spanish fleet and then
hand a
freed country over to them. Dewey did the first part but could not
follow
through with the second. The "splendid little war,"
as John Hay, U.S. ambassador to London, had put it in a letter to Teddy
Roosevelt in the summer of 1898, was soon over in the Caribbean with
little
loss of American lives. But it turned subsequently into a prolonged
bloody
battle in the Philippine archipelago which lasted for six years until
peace was
established. America's goal in the Philippines as outlined by President
McKinley was to create a government "designed not for our satisfaction
nor
for our theoretical views, but for the happiness, peace and prosperity
of the
people of the Philippine islands." This language strikes one also as
eerily familiar. But the Muslim Moros in the island of Mindanao wanted
no part
of infidel rule in 1904 and kept on fighting intermittently. It took
about
fifty years before the liberated Filipinos were deemed worthy to run
their own
country and lo and behold a hundred years later we are still, or again,
fighting Muslim terrorists in those islands.
The information and quotes mentioned above can be found in Ivan
Musicant's Empire
By Default. The Spanish-American War and the Dawn of the American
Century.The
American people were goaded into
empire building by claims of Spanish villainy and a threat to our
shores, just
as the so-called attack on our ships in the gulf of Tonkin led us into
an
expanded Vietnam war. Now the charge that Saddam was in cahoots with
terrorists, who would unleash weapons of mass destruction on us at any
moment,
brought us into Iraq for an unforeseeable period of time.
The rhetoric of creating fear, which has to be overcome by a determined
course
of forceful righteousness, has remained the same and so has the
ignorance of
how other people live and what their real aspirations are. Uncle
Sam
knows best and his views have to be enforced. When others, as
for
instance some ingrate Europeans, like France and Germany, demur they
are being
given the stark alternative of "if you are not with us, you are against
us."
In the self-proclaimed war on terror there is no middle ground and
people who
do not see "the moral clarity" of our cause are not only potential
enemies but also evil. Thus one should hardly be surprised over
headlines
"France: Friend or Foe?" and "Saudi Arabia: Friend or
Enemy?" Simplifications like these are to be expected when one
considers
the background of the people who write these articles, or as in the
case of our
president write his speeches. Now we come to a remarkable observation. President
Bush is apparently disinclined to read even newspapers or
magazines in
order to form his own opinions. As he said in a recent interview with
Brit Hume
of Fox News, "I glance at the headlines just to kind
of a
flavor for what's moving. I rarely read the stories, and get briefed by
people
who are probably read the news themselves. But like Condoleeza, in her
case,
the national security adviser is getting her news directly from the
participants on the world stage [www.foxnews.com]." Leaving the mangled
syntax
aside this is surely a remarkable statement by the "leader of the free
world." He tells us in essence that he relies entirely on precooked and
pre-digested ideas of others who feed him what they think he should
know and,
what is worse; he seems to have no inclination to get independent
verification.
I believe that this explains his foreign policy conduct and how he came
up, for
instance, with the idea that "Sharon is a man of peace."
Yes, but on whose terms?
Since Bush's staff shields him from people with
divergent
views and the president himself has apparently never been out of the
country as
a simple tourist his views of the world are severely restricted. When
one adds
to this the fact that he regards himself as a "born again
Christian," we can understand why he could so easily fall prey
to
those elements in the government who seized on the 9/11 tragedy to
enact their
foreign policy ideas which are in essence those of the Likud
party
in Israel. When this is coupled with a Bush-Cheney background in the
oil
industry it is hardly surprising that Iraq had to be invaded regardless
of
whatever cooperation Saddam may or may not have extended to UN
inspectors. It
was literally a "done deal" by last September and it has been
reported that Halliburton (whose CEO Mr. Cheney was before he assumed
his
present job) had already received in November 2002 a "no bid
contract" to rebuild Iraq's oil industry after the war. The entire UN
performance in the fall and winter of last year was not designed to
prevent the
war but merely to get UN approval for something that had already been
unilaterally decided on.
The president prides himself on being a strong leader
and he
certainly reads the speeches, prepared by unknown writers, quite well.
It is,
however, highly instructive for a neurologist to watch his body
language and syntax when he is speaking spontaneously during
rare
press conferences or interviews with members of the media. While trying
to a
give a strong impression and making positive statements his head turns
at the
same time not up and down in the manner of saying yes, but from side to
side
which seems to negate what he is saying. This body language is, of
course,
totally unconscious and raises a question of inner insecurity hidden
behind a
facade of official bravado. When his detractors pointed out, prior to
the
November 2000 election, that he may not possess the stuff that is
required for
a president of the country, we dismissed the idea as malevolent gossip
but in
retrospect it may well have been correct.
The president seems to be a simple person with oversimplified ideas and
thereby
became the ideal tool for others who have more complex and occasionally
devious
minds. This is where his main constituency the "Christian
Right" comes in. I suggested earlier this year in "President
Bush's Choice" that he had to choose between statesmanship and running
for
re-election. These are mutually incompatible goals. When I wrote the
installment I sensed, of course, what his choice was likely to be and
now there
is no longer any doubt. Re-election demands that Evangelical Christians
must
not be alienated. This means in turn that any "leaning on Israel" to
grant the Palestinians their rights is out of the question. One of the
leaders
of the Christian Right, Pat Robertson, recently gave
an interview
which was published in part in the September 19, 2003 edition of The
Jerusalem Post. The headline was "Cross his heart. When US
televangelist Pat Robertson talks, millions of Americans listen. And
what he's
telling George W. Bush is to beware of dividing the land of Israel and
creating
a Palestinian state." In the introduction to the interview we find,
"As far as Robertson is concerned Bush is playing with fire, and making
what he considers to be a 'terrible mistake.' To the interviewer's
question
"do you think that American Christians in 2004 should take that [the
division of Palestine into a Jewish and an Arab state] when deciding
whom to
vote for into consideration?" Robertson replied diplomatically, "I
think they will, but the problem is between two people." Robertson
explained that if Bush's opponent is going to be a liberal Democrat who
"is as bad or worse on Israel than he [Bush] is," the evangelicals
will have no choice but to stick with Bush regardless of the road map.
The
unspoken conviction is that they will make sure it won't go anywhere
any time
soon.
In regard to Saudi Arabia, Robertson regarded the Wahabi as "vicious"
who have to be dealt with "forcefully." One may wonder what that
means, bomb Saudi-Arabia? To the question "How can American citizens,
particularly American Christians, support Israel in this difficult
time?"
Robertson answered, "The best thing is to discuss the legitimacy of
Israel, the legitimacy of Israel's claims to the land on a biblical
basis. I think
that for the American Christians and for Israel itself, the strongest
claim to
integrity rests strongly in the Bible. The Land was given by God."
Well,
it really is as simple as that: the Bible is God's
inerrant
word and ought to be the basis of America's
foreign
policy in the Middle East. The fact that Muslims
will never agree to this interpretation is irrelevant
as far
as the good reverend is concerned. But since the land was, according to
the
Bible, deeded by the Lord to all of Abraham's offspring and Ishmael
(purported
ancestor of the Arabs) had arrived on the scene before Isaac "moral
clarity" would seem to require that they have an equally good claim to
at
least parts of the land. Furthermore, one truly wonders about what
kind of Christianity this is when one turns a blind
eye to the
oppression of Palestinians and concentrates exclusively on the
suffering of
Jews and their God given rights. For Christians, Jesus is supposed to
be the
final arbiter and his message does not include land grabs and
expropriation of
other peoples' property. The effort to remake American Christians in
Pat
Robertson's image can only result in further disasters. The Good
Samaritan
parable seems to have been bypassed by these "born again" Christians
who prefer the fire and brimstone of the Old Testament.
This would not matter much if the fate of the world did not hang on
these
arrogant notions, proclaimed by people who are ignorant of other
civilizations
and their rightful aspirations to live in peace within their own
culture. There
is no universally agreed way on dress codes, sexual mores, what the
rights and
duties of males versus females are, and in certain societies even
capitalism is
not regarded as the highest good. When we try to impose our values on
other
cultures we can expect serious troubles. When our soldiers come
crashing into
homes in rural Afghanistan or Iraq in search of terrorists and frighten
the
women who don't want to be seen unveiled by strangers, humiliate the
fathers by
having them kneel blindfolded in front of their children, we should not
be
surprised when new "terrorists" spring up.
While President Reagan has been called "The
Great
Communicator," president Bush would surely
qualify as "The Great Simplifier." By
misinterpreting method for goal and labeling all insurrections against
existing
power structures as terrorism, he is lumping national struggles for
independence with religious Mafia type criminals. This is a serious
mistake for
which the American people are already paying a bitter price and it is
likely only
to get steeper in blood and resources. It is also hardly surprising
that a speech,
like the one the president delivered before the UN
last week
did not evoke resonance from the rest of the world community. He asked
for help
from the UN, but on his terms. The speech was also laced with what
other
countries "must" do but there was no hint to what extent he is
willing to share revenues if and when they were to become available
from the
sale of Iraq's oil and gas wealth. This approach is not likely to work
and to
label those who won't buy into these grandiose plans as either "evil"
or enemies, will also not be helpful.
There was another interview on the Fox News channel
last week
which also fully fits the title of this essay. Bill O'Reilly,
whose "no spin zone" has currently the biggest ratings among cable
news programs, interviewed Dick Morris who was
President
Clinton's intimate political advisor several years ago. While Clinton
could
survive sexual indiscretions, Morris did not and now freelances his
services,
probably to the highest bidder. The remarkable aspect was that he
suggested in
all seriousness that if Bush wants to get re-elected
next year
he has to launch a war against Iran. The issue of
potential
nuclear proliferation will be the pretext to remove this "rogue
regime" which breeds terrorists. If Bush simply sits on his haunches
during the next year without any dramatic new foreign wars the
unfinished
business in Afghanistan and Iraq as well as the potentially still
sagging
economy will come to haunt him and he can shelve the re-election dream.
O'Reilly, who is not given to bashfulness and is a strong Bush
supporter, did
not want to believe this scenario but failed to contradict Morris with
a more
reasonable approach. Should one be surprised, therefore, that when
non-Americans read or see this they come to believe that America is
indeed
currently the most dangerous country in the world? This perception
needs to be
changed but platitudes by the president about bringing freedom,
democracy and
peace to the rest of the world will not do. Actions speak louder than
words.
Two years ago I published in these pages under the
title "September
11th" an opinion as to what the various key players in the
post
9/11 world really want. As far as bin-Laden is concerned he wanted to
engage
America into a prolonged war with Muslim countries. This would weaken
America's
stature in the Middle East and rally the masses to the flag of radical
Islam.
Bush obliged and so far Osama has gotten his wish. We
are
bogged down in Afghanistan and Iraq, we may or may not bomb Iran and
each
passing day further antagonizes Arabs and Muslims. The fact that we
seem to
have again adopted a hands off policy towards Israel and vetoed a UN
Security
Council resolution which condemned Israel's decision to either kill or
exile
Arafat does not get us bonus points in Arab eyes. In addition Bush's
crusade
puts a terrible strain on an already weakened economy and it is
doubtful that
even Congress has a stomach for further military adventures unless
another
catastrophe occurs which can be laid at the feet of Syria or Iran. That
neither
of these countries has a wish to tangle with the U.S. does not matter
because
the mere charge of "harboring terrorists" is nowadays sufficient for
a "pre-emptive strike" to bring about a regime change.
Sharon also got his wish. The West Bank is
re-occupied; there
are running battles in the Gaza strip, and by identifying the
Palestinian
struggle for statehood with America's war on terrorism he has succeeded
in
getting America's unqualified support. He has eliminated Iraq as a
potential
threat, without firing a shot, but Syria and Iran still need a little
more
work, and so does breaking the will of the Palestinians to resist
Israeli
occupation.
As far as America is concerned I was
mistaken in one
assumption only. I wrote that "even our leadership does not
want
war, but to get the economy moving and to work for global prosperity."
This supposition was grounded in the basic goodness of the American
people and I
was not aware that war had already been decided on by September 12, 2001
as documented in Bob Woodward's book. On the other hand I was not blind
to
realities as the very next sentences prove,
"Nevertheless in spite of the current unity the country's opinion
makers
are split over how to set things right in the world. On account of the
so-called Judeo-Christian tradition (a term which, by the way, is
rejected by
observant Jews) there are strong emotional ties to Judaism and the
state of
Israel. Powerful military action is urged by the majority of
journalists.
Currently in the minority is another group which regards war as folly
but has
as yet no strong support from the media. This is bound to change if and
when
body bags were to arrive in larger numbers.
For these reasons a major war against Islamic states is not in the best
interest of the United States but serves only the purposes of Radical
Muslims
and proponents of a Greater Israel."
The neocons got their war and there is no end in
sight. Even
if Bush is voted out of office next year the legacy he leaves this
country will
be difficult to overcome. Democratic contenders for
the
presidency, who belatedly see the failures of the Bush foreign policy,
are
trying to define themselves. But so far none of the nine have been able
to
inspire a great deal of confidence in their ability to steer the
country into
calmer waters. We know, as yet, too little about the
latest
and tenth arrival on the scene, General Wesley Clark,
to allow
for an educated guess as to what he might really stand for and be able
to do.
As argued previously in these pages what is needed is a
paradigm shift;
away from ignorant arrogance and towards a policy which is grounded in
a
thorough understanding of history, which in turn leads to a genuine
respect for
other people's rightful aspirations and traditions. General
Clark may
possess these qualities but whether or not he can clearly formulate not
only
his aspirations, but also the ways to achieve them remains to be seen
in the
coming months. Right now it is too early to tell because all we have so
far is
rhetoric.
Finally we must face the real problem of our society.
Ignorant
arrogance is not limited in our country to
politicians; it is wide-spread among the people. Most, if not
all of
us, fall prey to it intermittently. It is a cardinal sin which needs to
be
guarded against. "We are the biggest and the best," is a pervasive
attitude. Yes, we have the biggest economy and great technology which
allows us
to reduce any country to rubble. But as the past two years have proven
although
we can destroy in a flash, winning hearts and minds cannot be
done by
bombs. This simple truth must first sink into the minds of the people
in our
media and then the general public. Only a truly educated
public can
generate an educated leadership which it can follow in good conscience.
All
politicians on the local, state, and national level, as well
as all
candidates for public office stress their devotion to
education
but hardly any one asks them what they mean by that word. When asked
the answer
is, as for everything else, we need more money for a
variety
of worthwhile projects. But the problem of ignorance cannot be solved
by money.
Educational reform, to be meaningful, would have to realize
that what
is being taught in our schools, from elementary through college, is
more
important than how it is taught. This
is the
real problem which ought to be faced and publicly acknowledged.
November 1, 2003
WOLFOWITZ - MAN OF THE YEAR
While looting was still going on in "liberated"
Baghdad, and her citizens lingered without water and electricity, our
Pentagon
neoconservatives were already busy talking about the next
liberation.
We were told that Syria is now the
repository
of a massive arsenal of WMD's which has in addition been
bolstered by
Saddam's cache. This is why we a) couldn't find them in Iraq and b) why
Syria
has to be eliminated. Iran, as another source of
chronic evil also
has to be dealt with immediately before the mullahs get the
bomb.
Little Kim Jong Il, on the other hand, has to be treated
diplomatically, rather
than militarily, because we assume he already has the potential to do
us
significant harm. It thus becomes obvious that we chose our evils
wisely. We
use our military against those states we can readily defeat but become
considerably
more cautious in our ambitions when the stakes are raised.
In the previous installment on "The Neocons' Leviathan"
I have detailed the reasons why the mentioned people think the way they
do and
how the fruits of their thoughts are carried out in actual practice.
The key
word was "Power" and by that these
thinkers mean only military power. The power of the
human
spirit eludes them and one is reminded of Stalin's
quip:
"How many divisions does the Pope have?" Stalin's successors
found out, and the legions of the Prophet
our neocons
are inadvertently recruiting are likely to be
increasingly
heard from. It'll just take time but that is precisely what
our
"policy makers" don't seem to have. This is not altogether
unreasonable because in a republic like ours there is always the
specter of an
election which might send a given group of oligarchs out to pasture in
order to
be replaced by another one. Nevertheless one idea seems
to be common
to Republicans and Democrats alike: America is at the
zenith
of her power and this power must be preserved and
secured come
what may. A Pax Americana
will now be imposed upon the world and whoever doesn't like it
will be
made to feel the consequences.
Although I had read the literature which gave rise to last month's
article I
was still somewhat hesitant to believe that the course laid out by the
neoconservatives and their friends will indeed be followed. I was,
therefore,
genuinely puzzled when I read in The Salt Lake Tribune
a brief
note under the headline: "Poland. $3.5 billion deal
for
F-16 is biggest defense contract since Cold War." The short
blurb
stated in part,
"Prime Minister Leszek Miller, who attended the signing ceremony, said
the
package reflected 'our partnership with the United States in political
and
military areas, but also in the economy.' With its complexity and
scope, the
package underscored strong U.S.-Polish strategic ties, reinforced in
recent
months by Warsaw's help in the war in Iraq."
When I read this note I wondered "what is this all about?"
As a reward for sending a couple of hundred hapless young Poles into
battle in
Iraq the Polish people are now allowed to buy themselves with their tax
money
F-16 s? To put this bargain in perspective let us remember that already
in the
year 2000 (the last year for which I have readily available figures) Poland's
economy was in shambles with a per capita
income of
$6,500 and a trade deficit of $14.3 billion. Due to the world-wide
recession
since then the numbers can only have gotten worse and the current unemployment
rate stands at 18 per cent. Under those circumstances one is
surely
entitled to ask: What do the Poles need fighter jets for?
Against whom are they to be used, since their traditional enemies the
Russians
and the Germans are no longer a threat?
For the answer to that question I am again indebted
to my
brother who had sent me as an Easter present the German edition of a
book by
the French author Emmanuel Todd which was published
in 2002
and has already been translated into 11 languages. The original title
was Après
l'empire. Essai sur la décomposition du systéme
américaine, which
might be literally translated as: "After the empire. An essay
upon
the disintegration of the American system." The German
translation carried the title Weltmacht USA. Ein Nachruf,
which could
be rendered as "U.S. world power. An obituary." Well, it's obviously
too early to write an obituary but that isn't quite what the Frenchman
had said
anyway. Nevertheless, his thesis is so striking that amazon.com has so
far not
put an English translation on the market.
Todd says that America is no longer at the
zenith of
her power but has begun the downhill slide. Although her military
might is currently undisputed, her economic
strength has been eroded and she hides this
weakness
by throwing her military weight around in the world. America has become
a
debtor nation with a massive trade imbalance, and internal
deficit,
while Europe is recovering from the disasters of her
two civil
wars, WWI and WWII. Europe including
Russia as well as Japan, China and South Korea are net exporters of
goods while
America has been relegated to the role of consumer. This, in
the long run, is incompatible with
America's continued role as the world's only remaining
superpower.
Thus, a balance between the combined strength of Europe and Asia and
that of
the Americas is likely to evolve in the future.
Now the pieces of the puzzle fall into place and the emphasis
on military power by the neoconservatives
and their
allies all of a sudden makes perfect sense. If
one
sees America as the empire which is destined
to
enforce its values around the globe one must
do
everything in one's power to prevent other countries from
gaining the
possibility to challenge one's rule. This means that Europe
must not be allowed to unite but the "new Europe"
has to be set against the "old Europe." The
Euro, which has steadily been gaining strength and now trades
again,
after the dollar's brief rally during the Iraq campaign, about ten
percent
higher than the dollar, must be weakened. Poland's
entry into
the Euro zone is undesirable and the country has to be kept tied to the
dollar.
Petro-dollars will also have to become
greenbacks
again. Russia, practically a continent with immense
potential
natural resources, must be left in economic doldrums
and
chastised as being undemocratic. Every effort will also have to be made
to
create unrest in China because this colossus of more
than a
billion and a quarter intelligent people is bound to challenge, in the
long run,
America's hegemony over East Asia. This can only be avoided when, under
the
banner of "human rights violations," the Soviet Union's fate
is meted out to China and
she
sinks again into competing fiefdoms
of
warlords. Divide et impera, divide
and conquer,
served the Romans well and the idea seems to be that what worked two
thousand
years ago will work just as well now.
Under these circumstances Poland being forced to buy herself
fighter
jets makes also perfect sense. The American
economy has to be stimulated and there isn't all that
much
manufactured paraphernalia we have to sell. Computers, cars
and other
technology one can buy cheaper from Asia but in military
hardware we
are unsurpassed. That is also the reason why
Kagan, in his article which was mentioned last month, insisted
that Europe needs to re-arm. Why? I asked myself, when I read
it. Whom
are the Europeans supposed to shoot, kill, and bomb? Al Quaeda
terrorists, the
IRA, Basques? The answer is now obvious. It doesn't matter that the
Europeans are
sick of war, have no external enemies, and don't really need a new
arsenal.
What does matter is that they buy our lethal equipment and thereby not
only
stimulate our economy but also create fear, dissension and instability
around
the world.
There's only one problem where the new Rome and its Pax
differ fundamentally from the old one.
Neither
Hannibal, Mithridates nor any of the other enemies of Rome had the
bomb!
It can no longer be de-invented and we have to live with it. This ought
to be a
sobering thought for would-be imperialists. Pakistan has the bomb and
its
"democracy" is unstable. China has the bomb and Russia's arsenal is
also still relatively intact. We have no monopoly on power
politics and
if we want to "pre-empt," sooner or later others are bound to do so
also. We will then indeed have an Armageddon of unheard of
proportions. But it is highly doubtful that at the end of it Jesus is
going to
arrive with his army of Saints and set up an enlightened despotism. Yet
this
seems to be precisely what some of our fellow citizens seem to have in
mind.
If America continues to pursue the political course
she has
embarked upon and continues to use the September 11 tragedy as
a mask
to hide imperial ambitions there cannot be even a semblance of peace in
this
world. The chimera of a messianic kingdom where one power
rules
eternally is a bedtime fantasy for children. It cannot come to pass on
this
earth because the laws of physics and motion are against it. Force
produces counter-force and the only constant is eternal change.
Statism has never existed and can never exist on this planet.
In previous installments on the "Deconstruction of America"
and "From Homo Sapiens to the Naked Ape" I have already documented
how far America has strayed from the path she had set out upon in 1945
at the
height of her glory. It was America who had proposed,
although subsequently not endorsed, the Kantian principle of a League
of Nations under Wilson, and its successor the United
Nations
under Roosevelt. Recently I re-read the Preamble of
its
Charter and there is hardly anything else that needs to be said in
order to
show how far we have departed. Here are just a few highlights to jog
our
collective memories,
"We the people of the United Nations determined to save succeeding
generations from the scourge of war, which twice in our lifetime has
brought
untold sorrow to mankind, and
To reaffirm faith in fundamental human rights, in the dignity and worth
of the
human person, in the equal rights of men and women
and of
nations large and small, and
To establish conditions under which justice and respect for
the
obligations arising from treaties and other sources of international law
can be maintained, and
To promote social progress and better standards of life in larger
freedom, and
for these ends
To practice tolerance and live together in peace with one
another as
good neighbors, and
To unite our strength to maintain international peace and security, and
To insure by the acceptance of principles and the institution of
methods, that
armed force shall not be used, save in the common interest,
and
To employ international machinery for the promotion of the economic and
social
advancement of all peoples, have resolved to combine our efforts to
accomplish
these aims [bold print added]."
Although the U.S. has not yet repudiated the UN and its
principles de
jure it has done so de facto. In
last
year's speech before that body our President made it quite
clear that the UN is relevant
only as
long as the member nations agree with and help carry out, our policies.
America's right to act independently of the UN
was
also enshrined in a document signed by President Bush on September
17,
2002 entitled "The National Security Strategy of the
United States of America." While the introductory letter pays
lip
service to international cooperation the document itself spells out
quite
clearly that we shall use international cooperation on our
terms only
and reserve the right to initiate military policies without regard to
international agreements when we feel that it is in our interest.
The same
applies to international treaties which deal with other global
matters
such as the environment or the International Criminal Court.
It is obvious that the UN has never lived up to its high principles but
no
human institution has ever been able to live up to lofty ideals. Power
politics
has prevented it and is likely to continue to do so. Nevertheless, to
abandon
the road of international law, as we seem to be in the process of
doing, can
only bode ill for the future. The UN, flaws and all, is still the only
representative organization where all countries big or small,
democratic or
authoritarian have a forum and their concerns can first be listened to
and
subsequently, hopefully, acted upon with the blessings of the majority
of that
body. We seem to be tempted to walk out on the UN because our
wishes
can be vetoed in the Security Council. But if we do
so we sign
its death warrant and the real WWIII (I
don't agree
with the Pentagon's assessment that the Cold War represented WWIII) becomes
inevitable. This is the reason why European scholars, like
Emmanuel
Todd, regard America as the most dangerous country in the world today.
No
longer able to dominate economically she has to do so militarily and
thereby
violate the established legal international order.
True statesmanship would require the insight
that no
empire is immortal and that the strength we
still
possess should be used to create, by peaceful means, conditions
around the world which take the wind out of the sails of would-be terrorists or "rogue states."
Our political moralizing, which divides the world
between the
good and the evil is not only hypocritical but harmful because it is bound
to backfire. We cannot live up to the image of goodness we are
trying
to project, for a variety of reasons. But one which is paramount in the
eyes of
the Arab world is our unwillingness and/or
inability
to solve the Palestinian question. President Bush has
announced that
after the Iraq war he will not only unveil, but in concert with the EU,
Russia
and the UN, enforce his "road map for peace" in that
troubled region of the world. He may genuinely believe that he will be
able to
do this but the experience of his father in this respect should tell us
that
this outcome is far from assured.
Let us step back to spring and summer 1991. In a
spectacular
100 hours campaign the Iraqi army was routed from Kuwait and President
Bush I enjoyed an unheard of
popularity rating.
This was not limited to the American public but represented a
widespread
feeling around the world. The invasion of another country had been
stopped and
UN values, which do not allow for annexations through force, had been
upheld.
President Bush then tried to translate this military success
into a
political one by bringing an end to the Israeli-Palestinian war.
While
Secretary of State, James Baker, worked
feverishly
to bring Arabs and Israelis together for the Madrid
conference, the American Israel Public Affairs
Committee
(AIPAC) was working just as hard to convince Congress
to give
Israel a $10 billion loan guarantee to help
with the absorption of the new
immigrants
from the Soviet Union. Inasmuch as this "loan guarantee" - a
polite word for donation - would likely have been used for the
creation
and expansion of settlements in the occupied territories the
elder
Bush balked. Arabs would obviously have been in no mood to negotiate
when we
are seen as blatantly favoring Israel at that critical juncture. Bush
was not against the loan guarantees per se
but
he did want a postponement of 120 days. Inasmuch as AIPAC's
efforts
were, however, all but assured of success President Bush gave on
September 12,
1991 a special press conference where he went over
the heads
of Congress. J.J. Goldberg in his book Jewish
Power.
Inside the American Jewish Establishment relates what
happened. After Bush
had made his pitch for Congress to delay action on the bill
"he said, that he was 'up against some powerful political
forces'
bent on thwarting his will. Congress, in fact, appeared on the
verge
of approving the loan guarantees without him.
'I heard today there were something like a thousand lobbyists
on the
Hill working the other side of the question,'
the president
barked, pounding his fist on the podium with an anger usually reserved
for
foreign despots and congressional Democrats. 'We've got one
lonely
little guy down here doing it.'
The 'political forces' confronting the president at
that
moment were about thirteen hundred leaders of local Jewish
organizations from across the country."
Goldberg tells us that this was merely the culmination of AIPAC's four
months
long campaign and Bush saw himself threatened to have to use "the first
veto override of his presidency." Bush won
that
battle. Support on the Hill dwindled but he was
made to pay a bitter price. The White House was
deluged with
angry letters and phone calls from irate Jewish citizens who
felt that
their right to petition Congress had been infringed upon and within
five days the
President had to write an apologetic letter to Ms. Shoshana
Cardin of
Baltimore who was at the head of "the powerful forces." The apology
was grudgingly accepted but the damage was
done and efforts
began immediately to deny President Bush his re-election,
which had
seemed all but assured. Goldberg writes,
"On November 5, 1991, seven weeks after Bush's
fateful
press conference, America went to the polls for an off-year
election
that should have held few surprises. The one interesting race was a
shoo-in contest in Pennsylvania, where a
U.S. Senate
seat had been opened up the previous spring by the accidental death of
John
Heinz, an attractive, moderate young Republican. The GOP's
candidate
was the popular ex-governor, Richard Thornburgh,
another moderate and one of President Bush's closest allies.
.
. . His Democratic opponent was a little-known
college
professor, Harris Wofford, who had
once
served in the Kennedy administration. As of September 17,
Thornburgh
was forty-four points ahead in the polls."
Within one week after President Bush's press conference the
flow of
money began to reverse course in the Pennsylvania electoral campaign.
While on October 16 Thornburgh still had a two to one fund-raising lead
the
situation reversed itself completely in the final weeks before the
election.
"Donors with Jewish surnames who had made up nearly 10 per cent
of
Thornburgh's October 16 filing, were almost totally absent from his
final
report. . . . What had happened
was that from all across the country, outraged Jews (and
some passionately pro-Israel Christians) were
focusing their
anger at George Bush on his friend Dick Thornburgh. The
accidental
beneficiary was Professor - soon to be Senator - Harris Wofford."
After his loss at the polls Thornburgh told
Bush
that he was the sacrificial canary Pennsylvania coal miners use to
check the
air in the mine shaft. Goldberg relates the conversation, “‘Mr.
President, I'm your canary. You've got a leak, and if you don't do
something
about it, it's going to get you too.’” Well we know what
happened
thereafter. President Bush dragged Prime Minister Shamir screaming and
kicking
to Madrid which later on led to the ill-fated "Oslo peace process,"
and by November 1992 Clinton was voted in as the next President
of the U.S. The official story line was that Bush had lied to the
American
people about not raising taxes, when he found himself pressed to
repudiate his
promise, and that the economy was in dire straits. While these were
some
factors they were not necessarily the determining ones. As the
currently well
known James Carville, who was then Wofford's
campaign
manager and who went on to be Clinton's thereafter, is quoted
as
saying "the press conference did indeed 'hurt
Thornburgh
bad.' . . . It hurt Republicans in Jewish fund- raising. And
we started raising a lot more money.' "
When the 1992 votes were tallied Bush
had
received 12 percent of the Jewish vote, Perot 10 per
cent and Clinton
78 per cent. One may argue that Jewish voters favor Democrats
anyway
but in the 1988 election Bush had received 35 per cent
while
his opponent governor Dukakis, who even had a Jewish wife, was
relegated to 64
per cent. Obviously it is not the individual American Jewish voters who
swing
an election but the fund-raising efforts and the allegation of
anti-Semitism
against those who don't toe the line, can surely have an impact.
This little lesson of history may not be
lost on
George W. The current $9 billion loan guarantee had smooth
sailing in
Congress but that does not make the "road map to peace" any
easier. Jewish voters are still, by and
large,
adamantly pro-Israel and so is one of the President's
core
constituencies the evangelical right. If President Bush
wants to avoid the fate of his father he cannot afford to
alienate
either of these two groups and "leaning on Israel" does not seem to
be a viable option. This is the political reality in America.
In Israel the situation is hardly different. Although
Israelis
are sick of war they want peace on their terms rather than a solution
which is
equitable for both sides. Prime Minister Sharon has recently said that
a
Palestinian state is inevitable, and that painful concessions will have
to be
made, but it seems apparent that these words are for public consumption
rather
than indicating a genuine change of heart within his party. The Likud
party program www.jewishsf.com/bk990514/iparties.shtml
prior to the 1999
elections which swept Sharon into office stated,
"PEACE PROCESS
Likud rejects the creation of a Palestinian state west of the
Jordan
River. The party will honor all international agreements
signed by
previous governments. The party will work to strengthen
settlements and
prevent their dismantling. Jerusalem will remain the
united
capital. There will be no negotiations over the
city's future.
There will be increased Jewish settlements in all parts of
Jerusalem.
No diplomatic activities will take place in Orient House [Palestinian
Authority
headquarters in Jerusalem]. The Israeli police presence in
eastern
Jerusalem will grow."
This was the platform Sharon campaigned on and which led him to win two
elections. In spite of the fact that this party program is in
direct
violation of the UN charter and International Law it was adhered to.
Jewish settlements in the occupied areas, including east Jerusalem,
proceeded
at a rapid pace so that the Palestinians now have to live in
disconnected islands. They cannot readily go from one town or
village
to another without crossing specified checkpoints and the main
highways
in the West Bank, the so-called "bypass roads," are for Israelis
to travel on but off limits to Palestinians. The
difficulties
Bush's "road map for peace" is confronted with can be readily
appreciated when one looks at a genuine tourist road map
as
advertised in the Jerusalem Post. Characteristically the map
is called
"Carta's Map of Judea, Samaria & the Gaza
Strip,” because Israel refuses to
acknowledge
the UN principle that acquisition of territory by military power is
illegal.
First the term "occupied territories" was abandoned in official
Israeli parlance, then the word "territories" also disappeared, and
now there is only "Judea, Samaria and Gaza Strip!" It was hoped to
create facts on the ground which will make a meaningful contiguous
Palestinian
state for all practical purposes impossible. The Carta map, which shows
on its
title fold a nice shiny car traveling along a modern highway between
hills
dotted with trees and settlements, reveals the success of these
policies and
the resultant break-up of Palestinian lands. It is highly
regrettable
that this map is not shown by the American media, including television,
because
the American public is thereby kept in ignorance of the true facts
and
can readily be misled by skillful propaganda. Once the "road map to
peace" collapses, just like the Oslo peace process did, the blame will,
in
all likelihood, be placed again at the feet of the Palestinians for
their
stubborn refusal to appreciate Israeli generosity and for the
persistence in
their fight for liberation from occupation.
Our current President loves to think in terms of "good and
evil" but he might be well advised to remember what
happened
to Adam and Eve when they gorged themselves with “the
fruit of
the tree of knowledge of good and evil." They lost their
paradise
and since our president regards himself as a
"born again Christian" it might also be
useful for him to recall Satan's temptation of Jesus.
In the
wilderness Jesus was promised power over all the kingdoms of the world
if he
were to fall down and worship Satan. Our president now has this power
for a
fleeting moment of history. Will he give in to the seducers
around him who offer even more glory? Or will he say
"No, enough bloodshed! Henceforth we
go
the way of cooperation with others rather
than
that of domination?" That would be
statesmanship!
Although Mr. Bush is not likely to ever read
these
lines I do have a suggestion for him.
On one of his Sunday mornings at Camp David he might want to sit down
in the
woods with a copy of the New Testament and ponder Luke
11:24-26.
We know that he quoted the preceding verse 23, "He that is not with me
is
against me,” but the subsequent ones are of even greater personal
importance
for his soul. They contain the story of a man from whom an unclean
spirit had
gone out. After this particular demon had wandered around restlessly he
decided
that he might as well visit his former host again and found the house
"clean
and garnished. The he goes and takes to him seven other spirits more
wicked
than himself; and they enter in, and dwell there: and the last state of
that
man is worse than the first. " I am not saying that our president will
resort to the solace of alcohol again, from which he regards himself as
having
been redeemed by Jesus; but I am saying that he finds himself now in
dire
danger of some so-called friends and advisers who will try to use him
for their
pet projects. History is not only made by social forces, as Marx
claimed, but
by people whom fate has thrown up into executive positions with vast
powers
over the rest of us and that is where Satan and his guile becomes
relevant. The
frequently cited words of Lord Acton "power
corrupts and absolute power corrupts absolutely," ought
to be the warning to be heeded.
December 1, 2003
PROMISE AND REALITY
Last year's December 1 headline
was "Wanted:
Good Judgment." During the week of November 3 - 9, 2002 our
President had been given by Congress the power to invade Iraq, if he so
desired; his party had won the midterm elections; and the UN Security
Council
had passed a resolution to force weapons inspectors on a reluctant
Saddam
Hussein. I therefore wrote, "The question now is: what will our
President
do with all the power which has been bestowed upon him? The measure of
his
character will become apparent in the next few months. By March we will
know
whether the mentioned week was one highlight or a watershed, and the
zenith of
his achievements. Judging by the rumblings emanating from
Washington
it seems that our President is intent on a war with Iraq, come what
may."
I also wrote a little poem for him and the last verse was
Unless
obstinacy
does to wisdom yield,
And
friendly
counsels rule the field,
The
seeds you sow no
good will bring.
And of
your downfall future bards will sing.
All of us know what happened. The warnings from the
State
Department were ignored; Rumsfeld acceded to the neoconservatives in
the
Pentagon; Iraq was "liberated;" our troops are now caught in a
hostile environment; some - as well as the liberated Iraqis - get
killed on a
daily basis; there are more world-wide terrorists attacks which kill
the
innocent; and the U.S. is saddled with a massive financial debt, which
the
taxpayers of this country will have to shoulder. I do not have the gift
of
prophecy but all of these events were foreseeable as
has been
documented prior to the Iraq invasion in these pages. All that is
required is
to know history as it really evolved, rather than the myths which have
been
spun around it, and the fundamentals of human behavior which have
remained
constant throughout the ages.
Unfortunately these simple truths have not yet found their place in the
minds
of the decision makers in Washington which include the speech writers
of
President Bush. The president gave two major
speeches
during the past month. One before the United States Chamber of
Commerce
- Endowment for Democracy, and the other at
Westminster
Palace. The speeches were not excerpted or commented upon to a
great
extent in the press but Fareed Zakaria (Newsweek
November 17,
2003) wondered how to explain
"the churlish reaction among so many Democrats, Europeans and
intellectuals to the president's speech on democracy in the Middle East
last
week? Whatever the problems - and I'll get to them - as a speech it
stands as one
of the most intelligent and eloquent statements by a president in
recent
memory. (Don't take my word for it: read it at
whitehouse.gov/news/releases/2003/11/20031106-2.html.) If it marks a
real shift
in strategy, it will go down in history as Bush's most important
speech."
Mr. Fareed ascribed the negative reaction to the
Chamber of
Commerce speech as, "A visceral dislike for the president
is boxing many otherwise sensible people into a corner because they
cannot
bring themselves to agree with anything he says." Since I never
"viscerally disliked" the president, voted for him, but
thoroughly disagreed with his post 9/11 foreign policy here was a
challenge. I
took Mr. Fareed at his word and read the speech carefully. In
the
first part the president recalled that president Reagan had also been
vigorously denounced in Europe for his vision to bring freedom to the
captive
people in the Soviet sphere of influence; but he succeeded
nevertheless.
Subsequently he mentioned "the progress of liberty is a powerful trend.
Yet we also know that liberty, if not defended, can be lost."
There is no doubt about that and no one will quarrel
with it. Neither
is "freedom is worth fighting for, dying for and standing for,"
controversial. But when it comes to "Our commitment to
democracy is tested in countries like Cuba and Burma and North Korea
and
Zimbabwe,” one is beginning to wonder. Are we
supposed to
invade and liberate them also?
The president then turned to the Middle East and
assured his
listeners that Muslims can indeed appreciate democracy and that those
who do
not feel so as yet will soon see the error of their ways. But he also
rang a
note which sounded disturbing. "Dictators in Iraq and Syria
[emphasis added] promised the restoration of national honor, a return
to
ancient glories. They've left instead a legacy of torture,
oppression,
misery and ruin." People who are used to reading between the
lines
will immediately note that here is a potential opening shot of
the next
war against Syrians, who are known to "harbor
terrorists" and who have already been subjected to economic
sanctions by the US. "The good and capable people of the
Middle
East all deserve responsible leadership." Yes indeed but that cannot be
imposed from Washington!
The President subsequently lectured the Palestinians
that
their "only path to independence and dignity and progress is the
path
of democracy. . . . The Palestinian leaders are not leaders at all . .
. . They
are the main obstacles to peace, and to the success of the Palestinian
people." One might now have expected some advice for
his "friend" Ariel Sharon, but neither that
name nor the state of Israel was mentioned at all. It is
agreed that
Arafat has his faults, but to omit the role the Likud government is
playing in
fueling the flames of Palestinian hatred, is a violation of good sense
and
turns this "most intelligent" speech into a travesty. The additional
fact that there was not a single sentence about how he intends to solve
the
Middle East problem - including the self-inflicted Iraq wound - is
ample reason
to label the speech as full of good
intentions but
without definitive substance. As we all know "the way
to
hell is paved with good intentions" and that it is the means
to the goal which count.
The president then told us, and if he means it this is important, ". .
.
we are mindful that modernization is not the same as Westernization.
Representative governments in the Middle East will reflect their own
cultures.
They will not and should not look like us. . . . We've taken a 200-year
journey
toward inclusion and justice - and this makes us patient and
understanding as
other nations are at different stages of this journey." Patience and
understanding are indeed called for but it is difficult to forget that
the
president had called himself a "patient man" around this time last
year and a few months later the tanks rolled. But since of all us are
capable
of learning, we can hope that there may more patience next
time.
The second speech at Westminster Palace was in
the
same vein. He tried to flatter the British with our common
heritage
and values, but couldn't help inserting a dig at the French.
"President Wilson had come to Europe with 14 Points for Peace. Many
congratulated him on his vision; yet some were dubious. Take for
example, the
Prime Minister of France. He complained that God, himself, had only Ten
Commandments. Sounds familiar." The president did not mention that it
was
not only Clemenceau who made a shamble out of the 14 points but was
ably
assisted by Lloyd George of Great Britain and Orlando of Italy. It was
this
threesome who created a "peace to end all peace," in the words of
Field Marshall Wavell.
The president continued, and stated that it was the failure of
the
League of Nations to reign in dictators which led to WWII.
This
statement is interesting for several reasons. 1) The Carthaginian
dictates of
Versailles (Germany), Trianon (Austria-Hungary), and Sèvres
(Ottoman Empire),
which humiliated the vanquished and produced profound resentment, were
not
mentioned as contributory elements. 2) The fact that Congress never
ratified
the Versailles dictate, and that the US never did join the League, it's
very
own brainchild, was also omitted. 3) And this is the most telling for
the
disconnect we are exposed to; the successor of the League, the United
Nations,
has been totally ignored in the decision making before the Iraq
invasion.
The lesson that Wilson's idealistic stand at Paris foundered on
the
granite rocks of old fashioned imperialism was thoroughly disregarded.
That he came home a broken man should be forgotten because we must
charge ahead
bringing the gospel of democracy to all the rest of the world.
The president also told the Brits that we are pursuing "a
forward
strategy of freedom in the Middle East," but left undefined what that
consists of. Except that "our will is firm, our word is good
and
the Iraqi people will not surrender their freedom." The last part of
the
sentence surely rings true. The majority want us out of their country
in short
order, not just the military but also Halliburton and associates. Mr.
Bush then
repeated in several paragraphs his admonitions
to the Palestinians. But since he was out
of
the country and not on the campaign trail, he allowed
himself
to add a sentence, "Israel should freeze settlement
constructions, dismantle unauthorized outposts, and the daily
humiliations of
the Palestinian people, and not prejudice final negotiations with the
placement
of walls and fences." That would have been nice
had he said it in the Chamber of Commerce, and even more importantly if
he had informed Sharon in no uncertain terms that this must be done as
a first
step, or else no more money! That means none of the 9 billion
dollars
in loan guarantees, and no further funding of Israeli defense policies.
Withholding $389.4 million is not a serious policy. The president
concluded the
Westminster speech by congratulating his hosts with, "The British
people
are the sort of partners you want when serious work needs to be doing.
The men
and women of this Kingdom are kind and steadfast and generous and
brave."
Yes indeed they are brave; a crowd, estimated by the police between
100,000 and
110,000 had turned out not to hail the Great Liberator but to
demonstrate
against his policies. He was not allowed by his "handlers" to
address Parliament, because he would have been heckled and had
to be transported by helicopter to and from Buckingham Palace
so that
he would not see the unpleasant reception. We need to remember that these
are the precautions the "Leader of the Free World" had to be
subjected to.
On November 22 The Salt Lake Tribune published an article
headlined,
"Even in wee town, Bush can't escape protests." It
printed the above quoted number of the protesters in London, whom Bush
never
saw, and the "wee town" was Blair's country residence. While Mr. Bush
obviously lives in a bubble, shielded from the real world, this extends
unfortunately also to his wife Laura who is
likewise
shielded from the truth. She is quoted as saying, “I don't
think the
protests are near as large as everyone was predicting before we got
here. We've
seen plenty of American flags, we've seen plenty of people who were
waving at
us - many, many, more people in fact, than we've seen protesters."
That's
true, but the reason is simple; she wasn't allowed to see the
protesting
crowds. The article was also accompanied by a picture
which shows a confident Bush striding to his
helicopter on the
lawn of the Palace. He is accompanied by a rather glum looking
queen
and when I first saw the picture I wasn't sure of the reason for her
unhappiness. It became apparent later. Not only had three helicopter
pads
savaged her beautiful lawn, her roses some of them dating back to Queen
Victoria did not survive the prop whirl, and even her flamingoes which
had been
evacuated, because of the expected noise apparently refused to come
back. Well,
"sacrifices have to be made" as the president assured us.
But let us return to the end of the Chamber of Commerce speech
where the president assured his audience that the "freedom we
prize is not for us alone, it is the right and the capacity of all
mankind." Yes that is correct, but how do we achieve
it,
by patient diplomacy and balancing the needs of all parties, or
invasion of the
lands of those who do not see the wisdom of our ways? Freedom is the
great
slogan today but our politicians and media pundits don't seem to
understand
that it cannot be imposed from above. When one does so one tends to get
anarchy
which is likely to prevail in Iraq for the foreseeable future. If and
when we
leave there may well be civil war from which another dictator is likely
to emerge.
That is also the lesson of history. The problem is not that the people
of Iraq
are not ready for democracy but a tribal society with religious
animosities
cannot be expected to rally around a government which lacks legitimacy
in their
eyes as the current Governing Council demonstrates. Neither they, nor
our other
prime example of liberation, Karzai in Afghanistan, can show themselves
outside
government compounds unless guarded by Americans. This shows, more
clearly than
anything else, the bankruptcy of our post 9/11 foreign policy.
Unless this is openly admitted to and constructive steps are taken,
which may,
unfortunately, already be too late, the brave rhetoric by our
administration
will remain just that. Even Goethe wrote at the end of Faust II "das
ist der Weisheit letzter Schlusz: Nur der verdient sich Freiheit wie
das Leben,
der taeglich sie erorbern muss." This is wisdom's final
conclusion:
only he deserves freedom as well as life itself who has to reconquer it
on a
daily basis. Freedom cannot be brought on a platter it must be
worked
for by the people who want to be free.
The 22nd of November was also the
40th
anniversary of President Kennedy's assassination and the
History
Channel devoted an entire week to that event. Numerous conspiracy
theories and
witnesses supporting each one of them were procured and in the end one
remained
just as confused as before. Although the official government
pronouncement is still that the lone deranged Oswald
killed
the president with rapid fire of 3 bullets from his
Mannlicher, the
idea is highly doubtful. The Zapruder film clearly
shows that
the president was hit twice. With the first shot he stiffened and
raised his
arms to his throat while the second and fatal one exploded the right
posterior
portion of the skull. For a physician this is troublesome. If the fatal
bullet
was fired from the 5th floor of the Book Depository
building, as the
government steadfastly asserts, the entry in the back of the head
should have
been small, and the exit would large. This is axiomatic in forensic
medicine.
The only reasonable explanation seems to be that the bullet came from
the front
and exited in the rear. This is why there was such massive damage to
the back
of the head. Since this would invalidate the lone assassin theory and
indicate
a conspiracy of what ever size and by whomever, the government is loath
to
admit it. Everybody can readily understand that in the panic and danger
of the
moment in November 1963, at the height of the Cold War, any
idea of
a conspiracy might have had a profoundly negative effect and this is
why the
"patsy," as Oswald called himself to reporters at the Dallas police
station, had to be pronounced guilty.
But forty years have elapsed, the Cold War is over, and
the government still refuses to open the files to independent
investigations. This
is the additional tragedy and points out how unreliable official
history really
is. If we are not allowed to learn the truth about such an
important
event, as President Kennedy's murder, which had profound
consequences
including the Vietnam War, there is something deeply wrong
with our
government. As mentioned repeatedly we are also denied the
truth about
the events leading up to the 9/11 catastrophe, about who forged the
Niger
documents, and numerous other aspects leading to the Iraq invasion.
November 19 was the 140th anniversary of the
Gettysburg
address where President Lincoln said that "these dead shall
not
have died in vain, that this nation under God shall have a new birth of
freedom, and that government of the people, by the people, for
the
people shall not perish from the earth." One hundred
and
forty years later "this nation under God" is not allowed to
mention the word God in public schools and we have a country
that is governed by a handful of people who are not
necessarily elected and beholden not to the citizens
at large
but a to variety of special interests which dish out
enormous
sums of money for their pet causes.
But there is a ray of hope and it comes, of all places, from
California. Arnold
Schwarzenegger was sworn in as governor and runs now the
most
populous state in the Union. This is a truly remarkable phenomenon. A
boy from
a small place in Austria decided to make something out of him and
started with
body-building. He succeeded, got to America, found his way into the
movies as
Conan the Barbarian (which always irritated me, because I thought that
Austria
deserved better representation), and then realized the ancient
Austrian
dream. There is a Latin sentence all of us learned in history
about
how the Austrian empire came into being, "bella
gerant alii, tu felix Austria nube." Others wage war, you
happy
Austria marry! The empire was not built by war; as a matter of fact the
Austrians lost most of them, but by strategic marriages. To a boy from
Thal in
Styria to marry into the Kennedy clan surely must have seemed the
"impossible dream." But he succeeded. The recall election,
which was bitterly denounced by the incumbents, was indeed by
the
people for the people and an expression of grassroots democracy.
Will
the entrenched powers allow him to achieve his current goals as
governor? We
don't know yet, but he has made an excellent start. With Maria Shriver,
JFK's
eloquent and attractive niece at his side he can woo the Democrats, and
his
moderate Republican stance, which actually shades over to the liberal
side
anyway, allows him to govern from the center. When one adds to this a
style
which tends to make friends rather than enemies he should have a good
chance, although
Gary Trudeau author of the Doonesbury cartoon can't let go of Arnold's
past
history of petting desirable young women and demands an accounting.
Trudeau was
considerably less perturbed about President Clinton's escapades, but
that's
politics. The problems of California including its
massive
budget deficit are truly daunting but when one considers
what Schwarzenegger had to overcome to get to where he is, he
might be
able to meet even this challenge and he deserves our best wishes.
Finally November is also the month of Thanksgiving
and it
might be appropriate, especially for our so called "secular citizens"
to remember what this last Thursday of the month is supposed to be
really all
about. The last paragraph of the Proclamation as signed by
George Washington
on October 3, 1789 states,
"And also that we may then unite in most humbly
offering
our prayers and supplications to the great
Lord and
Ruler of Nations, and beseech Him to pardon our
national and
other transgressions; to enable us all,
whether in
public or private stations, to perform our several
and
relative duties properly and punctually; to render
our
National Government a blessing to all the people by constantly being a
Government of wise, just and constitutional laws, discretely
and faithfully executed and obeyed; to protect and guide all
sovereigns and nations (especially such as have shown kindness to us),
and to
bless them with good governments, peace, and concord; to promote
the
knowledge and practice of true religion and virtue, and the
increase of science among them and us; and, generally, to grant
unto all mankind such a degree of temporal prosperity as He alone knows
best."
That was the prayer of the first president of our republic, and in
the
current climate of intense strife nothing seems more important than to
devote
ourselves to the realization of that goal. We cannot leave it
up only
to God; the work must be done by ourselves.
January 1, 2004
TODAY’S DEMOCRACY IN AMERICA
On Wednesday afternoon December 17, 2003 I
received an
e-mail message from David Irving inviting me to a next
evening’s dinner
meeting at a nearby local restaurant where he would be talking
about
comparisons between World War II events and the current situation in
Iraq. I
had met Mr. Irving several years ago when I had attended one of his
annual
conferences on “Real History” in Cincinnati and since I was not
particularly
impressed with the qualifications of the speakers I had not returned.
But this
is how I got on his e-mail list and since the meeting was only 15
minutes from
our home I decided to go and hear what he had to say.
I knew, of course, that David Irving has aroused the ire of
Jewish
officials because he has publicly questioned not only the number but
also the
manner in which Jews were killed at the infamous Auschwitz death camp.
For this
he has been labeled a “Holocaust denier,” which is currently
the most
powerful epithet to use if one wants to destroy someone’s reputation.
The label
“anti-Semite” no longer seems to be strong enough, especially since
some Jewish
authorities insist that any critique of the policies of the state of
Israel
amounts to anti-Semitism. Inasmuch as this now involves the entire
Muslim world
as well as numerous European countries, “anti-Semites” seem to have
multiplied
to an extent to make the term meaningless. Therefore, “Holocaust
denier” had to
take its place.
David Irving acquired this title in a book by Deborah Lipstadt Denying
the
Holocaust. The Growing Assault on Truth and Memory, published by
the
Penguin group in 1994. The book received high praise from The New
York Times
Book Review, New York Newsday and major newspapers from
around the
country. It is an impassioned plea to fully accept the current version
of holocaust
history and to abstain from further questions about details. I shall
not go
into a discussion of Professor Lipstadt’s book because she is a
professional
student of this tragedy occupying the “Dorot Chair in Modern Jewish and
Holocaust Studies at Emory University in Atlanta,” although I have
reservations
about how she presents some of the data.
Since Mr. Irving felt that Ms. Lipstadt had unfairly slandered him he
initiated
a libel suit in Great Britain against her as well as Penguin books, the
publishers. For reasons known only to him, Irving chose to act as his
own
attorney, while several high priced lawyers represented Lipstadt and
Penguin
books. The outcome was a foregone conclusion.
The dinner meeting was supposed to start at 6 pm with coffee in a room
separate
from but adjacent to the main dining area on the main floor of the
restaurant
When I arrived promptly at the stated hour there was only one other
person
present apart from Mr. Irving and members of his family. Therefore, I
had a
chance to talk to him in an informal manner and get a feeling of the
kind of
man he really is. He talked in a very rapid manner, with a somewhat
clipped
British accent and seemed to be preoccupied, looking nervously at the
outside.
Since my hearing is no longer quite what it was five years ago I had at
times
some difficulty understanding everything he said. This was compounded
by music
from the main dining area because the glass doors, which separated our
room
from the other guests, were open.
At the time of the mentioned Cincinnati meeting Irving stated that he
would
appeal the negative court decision and I was, therefore, curious about
what had
happened in the meantime. He told me that several appeals had been
turned down,
and that British authorities had also raided his home and confiscated
all his
archival material. His books, which had been his major source
of income,
have not only been removed from all major bookstores but
even
libraries, so that he is in serious financial difficulties. His appearances
before groups, like the one I was presently attending, have been disrupted
by protesters and he has been deported from Canada as well as
Austria and
been denied entry, among other countries, to Australia, New Zealand,
South
Africa and Italy. In England his printer’s office was firebombed. I
was
rather surprised and did not want to believe this because the man is
not a wild
eyed radical. He simply espouses and presents unconventional views,
which
should be tolerated in democratic countries where free speech is valued.
There is no evidence that he ever advocated violence. Since I am by
nature and
profession a skeptic I thought that he was either exaggerating or
paranoid.
This feeling was reinforced by his furtive glances to the outside,
which seemed
to continuously distract his attention, and where I could not detect
any
problems. By 7 pm some individuals as well as a group of people flocked
in and
we had dinner. There were hardly more than a dozen people present and
with one
exception, a Vietnam veteran, they were all in their twenties or early
thirties.
After dinner, the glass doors to the main dining area were closed and
Irving
started his talk. He drew a comparison about President Bush’s shifting
reasons
for the invasion of Iraq and those of Chamberlain and subsequently
Churchill at
the onset of WWII. America’s reasons from imminent threat by WMDs,
through:
connections to Al Qaeda, regime change, deposing a vicious dictator and
establishing democracy in Iraq are, of course, known to everyone who
reads the
papers or pays attention to the news. The WWII events as seen from the
British
side are less well known. Irving explained that Chamberlain declared
war on
Germany because he had given a guarantee to the Polish government that
if
Germany attacked the country, England would come to its assistance. By
the
beginning of October of 1939 that question was moot because Poland no
longer
existed. It had been partitioned between Hitler and Stalin. Although
Stalin was
clearly a partner in the destruction of Poland, Chamberlain did not
declare war
on him because that was not feasible militarily. For England to reject
Hitler’s
peace offer of October 6 and continue with the war there had to be a
new
reason, and that was “the defense of the British Empire.” But this was
an
excuse because Hitler had no intention to rob the British of their
Empire; on
the contrary he wanted them to keep it so that the Nordic Brits would
hold the
“inferior races” around the world in check. When Churchill took over
the
government in May of 1940 he knew that England could not possibly win
the war
by itself and that he needed the Americans for that purpose. WWI had to
be
replayed. But since Roosevelt had absolutely no interest in defending
the
British Empire, and on the contrary would do everything in his power to
abolish
it, another reason for the war had to be advanced. This was the final
one, “to
rid the world of a megalomaniac dictator who would destroy Western
civilization.”
All of this was no news to me or anyone else who has lived through
WWII,
although it does conflict with what people are being taught today as
the
history and origin of that war. Actually it occurred to me at the time
of this
writing that it wasn’t Hitler who had initiated the war on September 1,
1939.
It was his partner, Stalin, when he had agreed to the partition of
Poland on
August 23. Had Stalin not entered into the non-aggression pact with
Hitler and
told him instead that he would oppose any change in Poland’s
territorial
integrity, Hitler would have abstained from his September invasion. A
war
against Russia, England and France was clearly beyond his military
capabilities
in 1939. But this is an aside, which belongs to subsequent thoughts
rather than
the events of December 18, 2003.
Irving’s talk was then interrupted with a message that the manager
of the
restaurant wanted to see him. When he returned a couple of minutes
later he
apologized that he has to cancel the meeting because the manager had
ordered
him to do so. I couldn’t believe that this could happen in our very
own
Sandy. That somebody was not allowed to give a quiet presentation to a
dozen
people was unimaginable. I, therefore, told him and the group to just
sit tight
while I talked to the manager in order to find out what was
going on. I
could only get the assistant manager who told me that there had
been
complaints about Mr. Irving’s presence and a group outside the
restaurant was
distributing leaflets to warn potential guests to stay away. When I
looked
outside I did not see a group and none of the diners in the main area
seemed to
be upset in any way. Nevertheless she was flanked by a deputy
who I
thought might be one of “Sandy’s finest,” but it turned out that he was
in
charge only of the complex where the restaurant was
located.
I told the deputy that Irving was giving no offense, any group
which
might have been there earlier must have left, the man wasn’t going to
start a
riot, so what was the harm to let him talk for another three
quarters of an
hour. Restaurant assistant manager and deputy seemed to agree,
that
as long as no employees entered the room it would be ok to continue for
the
stated period of time. I went back with “mission accomplished” and
told
Irving he could carry on with his presentation. He did, but not for
long. He
was called out again and came back with the message that it was indeed
curtains. This attitude clearly aroused my feelings again because I
am,
after all, a resident of Sandy, a citizen of the United States, had
patronized
that restaurant before, and free speech was surely one of the reasons
why I had
come to the U.S. in the first place. Again I went out and demanded
to speak
with the general manager of the establishment. We talked on the
phone; I
explained my views and so did he. The problem was that the leaflet
group had
threatened to tell The Salt Lake Tribune that he was allowing a
Holocaust denier to use his restaurant and this would surely drive
potential
future customers away. I pleaded again for another half hour
reprieve and
he said that if Irving does not call him personally within the next
thirty
minutes the deputies in charge of the complex were empowered to evict
us.
I returned to the group explained what had happened and Irving
continued in an
obviously distracted fashion for another ten minutes or so when all of
us
thought it might be better to quit before the place was raided and his
books,
which he was trying to sell, were confiscated.
The January 1, 2003 installment of the Hot Issues was entitled
“Deconstructing
America” and I discussed in it the changes that have taken place in our
country
since I arrived here in 1950. I was, therefore, no longer quite
naïve but the
event described above was surely unexpected and had I not personally
experienced it I would not have believed it. Are these the values our
troops in
Iraq are fighting and dying for? We must remember that this event took
place
not even in Salt Lake City with a more diverse population mix but in
quiet,
mostly Mormon, Sandy!
Irving was not paranoid, he had reason to fear, and leaflets
had
indeed been passed out by a group, which listed itself only as “The
Holocaust
History Project” with an Internet address www.holocaust-history.org.
The
group had apparently come after my arrival but the mentioned Vietnam
vet with
whom I had exchanged war stories gave me his. Under the title “Who is
David
Irving?” we find statements attributed to the London Times,
“Britain’s
leading anti-Semitic lunatic;” to Vice President Al Gore, “ That awful
falsifier;” and to Judge Gray, “… he is an active Holocaust denier; …
he is
anti-Semitic and racist and he associates with right-wing extremists
who
promote neo–Nazism.” These are just some samples, giving the reasons
why Irving
should be regarded as an “Unwelcome Guest.”
Since Irving had told me earlier in private that a letter had been sent
out by
special interest groups to libraries requesting that his books be
removed from
their shelves I checked the website of the University of Utah library
and
indeed none of his books which were published after 1989 are available.
When I
looked at amazon.com only the 2002 hardcover update of Hitler’s War
was
available to be shipped within several weeks, others were listed as
either out
of stock or out of print. The Salt Lake County library system likewise
has none
of Irving’s books that were published after 1990. The greatest surprise
came
when I looked at the Library of Congress’ catalog. Hitler’s War
is
available in 1977 and 1990 editions but not in that of 2002. Rommel.
The
Desert Fox exists but the books about Goebbels and Hess do not.
Furthermore, and most astounding, was that his book Nuremberg. The
Last
Battle is on the shelves but only in its German translation! Irving
is now
forced to self-promote through the website www.fpp.co.uk/books,
and personal appearances which lead to the result described above.
I regard this entire situation as a terribly sad commentary on the
current
state of America’s democracy. Regardless of what one may think
about Mr.
Irving personally, or his views, there is a principle at stake. Freedom
of
speech and freedom of the press are the most fundamental hallmarks of
our
constitution. It is true that groups have the right to pass out
leaflets
protesting a given person’s presence. It is also true that the manager
of an
establishment has the right to ask guests to leave when he is afraid
that they
might interfere with future earnings. But it is, furthermore, true that
a
climate of fear has been created in this country that effectively
silences voices
that challenge the currently accepted versions of history. This is a
throwback to the Catholic church of the early renaissance when
the dogma
of the sun rotating around the earth was not to be doubted because the
Bible
said so. Scientific evidence was irrelevant. Nearly 500 years later we
have
advanced to the point where we no longer burn dissenters at the stake
we just
deprive them of their livelihood and ostracize them.
The ancient Jewish cherem, which was pronounced against
Spinoza, has
now taken the place of papal Bulls. The “Index of Forbidden
Books” also
seems to have been resurrected and is enforced by Jewish pressure
groups
rather than the Catholic Church. Let me make it clear that Jewish
groups
have a right to protest, like everybody else, but the fearful
submission
of the vast non-Jewish population to the demands of small pressure
groups is
truly appalling. It is also most remarkable that anyone is free to
deny the
virgin birth of Jesus, his stature as Son of God, or any other
religious dogma
but the Nazi holocaust has to be written nowadays with a capital H and
is
absolutely taboo. Scientific investigations are not allowed. The book
has been
closed, the canon set in cement!
I have used the word cherem, which stands for
excommunication of members from the Jewish community, and it may be of
interest
to read an excerpt of the formula, which was pronounced over
Spinoza in
Amsterdam on July 27, 1656. It starts with:
“Having long known of the evil opinions and acts of Baruch de Spinoza
they [the
governing body] have endeavored by various means and promises, to turn
him from
his evil ways. But having failed to make him mend his wicked ways, and,
on the
contrary, daily receiving more and more serious information about the
abominable heresies which he practiced and taught and about his
monstrous deeds
. . . the said Espinoza should be excommunicated and expelled from the
people
of Israel . . .”
“By decree of the angels and by the command of the holy men, we
excommunicate,
expel, curse and damn Baruch de Espinoza, with the consent of God,
Blessed be
He, and with consent of the entire congregation . . . Cursed be he by
day and
cursed be he by night; cursed be he when he lies down and cursed be he
when he
rises up. Cursed be he when he goes out and cursed be he when he comes
in. The
Lord will not spare him, but then the anger of the Lord and his
jealousy shall
smoke against that man, and all the curses that are written in this
book
[Torah] shall lie upon him, and the Lord shall blot out his name under
heaven.
And the Lord shall separate him unto evil out of all the tribes of
Israel,
according to all the curses of the covenant that are written in this
book of
the law. But you that cleave unto the Lord your God are alive every one
of you
this day.”
I am indebted to Professor Lindemann of the University of California
Santa
Barbara campus for having provided me with the article by Asa Kasher
and Shlomo
Biderman: Why was Baruch de Spinoza Excommunicated? which served as the
basis
for the quotes. As one says in the German language: Kommentar
ueberfluessig;
the text speaks for itself.
Let me reemphasize that I am not talking primarily about Mr.
Irving’s fate,
regrettable as it is, but about the nature of our democracy and what we
are
allowing it to become. Discerning readers may already have noted
that I
borrowed the title of this essay from de Tocqueville’s Democracy
in
America first published in 1835. It is therefore of interest to
read
what this French world-traveling aristocrat told his contemporaries. He
was a
cautious optimist who predicted the spread of democracy throughout the
world :
“The good things and the evils of life are more equally distributed in
the
world: great wealth tends to disappear, the number of small fortunes to
increase; desires and gratifications are multiplied, but extraordinary
prosperity and irremediable penury are alike unknown . . . Each
individual
stands apart in solitary weakness; but society at large is active,
provident,
and powerful: the performances of private persons are insignificant
those of
the state immense. . . . There is less perfection, but more abundance,
in all
the productions of the arts. The ties of race, of rank, and the country
are
relaxed; the great bond of humanity is strengthened . . . A state of
equality
is perhaps less elevated, but it is more just; and its justice
constitutes its
greatness and its beauty.”
De Tocqueville also warned:
“That men living in aristocratic countries may, strictly speaking, do
without
the liberty of the press: but such is not the case with those live in
democratic countries. To protect their personal independence I trust
not to
great political assemblies, to parliamentary privilege, or the
assertion of
popular sovereignty. All these things may, to a certain extent, be
reconciled
with personal servitude. But that servitude cannot be complete if
the press
is free: the press is the chief democratic instrument of freedom. .
. . I
perceive mighty dangers which it is possible to ward off, - mighty
evils which
may be avoided or alleviated; and I cling with a firmer hold to the
belief,
that, for democratic nations to be virtuous and prosperous, they
require but to
will it.”
More than a century and a half later democracy is indeed spreading
throughout the
world and its strengths and weaknesses are becoming more apparent on a
daily
basis. We are currently losing our freedom of the press, the only
guarantor
of personal freedom, and fear instead of confidence rules. Fear of
losing
income, prestige, or job, allows small groups with access to the press
to
muzzle those who do not toe the prescribed line. Those of us who do not
agree
with this increasing trend need to speak out. David Irving is not alone
in his
plight to get his books circulated. Gordon Thomas, the author of Gideon’s
Spies, has also run afoul of the Anti- Defamation League.
Barnes&Noble withdrew its support for his latest book Seeds of
Fire
and his book promotion interviews on national radio and TV were
cancelled. The
facts which led up to this event can be found on his website www.gordonthomas.ie under “The
Anti-Defamation League of B’nai Brith.”
One truly wonders what has happened to the citizens of this country who
were
told in the past, “We have nothing to fear but fear itself.” Our media
are full
of praise for having rescued the Iraqis from the fear of Saddam, yet
hardly any
attention is being paid to the fear that is generated at home. The
word fear
is, of course, shunned. It has been replaced by the
German angst,
spelled with a lower case A, apparently in an attempt to hide the real
situation. Benjamin Barber has recently published a book, which I
became
acquainted with in its German translation. Imperium der Angst.
Die USA
und die Neuordnung der Welt is its title in German. The
original
English language title was Fear’s Empire. Terrorism, War and
Democracy.
Our neoconservatives believe that they can rule the world through
military
power. First come intimidation and subsequently, when the opposing
country
is weak, occupation. This seems to be the new morality and
those who are
in charge of our policies act surprised when they find that the rest of
the
world is no longer enamored with America. Jewish authorities
complain about
rising anti-Semitism but fail to understand that actions like the ones
described above will not make people any fonder of Jews. The
dozen or so
people who were at David Irving’s meeting were not neo-Nazis or
rabid
fanatics, they were simply curious to hear another version of
history and
subsequently debate its merits or flaws in a civilized manner. Should
it be
surprising when some of these people may subsequently feel animosity
against
“the Jews,” and not distinguish between militant zealots and the common
Jewish
people who likewise feel concern about these tactics of intimidation?
The end
should not justify the means.
There is perhaps no better final comment on today’s situation in
America than
the cartoon from Singapore that appeared in The Salt Lake Tribune
a few
days ago.
February 1, 2004
RETROSPECTION AND INTROSPECTION
This is an anniversary of sorts
because it
has been three years since the Hot Issues were first started. As such
it is an
appropriate time to look back not only in terms of what has transpired
but also
to find out where my opinions have been proven wrong.
The most glaring error was, of course, my faith
in the
incoming Bush administration but it would have required a
personal
acquaintance with the president to foresee how he would really conduct
himself
in office. Furthermore, ordinary citizens who are far distant from the
levers
of power, could not have predicted the 9/11 catastrophe. On the other
hand the
probable results of the policy decisions after this tragedy could be
inferred
by reasonable people. Thus, the Hot Issues clearly fall into two
sections. The
first one deals with events from February - October 2001 and the second
part
with those that occurred thereafter. They demonstrate clearly how one
Bush
voter was first full of hope and then became progressively more and
more
disenchanted with the conduct of our current administration. This is
important
not because of my vote, which does not matter in the large scheme of
things,
but the reasons for my disenchantment have wider implications as will
become
apparent later on.
For now let us start, however with the first essay entitled "The
Ashcroft Nomination." In it I defended the appointment of
Senator
Ashcroft to Attorney General of the United States against attacks by
Democrats.
They had complained about Ashcroft's statement that "Jesus is our
King," because he thereby violated the separation of the Church and
State
amendment of the Constitution. Ashcroft had done so in a setting of a
speech
before students at a religious university with an unusually strict
moral code
and I did not regard it as objectionable in that setting. As matter of
fact it
brought to mind the same phrase uttered by Cardinal Innitzer from the
pulpit of
St. Stephens Cathedral in Vienna in October 1938, after he had seen
what Hitler
and the Nazis really stood for. But this is also the point where the
comparison
ends. Innitzer had held worldly power prior to March 13, 1938 and lost
it
thereafter while Ashcroft ascended to it in 2001. Innitzer became a
genuine
Christian by helping victims of Nazi persecutions, while Ashcroft
became a
persecutor especially after 9/11. I don't doubt his personal devotion
to his
faith but his life merely shows that it is difficult, if not
impossible, to
follow Jesus' teachings while holding political office.
Let us stay with John Ashcroft for a moment. Even if he had not
personally
crafted the so called "Patriot Act," he condoned it
and now continues to defend its practices. The very name of this piece
of
legislation is inaccurate and simply a propaganda tool because true
patriots
guard our liberties rather than destroy them in the name of national
security.
We do not need laws which allow the government to enter our homes
without a
search warrant, to find out which books or videos we check out from
libraries,
to arrest and hold us incommunicado without charge for an unspecified
time and
similar insults simply because somebody thought that we might be
"terrorists." Mr. Ashcroft has even seen fit to allow the
establishment of a concentration camp, which is obviously not
called
by that name. Everybody knows that "Camp Delta" exists in
Guantanamo, just as we knew in Nazi Germany that
Dachau
existed. But neither did we know then what really went on in Dachau nor
do we
know now the conditions of the prisoners in Guantanamo. As a matter of
fact
Himmler did allow the Red Cross to visit Dachau and Theresienstadt
after they
had been spruced up for the visit. Mr. Ashcroft has yet to do so. Not
only are
the Red Cross and Red Crescent barred but so are the media. The main
difference
between Camp Delta and the Nazis seems to be that the fences are not
electrified and the prisoners are not worked to death, just caged. In
both
instances the prisoners are regarded as undesirables and national
security
risks by the government. In the Nazi era they were considered opponents
to the
regime either on religious or political grounds, while here they are
labeled
"Taliban," "Al Quaeda" or simply "terrorists."
The names of the people who are held in Guantanamo or the actual crime
they are
accused of having committed have never been published and they are
simply held
under the mentioned generic terms, just as Jews or communists could be
sent to
KZs (as they were called) not for anything they had actually done but
simply on
a "pre-emptive" basis.
The German and Austrian people have been, and to some extent still are,
accused
by some that they tolerated the repressive unjust regime, and
especially the
concentration camps, without speaking out. The people who do so have
never
lived under a totalitarian system of government because it would have
meant
volunteering for KZ or death by guillotine which had been renamed "Fallbeil."
What I find so remarkable, however, is that in our country where
we still
have some freedom of speech there is hardly anyone in the
media or even
among Democrats in Congress who brands Guantanamo as a disgrace on
America's
honor. Consider for a moment the massive outcry that would
have
resulted if the prisoners were Jews instead of Arabs. There is a double
standard in regard to human rights and we must face up to it. Once you
label
somebody his fate is sealed, his individuality and with it all civil
rights are
gone. To order or even condone these abuses of power is incompatible
with the
Christian religion and this is the tragedy of Attorney General
Ashcroft's
tenure.
The second mistaken belief on my part was that I thought
politicians in our country are reasonable people who
listen to
their constituents. This is why I published Whither
Zionism?
as a short booklet, which provides facts that they can read on the
plane to and
from their constituencies. This would allow them to cast intelligent
votes on
matters pertaining to the Arab-Israeli conflict which was bound to get
worse
unless the United States made its weight felt. To make sure that they
had
access to the publication I put my money where my keyboard was and sent
it to
everyone in power. The result was, of course, predictable. The booklet
got
intercepted by the various staffs and promptly disappeared in the
proverbial
circular file. But even if you have the good luck to be able to see
your
Congressman or Senator in person and hand it to him he'll still ignore
the
contents as documented in the June 2001 issue "Metaphysical Guilt,"
and the September 2002 issue "October Surprise?."
Nevertheless these efforts were not totally in vain because losing
illusions
and facing reality is always helpful. There was another aspect where my
prognostications have not yet come true. Yassir Arafat
has
proved more resilient and Sharon less determined than
I had
assumed in April 2002. The Israelis abstained from killing or deporting
him
although they were on course in regard to the other aspects mentioned
in that
article entitled "Palestinian State or Israeli Protectorate." Arafat
clearly proved himself a survivor and if Sharon were indeed to lose his
job
over the bribery scandal, which wends its way currently through the
Israeli
legal system, he would have outlasted yet another Israeli Prime
Minister. One
is reminded of Castro in this respect. They stare down their respective
superpower for decades and retain the loyalty of a fair proportion of
their
people in spite of providing mainly misery for them.
The Afghan invasion, which I regarded as unfortunate has
not brought about the result the administration had hoped
for.
The Taliban are regrouping and although the Afghans now have a
Constitution on
paper, Karzai is still mainly the mayor of Kabul and international
relief
agencies are weary of going into the provinces, which are ruled by
warlords.
The Iraq predictions were unfortunately on
target
and the outcome of that experiment to bring democracy to the Arab
people is
still highly doubtful.
In all of these events the Bush administration has shown its true
colors. In
retrospect it has become obvious that our president had no
intention to
ever bring the Palestinians and Israelis to the peace table
and that
he espoused a hands-off policy, which has turned into a disaster for
all
parties concerned including us. Our policies are now hated by most of
the Arab
world because our "honest broker" stance has been exposed as a sham.
In addition it has become obvious that we really have no use
for
genuine democracy in the Arab world not even in Iraq. A caucus
system
of election, as espoused by our government and resisted by the Iraqis,
is no
substitute for one person one vote, cast in secrecy, which is the true
hallmark
of democracy. We don't want democracies in the Middle East; we
want
client states that do what they are told, especially in regard
to
their oil resources. In addition we are very happy to have a dictator
like
Musharraf in charge of Pakistan rather than democratically elected
Mullahs who
would then have their fingers on atomic weapons. The administration was
also
not very pleased with Turkey's democracy when their lawmakers refused
to allow
our troops to invade Iraq from the north. While the White House
justifies its
conduct with "bringing democracy to the oppressed"
it has become obvious that this is merely a slogan in
order to
gain public approval. To tell the truth to the
American people
about the much more mundane reasons for invading other countries or
pressuring
them by other means into obedience is simply not feasible politically.
You
can't get elected to public office, or if appointed retain it, when you
speak
the truth as you see it.
This brings me to David Suskind's book about
the
experiences of the former Secretary of the Treasury Paul
O'Neill.
The Price of Loyalty has received some praise
in
Democratic circles and vituperation from Republicans especially in the
weekly
journal Human Events. Although not all the details and
impressions contained
in the book may be accurate there are important aspects,
which
shed light on the Bush administration in general and the
president in
person. According to the book Mr. O'Neill was about to retire
as
Chairman of the Board of Alcoa when he was approached by his long-term
friend
Dick Cheney to join the Bush administration. O'Neill had served with
Cheney
under Presidents Nixon, Ford and Bush senior but was reluctant to enter
public
service again. He had a good job, made lots of money and his wife was
against a
move back to Washington. His main reluctance stemmed, however, from the
fact
that he was an outspoken person who told the truth as he saw it, did
not mince
words and he didn't know how this would work in Washington's
politicized
climate. As it turned out he should have listened to his wife because
his
tenure lasted only two years. The reason why was so unceremoniously fired
by Dick Cheney in December 2002 was a profound
disagreement with the administration about fiscal
policy. O'Neill and his long-standing friend Alan Greenspan,
Chairman
of the Federal Reserve Board, were fiscally conservative. They disliked
deficit financing and were never enthused about the Bush
tax-cuts, to
rescue the economy from the doldrums. They did not trust the fanciful
projections
of massive surpluses over the next ten years and suggested that if
taxes were
to be cut provisions should also be enacted that if the surplus
projections
were proven wrong the cuts would no longer be continued. When O'Neill
stated
that he saw no reason for a further tax cut after the November
2002
election, especially with the Iraq war on the horizon, he had
exhausted the president's patience with this "maverick."
As it so happens The Salt Lake Tribune published last week
the actual
surplus and deficit figures from 1970-2004 as well as the projections
for
2005-2008. There were only four years of surplus from 1998-2001 and as
expected
from the administration's response to 9/11 the deficit
not
only resumed in 2002 but is expected to soar to 477 billion
dollars
during the current fiscal year. A Secretary of the Treasury is
supposed to be prudent but that was not tolerated by Bush, and the
conservative
Human Events praises the new Treasury Secretary Snow for going
along
with the wishes of the administration. Some of the tax cuts slated to
expire
soon are, according to the president's recent State of the Union
speech, to be
made permanent in spite of the fact that we may not be able to afford
them. A
federal tax cut, which not only leads to higher state and local taxes
but also
progressively higher interest payments on the massive debt can't be
good for
the average tax payer. But politicians are not swayed by reality;
electoral
votes count and John Q Public is not supposed to think.
All of this would not necessarily have raised substantial Republican
ire had O'Neill
abstained from giving his impression on how our president governs and
compared
it with the habits of previous presidents he had served under. Mr.
Bush
II's stature as chief executive of the US does not come off well even
in
comparison with his father. Although there may be a case of
"sour
grapes" in his assessment there are nuggets which suggest the type of
person our president really is.
O'Neill had not known George W. Bush personally before he was summoned
to
Washington by Dick Cheney in December of 2000 to meet with the
President-elect.
The message was clear: O'Neill's concerns were noted but dismissed and
the $1.6
trillion tax cut Bush had promised during the election campaign was
carved in
stone. "You've got to pursue what you said you're going to
pursue. And I I'm not going to negotiate with myself. I don't do that."
Keeping
promises is obviously an admirable trait,
and so
is steadfastness but when it turns into obstinacy,
an inability to change one's mind when circumstances demand a different
approach it becomes dangerous in a
chief
executive and especially when he is president of the United States.
O'Neill
allowed himself to be persuaded to take the job in the hope that he
might be
able to steer the new and relatively inexperienced administration onto
a
responsible course. The second time he met the president was in the
Oval Office
on January 24, 2001 where he was confronted with reality. O'Neill had
known
about the president's penchant to affix nicknames on
everybody
but to be greeted with "Pablo" was somewhat of a shocker.
Although it may have been meant as a gesture of friendliness it was
inappropriate because it showed lack of respect for a
person
who was clearly his senior in age as well as professional experience in
the
field. Henceforth he was Pablo until a year or so later
he became the "Big O" which was likewise no
compliment because it is the trade mark of an automobile tire
company.
Little things like that matter; they allow one to take the measure of a
person.
O'Neill reported that he had come prepared for the January
meeting
with answers to questions he had expected to be asked but none were
forthcoming
from the president. Bush sat impassively listened to his
Treasury
secretary's monologue for more than fifty minutes and when the
hour
was up the meeting ended with Bush telling O'Neill: "Get me a plan on
global warming." Global warming had simply been an afterthought on
O'Neill's mind to fill the time for the last five minutes of what was
supposed
to have been a discussion on how to best manage the country's economy
and
finances. Sure, global warming is important and has financial
implications but
it really was in the bailiwick of the Environmental Protection Agency
under
Christie Whitman.
The president's defenders attacked O'Neill for his characterization of Bush
being aloof during meetings and leaving the cabinet
ministers
in doubt about what he was really thinking, but I am inclined to
believe
O'Neill because his experience with Bush as related above was identical
to mine
with our Congressman as reported here in the June 2001 installment on
"Metaphysical Guilt." I was granted an interview where I explained to
Mr. Matheson that America's policy toward Israel is short-sighted and
he should
take the contents of Whither Zionism?, which I put in his
hand, to
heart. He sat impassively like a Buddha for twenty minutes, then
thanked me and
that was it. There was not a single question why I thought the way I
did or on
anything else. This was the attitude of my congressman, but I thought
that the
president at least would be more inclined to a give and take exchange
of views
with his cabinet officers who after all are supposed to have the
expertise he
cannot be expected to have in all areas. That he did not do so is
troubling.
So is Mr. Bush's management style. As reported
previously he
is disinclined to read newspapers and magazines but relies on "Condi"
or "Dick," as the case may be, to feed him the information he is
supposed to have. Independent verification of their opinions does not
seem to
have a priority for our president. At the first National
Security
Council meeting on January 30, 2001 the president announced: "Condi
will
run these meetings. I'll be seeing all of you regularly, but I want you
to
debate things out here and then Condi will report to me. She's my
national
security advisor."
This stance is highly problematic.
The president
is responsible for the security of the United States, not
a
political appointee regardless of how gifted she or he may be.
Not to
know first hand the discussions which these meetings are supposed to
provide
and to rely on a filtered version may border on dereliction of
duty.
I believe this may be the basic reason why the White House is
not
releasing pertinent documents to Congress and the Independent
Commission which
has been created to elucidate the antecedents of the 9/11 tragedy.
The
administration is also dead set against extending the term of the
commission,
which is supposed to have its report ready during the spring of this
year.
Under those circumstances the American public cannot expect to have the
truth
revealed because under the guise of National Security documents are
withheld
and underlings blamed. Who makes the decisions, apart
from
the president, as to which documents can and should be
released? As
far as we know these persons are: Dick Cheney, Condoleeza
Rice, Karl
Rove and possibly Karen Hughes. Each one of these people has
their own
agenda and divulging the truth to Congress or the media may
not be on
the list.
This situation carries even greater danger in the current election
campaign where the main Republican issue is
likely to
be a "proven strong national security policy." If
vital issues of national security and the economy are indeed ideology
driven,
as Suskind's book suggests, a second term for the
president
may lead to even greater difficulties for the country
than we
are experiencing already. Secretary of State Powell
has
indicated that he may not want to continue in another
Bush
administration, which given the facts as they have evolved over the
past three
years is perfectly understandable. It has also been reported in the
press that Paul
Wolfowitz may be his likely successor. This
would be
in all probability a disaster because he has little or no credibility
abroad.
When one looks at the current field of Democratic contenders
for the Presidency there is also reason for concern. Senator
Kerry seems to be a decent and competent person but to what
extent he
would pursue as president the leftist positions he
has
espoused in the campaign is an open question. My colleague, Dr.
Dean, has in my eyes disqualified himself
by
his inappropriate outburst in Iowa. He had come in third and acted like
a coach
whose high-school football team had just had just won a game and they
are now
on the road to a national title. Senator Edwards is
not likely
to get any votes from physicians because as the foremost trial lawyer
specializing in suing them he will not win friends in those circles.
More
importantly, his political position seems to be even further
to the
left than that of Kerry.
General Clark,
the latecomer, did not handle himself well in the New
Hampshire debate
among Democratic contenders. The question why he became a Democrat
after having
previously supported the Republicans could have been answered in a
straightforward manner. All he needed to have said was, that the
Republican
Party had been highjacked by the neoconservatives and led down a road
many
Republicans cannot condone. The question why he did not distance
himself from
Roger Moore, when the latter asserted that president Bush had deserted
from the
National Guard during the Vietnam war, could also have been answered
more
cogently. The issue arose from a report that Bush had not shown up for
duty
when he was supposed to have; but this report has never been followed
up.
General Clark could have pointed to that report and said: "I don't know
if
this report is true or not, but I shall inquire and let you know what
the facts
are." Those answers would have given him credibility,
which the General currently lacks. The other three
remaining
candidates: Senator Lieberman, Dennis Kucinich and the Reverend
Sharpton are
not in serious contention and are likely to drop out from the race
within the
next month or so.
In sum and substance, the U.S. voter will be confronted with a very
difficult
choice. The Bush administration with its hallmark of secrecy, the
manner how
vital decisions are reached and false assertions to get the country
into the
Iraq war does not inspire confidence. Unless the Democrats
manage to put forth a candidate and a goal most
Americans can agree with, the turnout in
November may be even lower than in past elections.
In the meantime promises will be made by both sides, the
country will be allowed to drift and the oligarchy in the White
House will concentrate on re-election. If
the
outcome were to be in serious doubt the country
and
the world might even have to brace themselves for another
foreign
policy adventure. Going gently into the night does
not seem to
be the White House's style. I am saying this because of two
small
items in Suskind's book. There seems to be a vindictive streak in the
administration which the country has usually associated with President
Nixon's
enemy list. Suskind reported in the Epilogue that the former head of
the
"Faith-based Initiative" John Dilulio had sent him a memo:
"articulating his concerns that the administration lacked even the most
basic policy apparatus and was being run by the 'Mayberry
Machiavellis,' his
description of the political operation directed by Karl Rove." This
memo
formed the centerpiece of an article Suskind had published in Esquire.
As a result of that publication DiIulio received calls from the White
House and
retracted the statements he had made calling them "groundless and
baseless," which were the identical words White House Press Secretary
Ari
Fleischer had used earlier in a press conference. Suskind related the
story to
O'Neill with the obvious implication how he would react when
pressure
was put on him by the powers for the statements he had made to Suskind
about
the administration's modus operandi. O'Neill reflected and
then said
to Suskind: "'But here's the difference. I am an old guy and I'm rich.
And
there's nothing they can do to hurt me.'"
After the book was published O'Neill gave an interview on Sixty
Minutes, where
he repeated the statements made here. I saw the interview and felt that
he had
handled himself in a somewhat detached manner to the extent that he
even waved
a document before the camera which had "Secret" stamped on it. Next
day the storm broke. He was threatened with a law suit for distributing
secret
government documents, and the former Secretary who thought that he had
nothing
to fear for telling the truth as he saw it, recanted. As we said in our
family
when we discussed the situation: "They got to him!"
March 1, 2004
THE SILLY SEASON
What has been dubbed "the silly season," namely the quadrennial circus of presidential election
campaigns is in full swing. Sordid charges and countercharges fill the airwaves as well as the
print media, while the real business governments are elected for has to take a back seat. Neither
side wants to offend its core constituencies, which leads to the postponement of unpopular
decisions. This may not be so easy this time because America can hardly afford in this day and age
to waste practically the rest of the year on internal squabbles, which will become progressively
more vicious and each side will blame the other for "negative" campaigning and "dirty tricks."
The world will, however, not take a vacation until Americans have decided who is going to lead
them for the next four years. On the contrary, America's perceived turning inwards is likely to
encourage others to take advantage of this seeming vacuum at the top and may make the
rest of this year one of the more dangerous ones for the world. The Middle East is in turmoil.
Sharon has a green light to do whatever he wants until the end of next January, or possibly
beyond if Bush wins, and he will surely use this once in a lifetime opportunity. He is building his
wall on occupied land, raids Palestinian banks and as a matter of policy assassinates leading
Palestinians all under the name of fighting terrorism. Iraq's occupation, with concomitant loss
of lives and property will have to continue even if we stick to the July deadline of turning
power over to the Iraqis because a nation, especially one based on tribal loyalties, can't be rebuilt
in a few months or a year.
The real problem is that America's 9/11 catastrophe was a Godsend to certain circles because
President Bush turned what was a crime immediately into a war. This was a fundamental
mistake and has opened the door to all the disasters that have already followed and will continue
to come to pass. Even if there were to be a "regime change" in Washington next January the clock
cannot be turned back to September 10, 2001. Events have been set in motion that can no longer
be undone. I have always maintained that the 9/11 tragedy was a crime rather than an act of war
because private organizations cannot make war. They can rob, kill, maim, and destroy property
on a previously unprecedented scale but war has always been the final outcome of a dispute
between states. A state has to commit aggression for war to ensue. The pretext for invading
somebody else's country because it harbored terrorists has in the past been regarded as a
prerogative of empires run by an aristocracy, or after their demise that of totalitarian
dictatorships. "Democracies don't make war" has been the slogan dutifully recited at least since
Wilson and this is why the "world has to be made safe for democracy." The Bush administration
has taught us that this was merely rhetoric and that whoever has the power in a given arena will
use it for perceived gain, regardless of what the electorate wants.
While the rationale for even the Afghan invasion was not quite as lily white as administration
supporters made it out to have been there was no question that the Taliban government did indeed
harbor Osama and his Al Qaeda fanatics. But as subsequent information has proven Afghanistan
was a sideshow. The goal had always been Middle East oil. This was one of the reasons why
Saddam had to be removed from power by the Bush administration even if there had never
been a 9/11. Israel's security and a personal hatred by Bush jr. for Saddam were the other
two essential ingredients. It was a personal vendetta against the man who had retained his power
in spite of a devastating defeat while the victor, Bush senior, lost his job. This was not allowed to
go unpunished as Kevin Phillips in American Dynasty. Aristocracy, Fortune and the Politics of
Deceit in the House of Bush tells us. Weapons of mass destruction and atrocities by Saddam
were excellent pretexts for the war but not the cause of it. The coming together of these three
ingredients: Oil, Israel and Personal Revenge made the Iraq invasion foreordained. Although
9/11 was the catalyst, it was neither the necessary nor sufficient cause.
In the process of writing these lines another war against a country which harbored terrorists
came to mind. It was none other than the Austro-Hungarian Empire. As mentioned in War and
Mayhem private secret nationalistic terrorist groups in Serbia, the Narodna Odbrana and the
Black Hand, dedicated themselves to the destruction of their powerful neighbor in the north and
were responsible for the assassination of the Archduke and his wife on June 28, 1914. But the
ruling circles in Vienna used this crime as a pretext to declare war on Serbia although the
government of that country had not been involved in the crime and had actually made
wide-ranging concessions to cooperate with the investigations to bring the culprits to justice. We
know the outcome of that pre-emptive war against a state harboring terrorists and all our current
troubles can be laid at the feet of the decision makers in the summer of 1914. But the war could
have remained limited to Europe, had England stayed out of it. Although Germany's invasion
of Belgium was officially proclaimed as the reason for England's entry into the war, it was not the
real cause, and her overseas empire made it into a worldwide war.
As Niall Ferguson writes in Empire. The Rise and Demise of the British World Order and the
Lessons for Global Power: "[Germany's invasion of] Belgium was a useful pretext. The Liberals
went to war for two reasons: first, because they feared the consequences of a German victory
over France, imagining the Kaiser as a new Napoleon, bestriding the Continent and menacing the
Channel coast." Ferguson then goes on to state that even if the fear was legitimate both political
parties of the time, the Liberals and the Conservatives, should have acted earlier to prevent a
potential German menace. But the second reason, and this is where we enter familiar territory,
was that: "By 1914 Herbert Asquith's government was on the verge of collapse. Given the
failure of their foreign policy to avert a European war, he and his Cabinet colleagues ought indeed
to have resigned. But they dreaded the return to Opposition. More, they dreaded the return of the
Conservatives to power. They went to war partly to keep the Tories out."
These are some of the real reasons why countries went to war then, why they do so now and why
the rest of this year is potentially so dangerous. To understand this danger we need to look at
the men behind Bush. I do indeed mean men in the sense of male because although "Condi" had
influence in the past she seems to have at best been a reluctant player and has already announced
that she will be leaving the administration in January regardless of who wins the election. Prior to
July 2002 there was another woman in the White House to whom Bush listened and who ran the
show for him. She was Karen Hughes who had guided, together with Karl Rove, his election
campaigns in Texas and for the White House. She got high marks from everyone who had been in
contact with her but she left the administration at the mentioned time. The ostensible reason
was that her husband and teenage son were quite unhappy in Washington and everybody wanted
to get back to Texas. These are noble sentiments which probably did play a significant role but my
clinical mind suspects that there may have been another reason. She must have seen the inexorable
push toward the Iraq war which was hyped by Karl Rove for winning the November midterm
elections. If she was indeed as smart as people report, she may well have had second thoughts
about the wisdom of this enterprise and quietly left the scene before shouldering part of the blame
for this experiment in first ruining a nation and then putting it back together in whatever fashion.
In July 2002 Ron Suskind published an article in Esquire (available on the Internet): "Mrs.
Hughes Takes Her Leave," which is well worth reading. The caption states in bold print: "The
single most influential adviser to the president of the United States is going home to Texas
with her family to live a simpler life. Perhaps Andy Card, the White House chief of staff,
says it best: Oh, God.'" The reasons why her departure was regarded by knowledgeable people
with such a sense of foreboding are as follows. Suskind quotes Card: "She's irreplaceable. The
cost of her absence will be huge. . . . Listen, the president's in a state of denial about what Karen's
departure will mean, so is the First Lady, and so is Karen herself. The whole balance of the place
[the White House], the balance of what has worked up to now for George Bush is gone. My
biggest concern? Want to know what it is? That the president will lose confidence in the White
House Staff. Because without her, we'll no longer provide the president what he needs, what he
demands. Karen and her family, will be fine. It's the president I'm concerned about. . . . She's
leaving when the president has one of the highest approval ratings on record. From here it can
only go down. . . . The key balance around here has been between Karen and Karl Rove. . . .
That's what I've been doing from the start of the administration. Standing on the middle of the
seesaw, with Karen on one side, Karl on the other, trying to keep it in balance. One of them just
jumped off. . . . Karl will miss Karen. He may not want to admit it to the level he should, but he'll
miss Karen a lot. . . . It's like she's a beauty to Karl's beast."
When the "beauty" resigned the "beast" was left in charge. Suskind explains the difference
between these two people who were: "the president's right hand and his left. Rove is much more
the ideologue, a darling of the Right, who often swings a sharp sword of partisanship on matters
of policy and politics. Hughes always more pragmatic, mindful of how to draw the most support
across a balkanized political terrain, somehow figures how to beat that sword into a
plowshare. That is at the core of what has worked so well politically for the president. Both have
been with Bush for many years - Rove first met the president twenty nine years ago - and are
ferocious personalities."
Well, Card was correct. Karen Hughes was irreplaceable. Karl Rove was now in complete charge
of policy and although he won the November 2002 elections for Bush the subsequent downhill
slide in the president's approval, shortly interrupted by the early Iraq success, began and is likely
to continue. Suskind's article also explains the difference between the president's rhetoric during
the campaign of being "a uniter and not a divider" and his subsequent actions in office, which
polarized the country even further. It seems that Karen Hughes was actually the uniter, rather than
the president, and it was she who smoothed out the sharp ideologic bent of Rove.
Which brings us to the next question. Who is Karl Rove? There are two recent books about him:
Boy Genius. Karl Rove, the Brains Behind the Remarkable Political Triumph of Georg W. Bush
by Dubose, Reid and Cannon; and Bush's Brain. How Karl Rove Made George W. Bush
Presidential by Moore and Slater. The portrait which emerges from these books is that of a
political consultant who is highly intelligent but also totally ruthless in pursuit of his goal. This
can be summarized in the desire to create a conservative political majority in the country which
will outlast a given president and endure for at least a generation. It is to be achieved by
handpicking personable, conservative candidates for public office, be it on the state or federal
level, and overseeing their election to the desired job. The borders of Congressional districts may
be redrawn to maximize his candidate's chances and no effort is spared to annihilate the opposing
candidate even to the point of character assassination. His guiding light is Machiavelli's The
Prince and since he is in charge of the current election campaign he will do anything
whatsoever to ensure the president's victory. In as much as this may even include starting
another "preemptive" war his dealings must be exposed and should be legitimate targets for the
Democrats. To focus on Bush who is a likeable person but a political lightweight is, in my
opinion, mistaken. The opposition should instead concentrate on the people who really run
the show. Their conduct should be scrutinized in a non-malicious but thorough manner.
Democrats should: expose Rove's dealings and dirty tricks; expose Cheney's current
connections to the oil and military procurement magnates; expose Rumsfeld's early and
relentless push for war regardless of justification; and expose Wolfowitz's as well as Perle's
connections with the state of Israel. If all of this were brought to the attention of the general
public not just in books, which only a few people read, but on the TV talk shows, the Bush
presidency would be finished. But who has the courage to do so?
Are the Democrats really capable of defeating Rove? One may wonder. The field of candidates
has narrowed down to two since last month. Lieberman, Clark and Dean have called it quits and
although Kucinich and Sharpton are still theoretically in the race they have no chance of winning
and they know it. Even Edwards is not likely to get the nomination because Kerry has won so far
all but two primaries or caucuses while Edwards won only once. Although he denies it, he may be
running for the Vice-presidency.
Conventional wisdom has it that Kerry will be the nominee at the Convention in Boston and will
give Bush a run for his money. This will be difficult because Bush has already twice as much as he
could possibly need and Karl will spare no effort to dig up whatever dirt he can on the gaunt
senator. One effort to smear him as a Clinton clone with an intern scandal has already failed but
that will hardly be the last. We are just warming up for the "silly season." Although Kerry will
have the votes of all the "progressives" this may not be enough to get him over the top,
especially since Ralph Nader has rediscovered his indispensability for the welfare of the
American people. The Bushies could not be more delighted and Karl may buy him a dinner in
November.
There is potentially another scenario if Kerry were made to stumble or implode. Gore has
committed political suicide by first endorsing Dr. Dean, without even telling his former running
mate Joe Lieberman beforehand, and then by putting on, in all seriousness, an imitation of Dean's
Iowa performance which was painful or hilarious to watch depending on one's political viewpoint.
This leaves us with the junior senator from New York our former First Lady. No one has any
doubt that a return to the White House with Bill as First Husband in tow is Hillary
Clinton's abiding dream and she, like Karl Rove, will do anything to make her dream a reality.
Right now it is assumed that she will be running for the presidency in 2008 when after eight years
of Bush the country will be ready for her. On the other hand if there were to be a major stumble
by Kerry she might "consent" to being "drafted" during the Democratic Convention. This would
be a desperation move by the Democrats, because she can't win this time around. On the other
hand the Democrats might want to write this election off and give her a chance to test the waters
for the real event in 2008.
This is how politics are played in our country and the article by Günter Nenning in Vienna's
Kronenzeitung, supplied to me by my brother, entitled "Three Cheers for America!" (Hoch
Amerika!) is premature. Nenning, an old Social Democrat in both senses of the word,
congratulated us to the self correcting powers of democracy. He told his readers that Americans
first elected the wrong guy but now comes Kerry, the new hero, to the rescue. This is his hope
anyway. But not so fast Dr. Nenning: remember Stalin; both of us do. One of his classic
statements was: "It doesn't matter who votes what matters is who counts the votes." As we
have seen in the fall of 2000, no truer words were ever spoken. Vote counting is likely to become
a major issue in the upcoming election. There are no uniform standards across this vast country of
ours how the votes are being cast in the first place and then tallied. It'll all be high tech in most
states where you merely touch the name of your candidate and/or your party of choice on a
computer screen and presto your vote is registered. What senior citizens' trembling fingers and
poor eyesight will really accomplish in this way is a good question. What glitches will there be in
the computer programs that can either invalidate your vote or send it to some other candidate?
Let us remember Miami in 2000 where an inordinate number of Jewish voters endorsed Pat
Buchanan whom they regard as anathema. The issue of the actual voting process and who the
company is which writes the software has not yet been publicly addressed to the best of my
knowledge. Nevertheless, it is likely to become a major point of contention. Unless Karl Rove
sends us into another war this election may well turn into another cliff hanger and might
again be resolved by judicial fiat rather than the will of the people.
April 1, 2004
MEL GIBSON'S PASSION
"Were you there, when they crucified my Lord? . . . . Sometimes it causes me to tremble, tremble,
tremble . . ." is an old gospel hymn, which has somehow gone out of favor. But Mel Gibson took
us there and produced what I regard as a Rorschach test. Each viewer saw what his
preconceptions and conditioning led him to see and the criticisms, which were so vigorously
expressed simply prove the point. How else are we to understand a review in The New Yorker
which called it, "a sickening, unilluminating, and ignorant show . . . . It's a deeply angry film, and
one wonders how believers can react to it with anything but guilt, fear, or loathing." On the other
hand a Christian lady, as reported in U.S. News & World Report, felt: "'It's hardly more graphic
than the junk many adults allow their kids to see on TV. And this violence', she said, 'has a
purpose.'"
The most vociferous protests came from some Jewish intellectuals of the secular as well as
religious variety who felt that the film depicts anti-Semitism and would lend fuel to currently
increasing anti-Jewish sentiments around the world. But Christian theologians and biblical
historians also found fault with the film apart from its excessive violence. They complained that
Gibson was loose with the facts because he picked from the four gospels those aspects which
suited his aim and thereby violated their historicity. But most of all he neglected to drum into the
audience that Jesus was a Jew who suffered his fate because the Romans didn't like Jews and
especially Jesus whom they regarded as a rabble rouser. It was also argued that Pilate, a cruel
autocrat, was portrayed as wishy-washy, which does not conform to the picture drawn by ancient
Jewish historians such as Josephus and Philo.
Although I am not a theologian I did acquaint myself fairly intimately with the Old as well as the
New Testament during the years after retirement from professional duties, and I also devoted
myself to studying historical sources dealing with Greco-Roman times. This was brought about by
my attempt to understand anti-Semitism, to which I had been personally exposed during Nazi
times. The first result was War&Mayhem, which gave my version of the events of WWII and why
the leaders in the various countries did what they did. Since this personal history conflicts to some
extent with what is officially taught in schools and in the media the book failed the publishing test.
It was rejected not only by editors of major publishing firms but even agents did not want to
expose themselves to unorthodox views. In as much as I felt sufficiently strongly about the topic I
went subsequently the print on demand route. At the same time I began working on The Moses
Legacy because in my opinion the Second World War would probably not have achieved its world
wide dimension and attendant atrocities without the Nazis' persecution of Jews.
These books were written because I do not share the simple minds of others who merely declare
anybody they don't like as "evil" and be done with it. As a scientist and student of human behavior
I want to know why people do what they do. This included Nazis and why they hated Jews with
such vigor. In The Moses Legacy I traced anti-Jewish sentiments from biblical and extra-biblical
sources throughout the ages and demonstrated their reasons. But the legacy of Moses did not end
with Jews, it led to Christianity and subsequently to the Muslim religion. This puts us squarely
into the current Middle East dilemma and our War on Terrorism which cannot be understood
without its biblical background. Therefore, while Moses made his rounds to publishers, I began
working on the next book "Understanding Jesus," which brings us to Gibson and his film. The
Jesus book was finished for preliminary viewing by friends and acquaintances in January of 2003
and I also sent it to a senior editor of a New York publishing firm with whom I had personal
contacts. By the middle of last year the Gibson film was already being talked about and I tried to
convince the editor that since the movie would be regarded as highly controversial it would be
appropriate to publish the book around the time of the film's release because it would then be able
to get additional publicity. He thought it over; months went by and when reminded he told me
that he needed the advice of one of his colleagues. By early winter the final rejection arrived. Now
both Moses and Jesus sat peacefully together in my computer and went nowhere.
Inasmuch as the Jesus book is a sequel, the decision was reached to self-publish Moses first and
then partly rework the Jesus book to incorporate some valuable suggestions by friends who had
really read the book rather than scanned it. As matters stand now Moses is likely to become
available to the public some time in April.
After this preamble which was intended to give my credentials for saying what I am going to say
we can now discuss the criticisms leveled against Gibson's film. As has been pointed out by others
they are really not so much against Gibson but the gospels and their historical truth. The crux of
the problem, and there is no pun intended, is Jesus. He is probably the single most controversial
person in human history and in the Introduction to the Jesus book I provided a multiple choice
test for the reader. "The word Jesus refers to: A) an expletive when one is angered or distressed.
B) a prophet of God. C) a deluded itinerant Galilean preacher and miracle worker. D) a dangerous
false prophet. E) the savior of mankind." These choices exist and it is up to the individual which
one is subscribed to.
Let us now examine some of the criticisms from the Jewish and the Christian community. The
main one from Mr. Foxman's Anti-Defamation League constituency is that "the Jews" are being
blamed for Jesus' death. This is regarded as anti-Semitic slander because it was really "the
Romans" who did the crucifying. Matthew's verse 27:25 "His blood be on us and our children!"
was also found so offensive that Gibson relented and took it out of the final version. Our current
religious-political climate demands that Jews are exonerated in Jesus' death, for fear that
otherwise anti-Jewish sentiments might be rekindled. In the article entitled: "The Real Jesus. How
a Jewish reformer lost his Jewish identity," U.S. News & World Report wrote: "Some say he was
the Messiah, some say, a prophet. But Jesus was, indisputably, a Jew." Now that finally settles it!
In The Moses Legacy I have devoted a full chapter to definitions including the ones dealing with
the word "Jew." It is, therefore, appropriate to ask: In what sense was Jesus "a Jew?" When one
places oneself into first century Palestine there were various national groups which can be listed
when going from South to North as: the Idumeans, the Judeans (Jews), the Samaritans, the
Galileans and then the Syrians. Although some of these people shared, to varying degrees, the
mosaic religious code they were not necessarily "Jews" in the modern sense of the word. Thus, a
statement such as, "Jesus was a Galilean who was brought up in a mosaic religious milieu" would
have been more appropriate. The "Jews," which were so vigorously condemned, especially in the
gospel of John, were the inhabitants of Jerusalem and Judea, or more correctly their religious
leadership and mob following. This is why we also read in the pre-resurrection story by John that
Jesus' disciples (most of whom, if not all, were Galileans) were afraid of the "Jews." To insist
today on Jesus having been foremost a Jew is like saying that Buddha was a Hindu, St. Paul was a
Pharisee and Luther was a Catholic. Yes they were, until they saw the abuses of their respective
religions, decided to do something about it and moved into a totally different realm.
Those pundits who pride themselves on "historical accuracy" commit, in my opinion, a
fundamental intellectual error. To look for historical facts in religious history is futile. There is no
history; there are only historians and each one brings his one bias to the topic. Right now we can't
even ascertain what our President did or did not know about the impending 9/11 attacks; so how
are we going to know what "really happened" 2000 years ago? It can't be done and each historian
will take those data that fit a given stereotype, especially when one deals with faith rather than
facts.
Let us now agree that in the eyes of the populace on Palm Sunday Jesus was hailed as the
Messiah. This meant in Jewish tradition that he was to be a redeemer of all who lived under the
law of Moses and establish a Jewish kingdom forever. This was and still is the job of the Messiah!
It is obvious that they misjudged Jesus whose "kingdom is not of this earth" and when they found
out that he was unwilling to lead a rebellion against Rome, as was expected of the Messiah, they
had every reason to be furious. They felt that they had been duped and that he was merely one of
many other pretenders to messiahship. Caiphas really had no choice either. For a Galilean to admit
that he was the "Son of the Most High" was the ultimate blasphemy, which deserved a death
sentence. When the gospels relate that the Jewish authorities handed Jesus over to Pilate because
in John's words 18:31 "it is not lawful for us to put anyone to death," someone bent the truth. The
death penalty did exist in various forms, as discussed in The Moses Legacy, and different methods
for different crimes were in place. Blasphemy required stoning as was carried out for instance
with Stephen and reported in The Acts of the Apostles.
But let us now put ourselves into that particular Passover week in Jerusalem. How can you stone
a blasphemer who has been hailed as the Messiah by the crowd a few days earlier? What options
did Caiphas have? If he just arrested Jesus and hid him away somewhere until the holy days had
passed he would have had a riot on his hands because the crowd would have wanted to know
where their Messiah was. To hand this troublemaker over to the Romans, as a troublemaker, was
really the only valid alternative. Jesus became under these circumstances no longer a Jewish but a
Roman problem.
Pilate, the procurator, was in town precisely to either avoid or put down a riot by the inflammable
mob, wich tended to occur especially around holy days. Pilate's goal in life was simple: to get his
tour of duty over with, while fleecing the populace as much as possible and to put down rebellions
whenever they occurred. Gibson's portrait of Pilate, which is merely that of the gospels, is not
inherently unbelievable when one reads all of Josephus rather than the excerpts we are currently
being treated to, which show him as a brutal fore-runner of Saddam Hussein. In Chapter III of
Book XVIII of The Antiquities of the Jews, Josephus describes in great detail how Pilate backed
down when the Jews threatened him with rebellion for having brought Roman ensigns into
Jerusalem which had "Caesar's effigies." Pilate relented for religious demands but when it came to
health problems such as Jewish protests over financing an aqueduct with temple money he
brooked no interference and cut down the mob.
The experts of our day who get quoted in the media about Pilate's villainy also refer to Philo's
opinion about that man and it may be useful, therefore, to give a full excerpt of what Philo wrote.
It can be found in the chapter "On the Embassy to Gaius." Gaius, better known as Caligula, had
intended to have his statue erected in the Jerusalem temple and his friend Agrippa warned him in a
long letter that this would inevitably lead to a war with the Jews. In the letter Agrippa told
Caligula how previous emperors had dealt with the restless province of Judea. When Pilate
violated Jewish religious law by having "dedicated some gilt shields in the palace of Herod in the
holy city," the Jewish leadership petitioned him to remove this offense.
"But when he [Pilate] steadfastly refused this petition (for he was a man of very inflexible
disposition, and very merciless as well as very obstinate), they cried out: 'Do not cause a sedition;
do not make war upon us; do not destroy the peace which exists. The honour of the emperor is
not identical with dishonour to the ancient laws; let it not be to you a pretence for heaping insult
on our nation. Tiberius is not desirous that any of our laws or customs shall be destroyed. And if
you yourself say that he is, show us either some command from him, or some letter, or something
of the kind, that we, who have been sent to you as ambassadors, may cease to trouble you, and
may address our supplication to your master.
But this last sentence exasperated him in the greatest possible degree, as he feared least they
might in reality go on an embassy to the emperor and impeach him . . ."
Although the two historians don't agree on the nature of Pilate's offense both state that he gave in
to pressure from the crowd. Thus, when the mob yelled that if Pilate did not condemn Jesus to
crucifixion he was "no friend of Caesar," this was indeed the ultimate threat. It was well known
that Tiberius was profoundly paranoid by that time and when there was a choice to be made
between a poor Galilean's head and his own, it surely was not difficult. What was one more
crucifixion anyway?
This little episode brings up another question. I am not a professional Bible historian but if I can
unearth these data why don't the professionals who criticize Gibson and the gospels for historical
inaccuracy? I believe the answer is simple and deals with our socio-political climate where
accuracy has to take a backseat in order to placate a vociferous minority. In addition, only a
person who no longer works for money and is not beholden to any institution can freely speak the
truth as he sees it when it goes against the prevailing political wind.
It is true that Matthew's verse 27:25 has brought great harm to the Jewish community throughout
the ages because it has been interpreted in a literal sense. This is also the reason why we have
such difficulty to understand Jesus intellectually, especially as depicted in the gospel of John. Only
when we realize that we are dealing with spirit rather than flesh will he come to life for us and
then we begin to understand that, while the person Jesus can be killed, the spirit which animated
him is immortal and immune to all insults and suffering. To kill Jesus was expedient and
everybody had a hand in it but Jesus knew that only by his suffering all insults, and ultimately a
cruel death, might mankind be reconciled to God and mend its ways. How did he know? I
discussed this in Understanding Jesus in detail but believe that it was a personal decision which
grew into a conviction from which there was no return.
Jesus intended to wash away the sins of all generations, past - present- and future with his blood.
The idea of the cleansing power of blood was deeply ingrained in the Jewish religion, except that
it was animal rather than human blood and limited to Israel's tribes. Exodus 24:8 reports that after
reading the words of the covenant: "Moses took the blood [of the slaughtered oxen], and
sprinkled it on the people, and said, Behold the blood of the covenant, which the Lord has made
with you concerning all these words." But while Moses thereby sanctified the tribes of Israel,
Jesus went further and proclaimed that his blood was shed not merely for one nation but for all
nations and all individuals therein. From that point of view we might even hope that the cleansing
power of his blood can come upon the children of Jews so that they too will at long last find rest
from persecution and persecuting. But for a person to sacrifice himself for another, let alone the
rest of the world, was a distinctly un-Jewish thought. Its parallels and antecedents come from the
Hellenic and Buddhist world. It is in that world where one also finds the essence of Jesus'
teachings.
But what does this mean for us today? Everything! The question for everyone of us is not
necessarily Hamlet's, "To be or not to be?" But, "Who am I?" As Kipling has put it in his novel
about the Great Game, which is currently being re-enacted again, "Who is - Kim - Kim - Kim?"
Who is this that says "I" to itself and what is its purpose? This is the fundamental question of
mankind from which it always runs away so diligently. Nevertheless, the question remains, at least
for some of us, and keeps nagging until an answer is found. When the answer comes we see the
world in a new light. We can then truly say not only with Socrates: "Anytus and Meletus may kill
me; they cannot harm me," but also with Jesus: "Father forgive them they know not what they
do."
Gibson tried to bring us into contact with ourselves because Jesus did not seek his death merely
for the sins of Jews but for the evil which lurks in every one of us. Did Gibson show us too much
brutality? Yes; but on the one hand he is Mel Gibson after all and can't jump over his shadow, and
on the other hand we do inflict brutality on others on a daily basis. We just don't want to be
reminded of everything that is being carried out in our name. Condemning the film because it
might provoke anti-Semitism is blinding our eyes to the real causes of anti-Jewish sentiments
which sweep this world now and which we fan by our government's blind endorsement of
Sharon's policies. These are infinitely more harmful than any film Gibson or anybody else can
make.
I believe that The Intermountain Catholic was correct when it suggested that "The Passion of the
Christ" should have a sequel called "The Resurrection of Christ." It will be considerably more
difficult to produce because to put Spirit on the screen rather than bleeding flesh will require
artistry which may not be readily available. In addition Spirit doesn't sell tickets as readily as
violence does. Nevertheless, unless we move from flesh to Spirit we have failed in our prime task
and Jesus will indeed have been a deluded fool whose suffering was in vain. This is where the
multiple choice questions come in again. It may come as a surprise to some readers that the
choice "a prophet of God" is the official teaching of the Koran, while that of "a dangerous false
prophet" is the firm belief of a group of ultra-orthodox Jews. The followers of the Lubavitcher
Rebbe also declare unequivocally that Jesus had to be killed according to the Torah which had
warned of false prophets. This information is readily available on the Internet at
www.noahide.com/yeshu.htm and one wonders why the people who so fervently argue for Jesus'
Jewishness do not take note of it. For those who are so eager to make Jesus conform to their
image of a Jew it might be better to come to terms with him and live up to his message. This
would not require conversion but simply a change in personal conduct. It would make his sacrifice
meaningful for everyone and put all enmity to rest for ever.
Jesus showed us the way from a human to a humane society. Looking at the world objectively we
must say that so far he has failed. But it is up to us whether or not this failure is permanent.
Whether we will continue to nail him and ourselves to the cross or if finally critical mass will be
achieved and people will say: no more hate, no more torture, no more killing,. It may take several
more hundreds of years or even millennia for this to come to pass but this ought to be our task: to
graduate from the human to the humane race.
May 1, 2004
THE GREAT LIBERATOR
The past month provided us with the opportunity to
get more
information on how our leadership really thinks and works. First we had
Dick
Clarke’s book Against All Enemies and his testimony before
the 9/11
Commission. Clarke was president Clinton’s Chief anti-terrorist officer
who had
been retained by the Bush administration but had lost his access to the
president and was effectively sidelined. In essence Clarke said that
the new
administration was so absorbed by its preoccupation with Saddam
Hussein’s Iraq
that they ignored, or at least put on the back burner, the gathering
threats
posed by Osama bin Laden. When the president was briefed on August 6,
2001,
while vacationing on his ranch in Texas, and was told that Osama
planned to
strike at the homeland this did not raise any particular concerns
because, “the
threat was not specific enough.” August is vacation time anyway one
might add.
The administration, especially in the person of
Condoleezza
Rice, vigorously denied that they had been asleep at the switch or that
concerns about terrorist attacks were not taken with the seriousness
they
should have deserved. Clarke, similar to former Treasury secretary
O’Neill, was
duly vilified as another disgruntled ex-employee and the Bush people
thought
that this would suffice. It might have worked but another problem arose
with
Bob Woodward’s book Plan of Attack, which essentially corroborated
what Clarke and O’Neill had said. Bush, Cheney and Rumsfeld’s Defense
department were indeed obsessed with Iraq to the exclusion of
everything else
in foreign affairs. Woodward’s book will be discussed later because
other
events occurred before its publication.
The Iraq war was not going well, the 9/11 hearings
were a
potential disaster for re-election, so the decision was made to trot
the
president out for a news conference where he would present his
vision
for the future. Since Mr. Bush is not particularly articulate when it
comes to
spontaneous speech his staff thought it best to immunize him as much as
possible by first having him read a 17 minute declaration and then prep
him for
all the potentially embarrassing questions he might be asked. The
speech can be
summarized in a few words: We will not yield to terrorists, we will
stay the
course and we shall prevail. He fully presented a picture of the resolute
leader who is embarked on a mission, which has been thrust on him
and from
which there is no flinching. This is precisely the image Karl Rove
has
designed for him as will become apparent in the discussion of
Woodward’s
book. But image is not substance and the real Bush emerged when he was
asked by
a reporter, “had he had made any mistakes?” The question was open ended
and
could have referred to 9/11, Afghanistan, or Iraq. Bush was visibly
embarrassed, complained that he had not been warned previously that
this
question might come up, tried to find an answer and eventually said
apologetically that he was not quick on his feet. He then asserted that
he couldn’t
think of a single mistake.
In the meantime the “Silly Season,” as
discussed in
the March issue, continued in full swing. Florida is
regarded as a
must win state by the Bush people and no effort is being spared to
obtain
that state’s electoral votes. This led to a disaster for the
Palestinians
and an absurdity for cruising sailors.
Sharon is in considerable trouble in
Israel. His “unilateral
withdrawal plan” from Gaza is vigorously opposed by other members
of his
own party and in addition he is facing a possible conviction for a
bribery
scandal. His good friend George immediately rode to the rescue. In a
press
conference right after the meeting with the Prime Minister he
congratulated him
to this courageous and historic step. Although not all of the
fine print
of that unilateral withdrawal is available as yet enough is known to
indicate
that a fundamental shift in American foreign policy has
occurred. Up to
that news conference the fiction of America’s evenhandedness in regard
to the
Israeli-Palestinian war - we have to call it that because it is now
more than
just a conflict - could be tenuously maintained. This fiction
disappeared when
Bush gave Sharon a green light for whatever he wants to do in the
occupied
territories. In Gaza certain Israeli installations will remain; air and
coastal
waters will be under Israeli control and so will be the border between
Gaza and
Egypt. In the West Bank the illegal
wall, which in part annexes Palestinian territory, will continue to be
built
and only a few settlements in the northern part will be removed while
the main
ones in the heart of the West Bank will stay put. Although Jerusalem
was not
mentioned the “realities on the ground” will make sure that the
Palestinians
can shelve any plan for ever having a substantive presence in that
city. They
can also forget about hopes that DP’s of the 1948 wars, or their
descendants,
may ever return to their former homes. All of this is, of course,
contrary to
international law and numerous U.N. resolutions. Having made these
concessions
Mr. Bush asserted that, “the United States support the
establishment
of a Palestinian state that is viable, contiguous, sovereign and
independent.”
It seems not have occurred to him that he had just torpedoed this
idea
because Sharon’s plan, which he had so vigorously endorsed a
moment
earlier, is designed precisely to prevent this from ever
happening.
For the Palestinians, whose only task, as far as Bush is
concerned, is
to eliminate terrorism against Israel this is the analogue of Munich,
where Chamberlain and Daladier signed away Czechoslovakia to Hitler.
Although
these two men are now chastised for their cowardice they had at least
an excuse
because Hitler had threatened them with war for which they were not yet
prepared. They did declare war on him one year later. Bush does not
have this
excuse. Sharon cannot make war on us and the entire despicable performance
was merely to gain the Jewish vote for re-election.
But Jews are not the only large swing bloc in
Florida
which has to be wooed; there is also the Cuban vote that needs to
be secured.
Now we are really in the theater of the absurd and unless one
is a
sailor who subscribes to Cruising World or Sail one
would never
know the height of foolishness this administration will go to in order
to win
votes.
What follows has not been reported by any of the
major news
outlets and I found it only in the May 2004 issue of Cruising
World.
The Editor’s Log states under the title of Bushwhacked:
“On February 26, 2004, in language that American
sailors can
only describe as stunning, President George W. Bush issued a decree
that is
unprecedented in both its scope and purpose. Citing his
all-encompassing war on
terror as the principal impetus behind a proclamation fired straight
across the
bows of that unlikely band of terrorists – cruising sailors! - Bush
granted
the Secretary of Homeland Security the immediate power to seize any
vessel, at
any time, anywhere in the territorial waters of the United States, if
for any
reason officials believe ‘it may be used, or is susceptible of being
used, for
voyage in Cuban waters.’”
This is bound to have been the brain child of
Karl Rove
who unearthed what is called The Espionage Act of June 15,
1917; two
months after the U.S. had declared war on Germany! The language
cited above
comes from that Act. Only the “Whereas” justifications were rewritten
specifically for Cuba and the power to board and confiscate vessels
is no
longer in the hands of the Treasury Department but that of Homeland
Security.
Since cruising sailors are negligible as a voting bloc but Miami’s
Cubans are
not, the “Freedom of the Seas” has just been cancelled. Since
this act
applies not only to U.S. citizens but to “any vessel in any U.S. port,”
my
Canadian friend Roger, who keeps his catamaran in the Bahamas, better
sail
directly to Cuba henceforth rather than stopping off in the Florida
Keyes where
he could lose his boat. The Great Liberator who promises to
free the
world can now liberate anyone of us even from our own boats!
But the prime event of the month clearly was Woodward’s
book and during the week of the 18th – 25th
there was
not a single day where he did not appear on at least one of the TV talk
shows.
This attention was justified, and to his credit he stuck to his guns
even under
tough questioning. Although he did not present much that was news, at
least to
me, he gave detailed quotes from the key actors and had the
documentation to
back them up. What emerged was a president who had made up
his mind
to bring Saddam down as early as November 21, 2001. On that day
Bush
collared Rumsfeld and told him in utter secrecy to prepare a military
plan
against Iraq. Instead of following through with the stabilization of
Afghanistan, money and military resources were to be diverted to the
preparation for an invasion of Iraq.
Woodward is careful throughout the book to point
out that
Bush had not actually made a firm decision to go to war at that point
but he
wanted to have the option. Nevertheless, Bush had clearly resolved
to bring
about “regime change” in Baghdad “one way or another.” The
justifications for
doing so and the means were left to the future. It was not a matter
of “if”
but only “when and how.”
There are so many nuggets in this book
that it is
difficult to select some of the most significant ones but European
readers
especially will be interested to learn how the “axis of evil”
phrase got
into the president’s 2002 State of the Union speech. Mr. Bush has a
whole
stable of speech writers among whom Michael Gerson and David Frum were
the most
prominent. The speech was meant to put the world on notice that America
will no
longer wait for attacks to occur but will act preemptively in the
future. It
was clearly directed against Iraq because as mentioned above military
planning
was already on its way. On the other hand Bush couldn’t just single out
Iraq
because that would void all the secrecy so some other way had to be
found. This
was the problem for which Gerson sought help from Frum. It is not
surprising
that Frum, who is Jewish, would have come up with the phrase “axis of
hate,”
since axis and Nazis are synonymous. But Gerson, the evangelical
Christian, is
not supposed to hate. He is much more concerned, just like the
president
himself, with evil in this world which has to be eradicated. Thus, the
word
hate was exchanged for evil. Iran as well as North Korea was added to
deflect
intentions from the real goal. That is how phrases which galvanize the
world
come about.
In regard to the chief players in the run up to
the Iraq war,
Condoleezza Rice comes across as having been over her head in
the power struggle
between Colin Powell on the one hand and Cheney-Rumsfeld on the other.
Rumsfeld sounds like a bureaucrat who loves to throw out
questions
but answers few. When he does, the answers tend to be convoluted or
“Greenspanesque.” Cheney on the other hand is the Sphinx
who has the
answer to all the riddles, rarely talks about them in public
but when he
does he forecloses options. For reasons, which Woodward has not yet
explored, Cheney was always firmly bent on war and openly so since his
speech
in Cincinnati on August 26, 2002. He was dead set against involving the
U.N. in
a diplomatic solution, favored by Powell, and did his level best to
undercut
it.
Powell was handicapped by his military
background
and inherent loyalty to the Commander in Chief. When Bush
confronted him
on January 13, 2003 point-blank with his plan to invade he raised some
warning
thoughts, but when asked, “Are you with me?” saluted mentally and said,
“Yes,
sir, I will support you. I’m with you Mr. President.’” Woodward feels
that Powell
thought he might still be able to deflect the inevitable but this was,
of
course, a forlorn hope. It is my opinion that had Powell emerged to his
position from civilian, rather than military, life he might have said,
“I’m
sorry Mr. President I can’t,” and handed in his resignation.
This leaves us with Bush whom Woodward
presents in a
sympathetic but puzzled vein. He clearly likes the man but it seems
equally
clear that he cannot subscribe to his policies. Bush is not the
European
caricature of the “cowboy” but conforms more to the picture of
the
idealized movie version of the Texas sheriff who rides into town to
bring order
out of lawlessness. He doesn’t shoot for the heck of it. He is
concerned
about civilian casualties, but he is on a mission from which nothing,
except
electoral defeat, will deflect him. Bush believes, as he has said also
in
public, that he has been sent by God at this time in history to
confront and
root out the evil in this world, which is summarized in the word
terrorists. When asked by Woodward if he had had any doubt before
engaging into
the war he denied it. No doubt whatsoever. “Had he discussed the pros
and cons
of the decision with his father?” “No.”
That answer may surely strike one as strange, because the son was
embarking on
the same war his father had led a decade earlier, but it does make
sense when
one sees the real human being instead of the “Persona” which is paraded
before
us.
Karl Rove whose only goal in life at this
time is to
get Bush re-elected gave him a power point presentation at the
ranch during
the Christmas holidays in 2002. He wanted Bush to get started on
fundraising but the president waved him off with, “We got a war coming,
and
you’re just going to have to wait.” As Woodward notes the first slide
of the
presentation as to how Bush was to be portrayed was entitled PERSONA and it listed in bold letters,
“Strong Leader; Bold Action; Big Ideas;
Peace in World; More Compassionate America; Cares About People
Like Me;
Leads a Strong Team.” This is the background for the “photo-op” on
May 1 of
last year where the president emerged in full flight combat gear from a
Navy
jet on the deck of the aircraft carrier Abraham Lincoln and gave his
speech
under the sign “Mission Accomplished.” The intended campaign ad will
now be
fodder for the Democrats.
For those of us who grew up under Hitler this
evokes eerie
reminiscences. Rove’s phrases were exactly the same
Goebbels showered
us with and one has to realize that “Leader” translates, of course,
into
Führer. All that is missing now is the additional adjective of “heissgeliebte”
(ardently loved) and the picture is complete. Fortunately this is still
America
and it won’t come to that. But this is precisely the reason why
Europeans are
so skeptical about our president’s intentions. They’ve been there, seen
the
disasters “strong leaders” with “bold ideas” create, and want no part
of it.
But as mentioned earlier this is all
sham and for
public consumption because the real Bush does not conform to it. We
saw him
in the mentioned press conference where he was flustered when asked
about
mistakes because nobody had told him that this would be coming. We saw
it also
when it was announced first that he would not testify before the 9/11
commission at all but later had to relent under public pressure to the
point
that he would, but only in presence of Dick Cheney! That takes care of
the
persona right there and his insecurity is also the reason why, in all
probability, he did not discuss the intention to go to war with his
father. He
knew that the father might try to talk him out of this adventure and
that was a
risk he was not willing to take.
So the American public has to be treated to the fictitious
Rove persona who is convinced that it his destiny to
“bring
freedom to the world.” This will have to be accomplished within
maximally five years, because a third term was, thank goodness,
eliminated
by Eisenhower. In addition there are limits as to who is to be free. As
we
found out above Palestinians are not necessarily included
and the
Afghans are also no longer of concern. They have been
handed over
to the tender mercies of the warlords who profess to fight the Taliban
and al
Quaeda. Neither are the citizens of a well functioning
democracy such as
Taiwan assured of their freedom if they wanted to vote
for independence
from China. They were warned recently to abstain from such dreams.
Although
we would lodge a protest against China if she were to take military
action
against the island that would be the extent of our involvement.
So what does all this amount to? The president
is
motivated by religious fervor, which he actually shares with
fundamentalists of other persuasions. The people around him play Realpolitik
and use him for whatever suits their purposes. These tend to be the old
fashioned ones: lust for power, couched in flowery rhetoric.
Unfortunately the Democratic
contender falls into the same mold. Not to be outdone by Bush
in the
grab for the Jewish vote he also immediately embraced the Sharon plan
and
thereby disqualified himself from being a genuine hope for the future.
He
stands now exposed as just another politician who will say and do
anything to
get elected. This is a tragedy because America surely deserves better.
But the world does not stand still for our
election antics.
While the political parties engage in smearing each other’s candidate
the situation
in Iraq goes from bad to worse. Our ex-Trotskyite neoconservatives
can
surely congratulate themselves. They have succeeded in molding us in
the image
of the state of Israel and we now have our very own West Bank and Gaza.
Our
troops have been trained by Israelis in counterinsurgency and are using
the
same methods as the IDF with the same abysmal results. Doors are
smashed in,
prisoners hooded, adults humiliated in front of their children and
homes
bulldozed. Due to the lack of security foreign contractors are
leaving, the
electricity grid is not being improved and a hot summer without
adequate
air-conditioning is in the offing. That tempers are going to flare and
violence
is bound to get worse rather than better is utterly predictable.
Our government says that we shall turn
sovereignty
over to the Iraqis on June 30 but we have our own definition of
the word,
which does not conform to what is found in a dictionary. We’ll let them
do some
chores under our supervision but the power will remain in U.S. or, its
euphemism, “coalition” hands. This is not likely to work because although
we
pay lip service to have the U.N. involved we want to keep the contracts
and,
therefore, the oil, which is the main problem. We would have to let
go of
the dream of developing the oil resources through Halliburton et al.
and really
give it back to the Iraqis. It’s their oil after all and not ours.
So far we have not shown the slightest
indication that we
are indeed willing to make the Iraqis full partners in the
reconstruction of
their country. Regardless of rhetoric about freedom and democracy
“facts on
the ground” are created, which tell the Iraqis that we have every
intention to
continue to run their country from behind the scenes. The largest
U.S.
embassy is being built in Baghdad which, we have been told, will
house up
to 3000 employees, although the most recent numbers have been reduced
to 1000
Americans and 700 Iraqis. What does Mr. Negroponte need all these
people for?
Another fact is the contracts, which are bound to irritate the locals.
On the
Internet one can find a document from the U.S. Department of Commerce
on Prime
Contracts and Subcontracts awarded for fiscal year 2004, dated March
26, 2004. Of
the 52 Prime contracts listed, 45 went to American firms, 3 were joint
U.S./U.K
ventures; 2 went to Israel, 1 to the UK and 1 to Jordan. The
Israelis are
supposed to procure armored vehicles and the Jordanians are allowed to
deliver
fuel to southern Iraq. These are actions Iraqis and the world see, even
if the
average American doesn’t pay attention to them. This is why we are
hated in
that part of the world, and why the U.N. is not eager to help us out of
the
mess our government has created for us.
There seems to be only one honorable exit
strategy.
The Iraqi army and police have to be reconstituted and given power
to
establish internal security. If we were indeed willing to turn
security in
Falluja over to the locals this would
be a good start in the right direction, as long as we don’t
insist on
having “joint patrols” in that city. American soldiers are regarded as
an
irritant and if the Iraqis can handle the situation we would be well
advised to
keep a low profile. If the Falluja experiment were allowed to work it
could
serve as a model for other “hot spots” where local Iraqis should be
fully
empowered to provide law and order. The Iraqi interim, and
eventually
permanent, government would have to be given power to award the
contracts
for reconstruction of their country to companies of their choosing
rather than
ours. They will need money and some oversight that it doesn’t go
into
corrupt hands. We have distributed literally hundreds of millions of
dollars in
cash to buy ourselves Iraqi informers before the war; surely we could
spend a
fraction of that amount to let the Iraqis re-build their infrastructure
which
we helped destroy during it. The Iraqis are proud, intelligent, and
educated
people. They have the ability to rebuild their country and will
do so if
we treat them as equals rather than demanding that they do our bidding.
When the Iraqis see that we are serious, in our desire to turn their
country
over to them good will can re-emerge. The violence will subside over
time and
eventually all of our troops, with the reservists and National Guard
first, can
come home. This is the way to support our troops and not blind
obedience to the
dictates of Cheney-Rumsfeld and their neoconservative friends.
Unfortunately this is likely to be pie in the sky
because in
the real world greed rules and tends to bring the best meant plans to
ruin.
Nevertheless, it would seem that our great would-be liberator of the
people of
this world may still have a chance to extricate himself and us from the
problems he has created. To do so he would have to abandon his
crusading
spirit, which has nothing to do with genuine Christianity, relieve
Wolfowitz
and company of their jobs, and begin to listen and act on the advice of
the State
rather than the Defense Department. He may well find himself unable to
do so.
But under those circumstances he is likely to suffer the same fate as
his
fore-runner Woodrow Wilson who had entered the war ostensibly to create
democracy around the world. He won the war but lost the peace at
Versailles
where he was forced to sacrifice his ideals to the rapaciousness of
Clemenceau,
Lloyd George and Orlando. Wilson’s example: from being hailed as a
savior in
November 1918 to a ridiculed irrelevancy a few months later, should
surely give
our president some food for thought.
May 26, 2004
DEMOCRACY ON TRIAL
This issue appears a few days earlier than usual because next week I shall be attending a scientific meeting in Europe. The key event of this month was the public airing of photographs, which documented the scandalous behavior of some members of the U.S. military in Baghdad’s Abu Ghraib prison. Although
everybody, Republicans
and Democrats alike expressed immediate shock and outrage the political
polarization of the country soon took over thereafter. Defenders of the
administration labeled the incidents as shameful and regrettable but
insisted
that it was simply the behavior of some “bad apples,”
relatively junior people, who acted out their sadistic impulses. The
Democrats
who want to win the upcoming election used the scandal as another
example why
thorough house cleaning is needed in Washington on Tuesday November 2.
When one looks
at the published
pictures, and I have no interest in seeing more, it is quite apparent
that
especially Pfc Lynndie England and Spc Charles Graner thought
that the
type of behavior they showed in the photos was a joke and they had a
good time
documenting it. As Pfc. England testified, [it]
was basically us fooling around.” Yes indeed but England and
Graner didn’t come up with these ideas by themselves. They were put up to it and that is
where the “few bad
apples”
explanation loses validity. We are now told that the abuse
of prisoners was designed to “soften them up” to get information that would lead to
a suppression of the ongoing insurrection. We have also been told that
the pictures
were to be used to show other detainees what would happen to them if
they did
not divulge any and all information about ring leaders, weapons caches
etc.
This seems reasonable and clearly puts the entire situation into a
different
light.
The Bush
administration was
increasingly frustrated by the way the Iraq invasion had turned out.
Weapons of
mass destruction, the ostensible reason for the attack, could not be
found and
the Iraqi people were no longer overjoyed by the anarchy the US army
had brought
in its wake. Some began to rebel against the Americans while others
settled
intra-Iraqi scores.
From the
Defense department’s point
of view, which is encumbered by tunnel vision, this problem was simply
one of
inadequate intelligence. If detainees were properly, or improperly as
it turned
out, grilled they would lead our troops to the hidden weapon’s
treasure and the nasty people who might use them. This was the fantasy
and, as
usual, it totally ignored the realities of human behavior.
If one really
wants to understand
the Abu Ghraib problem one has to go back to the Afghanistan
invasion and the
decision that captured Taliban and Al Qaeda members are not prisoners
of war
but “unlawful enemy combatants” and as
such not entitled to the protection of the Geneva Conventions.
This is
where the problem started and why it will continue to fester
unless and until this issue is addressed. The president has
declared
that we are in a war against terrorism and since the terrorists don’t wear
uniforms they are not soldiers and can only expect the same treatment
as they
inflict on others. This is a repudiation of all the principles
civilized
societies are supposed to stand for. Yet it is still official policy of
the
United States. The detainees in Guantanamo, for instance, have
no
civil rights and we have no idea what goes on there, except that “useful
information has been obtained.” But what this useful information
consisted of we have no
idea. Furthermore, journalists, the supposed guardians of our
democracy,
are not allowed to visit. Since General Miller, who
was in
charge of Guantanamo, had initiated procedures in that facility
which
supposedly led to confessions, he was the person chosen to bring
these
practices to Iraq. Thus, the ultimate responsibility lies with
the
persons who authorized the policies to extract confessions by
physical and
mental abuse and not only with the underlings who did the dirty work
and in
their ignorance enjoyed it.
This whole sad
affair brings back memories
of WWII and shows that people the world over when put into similar
circumstances will behave in a similar way regardless of sex, religion,
ethnicity or nationality. Since behavior of this type does not conform
to the
norms society expects, it is shrouded in secrecy. I personally knew
that Dachau
existed and that the prisoners in that facility were not treated
kindly. But
this is where my information ended and I had no interest in pursuing
the matter
further because it would have led to a long term first hand
acquaintance with
that place. But is the average American really interested in
knowing what
goes on in Guantanamo today, or in Abu Ghraib, or any of
the other
places where we hold prisoners?
Martha and I
live about 10 miles
northeast of Bluffdale, which is Utah’s
state penitentiary but we
have not faintest idea
how the prisoners are being treated. Since Utahns are good God-fearing
people
one assumes that nothing bad can happen there. But The Salt Lake
Tribune
reported recently that two of the Abu Ghraib prison guards (not
directly
involved in the scandal) were from Utah, had served in Bluffdale, and
stated
that humiliating naked prisoners is routine procedure there. It
is
obvious, therefore, that human beings, whenever they are given absolute
power
over others may well be prone to abuse that power. This is a fact of
life and
the existence of sadism, in most of us needs to be recognized. This is
what
civilization is supposed to be all about: to curb our negative traits
and
enhance the positive ones. When the rules of civilized behavior are
officially declared as non-applicable and provisions of
the Geneva Conventions as “quaint,” one is encouraging sadism. It’s as simple as that.
Leaving
morality aside, now comes the
next question: how useful is the information obtained under these cruel
circumstances? This is the real problem, which has so far not been
properly
aired. Even when detainee and interrogator speak the same language fear
and
pain can lead to useless confessions as any criminal lawyer will
readily testify
to. But with our Arab or Taliban prisoners we have a profound language
barrier. The question arises, therefore, who are these
interpreters and “civilian
contractors” we rely on? What is their background and
what are their
motives to serve in this capacity? It seems obvious that they are
volunteers
because if they were drafted their interpretations could not be
trusted. But
even under the best of circumstances how do we know that what is being
interpreted is what the prisoner really said?
We don’t, and that puts the utility of the whole
interrogation
process into question. The language problem has additional
ramifications,
which directly impact on the military conduct of the
current guerilla
war. We rely on informants to lead us to enemy strongholds in Iraq as
well as
Afghanistan but they may deliberately mislead us to attack innocents.
This has
occurred in Afghanistan and may have happened recently on the Syrian
border.
Patriotic Iraqis and Afghans have only one primary goal: to get us out
of their
countries. It is perfectly reasonable to assume that they may
intermittently
feed us false information and when civilians get killed America stands
exposed
as a brutal oppressor.
President
Bush expressed
outrage and said that the
Abu Ghraib behavior
“is not
the America I know.” Yes, that’s
probably true but had he cared to inform himself about the seamy side
of
American life he would have been less surprised. In the May 20 edition
of The
Christian Science Monitor one can read, “‘Simply stated, the culture of
sadistic and malicious
violence that continues to pervade the ... prison system violates
contemporary
standards of decency.’ That conclusion written by Judge William
Wayne Justice,
does not describe Abu Ghraib in Iraq last fall, but the Texas
prison system
in 1999 when George W. Bush was still governor there.”
The president could also have benefited from having read about the behavior
of some
American troops in Germany after the end of WWII. Ways to bypass
the
Geneva Conventions had their precedent in the spring of 1945 when
General
Eisenhower was confronted with millions of German soldiers who had
surrendered
to the Americans. Their numbers were augmented by a deliberate
Wehrmacht policy
to leave only a relatively smaller force in the East in order to delay
the
Russian advance. The intention was to save the bulk of the men from
destruction
and allow the Western Allies to occupy the country rather than the
Soviets. In
this way more than five million soldiers ended up in American
captivity. James
Bacque, a Canadian, chronicled the events in Other Losses,
An
investigation into the mass deaths of German prisoners at the hands of
the
French and Americans after World War II. This book ought to be
a “must
read”
for all
those, including the president, who insist that Americans are, by
nature,
morally superior to people of other nations.
On March
10,1945 Eisenhower
requested from CCS (Combined Chiefs of Staff of Britain and the
USA) that
prisoners of war taken after VE day not be accorded POW
status but
identified as “disarmed enemy forces
(DEF),”
which placed them outside the limits of the Geneva
Conventions. The request was approved, but only for prisoners
in
American hands. The British refused to go along with it. The
ostensible
reason for Eisenhower’s request was simple: he did not want to
feed the millions
of prisoners he expected. That was supposed to be left to the German
authorities, although he must have known that in the post-war chaos
German authorities
would not exist because all organizations, including those concerned
with
social welfare, had been run by the Nazi party. The real reason for the
request
was punitive and part of the Morgenthau plan, which was to guide America’s
post-war conduct towards Germany. The plan was designed to return
Germany to
the pre-industrial age so that the country could never again play a
leading
role on the world stage. Since the DEF status clearly contravened
international law it was kept secret from the public.
Bacque reported
that, “On
a trip
to Europe in the summer of 1944, Morgenthau [Roosevelt’s
Treasury secretary] discovered that the Allies under Supreme Commander
Dwight
Eisenhower had some first-rate plans for getting into Germany, but no
idea of
what to do once they got there. Foreign Secretary Eden read to him from
the
minutes of the Teheran Conference the discussion of the proposed
dismemberment
of Germany, but no one had figured out how to carry this out.
Morgenthau could
not understand the lackadaisical British.” The only person who impressed
Morgenthau was “Eisenhower, who, Morgenthau said, wanted
to ‘treat
them rough,’ when he got to Germany.” When Morgenthau
reported to Roosevelt
that “‘No-one
is studying how to treat Germany roughly along the
lines you wanted;’” the reply was “‘Give me thirty minutes with Churchill
and I can correct this. We have got to be tough with Germany and I
mean the
German people, not just the Nazis. We either have to castrate
the
German people, or you have got to treat them in such a manner
that they
just can’t go on reproducing people who want to
continue the way they
have in the past.’” This attitude was the groundwork for the
catastrophe which
descended on the Wehrmacht soldiers who had surrendered in good faith
believing
in the ideals America is supposed to stand for. They were to be sorely
disappointed.
By April
1945 the U.S. army had
already set up huge detention facilities for the masses of
soldiers who
surrendered. These consisted of barbed wire enclosures in open
fields
without any form of shelter, exposed day and night to the elements.
There
were no sanitary facilities and only minimal food rations.
While U.S.
troops received about 4000 calories a day the allotment for the
prisoners was
officially set at 1150 calories per day for non-workers and 1,850 for
workers.
As Bacque notes, “This was sentencing them to death in a
fairly short time,
especially considering the lack of shelter and clean water.” Although
the German civilian population was eager to help feed their captive
soldiers
they were not allowed to do so. On May 9, 1945 Eisenhower issued a
proclamation which expressly forbade civilians to provide food. “Those who
violate this command and nevertheless try to circumvent this blockade
to allow
something to come to the prisoners place themselves in danger of being
shot.”
This
order also applied to American troops who felt pity for their
incarcerated fellow human beings. “Private Martin Brech, a guard at
Andernach in spring 1945, was told by an officer, ‘that it
is our policy that these men not be fed.’” He was also informed that disobeying
this order would lead to court martial.
While the food
and water situation was
terrible so was in some instances the space allotted to the prisoners.
The official
figure was 175 square feet per person but at times the enclosures were
so
crowded that people couldn’t even lie down. But even when
overcrowding was not the
issue absence of protection from the weather was the most pressing
problem
apart from lack of food and water. As one prisoner, who had
a PhD, put
it in his notes, which he penned on toilet paper, the only
available
material, “Our only wish is finally after six weeks
to get a roof over
our heads. Even a savage is better housed. Diogenes, Diogenes, you
at least
had a barrel.”
Bacque puts
the blame for these
conditions clearly on Eisenhower and
makes the point that while other generals like Patton and Mark Clark
discharged
their prisoners within a few weeks Ike did not. He even transferred
some of the
ex-soldiers, who already had discharge papers issued, to the French
where they
lingered in captivity and forced labor for several more years. In
addition
while German POW’s were allowed to get mail through the
International Red
Cross in the British and French occupation zone after a few weeks,
those in the
American zone had to wait for over one year for this privilege. The
American
public gets a steady dose of Nazi atrocities in TV documentaries but it
is
deliberately kept in the dark about those which the American government
instituted during those years because that would shatter the carefully
maintained
myth of America’s moral purity. Why was Eisenhower so
punitive towards the
German people? There may have been a number of reasons but as he wrote
in a
letter to his wife in 1944 he “hated Germans.”
Thus, the Abu Ghraib scandal is new only in the methods used for harassment and intimidation
of
prisoners, but not in its purpose which is to break down the morale of
the
adversary by whatever means available. The pronounced sexual
humiliations of
the current scandal are clearly a legacy of our popular culture, which
continually promotes sex in all its forms on our video screens. So is
the role
of women. They must no longer be depicted as caring mothers but
gun-toting,
physically aggressive amazon warriors. Should one be surprised that
other
cultures, especially those dominated by the Muslim religion, want no
part of
this type of democracy?
By calling
the punitive
expeditions on the Taliban and Al Qaeda a war on terror president Bush
has
opened the door to the abuses we witnessed.
Furthermore, some defenders of the war do not hesitate to call
the
current situation World War III and insist, along with the
president, that
it may go on longer than the previous wars. If this is what they want
they will
get it but they may not like the eventual outcome, which can
only be a further
brutalization of our society. I will never forget listening to Goebbels’ speech
in February of 1943 when
he asked the attendees in
Berlin’s
Sportpalast, “Wollt Ihr den totalen Krieg? (Do you want total war?)” And the
crowd roared Yes! Whereupon he followed up with “Wollt Ihr
in totaler und radikaler als sich irgend ein Mensch in Deutschland
heute noch
vorstellen kann? (Do
you want it more total
and more radical than anybody in Germany can even imagine today?),
which
was likewise answered by a resounding: Yes! What their
country looked
like two years later they really could not have imagined. But
that is
what war brings and why those of us who have seen war first hand
are so
dead set against its repetition.
Hitler
and Goebbels told
us that the war they had initiated, and that had gotten
out of hand,
was one of “Sein oder Nichtsein” (existence or nonexistence). The Asiatic
hordes
must be prevented from overrunning Europe and the German soldier
was the
only bulwark which stood in the defense of Western civilization. Hitler
was
chosen by providence to fulfill this historic role as defender of the
Western
world. As Goebbels wrote in his diary on January 23, 1943, “All of us
know that if Germany were to lose this war Europe would become
Bolshevist and
the Reich would, of course, also be lost.” Please note that this was not
propaganda in Goebbels’ mind but knowledge, “wir wissen.” What
does our president tell us? He believes that he has been chosen
by God
to lead the American people in the defense against evil terrorists, who
intend
to destroy our nation. This can only be done by pre-emptive strikes
against
nations “who harbor” them because the alternative of further
and more devastating
9/11 attacks is too terrible to imagine. What Bolshevism and the
Jews were
for the Nazis, Islamic terrorists have become for the Bush
administration.
Let me emphasize that Bush is no Hitler but he uses the same
rhetoric and
is also convinced of its truth.
This
is the point where genuine democracy must come into
play. In Nazi Germany we had to keep our collective mouths shut and
do our
assigned tasks, but thanks to the founders of this republic we are
allowed to
play by different rules. Not blind obedience to a Fuehrer is
required now
but a thorough investigation into motives and means with which the
present war
in Iraq was initiated and is being conducted. The Abu Ghraib
scandal could
become the catalyst for a scrupulous soul searching. Reprehensible
as the
conduct of the prison guards was, they did not create the climate in
which they
operated. That originated with decisions made in Washington. It will be
interesting to see if our media are up to this task and really follow
through
with investigating how this stain on our national honor came about.
Will they
be content with parading salacious photographs and the court martial of
a few
misguided low level “bad apples,” or will they be able to expose all the
secrets about 9/11
and the administration’s response to it. There is no doubt
that the American
people have been deceived. The question still is: by whom and why?
American
prestige around the world has never been as low as
today and the only way we can salvage our integrity is by honesty,
which has to
emanate from the highest levels. Pep talks as given by the president on
Monday
will not suffice. We cannot trust our government at this time and
it is the
media’s responsibility to uncover how and why
our country has lost
its way. This has nothing
to do with
partisanship and everything with what kind of a country we want to live
in.
This airing of facts needs to be done not only in some books or
magazines, which few people read, but in the mainstream daily press
and not
just on cable but also the regular TV networks. When larger
segments of the
public become fully informed they will demand action from Congress and
genuine
nonpartisan hearings can follow.
We are
involved in a guerilla war in Iraq as well as
Afghanistan and it will not be won by “staying
the course.” We have sufficiently aggravated the
Muslim world that mere
words will no longer “win the hearts and minds of people.” This administration
and/or the next must come to understand that peace in the Middle
East cannot
be achieved unless there is peace in Palestine. As long as Muslims
are
denied access to the third holiest shrine, in Jerusalem, religious
fanaticism
will flourish and casualties will mount on both sides. A genuine
non-punitive
armistice between Israelis and Palestinians is essential and long
overdue. It
will not automatically usher in peace in the rest of the Middle East
but it
will allow moderate Arab governments to survive and gradually institute
democratic
reforms.
Unless America renounces its unconditional support for Israel’s
current policies, there is grave
danger that moderate Arab
governments will not be able to survive and will be swept away
by
religious fanatics. What are we going to do if the Saudi monarchy falls
and
Osama becomes their Ayatollah Khomeini? What are we going to do if
this
sets off a reverse domino effect and the Kuwaitis get rid of their
Emir and
the Pakistanis of Musharraf? Bomb all of them? Invade their countries?
Those
are the nightmare questions, which have to be put before the
American
public, not just in these pages but shouted from the rooftops.
We cannot
postpone facing them because an election is at stake. The fate of the
country
and the world hangs in the balance and that is the reason why our
democracy is
on trial right now.
July 1, 2004
THE MOSES LEGACY
Just like the book, the title of which appears in the
headline, this report comes in two parts. The first deals with the book itself and
the second with the legacy of Moses as it is currently unfolding in the Middle
East.
After several years of writing and another few years of
trying to find a publisher The Moses Legacy; Roots of Jewish Suffering
is now finally available through Internet
commerce. It had to be published through the “print on demand” medium
because I no longer have a life expectancy that will allow me to pursue
reluctant publishers or agents for several more years. In as much as the
content of the book does not conform to current political ideology editors of
well known publishing houses are reluctant to tackle a topic that is not only
highly emotionally charged but also
presents both sides of Jewish-Gentile relations.
On the other hand I do feel sufficiently strong about the
ideas expressed in the book that one should be willing to “put one’s money,
where one’s mouth” is and make them available to the public. This attitude has
to do with my upbringing where I saw injustices being done to the Jewish
members of our society and was unable to do anything about them. I shall never
forget the sense of shame I felt one day while traveling on the Stadtbahn in Vienna
during WWII when I saw a Jewish girl of my age with a downcast demeanor and the
Star of David on her overcoat, as was required by law. I did not decide then
and there to rectify injustice all over the world wherever it might exist but
the impression was lasting, kept resurfacing intermittently throughout my life
and the question kept nagging me why such hatred against Jews could have
existed.
After retirement from executive duties, and seeing patients,
time was available to study the “Jewish question” with the book under
discussion the result. After reading a considerable amount of Jewish literature
it became apparent that the problem of
anti-Jewish attitudes is an ancient
one and there were reasons why people felt the way they did. I shall refrain
from using the European term antisemitism, spelled currently anti-Semitism in America,
for their feelings because the term implies a racial homogeneity which is
inappropriate. When people express dislike or hatred of Jews it is directed
against Jews, regardless of racial background, and not Semites in general.
Thus, the book
stresses first of all clarity of
language. Imprecise language is associated with muddled thinking and
subsequently inappropriate behavior. This will be discussed further in the
second part of this essay. It may seem strange to connect a religious figure
like Moses with 21st century politics but when one reads the book
the reasons will become obvious. Without
the figure of Moses there would be no Judaism, no state of Israel,
no Christianity and no Islam. Historians and theologians can argue whether or
not Moses existed as an individual, what laws he promulgated and what benefit
accrued thereby to the world. For the purposes at hand these questions are not
relevant because The Moses Legacy
deals only with ideas which are expressed in Jewish literature about Jews and
their place in the world. The book is about Gentile-Jewish relationships since
the inception of the Jewish religion.
Currently it seems to be no longer polite in official
American society to speak of a Jewish
tradition and a Christian tradition.
The two religions have been amalgamated
under the term Judeo-Christian thereby blurring the differences between
them. It may, therefore, come as a shock to some well meaning Christians that
observant Jews not only reject the term but one of them has even regarded it as
“an antisemitic lie.” As Neusner has
pointed out the “the two religions …
really are totally alien to another.”
Thus, the purpose of the first part of
this book was to explore how such a fundamental misunderstanding between
well-meaning people had come about.
One of the
fundamental misconceptions Christians harbor about Judaism is that it is a religion like others and has no political implications. Yet
Moses intent was not to create a religion but to make an enduring nation out of
the diverse group of people he had led out from Egypt.
Again it doesn’t matter whether or not the Exodus is a historic reality, it has
become so by being enshrined in the Bible and millions of people around the
world believe in its veracity. The purpose
of Moses’ Law was to set the Hebrews
apart from the rest of their neighbors and to make them into a “holy
nation [Ex. XIX.6];” “a kingdom of
priests” and as such a society unto themselves. But inasmuch as the
Hebrews, and later on their descendants the Jews, always lived in the midst of
people who worshipped other deities not only was constant strife foreordained
but so were increasingly more stringent regulations over all phases of daily
life. Once the Jews lost Jerusalem
and the Temple the rabbis were
confronted with a massive problem how to keep their people together in the
Diaspora. The answer was the creation of the Talmud, which has become the
“central pillar” of authentic Judaism.
Christians have very
little, if any, information on the
Talmud and this ignorance has given
rise to the misconceptions about the essence of Judaism. The importance of
the Talmud for Gentiles lies not necessarily in its religious doctrines but in
what has been called “Talmudic thinking,” which differs markedly from that of
the Gentile world. Only when one is aware of this fact can one understand Ben
Gurion’s comment about the British. He explained to some of his friends that,
“You can do many things with an Englishman but you cannot change him into a
non-Englishman. The Englishman does not see things with Jewish eyes, he does
not feel things with a Jewish heart, and he does not reason with a Jewish
brain.” The term Englishman referred to a specific situation but really means
Gentile in general and perpetuates a theme of separateness.
The Moses Legacy
shows why Ben Gurion’s statement is true and the consequences that flow from
it. As mentioned the book is divided into two sections. The first part starts with definitions so that all of us know what
is being discussed at a given moment. This is necessary because “Talmudic thinking,” which assigns the meaning of a word to whatever a
given person wants it to mean at a particular point in a discussion,
pervades the literature. This has to be shunned in a scientific exploration of
a topic. The chapter on definitions is followed by what is known about the
origins of the Bible, the cornerstone of the religion. Its importance for
current political events cannot be stressed enough. This is the reason why
various key biblical figures are subsequently examined for their actions and
their capacity to serve as role models for behavior in our day and age.
Specifically it is shown what type of conduct has been reported, who was
rewarded or punished by God and for what reasons.
As a result some rather surprising findings became apparent
and demonstrated how the past, present and future intersect. Since the present
is based on the past the future is not totally unknowable. It can be predicted
to a certain extent, barring divine intervention, if one knows the character
and motivations of key players. The first part of The Moses Legacy ends with a discussion of the Pharisees and the
essential features of the Talmud. This section demonstrates how Jewish authors
during the first century A.D., prior to the establishment of Christianity,
responded to attacks. The means with which they defended their views will be
found remarkably similar to present day practices.
The second part of
the book shows how the world-view, which was derived from the biblical stories and the Talmud, has now been put into practice in America. Its influence on the domestic as well
as foreign policy of the United States
is documented by quotes from contemporary Jewish authors. It explains why the
Constitution of our country is currently constantly re-interpreted and why
aspects of American life, which have been constitutional for two hundred years
or so, are no longer tolerated. The prime example is the vigorous enforcement
of separation of Church and State and re-interpretation of the “free speech”
amendment. These are largely driven by “secular” Jewish legal professionals
(i.e. atheistic, or “non-Jewish Jews” as Deutscher called them), although
atheists coming from other religions have also joined the fray. The subsequent chapters deal with Jewish
perceptions of the past and future, attitudes on justice and death, and Jewish
power. As mentioned these observations are presented in discussions of relevant
books by Jewish writers, and show how these authors perceive the difficulties
their people are confronted with and the ways to overcome them. But as the
final chapter, “Are anti-Jewish attitudes curable?” demonstrates the proposed
remedies fall short of the mark. The chapter, therefore, presents suggestions
which, if adopted, would not require state or other legal intervention. They
would cost nothing and simply make us humane beings who work for the benefit of
all rather than persisting in a “them and us” attitude where “us” is obviously
favored over “them.”
The book clearly reveals that a great many Jewish authors
see their people as a beleaguered minority in a hostile environment, which has
to be either shaped to conform to their views or, whenever feasible, opposed
militarily. The examples presented make it quite apparent that militant
nationalistic Jews operate on different assumptions from Christians, Muslims
and members of other religions. Fanatic, radicalized Muslims are currently
regarded as the greatest threat to the U.S.
and the world but the equally grave potential danger not to but by the state of Israel
is not being addressed publicly. The main reason seems to be that the
“Judeo-Christian tradition” puts us into the same boat as the Israeli
leadership and any criticism immediately leads to cries of anti-Semitism by
well organized Jewish organizations. Anyone in professional life can ill afford
a label of this sort and the injustices perpetrated by Israeli policies against
the Palestinian population in the occupied territories, for instance, are only
rarely commented upon by the media and ignored by our political establishment.
The book can be obtained through amazon.com or
booksurge.com. Excerpts are available on this site and by simply clicking on
the book cover on the Contact page a direct link to booksurge is established.
This brings me to the second part of this essay. Our current
War on Terrorism is a classic example of inappropriate language.
The term serves only to arouse passions but hides the true battle, which is
going on behind the scenes. This obfuscation is useful for politicians but a
disservice to our citizens, who pay in blood and money for this war. Terrorism
is a means towards an end rather than an end by itself. A war on a tool makes
no sense and in reality we are dealing
with a war between ideas. This cannot readily be admitted to because ideas
cannot be defeated militarily and that is the way this war is being conducted.
In order to deflect attention from this war of ideas we are
being told, in print and on the TV screens that people around the world hate us
because we are rich and powerful, which has always led to resentment and
jealousy. But this is not the real cause of America’s
current dilemma. It is, instead, how we are using our resources and the fact
that the Bush administration has created the world-wide impression that
Americans are above the law and do not have to abide by internationally
recognized norms. Unless this perception is rectified, not by propaganda but
concrete actions which the world can see and agree with, the very real war we
are engaged in cannot be won.
We are also being told that this is a war between good and evil where good must triumph regardless of
length of time or cost. But good and
evil are philosophical concepts and no
agreement can be reached on this basis because good is “us” and evil is “them”
regardless which side of the conflict you find yourself on. Mohammed Atta,
the purported leader of the 9/11 attack, did not regard himself as evil. On the
contrary he prayed to God that “all doors may be opened” to him while carrying
out his mission. This consisted of delivering to sinful America,
which is promoting “secularism” over spiritual values, a foretaste of the
punishment it deserved.
Our leadership, politicians and media people, will also have
to recognize that the idea of the “One
God” is putting us into a dilemma vis á vis the
Muslim and Jewish world. The Muslim
creed, “There is no God but God, and Muhammad is His prophet,” establishes unequivocally the unity and
identity of God for all three monotheistic religions. For an American
general to tell his Muslim counterpart that “My God is bigger than your god”
betrays utter ignorance. Unfortunately this ignorance is pervasive and bodes
ill for the future. To cast this war into apocalyptic terms makes good
propaganda but cannot lead to a satisfactory resolution of the conflict. The Jewish creed (Shema) which is to be
recited twice daily also asserts, “Hear,
O Israel: The Lord our God, the Lord is One.” This establishes
the unity of God and theoretically all three monotheistic faiths should have
equal access to the “One.” But if the emphasis in the Shema recitation is on “Our”
all non-Jews pray to the wrong deity. They are idolaters and as such
unacceptable.
This is the
interpretation given by some of the
settlers on the West Bank.
One of them told Jeffrey Goldberg (The New Yorker May 31, 2004), “All my ideas are formed from the
Torah. It’s not complex. This land is ours. God gave it to us. We’re the owners
of the land.” This mentality leads also to the destruction of Palestinian olive
groves, which as Goldberg points out, is a grave sin in Judaism even if the
trees belong to an enemy. When Goldberg confronted the rabbi of the settlement,
whose youths were carrying out the destruction he said, “I’m not hearing you.
I’m not hearing what you’re saying. You don’t understand me. I’m not hearing and
I will continue not to hear.” Another person from the settlement when asked
about the cutting down of the trees was more concerned with access to Joseph’s
tomb. “What is an olive tree compared to the burial place of Joseph, the son of
Jacob?” When Goldberg pointed out that those trees are the livelihood of the
farmer and his family, the reply was, “But the farmer is an Arab [italics in the original]. He
shouldn’t be here at all. All this land is Jewish land. It is meant for the
Jews by God Himself.” Thus, the God of Israel is not the God of the Muslims and
the settlers in the occupied territories are right while everybody else who
disputes this is wrong! Can peace occur
with a mindset of this type?
But the internal Palestinian
problem is not the only festering
sore which infects body politics. There is also the concern of Israeli politicians with external security. There is no doubt that every nation has the
right to internationally guaranteed secure borders. There is also no doubt that
Israel is a
small country and vulnerable to assaults from the neighbors. It is, therefore,
equally understandable that in the 1950’s Ben Gurion wanted to have a deterrent
against aggression from Arab countries by developing a nuclear bomb. The
details about how this was accomplished can be found in Seymour Hersh’s 1991
book The
Samson Option. Israel’s Nuclear Arsenal and American Foreign Policy.
But what may have made sense in the second half of the previous
century when even Soviet missiles could be targeted on Tel Aviv is now becoming an increasingly dangerous
liability.
This brings us back to today’s events and nuclear
proliferation. We are currently in Iraq
not because Saddam was a threat to U.S.
security but he was a potential threat to Israel.
This is not yet admitted to in public but it may be only a matter of time
before it will be. When I published the essay “The Neocons’ Leviathan” in
April, 2003 on this website hardly anybody had heard about “neocons” and what
they stood for. Now everyone knows and although their ideas stand discredited
because of the Iraq
problems, the full implications have not yet been drawn. Israel’s security concerns are still identified
with those of the U.S. and although we have been willing to remove the Iraqi threat we are now supposed to eliminate potential
threats from Syria and Iran. Neither of these countries
presents a danger to America
and even the threat to Israel
appears exaggerated. The Syrian army is no match against the IDF and Iran
does not share a common border. Even if Iran
were to acquire nuclear weapons the country could not use them against us
because we would obliterate Tehran
in an eye blink and the mullahs know it. The idea that because they support
terrorists they will, therefore, send a bomb via willing helpers to our shores
also does not make sense. These men are not stupid; they know that nuclear
terrorism cannot destroy America
and that the retaliation would be unacceptable. So why do they seem to be
willing to build themselves a bomb? One reasonable answer may be that they regard
it as the “great equalizer” against Israel’s
arsenal of WMDs. Once we have nuclear capability, they might reason, we can no
longer be shoved around by the Americans. This is likely to be also the
rationale for the North Koreans. Let us remember that we have officially
branded these countries as members of an axis of evil. The United
States has declared a preemptive war
strategy and followed through by invading the first of the three evil ones.
They may thus think that they need bargaining chips to assert their
independence, just as France
did when she developed her bomb and then took a leave of absence from NATO in
the nineteen-sixties. Since Israel is
determined that no rival nuclear power will be allowed to exist in the Middle
East the risk for a showdown is becoming increasingly higher. There is no doubt
that the Iranian Mullahs represent a highly repressive regime and the world
would be better off without them. The question is not whether or not they
should be put out of office but only how. Bombs and/or military occupation will
not work. The change must come from within the country, even if it takes longer
than impatient American policy makers would like.
In the current issue of The
New Yorker (June 28, 2004),
Seymour Hersh writes about Israel’s “Plan B” in Iraq.
According to Hersh Israel had warned
the United States
early last summer to seal the border against Iran
because Iranian intelligence officers and foreign fighters were crossing at
will in increasing numbers. The border remained open and the Iraqi insurgency
gathered steam. One may ask why the U.S.
military did not follow through with the well meant advice but one likely
reason may be that we simply didn’t have enough boots on the ground to do
so. Israel’s
preoccupation with security against a potential Iranian threat has now led to a
highly dangerous “Plan B.” Hersh stated, “Israeli
intelligence agents and other military operatives are now quietly at work in
Kurdistan, providing training for Kurdish commando units and most important, in
Israel’s view, running covert operations inside Kurdish areas of Iran and Syria.”
It seems obvious that the Israeli government is not doing this for love of the
Kurds, so that they may enjoy a Greater Kurdistan, which encompasses all the
Kurdish people who have been parceled out between Turkey,
Syria, Iraq
and Iran. It is
simply using them to destabilize Syria
and Iran. But
in the process the Israelis are likely to undermine America’s
effort to establish a democratic Iraq
in its current borders and bring a semblance of order to the region. The Kurds
are already concerned that they will lose rights once a strong central
government is installed again and demands for autonomy, if not outright
secession, are going to become increasingly louder. But the establishment of an
independent Kurdish republic will be opposed by Turkey,
Syria and Iran
out of fear of uprisings within their own Kurdish population. While we can
ignore Syria’s and Iran’s concerns, Turkey is a NATO partner and if it were to
get involved in major military operations against the Kurds we would have a
real problem on our hands. Israeli
actions of the type reported by Hersh are clearly against the best interests of America. The newly installed interim
government of Iraq
will also need all the help it can get to hold the country together rather than
encouragement of separatism. Furthermore, if Turkey,
Syria and Iran
were to get involved militarily innocent Kurdish people would again be
slaughtered just as they have been in the past.
There is another
potential tragedy brewing in the Middle East and
America stands by helplessly. We have an
election coming, while the Israeli government is stirring the pot in Iraq,
and no one can tell Jerusalem to
“cease and desist.” Yes, Israel
should be able to live in security but the current security concerns are
exaggerated. There is no army that can invade the country and if a missile were
to strike one of its cities not only Israel
but the United States
would retaliate. The fear-mongering needs to be curbed by responsible Jews both
here and in Israel
so that a degree of sanity can finally emerge in political conduct. A second Auschwitz,
Israel’s recurrent
nightmare, is not around the corner unless irresponsible Israeli politicians
yield to paranoia, or religious fantasies of a Greater Israel, and initiate
policies which will escalate the dangers rather than defuse them. While the turning
over of even limited authority to the Iraqis two days prior to the promised
date is cause for hope meddling with the Kurds is surely not what America
and the new Iraqi government need.
August 1, 2004
HERZL’S DREAM
It may seem incongruous that after a month during which such
major events occurred as: the turnover of “full
sovereignty” to Iraq, the Senate’s report on the “intelligence” failure leading up to the Iraq invasion, the 9/11
Commission’s report and the Democratic convention in Boston, that I should
instead devote an essay to happenings, which transpired more than a hundred
years ago. But as will become apparent, all of the past month’s events are to
some extent related to thoughts hatched in Vienna
during the end of the nineteenth and beginning twentieth century. Events were
set in motion at that time, which will affect not only us but our grandchildren
and great-grandchildren.
I have put full sovereignty and intelligence in the previous
paragraph in quotation marks because they represent typical examples of the misuse of language that was discussed
extensively in The Moses Legacy. The
secret services of various countries around the world do not produce
intelligence, they produce information. It would have taken intelligence to
sift facts from fancy, but that quality was sorely lacking in our leadership.
Full sovereignty is, of course, another euphemism for what has happened in Iraq.The name of the person Dr. Allawi reports to is Negroponte and the U.S.
wouldn’t be building its largest embassy in Baghdad if it didn’t have the
intention to retain its influence over Iraqis regardless whether they like it
or not.
Now what has all of this to do with a Viennese journalist
who was hungry for fame as a playwright? And why does he have to be remembered
at this particular time? It just so
happens that this July was the one
hundredth anniversary of Herzl’s death and a
Symposium was held at Vienna’s City
Hall to commemorate the event. I have a certain affinity with Dr. Herzl (he had
a law degree from the University of Vienna) because 1904 was not only the year
he died but also when my mother was born and my grandfather opened his first
leather goods store in the Währingerstrasse, a few blocks from Haizingergasse
29 where Herzl used to live.
Herzl, whose parents had come from Hungary,
was deeply perturbed about his
Jewishness and the anti-Semitic sentiments he encountered at the university
as well as elsewhere. Initially he thought that the cure for anti-Semitism
would be complete assimilation. But try as he might he found out that there was
no escaping from being regarded as a Jew by others. This fact of life
subsequently led him to the opposite extreme by embracing nascent Jewish
nationalism and over a period of about eight years he became its most fervent
apostle. He traveled from one end of Europe to the other
to drum up support from the ruling circles of the day for his intent to solve the Jewish question, as
it was called, by an organized mass exodus of European Jews to the land of
their ancestors. From rich assimilated Jews he wanted money for his project;
from Germany and England he wanted guarantees that the Jewish state he
envisioned would not only be accepted but also politically protected; from
Russia he wanted exit visas for the millions of the “huddled masses” that were
to be the backbone of the emerging country, and from Turkey’s Sultan he wanted
to buy the land.
With the assimilated rich Jews he struck out immediately.
They obviously saw no reason to give up the privileged positions they had
finally attained, even in spite of anti-Semitism. In addition they regarded the
idea that Jews are a nation rather than merely a religion as highly dangerous
and grist for the mill of anti-Semites. The Sultan was equally adamant. As
mentioned in the September 2003 issue (For the goyim they sing) he let Herzl
know that the land his ancestors had fought for and conquered with their blood,
was not for sale and that the Jews should keep their money.
Anybody else might have given up when it became apparent
within the first year of trying that
persevering with this dream would not gain one fame only notoriety, and might
actually bring harm to oneself as well as others, but Herzl soldiered on. When
no money was forthcoming he convened the first International Zionist Congress in Basel.
In Munich, where he had really
wanted to hold it, the local Jews told him that he and his ideas were not
welcome so the venue had to be changed to the more hospitable climate of Switzerland,
where there were hardly any Jews and no Jewish problem. The Congress resolved
that the Jewish people needed a Heimstätte in Palestine and its
creation was the goal of political Zionism. I am saying political Zionism to
mark the contrast with religious Zionism, because religious Jews, as
individuals, were always allowed to live and die in the Holy Land if they so
desired. The word Heimstätte, a term
which is only partially translatable into homeland, was chosen because the word
state would have lead to political repercussions the Congress wanted to avoid.
“National home” became also the official term in the Balfour declaration of
1917, although everybody knew that a state was really meant rather than a place
where Jews would live on ancient soil under the sovereignty of the Ottoman
Empire. Living as Jews with Jewish customs was already possible in
the Pale of settlement in Russia but there were, of course, intermittent
pogroms and those Jews from the Pale who wanted to escape from its restrictive
environment and enter Holy Mother Russia proper did not find a warm welcome
there. These were the sentiments Herzl banked on.
But the idea of political
Zionism did not originate with Herzl. He
had several fore-runners
although he claimed to have been unaware of them. One of the most interesting
ones was Moses Hess who published in 1862 a treatise Rome and Jerusalem. A study in Jewish Nationalism. The book was inspired
by the emergence of European nationalism and for Hess Rome was the symbol for
the unification of Italy Garibaldi was engaged in. If the
Italians could get their state why not the Jews? seemed
to have been the thinking. There are several points in the book which deserve
to be quoted because they reflect how the idea of Jewish nationalism was to be
sold first to Jews and then to the Gentile world. Hess wrote:
“Fortified by its racial
instinct and by its cultural and historical
mission to unite all humanity in the name of the Eternal Creator, this
people [the Jews] has conserved its nationality, in the form of its religion
and united both inseparably with the memories of its ancestral land. No modern
people, struggling for its own fatherland, can deny the right of the Jewish
people to its former land, without at the same time undermining the justice of
its own strivings. …
The great teachers of the knowledge of God were always Jews.
Our people not only created the noblest
religion of the ancient world, a religion which is destined to become the common property of the entire civilized world,
but continued to develop it, keeping pace wit the progress of the human spirit.
And this mission will remain with the Jews until the end of days …
The Jewish race is one of the primary
races of mankind that has retained its integrity, in spite of continual
change of its climatic environment, and the Jewish type has conserved its
purity through the centuries. …
The pious Jew is
above all a Jewish patriot. The ‘new
Jew,’ who denies the existence of the Jewish nationality, is not only a
deserter in the religious sense, but is also a traitor to his people, his race
and even to his family….
In reality, Judaism
as a nationality has a natural basis which cannot
be set aside by mere conversion to
another faith, as is the case in other religions. … “
When one reads these words not from a Jewish point of view
but that of a German of the second half of the nineteenth century it is
understandable that they would raise eyebrows among the educated and create
anger and hate in the mob. Let us summarize what we have been told here. In
contrast to Count Gobineau’s books, published in the
previous decade, which had extolled the virtues of the Aryan race as the main
bearers of culture, Hess had asserted that it was the Jews who had been the
major benefactors of the world. Classical Greece
and Rome, which had found a
renaissance in German culture was not the inspiration of the Western world but
Judaism. Furthermore, not only are Jews primarily a race rather than a religion
but their religion nevertheless is destined to become the one acknowledged as
the true one throughout the world. The assertion that a pious Jew is a traitor
to his people if he does not accept membership in the Jewish nation also had to
immediately raise questions about loyalty to the countries Jews were citizens
of. When one is aware of this aspect of Jewish literature it should come as no surprise that the Nazis took these Jews at their word and regarded race as
the determining factor in legislating who is a Jew.
But Hess, Pinsker, Birnbaum, and others who wrote in this vein during the last
half of the nineteenth century were ignored until Herzl came along and
energized the masses. While Birbaum’s pamphlet Die Nationale Wiedergeburt des jüdischen Volkes in seinem Lande, als Mittel
zur Loesung der Judenfrage (the national rebirth of the Jewish people
in its country as a solution to the Jewish question), published in 1893, had no
resonance - Herzl’s Der Judenstaat (1897), saying
essentially the same all the others had previously said, did make an impact. The difference was that while the others had
been content to publish their thoughts, Herzl created an organization and relentlessly pursued his course to the
detriment of his health as well as his personal and his parents’ finances. He
was scrupulously honest and it was this reputation, as well as his position
with the Neue Freie Presse, which inspired trust and gained him access to
high political circles. This particular newspaper was the equivalent of The New York Times or the Washington Post and as such respected
throughout the world
As mentioned above, before Herzl became what one may call a
professional Zionist he wrote plays. While still in Paris
as foreign correspondent for his newspaper he wrote in 1894 during 17 hectic
days and nights what was to be his last
play, Das Ghetto. The play, which
has been renamed Das Neue
Ghetto (the new ghetto), is of considerable interest in the current context
because it was Herzl’s first attempt to tackle the Jewish question publicly.
The action of the four act drama took place in contemporary Vienna.
The protagonist, Dr. Jakob Samuel, is an honest, just
married young Jewish lawyer, who devotes himself to progressive social causes
and defends the less fortunate in court. He is obviously modeled on Herzl’s
view of himself. His major antagonist, Rittmeister von Schramm, is an aristocratic cavalry officer
who had insulted Samuel on two occasions. Once for a minor altercation but when
he accused Samuel of cowardice and for having been responsible for his
financial ruin Samuel lost his temper and slapped him on the cheek. This insult
required satisfaction obtainable only by a duel in which Samuel got killed.
Herzl used this condensed plot to highlight the Viennese Jewish scene of the
day. Samuel’s best friend, Dr. Wurzlechner, is a
Christian of impeccable character, who as Samuel states had been his model how
to conduct himself in upper class society, took leave of him before going into
politics because after Samuel’s marriage he had become too involved with his
Jewish family. By maintaining their close friendship Wurzlechner
would be seen by his political enemies as a friend and lackey of Jews (Judenknecht),
which would have been harmful to his career. While Samuel’s parents were
honest, middle income, hard working God-fearing people, the family he had
married into represented Jewish upper class wealth with money as their main
concern. Hermine, Samuel’s wife who called him
Jacques instead of Jakob, was also more concerned
with clothes and jewelry, which Jakob couldn’t afford
to buy her, than her husband’s work. In addition there is a Mr. Wasserstein,
the quintessential parody of the Jewish venture capitalist who is obsequious
when down on his luck but arrogant once he had made money again on the stock
market.
What has all this to do with the ghetto and the events of
the first decade of the twenty first century? The ghetto resides in Samuel’s mind. He knows that the external
walls of the medieval ghetto have disappeared but in spite of emancipation Jews
are still segregated, although not quite so overtly any more. As he sees it
there are two barriers. One is external as represented by anti-Semitism but the
other is internal and resides within the minds of Jews themselves. The external
barrier can be removed by working with well-meaning Gentiles but the internal
can only be overcome by Jews themselves. The play ends when the mortally
wounded Jakob floating in and out of consciousness,
surrounded by his family and Wurzlechner, who had
been his adjutant at the duel, murmurs;
“Mother forgive me this pain … (kisses his father’s hand) You will
understand father! You are a man! ... (With stronger voice) Jews, my brothers,
one will only let you live again - when you … Why do you hold me - so tight?
(murmurs) I want – out! … (With very
strong voice) Out – Out from the ghetto!”
The drama is, therefore, both the end of one phase and a
prologue for the final phase of his life. He would bring the Jews to the
Promised Land, cost what it might, thereby ending anti-Semitism and earn the
gratitude of the world.
But this dream had a
fatal flaw it ignored reality on two counts. One was the Jewish people
themselves whom he saw as an idealistic brotherhood who would follow his call
towards a better future and the other that he regarded Palestine
as an empty land. He also assumed that the few Arabs who did live there would
welcome the Jews as bringers of modern civilization and accompanying
prosperity. Jews were to be the colonizers, the Western bulwark against Asiatic
hordes and at the same time providing the gateway for the West, especially England,
to India. The notion that nationalism might not be
limited to Jews but could also affect Arabs, Herzl was not willing to entertain.
He did create a Jewish state but its present condition is a
far cry from his imagination in 1902 when, in his novel Altneuland, he foresaw a
prosperous state in which the deserts bloom as a result of technologic marvels
and most importantly where Jews and Arabs live in peace and harmony together.
In the conclusion of this novel, people recount their good fortune after the
funeral of one of their revered elders who had passed on in peace.
“In this mood Friedrich Lőwenberg
raised a question which each one answered in his own manner. The question was:
‘we see here a new, a truly happy way of cooperation among people – who is
responsible for this?’
The old Littwak said: ‘Distress’ [Die Not. The word could also be
translated as necessity or grief].
Steineck, the architect, said:
‘The reunited people.’
Kingscourt said: ‘The new means of
transportation.’
Dr. Marcus said: ‘Science’ [Das Wissen. It could also be translated as knowledge].
Joe Levy said: ‘The will’.
Professor Steineck said: ‘Nature’s
forces.’
The British pastor Hopkins said: ‘Mutual tolerance.’
Reschid Bey
said; ‘Self-confidence.’
David Littwak said: ‘Love and
suffering.’
But the old rabbi raised himself solemnly to his feet and
said: ‘God!’’
It is noteworthy that Herzl
put “mutual tolerance” into the mouth of the Christian rather than the Arab
who stressed “self-confidence.” It is obvious that this hoped for state of
affairs did not arrive and if Herzl were
to return today he would be appalled at what he had wrought and say, like
Wilhelm II at the end of WWI, “das habe ich nicht
gewollt” (I did not intend this). Herzl’s goal
was to “have a state, not according to the European model, but a community
joined on a voluntary basis with mutual cooperation.” A state of this type does
not exist anywhere in this world. Although Herzl didn’t mention it, the idea
behind the creation of the United States of
America might have come closest to it. But
as we all know our country is also sorely rent apart with conflicting
interests.
Three and a half years ago when the Bush administration
arrived I was still hopeful that a solution to the perennial problems of the
state of Israel
could be achieved with America
acting as the impartial arbiter between Arab and Jewish claims. This is why I
wrote Whither Zionism? and
sent it to the powers who control our lives. It was not of no avail. Today we
in the U.S.,
the Israelis, and other countries around the world are worse off than in
February 2001.
Even in Israel
the Jews have not escaped from the
Ghetto, as Herzl thought they would. They continue to live now not only in
their mental ghetto, but are actually in the process of building a physical one
by the creation of a wall to separate themselves from Arabs. This wall is
regarded as essential for the security of the country. Although it defies
international law some writers like Mr. Zuckerman,
editor of U.S. News and World Report,
supports it with articles like “Good
fences make good neighbors.” If Israel
were to build its ghetto wall within the pre-1967 war borders nobody would
object. But if Mr. Zuckerman’s neighbor were to build a wall which takes in
part of Mr. Zuckerman’s backyard he would surely take the neighbor to court.
This is the problem in a nutshell. As
long as Jewish writers and politicians see only expected benefits for the
members of Jacob’s tribe and ignore the
legitimate aspirations of others, the Jewish people and their benefactors are
condemned to dislike, hatred and ostracism.
Why has America,
which was admired four years ago, sunk so low in the eyes of the world? The
true answer, which no one wants to admit to, is our unconditional support for Israel’s
policies. It is this support in addition to a quest for oil and a personal
vendetta of President Bush against Saddam Hussein which has driven us into the Iraq
war. Now we are stuck with a failed dream, just like the Israelis, and are
hated for it.
What I am writing now
will never be admitted to by the Bush administration even if it were re-elected
because it would offend their “base.” But the Democrats can’t say it either,
at least during the election campaign, because they would be tarred and
feathered as anti-Semites. This is America’s dilemma and this is what Herzl’s followers did to us. It
was the neoconservatives in the defense department who hatched the Iraq
strategy on the model of Herzl’s dream: we will bring culture to a civilization
which actually preceded ours by millennia and our soldiers will be welcomed
with open arms by happy Iraqis. As mentioned in the essay on “The Neocons’
Leviathan” (April 2003) the foreign policy of the Bush administration did not
originate from its legitimate source, the State Department, but from the
Defense Department’s ex-Marxists. They first wrote for incoming Prime Minister
Netanyahu a document “Defense of the Realm” and subsequently they simply
exchanged the word Israel
for United States of America.
They were the ones who brought us “angst” and as long as our main friend is a pariah nation we cannot succeed.
Senator Kerry
gave an excellent acceptance speech and there was no “angst” during the
convention. All of the participants brimmed with optimism for a bright future
and great expectations. But for those to be translated into reality senator
Kerry, if he were to be elected, would need the same courage he has shown on the battlefield at his desk
in the Oval Office. He would have to recognize the existence of “the Jewish
brain,” as ben-Gurion has called it, and deal with it
in a constructive manner. This would include a full disclosure of the
sources which led the British, the Russians and Americans to believe in
Saddam’s weapons of mass destructions. The Senate’s report did not address this
question and Americans are led to believe that the Mossad, the best spy agency
in the Middle East if not the world, had no role. As
mentioned in “The Niger Forgery” (August 2003) I don’t know whether or not it
did, but to hide behind “sources” only feeds conspiracy theories and these are
anathema to a well functioning informed democracy. Indeed, much is at stake in
the November elections and it is a sad fact of life that the most important
issues cannot be publicly discussed at this time.
August 26, 2004
PERCEPTIONS OF REALITY
This installment appears a few days earlier than usual
because we will take a week of vacation visiting the Caribbean.
As the November elections finally draw nearer the American
public is deluged by claims and counterclaims from the two major parties. These
tend to leave the average citizen in a state of bewilderment, unless one is a
faithful party hack who does what one is told. But for those of us who like to
think for ourselves the question of: what is fact and what is fiction? does become important. I shall deal with the dilemma of the
American voter, which results from this problem, in next month’s installment
and intend to limit myself here to how we perceive reality or, if you like, the
truth. This is the fundamental issue from which all else flows.
In May of 1980 I published in The Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease an article on, “The
Reality of Death Experiences. A Personal Perspective.” It was prompted by a rash
of publications on near-death experiences, which were taken as proof for
survival of the soul after death. The question whether we are simply
electro-magnetic-biochemical machines, which have to decay and perish, or
whether there is an additional element in the human being which survives the
destruction of the body is obviously important for how we conduct ourselves in
our lives. Inasmuch as the idea of “ashes to ashes” as the end all and be all
has always been unpopular, religious thinkers and philosophers have come up
with various models of an afterlife. In our skeptical and agnostic society
these ideas have lost credence because scientific evidence for retention of
consciousness after destruction of the brain is lacking. The near-death
experience by survivors of catastrophic life situations was, therefore, hailed
as the long sought proof. Reputable physicians and psychologists published
books on the narrations of these obviously sincere people who stated that
during the time when they were regarded clinically dead, or were in extreme
life-threatening circumstances, had been aware that they
had died. They were welcomed by deceased relatives or other helpers, but were
eventually told to return to earth, which they reluctantly agreed to. The
near-death experience (NDE) had all the intensity, if not more, of waking life
rather than dream consciousness and became the ultimate reality for the
particular person. It affected future conduct because fear of death was lost
and the people directed their lives with foremost regard to the benefit of
others, rather than strictly selfish purposes.
I would not have written the article had I not experienced
earlier in life the knowledge of, “I am dead, I am free,” accompanied by an
indescribable feeling of bliss. The circumstances under which this arose are
detailed in the paper (reprint available on request) and need not be repeated
here but the important aspect is the word “knowledge.” I did not “believe” that
I was dead; I “knew” that I was dead and it was wonderful. The subsequent
awakening in a hospital bed, wracked with pain, was a severe disappointment. I
never talked about it to anyone except for my wife, Martha, who stood at the
bedside and heard me say as my first words, “let me die, let me die.”
The experience convinced me that the people who claimed to
have had a NDE were indeed truthful and had experienced something that is out
of the realm of the ordinary; but it also demonstrated the fallibility of human
knowledge. The knowledge of that moment, which I will remember for the rest of
my life, was wrong because I had not died I only thought so. Life altering as
the experience was it also confronted me, as a neurologist, with: what do we
call knowledge or reality? If absolute knowledge, experienced as beyond any
shadow of a doubt, can subsequently be proven patently wrong it behooves us to
look for the reasons. I tried to come to grips with the problem in the
mentioned paper because it was obvious that the NDE phenomenon cannot be taken
at face value for survival of the soul after death. Although the experience occurs under clearly
altered brain function, the brain is not dead and the question what
consciousness, if any, survives a dead brain remains unanswerable.
This problem is, however, not urgent and is likely to remain
unsolvable in the foreseeable future. The question of how we perceive our
internal and external environment can be examined, however, and conclusions can
be drawn. In the mentioned paper I made a distinction between: subjective
reality, shared subjective reality and objective reality. In my own situation I
was dead subjectively but alive objectively to everybody else. Thus, subjective
and objective reality can be vastly different and should not be confused. In
everyday life we tend not to make this distinction. Subjective impressions tend
to be relegated to dreams, daydreams and fantasies and we act as if they were
unimportant. The fact that our subjective reality, unconscious bias resulting
from previous life experiences, flavors how we perceive objective reality is
only rarely fully acknowledged. We believe that we act on objective reality, or
facts, when we actually conduct our lives on shared subjective reality. This
fundamental point needs to be grasped and kept hold of.
As mentioned we like to think that we conduct ourselves in
an objective, dispassionate, manner most of the time, but this is a fallacy.
Unless we are engaged in a specific task which requires fullest concentration
our thoughts wander into daydreams and fantasies.
These tend to reinforce each other and provide the background for how we meet
the next life situation. Thus the
question arises: how do we know when something, anything, represents objective
reality? The term is defined here as an observable fact, which does not involve
judgment, and is verifiable by anyone with a healthy central nervous system who
uses the same means by which the particular fact was arrived at in the first
place. For instance the content of this essay is my subjective reality, which
you may or may not share, but that it contains a definable number of words can
be verified by anyone and is objective reality. This is, of course, what
science strives for but this is not how we live our daily lives because it
would require pure reason and that commodity is not readily used by the human
being most of the time.
This brings up another question: how do we know what we
think we know? As a result of the experience mentioned above I began to examine
my thoughts in the waking as well dreaming state rather carefully and the
result was quite surprising. In general we do not accord to dreams the same
reality as to waking consciousness. So: how do we know that a dream is “only a
dream” rather than waking reality? Recently the movie “Oh God,” with John
Denver as a supermarket assistant manager and George Burns as God, was shown again on television and I was struck by the
following conversation:
Denver: “How do
I know that you are real and I’m not just dreaming this?
Burns: “What color are my eyes?”
Denver: “Blue”
Burns: “Do you dream in color?”
Denver: “No.”
Burns: “So, there you have it.”
Well, for me and some others this type of reality testing
would not work as the following example shows. I dreamt that it is a Saturday
morning. I am heading down the pier at the marina to my sailboat to get ready
for the race when the thought hits me, “could this be a dream?” Then I look up
and say to myself, “No; the sky is so blue, the clouds
are so white, I feel the wind on my cheek; this can’t be a dream.” When I woke
up eventually I found out that it wasn’t Saturday after all and I had to go to
work. Thus, this type of reality check doesn’t work. With continued examination
of my dreams I found out that during the dream it is impossible to draw a
distinction between waking and dream consciousness. Whatever test one may
devise is futile as another example shows: It is a Thursday afternoon and I
find myself walking around in my neighborhood rather than being at work. I have
no memory whatsoever why I am not a work and this raises serious concerns. The
neurologist then confronted himself with two possibilities: either I have a
serious brain disorder or I am dreaming. I concluded that I was dreaming, woke
up contentedly in the knowledge of having dreamt and got up to shower. But even
this was merely a continuation of the dream as I found out when the alarm went
off at 7 a.m.
There are also sometimes so called “lucid dreams” where the
dreamer realizes in the dream that he is dreaming. This has happened to me on a
few occasions and was actually quite hilarious. For instance: I am talking with
a group of people when the knowledge hits me: this is a dream! I then proceed
to tell the bystanders that they don’t really exist; they are just pictures in
my brain. You can readily imagine the expressions on their faces that resulted.
This fundamental fact of life that we cannot tell during the
dream whether we operate on dream or waking consciousness has profound
repercussions for our last moments of life. The distinction that “it was a
dream” becomes apparent only upon awakening, but when we die there is no awakening,
at least not on planet earth, and whatever pictures our brains choose to
conjure up during the process of dying will be taken as objective reality
although it exists only in our heads. This leads to the remarkable conclusion
that we are indeed immortal to ourselves. By definition the human being cannot
experience unconsconsciousness. Even if the thought, “I am unconscious” were to
occur it would be a conscious experience. Since we are subjectively immortal to
ourselves the content of consciousness during our dying moments may be of
crucial importance but that is for each individual to ponder about.
The reason why we cannot distinguish objective from
subjective reality in our dreams is probably due to relative absence of
activity in what is called the prefrontal lobes. These portions of our brains
are the latest acquisition in human development and are present only to a rudimentary
extent in the monkey. They endow us with foresight, judgment, concentration,
critical thinking and what is generally called executive function. The
prefrontal lobes, rather than the rest of the brain, enable us to act
potentially as Homo sapiens. The tragedy of the human race is that they are not
always put into gear. We tend to operate on automatic pilot and this is where
perception comes in.
When a sensory impulse travels from its specific peripheral
receptor organs via specific pathways to the specific central receptor stations
it does not remain there but gets subsequently relayed to a variety of other
brain structures. These may or may not allow the sensory impression to reach
consciousness. It could be shown experimentally that there are two types of
responses in the brain to a peripheral stimulus. These have been called the
primary and the secondary. While the primary is limited to the specific brain
sensory area, the secondary response is widespread and can be changed by
conditioning. Pavlov has shown this in his animals more than a hundred years
ago on a behavioral level and we can now study its electrophysiological basis.
Conditioning is not limited, however, to producing salivating dogs at the ring
of a bell but goes on constantly in our brains. This is how habits are formed
and this is the grist for the mill of politicians who want to us to think the
way they do. Conditioning proceeds in an entirely unconscious manner and there
is nothing we can do about it unless we are fully aware that it is indeed
happening to us. Once this insight is reached we can act in a rational rather
than impulsive, conditioned, manner. We stop being, in the words of our
President, “gut-players” and put our prefrontal lobes into gear.
How can this be done? Buddhist philosophy provides the
answer. The seventh point of the “Eightfold Noble Path” is “Right Mindfulness.”
I have always had a problem with the precise meaning of the term until I came
across a book by Nyanaponika Thera. The
Heart of Buddhist Meditation (available on amazon.com) is a superb example
of how a Ceylonese monk, who explains two thousand five hundred years old
thoughts, can benefit modern Americans. The first and most important aspect is
the effort needed to “Know Thyself;” an admonition which also graced Apollo’s
temple at Delphi. Only when we understand how we as
individuals operate can we hope to understand others by noting the similarities
and differences. To achieve this goal the Buddha has proclaimed the “Four
Foundations of Mindfulness.” They deal with the accurate perception of one’s
internal world. Namely: one’s body, one’s feelings, one’s state of mind, and
the pictures the mind produces. Once this has been accomplished one can deal
appropriately with the external world. For the purposes of this essay only the
first three aspects dealing with action will be discussed at this time. These
are: bare attention, clear perception of purpose, and clear perception of
suitability of means for achieving that purpose.
Bare attention exhorts us to register only the primary sense
impression without jumping immediately to the conditioned secondary responses
which are judgmental. For instance when one is stuck in traffic one is not
supposed to get exercised over the consequences of being late to wherever one
is headed but instead register the fact and direct one’s attention to the car
ahead of one. Its color, its make, its license plate and so on can be examined
in detail. All of this is to be done in a objective
way as if one were expected to report it to someone else. In essence: look at
each event as it occurs with a scientific, detached mind and move on when the
situation changes. Immediate judgment, which is the conditioned response, needs
to be held in abeyance. This is also what “living in the present” really means.
When a new action needs to be initiated, the second principle ought to be
adhered to and one should ask oneself immediately: “what is the purpose?” Once
that question has been examined and a decision has been made to move ahead the
final question arises: are the means to be employed to achieve this purpose
really appropriate?
When we look at our world in this manner we can immediately
see how wrong the Bush administration’s response to the 9/11 tragedy was. Had
our leadership been reared on the above stated principles instead of the Old
Testament they would have spared us and the world untold suffering. Bare
attention would have registered as: Two buildings were completely destroyed,
one partially, four commercial jets were lost and nearly three thousand people
were killed. Those were the facts and our so-called Judeo-Christian heritage
cried out for vengeance. Not on the people who actually committed the crime,
because they were dead already but on those who had sent them on their mission.
Some response was obviously required and this is where the next two aspects of
mindfulness should have come into play.
The prime purpose of a reaction should have been to a)
compensate, to the extent possible, the victims and b) take measures that will minimize
the chances of a recurrence. A fund for the victims was indeed set up but the
measures to prevent a recurrence did not take “suitability of means” into
account. The appropriate means to deal with bin-Laden’s
organization would have been through international cooperation to deprive it of
its finances, as well as limited specific special forces operations to destroy
his sanctuary in Afghanistan, and make life difficult for him, wherever he
moved to subsequently. Only the financial route was pursued but for the rest
ulterior motives came into play. The Taliban regime had to disappear and for
good measure the whole Middle East has now to be turned
into reliable American satellite states under the name of democracies. Clear
perception of purpose and especially “suitability of means” would immediately
label these fantasies as serious delusions.
This brings us back to shared subjective reality. Since the
vast majority of the American public has only limited awareness of Buddhist
thought it can easily become prey to propaganda which feeds feelings of
vengeance, fear, and pride. Our reality is not supposed to be dominated by
rational thought but by emotions and conditioned reflexes. This is the true
evil in our society and it will destroy us unless taken cognizance of.
The next two months may become some of the most dangerous in
the history of our republic. If the “swift boat” attack on Senator Kerry
misfires, Karl Rove may yet push for some Iran
mission to save his boss’s re-election, or engineer some homeland disaster. The
way he has been described is that for him winning is everything and defeat is
“not an option.” The book Bush’s Brain by
James Moore, which depicts the workings of Rove’s mind, has now been made into
a movie and one hopes that it will be widely shown. Only when the bright light
of public awareness is directed into the murky shadows of the corridors of
power, where policies are hatched in secrecy, can we hope that a more reasoned
approach to world affairs will emerge. In this way reality perception will
stick closer to observable facts and we can rationally develop proper solutions
to our problems.
September 29, 2004
A VOTER’S DILEMMA
This installment appears again a few days earlier because I
shall be attending another international conference on clinical neurophysiology
later this week. The main advantage of these meetings is that it keeps the mind
grounded in science, which is conducive to realistic rather than wishful
thinking. The disadvantage of this particular one is that I shall be literally
in the air, flying over Quebec,
during the first of the three Presidential debates.
As every one knows the upcoming election is one of the most
crucial ones Americans have faced in the past fifty years. Yet, it is also one
of the most polarized and voters can find significant problems with either of
the two main contenders. These render an intelligent decision so difficult. Let
us, therefore, look at the two candidates in the light of what we know rather
than how they wish to be seen.
When President Bush came into office on January 20, 2001 he stated in his inaugural
address, “And this is my solemn pledge: I will work to build a single nation of
justice and opportunity. . . . We will
reclaim America’s
schools. . . . We will reform Social
Security and Medicare. . . . We will reduce
taxes. . . . We will build our defenses
beyond challenge. . . . We will confront
weapons of mass destruction. . . . I will live and lead by these principles: to
advance my convictions with civility, to pursue the public interest with
courage, to speak for greater justice and compassion, to call for
responsibility and try to live it as well.”
This was the agenda of “compassionate conservatism” Governor
Bush had campaigned on. The speech dealt entirely with domestic issues and the
problems of foreign policy were notably absent. No other country was mentioned
by name and neither was the word terror or terrorism.
The President’s lack of interest in foreign affairs became
soon apparent when he refused to engage constructively in the Middle
East’s hot spot – the Israeli-Palestinian conflict. Furthermore,
as Richard Clarke, President Clinton’s chief advisor on international terrorism
noted, “al Qaeda just wasn’t a priority.” When the President was briefed on
August 6 about bin Laden’s plan to attack the “homeland” the message was
disregarded and he continued with his vacation for the rest of the month. While
everyone is entitled to a vacation there is hardly any American who can afford
to take off for four weeks. Even if it was a “working vacation”, as it has been
billed, one might have expected that he would call the man with the greatest
experience in the area of counterterrorism, Richard Clarke, to the ranch in
Crawford; order him to get to the bottom of that threat and provide
recommendations as to what should be done about it. There are no records to
indicate that the President did so.
With the tragedy of 9/11 the country rallied and we were for
one brief moment indeed “one nation under God.” This was the opportunity to
look into the causes of the disaster; to come up with a measured response that
fit the crime and begin work that would minimize the chances for a reoccurrence
of a similar one. This course was not pursued. Instead a policy of “liberating
countries that harbor terrorists” was initiated.
Afghanistan’s
Taliban leadership was rapidly eliminated and a regime friendly to the U.S.
installed in Kabul. This would have
been fine had the President subsequently concentrated on pacifying and
rebuilding the country. This was not done because the neoconservative agenda,
the President and Vice-president had endorsed, demanded pre-emptive wars on the
model of Israel
to “secure the realm” (see The Neocons’ Leviathan on this site). Thus, the
focus shifted immediately to Iraq. The reasons for this shift in policy have
been discussed at length in previous installments and sad to say practically
everything I have written from October 2001 on has come to pass. Afghanistan
is still a battle zone and its main export consists of opium and heroin. This
keeps warlords in business and finances international terrorist organizations.
We are told that Afghans will be able to vote for a democratic government next
month but what powers this government is going to have in the provinces is far
from clear. In Iraq Saddam sits in jail but there is also for all practical
purposes a guerilla war going on against which our “smart weapons” are useless.
The current chaos in Iraq
was entirely predictable and the President was told beforehand, not only by our
state department but even by his friends the Saudis, that an invasion of Iraq
would be a serious danger to the region. The BBC News of February 17, 2003 (available on the Internet)
carried the headline, “Saudis warn US over Iraq
war.” The article quoted Saudi Foreign Minister Prince Saud-al Faisal as saying
that “any unilateral military action by the US
would appear as an ‘act of aggression.’ . . .
‘Independent action in this, we don’t believe is good for the United
States. It would encourage people to think .
. . that what they’re doing is a war of aggression rather than a war for the
implementation of the United Nations resolutions. . . . If change of regime
comes with the destruction of Iraq,
then you are solving one problem and creating five more problems. . . . If the choice is you destroy Iraq
in order to get Saddam Hussein, it is a self-defeating policy, isn’t it? I
mean, you destroy a country to get a person out – it doesn’t work. We are
living in the region. We will suffer the consequences of any military action.’”
This well meant advice was ignored and so was bin Laden’s
exhortation as to how the Iraqis should meet the imminent military threat. His
taped message published by BBC on February
12, 2003 encourages Iraqis to first let the Americans roll over
them and then start a guerilla war in the cities because that is what Americans
are afraid of. The Iraqis should also “build trenches.” He cited the
effectiveness of this strategy during the battle for Tora Bora, “We were about
300 mujahideen. We dug 100 trenches that were spread in an area that does not
exceed one square mile, one trench for every three brothers, so as to avoid
huge human losses resulting from the bombardment.” He continued saying that in
spite of the most intense around the clock bombardment by America’s
most sophisticated weapons the attack was a complete failure. According to bin
Laden only 6% of his people were injured and, “If all the world forces of evil
could not achieve their goals on a one square mile of area against a small
number of mujahideen with very limited capabilities, how can these evil forces
triumph over the Muslim world?” He then
used this event as an example for the “mujahideen brothers in Iraq.”
“The smart bombs will have no effect worth mentioning in the hills and in the
trenches, on plains, and in the forests. They must have apparent targets. The
well-camouflaged trenches and targets will not be reached by either the smart
or the stupid missiles. There will only be haphazard strikes that dissipate the
enemy ammunition and waste its money. Dig many trenches.”
He stressed also “the importance of martyrdom
operations.” “Whoever supported the
United States, including the hypocrites of Iraq or the rulers of Arab
countries, those who approved their actions and followed them in this crusade
war by fighting with them or providing bases and administrative support, or any
form of support, even by words, to kill the Muslims in Iraq, should know that
they are apostates and outside the community of Muslims. It is permissible to
spill their blood and take their property. God says: ‘O ye who believe! Take
not the Jews and the Christians for friends and protectors: they are but
friends and protectors to each other.’ And he who turns to them [for
friendship] is one of them.”
I have quoted extensively from bin Laden’s tape because it
is crucial to our understanding of the events as they are now unfolding not
only in Iraq
and Afghanistan
but in wider regions of the world. The quoted sura from the Koran (5:51) should be seen in its historic context.
The prophet Muhammad had been forced to flee from Mecca
to Medina. The Jewish members of
that city supported him initially but when it was besieged by a superior force
from Mecca in 627 AD they switched
sides. This betrayal had a terrible consequence. When the besieging army
retreated to Mecca, after what is
regarded as a miraculous victory by the prophet, only a few Jews were granted a
pardon. The vast majority was, according to Karen Armstrong, “tied together in
groups and beheaded.” Her book: Muhammad.
A Biography of the Prophet deserves to be read by everyone who wants to
understand the times we live in and especially by media pundits and
politicians. Bin Laden’s exhortation to “build trenches,” also dates from that
period. It was trenches that enabled the faithful to withstand the siege.
But our President is not well versed in history and refused
to listen to advice by those who were aware of it. We are now facing the
results of that ignorance that led to wrong choices. It is abundantly clear
that the foreign policy of the President was based on a series of mistaken
assumptions and has left our country without any real friends in the world. As
I said earlier in these pages: to make mistakes is human, unavoidable, and
mistakes can be forgiven but they must be owned up to. To deny them, to persist
that one was right all along and promise to continue on the same course with
“strong leadership” is tragic. It reveals a subjective reality that cannot be
squared with the facts as they appear on the daily news. Even if bin Laden were
to be captured now, a few weeks before the election, it would only be a
propaganda victory. The seeds he has sown have borne abundant fruit and the
extremist Muslim jihad is going to continue even if he were killed. With the
9/11 attack he has succeeded beyond his wildest dreams because he is
bankrupting our country. Our resources are being spent on foreign and domestic
“security” and regardless who is voted in, or appointed as the case may be
again, this process is now irreversible.
This is the legacy the President has left us with on the
world scene. What has he achieved domestically? He did cut taxes; he signed the
“no child left behind” bill; a prescription drug benefit bill for seniors was
passed, and most recently he has begun to deploy a “missile defense shield” in Alaska.
The civility he had promised for his administration has been notably absent and
those who disagree with his views tend to be denounced as “leftist liberal
extremists” or even unpatriotic Americans.
Although testing for academic progress was mandated for public schools,
the program was not appropriately funded. Even if it were it would not address
the most fundamental problems of the public schools. These are: poor quality of
teachers, inadequate curricula, rampant drug use and sexual activity. This
happens not only in inner city schools but the parents of our own school age
grandchildren are forced to send them to private schools at great financial
sacrifice. While Martha and I only had to pay for the college education of our
children they now have to pay from practically grammar school on for theirs. Is
this the progress and promise of America?
The prescription drug benefit is also a fraud. We are seniors and the deduction
the drug cards offer are in percent of the cost of the drug. This leaves the
pharmaceutical industry free to manipulate their prices upward so that even the
same drug might now cost more with the deduction than it did before. So is the
missile defense deployment. The interceptors have not yet been adequately
tested and even the “patriot” missile has been shown to have serious problems.
It shoots down our planes or explodes on some other target, yet this deficiency
is not discussed in Congress or the media. This is the record upon which
President Bush wants to be re-elected and in his acceptance speech before the
Republican Convention he promised essentially the same domestic agenda as he
did in his inaugural address. Although he likes to drape himself in the mantle
of Ronald Reagan he cannot afford to ask the voters Reagan’s question of 1980
in regard to Jimmy Carter’s policies, “Are you better off then four years ago?”
The answer from practically all of us would be a resounding: No!
How does Senator Kerry stack up? He is well versed in
foreign affairs, has lived abroad and is acquainted with the views of the world
outside the U.S. This is a plus he banks on in his assurances
that he would be able to bring more allies to help us out of the Iraq
quagmire. Domestically he is being portrayed as a leftist “tax and spend
liberal” who will ruin the economy; he will appoint “progressive” judges to the
Supreme Court who will re-interpret the Constitution according to their
socio-political ideas and he will put the country on a thoroughly socialist
course. In addition we are told over and over again that he is a “flip-flopper”
who can’t be trusted because he adjusts his positions to whatever is
politically opportune at a given moment. There is also controversy about his
conduct during the Vietnam
era. Everybody agrees that he volunteered for service, performed well under
fire, but some of the purple hearts he won for having sustained wounds in
battle are questioned. Were they severe
enough to merit the decoration or were they simply a way to get back to the U.S.?
He is also being harshly attacked for having joined and led the “Veterans
against the Vietnam War” organization after his discharge from the Navy. What
galls some of his detractors most was his Senate testimony where he supposedly
accused the U.S.
servicemen for committing atrocities and war crimes in Vietnam.
These are not trivial issues because they go to character and deserve public
airing.
There are several books out that deal with Kerry’s past,
most of them blatantly partisan. The one I found most helpful in understanding
the man was: John F. Kerry. The Complete
Biography by the Boston Globe Reporters Who Know Him Best. The
book places the Vietnam
situation in perspective. Kerry volunteered for Navy service, although he had
doubts about the wisdom behind the war, because his group of close friends did
so and it was unthinkable that they would not go together. Dick Pershing, the
grandson of General Pershing who had commanded the American forces during WWI,
was Kerry’s closest friend, and while Kerry was on a frigate in the Pacific
heading for the Gulf of Tonkin
he was told that Pershing had been killed in action. This had a profound impact
on Kerry and may well have flavored his subsequent conduct, including the
desire to get out alive as soon as possible from that hell hole. It also led,
in all probability, to his vigorous anti-war stance thereafter which brought
him to public attention and the testimony before the Senate Foreign Relations
Committee on April 22, 1971.
It is now used to stamp him as a disloyal person who smeared his comrades and
helped the North Vietnamese to win their victory. I don’t know how many people
who use these catch phrases have actually taken the time to read the transcript
of that hearing, which is available on C-Span.org. If they had they would be more
circumspect in their judgment. The testimony covers 35 pages and I shall
present only some highlights.
The meeting was for the purpose of “Legislative Proposals
Relating to the War in Southeast Asia” with Senators
Fulbright, Symington, Pell, Aiken, Case and Javits in attendance. In the
opening statement the Chairman, Senator Fulbright, said that he was glad to
hear from Kerry and some of his fellow protesters because, “These are men who
have fought in this unfortunate war in Vietnam.
I believe they deserve to be heard and listened to by Congress and by the
officials in the executive branch and by the public generally. You have a
perspective that those in government who make our Nation’s policy do not always
have and I am sure that your testimony today will be helpful to the committee
in its consideration of the proposals before us.” Fulbright added, “I want also
to congratulate Mr. Kerry, you, and your associates upon the restraint you have
shown, certainly in the hearing when there were a great many of your people. I
think you conducted yourselves in a most commendable manner throughout this
week. Whenever people gather there is always a tendency for the some more
emotional ones to do things which are even against their own interests. I think
you deserve much of the credit because I understand that you are one of the
leaders of this group.” This set the tone for the meeting and the crucial
question was: how do we get out of this war, we shouldn’t be in anyway? This is
also the reason why we have to face Vietnam
again today.
Kerry started out with recounting a meeting that had been
held in Detroit during the previous January where, “over 150 honorably
discharged and many highly decorated veterans testified to war crimes committed
in Southeast Asia, not isolated incidents but crimes committed on a day-to- day
basis with the full awareness of officers at all levels of command .” He went
on to detail stories of people who “had personally raped, cut off ears, cut off
heads, taped wires from portable telephones to human genitals and turned up the
power, cut off limbs, blown up bodies, randomly shot at civilians, razed
villages in fashion reminiscent of Genghis Khan, shot cattle and dogs for fun,
poisoned food stocks, and generally ravaged the country side of South Vietnam in addition to the normal ravages, and the
normal and very particular ravaging which is done by the applied bombing power
of this country.” These are the charges that are now held against Kerry
although he merely recited what he had heard and some of it may well have been
exaggerations.
The essence of his testimony was that Vietnam
was not a threat to the United States;
that the South Vietnamese lived under an unpopular government; that the war was
part of a longstanding national liberation movement and the Americans were
simply seen as successors of the French whom the Vietcong had defeated a few
years earlier. It was impossible to tell friend from foe, body counts were
inflated and unimportant battles over hills that were evacuated a few weeks later
were hailed as military triumphs. The war cannot be won the way it is waged, it
is unpopular here and abroad, innocents are dying daily for no good cause and a
country is being destroyed “in order to save it.” Those who sit at their desks
in Washington and order our
troops into battle where atrocities are unavoidable are the real culprits and
not the soldier on the ground who fights for his very life and gets at times
carried away by his emotions.
What was the reaction of the senators? Did they condemn him
for speaking out? No! When Kerry had finished his testimony he thanked the
panel for listening and for having, “put a resolution on the floor, to help us
in the event we were arrested and particularly for a chance to express the
thoughts that I have put forward today. I appreciate it.” Fulbright’s response
was, “You have certainly done a remarkable job of it. I can’t imagine their
[Vietnam Veterans against the War] having selected a better representative or
spokesman. Thank you very much.”
This was the testimony the senators were grateful to hear at
the time and for which he is put through the wringer in the current campaign.
Arrest was clearly a danger because Kerry was investigated by Nixon’s staff for
his conduct. He did urge an immediate withdrawal from Vietnam
because we would eventually have to leave anyway and further sacrifice of life
and property was useless. We all know what happened: within a couple of years
Congress cut funding for the war; Nixon resigned before being impeached and
removed from office; the South Vietnamese were no match against the North; the
country was overrun; a massacre ensued in Cambodia and today we have friendly
relations with a still communist united Vietnam.
And what does Kerry do with this part of his past? He tries
to write off his Senate testimony as due to anger and immaturity. I believe
this to be a mistake on his part and regard it as evidence that he listens too
much to his advisers rather than standing on his own two feet. It would be so
simple. All he would have to say is, “Yes, I was angry and I had reason to be.
If you had seen what I saw in Nam
you would have been too. That the war was sold to the American public under
false pretenses (the Gulf of Tonkin
resolution) is a fact everyone agrees on nowadays. I did not castigate the
soldiers who committed acts which violate the Geneva
conventions, because they were under duress. I did chastise those who ordered
them into those situations where acts of the type described by some, rather
than the majority of individuals, are bound to occur. This is what I was
against then and this is why I am against the Iraq
war now.”
This simple statement would have gone a long way to define
his character. Instead he has unfortunately chosen to play it safe and go the
“Me too” route. He is trying to outBush Bush and his campaign up to now could
be summed up in the simple statement from Annie Get Your Gun, “Anything you can
do, I can do better.” I admit that he has finally said most of the things about
the Iraq war
and America’s overall
foreign policy I have published here for the past couple of years but he, just
as Bush, has failed to come to grips with the Israeli problem which fuels the
hate against us in the region. The reason is obvious: he has been told that
this will cost him votes. Yet this may not be entirely true. The American
people want to hear the truth and the equation of criticism of Likud policies
with anti-Semitism should no longer be tolerated.
This is terribly important because the next act of war,
against Iran,
is already preprogrammed. Iran’s
budding nuclear reactor has to be destroyed. The official reason is that the
mullahs would export the bomb to our shores because they hate us, when they
actually might want to have a counterweight against the nuclear threat from Israel.
Instead of insisting to make the entire Middle East
(including Israel)
a nuclear free zone it has just been reported that we are exporting “bunker
busters” to Israel.
You couldn’t possibly give a greater present to bin Laden and his followers as
proof for the sura he quoted from the Koran.
Kerry’s promised domestic policies also seem to outspend
Bush, who has verbally adopted most of the traditionally democratic agenda.
Kerry might yet win the election if he would really show us strength of character.
Here is a small example of what he might have done last week. The Republicans
have just come out with a new TV ad which shows Kerry constantly tacking back
and forth on his windsurfer to indicate that he just keeps “flip-flopping.” The
ad is cute, effective, and the Democrats are fuming. Instead, Kerry might have
immediately countered with something like, “Yes I am a sailor and a windsurfer!
But both of these take skill and require one to learn to read the weather
properly. The sailor knows that you can’t sail directly into the wind.
Sometimes you have to tack, even back and forth, to get to where you want to
go. I have always kept the goal of the journey in mind and brought whatever
boat I was captain of, including its crew or passengers, safely back to port.
This is who I am; I am a sailor and you can accept or reject these qualities!
But, you can also pick an analogue of Captain Edward John Smith who ordered his
ship on her maiden voyage to go “full steam ahead,” even after he had been told
by his officers that there was fog and icebergs ahead. He ignored the warning
because he wanted to make history and break a trans-Atlantic record. He did
make history, but not in the way he had imagined. He lost his ship, his life,
along with more than 1500 others who had been entrusted to his care, and I
don’t have to tell you the name of that ship. My opponent claims leadership,
but true leadership is not a stubborn refusal to listen to experts and plowing
ahead regardless. True leadership is not ordering other people around. True
leadership is the example you set so that others will follow willingly and this
is what I shall provide.”
This is what Kerry might have said. If he did, it wasn’t
reported. Instead there were only
complaints about dirty politics. Kerry’s next and final test will be the
debates and we’ll see how he handles himself there although they are already
highly scripted. But Kerry has an additional burden. Not only will he inherit a
massive financial and economic problem, which is bound to limit his abilities
on keeping domestic spending promises but there is another ghost of Vietnam
that will come back to haunt him. In his 1971 testimony before the Senate he
had also said, “How do you ask a man to be the last man to die for a mistake?”
It was relatively easy to tell President Nixon to pull out of an unpopular war
in Southeast Asia but how do you, as President, get out
of a war in the Middle East that was clearly a mistake,
when there are not only lives at stake but oil and the entire global economy?
This is what he faces and why he may not at all be enamored by the prospect of
having to become responsible for the mess a previous administration has created
and from which there is no easy way out.
So what are our choices on November 2? We can vote for
whomever we consider less harmful regardless of flaws; cast a protest vote for
Nader; or stay home altogether because under the current electoral system our
vote is meaningless anyway apart from “battleground states.” Maybe one way to
register our dissatisfaction would be to vote for the Presidential ticket of
one party and for Senators and Representatives from the other. This would
mitigate the damage either branch of government can inflict upon us and is
after all the reason why the framers of our Constitution so wisely insisted on
a separation of powers.
Buckle your seatbelts; we are in for a rough ride. Who knows
what kind of “October surprise” Karl Rove might have up his sleeve if
re-election were to become doubtful. There is even some talk about postponing
the elections in case of an assumed or genuine terrorist threat. As they say,
“stay tuned.”
November 2, 2004
ELECTION CAMPAIGN OBITUARY
Thank goodness the seemingly interminable election campaign
that lasted more than a year is now finally over and Americans are heading for
the polls. We also have to be grateful that there were no last minutes real
nasty October surprises such as a heralded Iran
bombardment. Instead we were treated to a Television visit from Osama bin Laden
but more about that in another issue.
Whether or not the administration ever seriously considered
an aggressive act against Iran
prior to the elections I don’t know, but on October 25 I received an e-mail
from a Canadian colleague to that effect. It was distributed by a Canadian
organization, “The Centre for Research on Globalization,” and featured an
article by Wayne Madsen entitled,
“A Bush pre-election strike on Iran.
White House Insiders report ‘October Surprise’ imminent.” In the article Mr.
Madsen asserted that he had been told by White House Insiders that the Bush
administration was poised to bomb Iran’s
nuclear reactor at Busher, as well as other targets throughout the country. The
article also stated that the aircraft carrier USS John F. Kennedy was deployed
to the Arabian Sea in order to coordinate the attacks.
This brought up the question: who is Mr. Madsen and how does
he know what he says he knows? All answers are provided on the Internet and
when one punches in his name one is informed that he
is a “Senior Fellow of the Electronic Privacy Information Center (EPIC) a
non-partisan privacy public advocacy group in Washington
DC” and that he also works as a free-lance
journalist. In addition he has written the Introduction to Forbidden Truth. U.S.-Taliban Secret Oil Diplomacy
and the Failed Hunt for Bin Laden. This particular book, available
through amazon.com, was published by two Frenchmen J. Brisard
and G. Dasquie in 2002. How reliable Mr. Madsen’s
sources are I have no way of knowing.
Apparently even Karl Rove might have thought that bombing Iran
a week or so before the election was not a good idea because it might backfire
and the plan was put on hold. But as we say in the German language aufgeschoben ist
nicht aufgehoben - to
postpone doesn’t mean to abandon – and we as well as the Iranians can look forward
to it after the election. If Bush were to lose he might even give it to Kerry
as a final good bye present in the waning days of his administration. If he
wins it is full steam ahead anyway.
But back to the past month’s campaign which was certainly the
nastiest I have witnessed in the past 54 years. As mentioned in the previous
installment, I was arriving in Montreal
during the first Presidential debate and saw only the tail end, although I did
have access to the full version upon returning home. Nevertheless, even what I
saw on that Thursday night made me embarrassed for our country. The “Leader of
the Free World” was so inept that one felt one had to apologize for being an
American citizen while in a foreign country. On Saturday Toronto’s
Globe and Mail had an Editorial
headlined “The Evil of the Lesser Two,” which certainly hit the nail on the
head. Although Kerry appeared considerably more “Presidential” the substance
one might have expected from him simply wasn’t there. Another interesting
feature was in an article that had come out from an American research group
which analyzed the language level the two candidates had used during the
debate. Bush spoke at a 6.8 and Kerry at a 7.3 grade level. This may not be meaningful for readers
outside the U.S.
but translates into the speech patterns of 12-13 year old teenagers. The
article also mentioned that Kerry had deliberately “talked down” because this
is the level the American electorate understands. If this is not an indictment
of our current “culture” I don’t know what is.
Prior to the second Presidential debate Bush apparently was
told by his “handlers” that smirking and grimacing doesn’t work because it
makes the contrast to Kerry even starker and that he has to show more
“leadership.” He took the advice to
heart. We saw him running around the stage and at one point shouting the poor
moderator down, which is generally regarded as a no-no. I taped the debate and
when I played it back on fast forward to catch a certain segment it really
became hilarious. Our President
appeared precisely as, what some of us had suspected since 9/11, a puppet on a
string. If you happen to have access to a tape of this debate please watch a
segment on fast forward because as the Chinese said,”a picture is worth a
thousand words.”
The Vice Presidential debate was meaningless and so was the
third Presidential debate. The
candidates simply answered whatever question was asked with a hand-me-down
well-worn mantra, which frequently had nothing to do with the question that had
been asked. There was only one memorable phrase uttered by the President in
regard to what he would do to create more jobs in the country. Believe it or
not, he replied that the “No Child left Behind” school
project was the answer to the problem. This is what he told college graduates
whose jobs disappear due to “’outsourcing,” “downsizing,” or bankruptcies!
Apart from this gem, Bush insisted throughout the campaign
on having shown strong leadership, which is an absolute necessity for winning
the war on terrorism and that it would be outright dangerous to entrust the
country to Kerry because the Senator would ask the United Nations for
permission to go to war in case America were to be threatened by a “rogue”
state. This is what he, Bush, would never do. Kerry’s mantra was that he would
do better than the President if we were to elect him. He promised not only to be
strong in regard to the defense of our country but that he would also create a
genuine alliance from nations around the world to establish a stable and
peaceful Iraq, which would allow us to bring our troops home within the next
four years. In addition he intends to spend billions of dollars to improve the
various domestic problems he will inherit. A seasoned observer, steeped in
realism, can only say, “Good Luck” to that.
The reasons why intelligent people, who are not dogmatic
party hacks, find themselves unable to vote for Bush, even if they are more
comfortable with conservative rather than “progressive” ideas, have been
abundantly explained in previous installments. But what about Kerry? In the
previous issue I have already touched on some of his liabilities. The most
outstanding appears to be that he seems to have lost the fervor of his younger
years when he spoke from the heart, especially in his 1971 Senate testimony. He
now relies on what his handlers tell him as to what he should or shouldn’t say.
This is potential poison for a person’s soul. He played it “safe” and avoided
direct answers to Republican attacks. In regard to interviews on national cable
TV he did not accept the challenge thrown at him by Bill O’Reilly, host of the
“No Spin” evening news program. This was a mistake, and as O’Reilly keeps
hammering: not showing up on his show
cost Al Gore the election. This may or may not be so but it is a fact that
O’Reilly has the largest audience in the country, as far as journalists go. It
is also true that the “no spin” exists only in O’Reilly’s and his partisans
mind because he is frequently rude and acerbic to his guests on the program,
when they disagree with his very firmly set views. But Kerry would surely have
had the stature and intellect to put him in his place and answer questions
forthrightly rather than with canned statements. Kerry missed this chance. Regardless whether or not one likes O’Reilly
the fact is that he does have a nightly audience of an estimated 3 million
viewers most of whom vote in the election.
Kerry missed another chance to show substance. As his
Vice-Presidential running mate he chose John Edwards, the junior Senator from North
Carolina. This was also a mistake. I have been told
from family members who live in that state that Edwards ran for President only
because he would have lost this year’s re-election to the Senate. He has made
his reputation and millions of dollars as a trial lawyer who specialized in
suing physicians for malpractice. During the campaign he defended himself by
asserting that he really didn’t go after the doctors but only the insurance
companies when he achieved millions of dollars settlements. This is misleading
on two counts. First of all there is the common misconception that “the
insurance company will pay anyway.” Yes, the insurance company pays first but
then drives up the rates so that malpractice insurance coverage becomes nearly unaffordable
and the individual physician has to deal with that. The other point is that
Edwards’ specialty was to sue obstetricians when a baby was born with cerebral
palsy. This was regarded as the physician’s fault, which is incorrect. In most
instances there are prenatal or unavoidable perinatal factors at play and the
physician has no role in their causation. The malpractice problem is currently
a massive one around the country. Not because we have so many negligent
physicians but frivolous law suits are filed on a daily basis. These drive
insurance rates up and responsible physicians out of high risk specialties. Who
suffers as a result? The patient of course! As physicians we were used to
thinking of the patient first but medical practice has changed since I first
came to this country. Now, the thought of potential law suits is ever present.
Defensive medicine is being practiced, which not only drives up the costs but
in some instances puts an additional mental barrier into play. Not only do you
have to worry about whether the medical insurance company will pay for what you
think the patient really needs, but in addition you have to be concerned about
how the case will look in court if and when you get sued. It is actually no
longer an if but only a when and that is no way to
practice good medicine.
Edwards and Kerry promise tort reform but we know how
pre-election promises compare with post-election legislation. Since Edwards may not even carry his home
state in the election, does not bring significant domestic or foreign policy
experience to the ticket and carries the above mentioned baggage, Kerry has
gained nothing from his choice and lost the potential support of a number of
well-meaning practicing physicians.
Within the last two weeks it also became apparent that there
is not enough influenza vaccine to cover all the people who want to have
preventive inoculations. The immediate reason was that vaccine batches from a
major supplier in the UK,
to whom the production had been outsourced, were contaminated. Why couldn’t we
produce the vaccine here? Ask Senator Edwards! The “deep pockets”
pharmaceutical industry is a prime target for litigation. Since vaccines have
potentially the most dangerous side-effects from all pharmaceutical products
the industry simply abstains from producing them. It’s a free country after all
and the buck rules.
While we are on medicine let us not forget that stem cells
have also emerged as a campaign propaganda tool. When Christopher Reeve died
last month from complications of his debilitating spinal cord injury, the stem
cell proponents went into overdrive. I have nothing against stem cell research
and actually wrote an article about it on this site in August of 2001. At that
time I mentioned not only the hyped benefits but also the state of the art and
that it will take not only years but may be even decades before we really know
how to use their potential constructively and safely. Although the article is
three years old it is still correct and can be read profitably.
As mentioned, the Republicans kept insisting that Kerry
cannot be trusted. Not only was he portrayed as weak on national defense but
also as being unable to make up his mind and “flip-flopping” on every issue.
Since I was blessed with a classical education in high school, even during the
Nazi years, a historic analog, Fabius
Cunctator, immediately came to mind. Let me explain. When Hannibal
invaded Italy,
after crossing the Alps with his elephants, he found the
Romans totally unprepared. In the spring of 217 B.C. he promptly defeated a
Roman army under the consul Flaminius near Lake Trasimeno,
which is only about 80 miles north of Rome,
as the crow flies. Faced with this
calamity the Senate put Quintus Fabius Maximus, a prudent man, in charge of the
Roman army. Instead of giving battle he simply followed the Carthagenians
around the country thereby depriving them of the opportunity for other cities
to flock to their victorious banners. This earned Fabius, as he was referred
to, the anger of the masses. He was regarded as a coward and given the nickname
Cunctator, the Hesitator. But QFM, as
we might call him, knew what he was doing. He realized that the outcome of
battles was never guaranteed and by avoiding losses he would eventually triumph
because Hannibal would run out of
steam in a hostile country. This policy did not sit well with the impatient
Romans. They appointed a new general, Varro, who promptly attacked Hannibal
and suffered a massive defeat at Cannae (216 B.C.). Hannibal’s
tactic of encirclement has become a text book example for military strategists
that has been followed by generals ever since. It even appeared last week on
the History channel. To appreciate the magnitude of this catastrophe one needs
to know that from a Roman army which consisted, according to Plutarch, of
88,000 men, 50,000, including a considerable number of senators, lost their
lives and 14,000 ended up as prisoners. As an aside one might mention that in
those days the officials who were responsible for war were really leading their
soldiers into battle rather than remaining safely behind desks.
With this catastrophe at hand the Romans recalled Fabius who
managed to stabilize the country. He was helped in this effort by Hannibal’s
decision not to follow up on his victory and march on the defenseless Rome.
Fabius again employed his strategy of merely harassing Hannibal
rather than attempting to throw him out if Italy.
This went on for more than ten years. Understandably the Romans attributed
Fabius’ conduct to his advanced age and a younger more aggressive spirit was
called for. The plan by Publius Cornelius Scipio to bring the war to Africa
rather than fighting it in Italy
was, therefore, approved by the Senate over Fabius’ objections. The
Carthaginians recalled Hannibal to
defend the homeland in 203 but apparently he was also no longer in his prime
and was decisively defeated at Zama, one year later. A
proverbial Carthaginian peace was imposed by Rome
and became the foundation for the emerging Roman Empire.
Fabius did not live to see the triumph of his rival but he was buried with full
honors at public expense.
This little excursion into history may not be irrelevant for
our Senator who wants to be President. Prudence can indeed stave off disaster
but when carried to excess people get tired after ten years and demand more
dramatic action. Thanks to the wisdom of President Eisenhower our Constitution
now limits to eight years the maximum time a given President can create harm.
There is one additional aspect one might have considered in
one’s vote for President and one can learn potentially a great deal by looking
at the women political candidates are married to. We were able to get to know
them to some extent because they were drafted to appear on the campaign trail.
Laura Bush came across as a very nice, pleasant lady whom
one would want to have as a neighbor any day. But she is not likely to provide
counsel on important political decisions. She is neither being asked nor does
she want to. As she has reportedly described herself in the past, “I read, I
smoke and I admire.” She has probably given up smoking in the meantime but she
still admires and a balancing role to check the messianic fantasies of her
husband cannot be expected.
Teresa Heinz-Kerry on the other hand is spun from different
cloth. Born into a physician’s family in Mozambique,
educated in Switzerland,
fluent in several languages, married to Senator Heinz, she has seen the world
in all its splendor and poverty. She gave up professional life for raising her
children but when her husband was killed in a tragic plane accident she took
over the Presidency of the Heinz philanthropic foundation, which dispenses vast
sums of money for humanitarian purposes all over the world. In 1995 she married
Senator Kerry who does not appear to be in the least disturbed by her strong
will and outspokenness on any and all issues. It is to his credit that he
doesn’t try to dictate to her what she should say on the campaign trail,
because as he said, “nobody tells Teresa what to do or what to say.” Kerry’s
opponents obviously had a field day with her off-the- cuff remarks but she is a
woman of substance and if she were to run for President rather than her husband
I’d have absolutely no problem voting for her. Teresa is just as important an
element in Kerry’s life as Maria Shriver is in Arnold Schwarzenegger’s. These
women can take the rough edges off their men and guide them into reasonable
channels. In both marriages there is bipartisanship because Teresa is basically
a Republican and Maria a Democrat. This has to reflect on the candidate’s
behavior and we are much more likely to see cooperation with the opposite
political party under those circumstances than when only one party exists in
the marriage or one party dominates the Executive as well as Legislative branch
of government.
So where do we stand today? As far as Utah is concerned my
vote for President is irrelevant because the state is so heavily Republican
that not even Senator Bennett, who is up for re-election bothers to campaign.
The electoral system guarantees a Bush victory. All one can do is register a
protest vote for Kerry, Nader or any of the Libertarians which does not effect
the outcome of this election. It was, therefore, rather comical that The Salt Lake Tribune, which has been
reasonably honest in its political coverage, found it necessary to officially
endorse Bush in an Editorial. What was surprising, however, was the reaction of
the readership. Numerous Letters to the Editor were published in response which
denounced the paper and several of the writers officially canceled their
subscription. This was heartwarming because it shows that there is a
substantial segment of voters, at least in the Salt
Lake area, that has no use for the
direction Bush has taken the Republican Party and is ready to cast a protest
vote. The editorial was actually written somewhat tongue in cheek and it seemed
that the writer had done so under duress from the owner of the paper. Freedom
of speech ends when your job is on the line. This is just as true in democracies
as in dictatorships.
Today the good citizens of our country obediently trot to
the polls and an unusually large turnout is expected. But don’t hold your
breath that we’ll know the outcome by tomorrow morning. An unprecedented army
of lawyers is standing by in the various states to challenge the election
results unless there were to be an unexpected landslide victory for either
side. The polling stations will be manned by numerous overseers, especially in
the so-called battleground states, who will challenge some prospective voters
for their credentials and then provide them with provisional ballots until
their bona fides are established. How long it will take to count those votes is
anybody’s guess. In Florida extra
precautions are taken. We have been told that representatives from 15 nations
will watch the goings on and may be Vladimir, who is busy reassembling the
pieces of the old Soviet Union, will also have his
deputies there. Florida actually
is again one of the battlegrounds par
excellence and we have already been told that tens of thousands of absentee
ballots that had been sent out never reached their intended recipient.
As mentioned in an earlier installment there is also the
problem of the complexity of the actual ballot that is to be cast. In some
instances, as reported last week, the candidate’s name and the hole to be
punched don’t line up and are in reversed order. The voting machines differ
from state to state and with some there is no “paper trail” that would allow a
recount. There is also no possibility for outside monitors to check on the
accuracy of the computer programs that tally the votes and the door to
intentional or unintentional fraud is wide open. It’ll be an interesting month
and it may be December 1 before we’ll know who won or was appointed as the case
may be. If the 2000 election is a precedent it may even take till Christmas or
whenever.
December 1, 2004
WHY BUSH WON
The concerns expressed in the last paragraph of the previous
installment, that we may have to wait till Christmas before the election
results are final, were fortunately unfounded. Kerry conceded defeat with remarkable
speed and the country seems, so far, to have been saved from court battles. The
reason for the cautionary note will become apparent when you keep reading.
When one considers the record of Bush’s first term in an
unbiased manner one is forced to conclude that a chief executive who:
squandered the world’s good will towards America; allowed the dollar to drop to
unprecedented levels against the Euro; embroiled the country, on false
pretenses, in a war; and turned a substantial surplus into a massive deficit, ought
to have been fired. The election was really Kerry’s to lose rather than Bush’s
to win. Kerry probably lost because he failed to meet the criticisms that were
leveled at his character, with vigor and honest, plain speech. Suggestions as
to what he should have done were made in previous essays and need not be
repeated here. They can be found under the key word “Kerry” in the compilation.
The most important reason for his loss may, however, have been a lack of desire
to take on an inheritance that would cause him only grief and, as mentioned
previously, would also bring him into direct conflict with his Senate testimony
of 1971. “How do you ask a man to be the last man to die for a mistake?” would
have been the words that could have been thrown in his face. There simply was
no plan how to end the war in Iraq.
Just as Nixon could not have gotten out of Vietnam
unless he turned the South Vietnamese over to a victorious North, Kerry would
have been saddled with an unpopular war that cannot readily be brought to a
successful conclusion. In his heart of hearts Kerry may well have concluded
that Bush brought this misery on by himself so let him eat the broth he has
cooked.
When one reads the papers and listens to newscasters one is
told that Bush won for two main reasons. One is that he is a “strong leader”
who will protect us from future terrorist attacks and on whom one can rely in
times of war. The other is that he stands for “moral values,” which is the code
word for denouncing the permissive society we have become. These are important
aspects and deserve to be discussed separately. The “strong leader” image comes
straight out of Karl Rove’s power point presentation on the ranch during the
Christmas holidays in 2002. As mentioned in the essay on “The Great Liberator”
(May 1, 2004). Karl Rove’s
winning strategy was to portray Bush’s “Persona” as: “Strong Leader; Bold
Action; Big Ideas; Peace in World; Cares about People Like
Me; Leads a Strong Team.” This was indeed the image, which dominated the
propaganda waves during the campaign while Kerry was painted as a “waffler” and “flip-flopper,” who cannot be trusted in these
dangerous times.
That this so called Bush Persona had no basis in reality was
irrelevant. Every skilled propagandist knows that whatever you say long enough
and vigorously enough becomes the truth that people will buy into. I was
especially intrigued that during the campaign Democrats and others who saw Bush
as he really handled himself rather than what he ought to be, in Rove’s mind,
never took him to task for it. The slogan that “he kept us safe from terrorism”
was never repudiated by the simple fact that 9/11 happened on his watch and not
on somebody else’s. From the propaganda one was led to assume that Bush had
been inaugurated on September 12 rather than January 20, and that his conduct
during the preceding months was really of no concern, when the opposite was
true. He ignored the bin Laden threat and the resulting 9/11 tragedy was not
“unforeseeable” as Condi Rice testified to before the Senate. If Bush had taken
the August 6, 2001 briefing
seriously, as a responsible leader should have, he might have knocked heads
together at the CIA and FBI to get at the bottom of the threat. He did not do
so and it is this failure which should have been brought out in the election
campaign. From it everything else flowed and the consequences will haunt us for
years to come.
There were indeed “Bold Actions” and “Big Ideas,” which
essentially boiled down to “bringing democracy” to the Middle East
at the point of a gun. That this does not tend to work well has not yet sunk
in, in spite of the fact that by following Israel’s
Likud model we now have our very own West Bank and Gaza
problem in Iraq.
This is not hindsight but was entirely predictable. “Peace in the World” is
farther than it has been even four years ago. But “Cares for People Like Me” was a real hit. It was boiled down to a simple
question the proverbial Joe Six Pack can readily understand, “Who would you
rather have a beer with: Bush or Kerry?” When this is the level upon which the
“Leader of the Free World” is supposed to be chosen, the country is in trouble.
Nevertheless, the slogan resonated and worked.
This brings us to the second aspect, “moral values.” These
have attained unexpected prominence when it was reported that exit polls ranked
the item as the number one concern why people voted for Bush. There is indeed a
considerable groundswell of unhappiness in Middle America
that our society has lost its bearings but this is hardly the main issue that
mattered. The finding confronts us, therefore, with the science and magic of
exit polling. As mentioned on another occasion it doesn’t matter so much who
you vote for but how the votes are counted and winners are projected.
Projection is the key word and it relies on exit polling the results of which
are then forwarded to the TV networks and the Associated Press. There was the
nasty flap in the 2000 elections when the crucial vote of Florida
was first awarded to Gore then to Bush and finally
settled by the Supreme Court’s single vote. The networks vowed that this would
never happen again. Projections for a given state would no longer be made until
all the precincts had closed their doors and in addition a new company would be
hired to conduct the polls and provide the results to all the networks. This
much is readily known but as usual the devil is in the details and for those
one has to go to the Internet.
The exit polls of the November elections are currently
regarded as seriously flawed because they predicted Kerry as the winner,
especially earlier in the day. Yet the same exit polls are used to document America’s
fondness of moral values in its quest for President. This incongruity led me to
investigate how exit polls are conducted. This is not a trivial post hoc
exercise but shows how election results are actually obtained nowadays. Since
it is unlikely that exit polling will be abolished by executive fiat we might
as well know what happens in the real world.
The company responsible for exit polling is the so-called
National Election Pool. It is run by a partnership of Edison Media Research and
Mitofsky International and has a well deserved reputation for producing
reliable results. So how does the process work? The company sends out letters
to professors of various colleges and universities and asks them to engage the
help of some of their students to hand a questionnaire to x number of people in
a random fashion as they emerge from the voting booth. The precincts from which
the samples are obtained are carefully pre-selected for known demographics in
order to get as accurate and divers a sample as possible. One may immediately
object that the students, well meaning as they are, may not be truly random in
their handing out of the questionnaires because hippy type students may prefer
similarly attired voters and vice versa, but these preferences tend to come out
in the statistical wash. On the other hand there can be a bias as to who
accepts a questionnaire and who runs out of the precinct in order to get back
to work or home as soon as possible, especially after a long wait. But again,
past experience has shown that this factor is negligible.
The next item is the questionnaire itself. I was so far
unable to get a sample of one that was used in November but I do have one from
the New Hampshire 2004 Primary which apparently served as the model. It
consists of boxes to be marked for questions labeled A-Z, starting with “1
Male, 2 Female,” and ending with “2003 total family income,” where 1 is “under
$15,000” and 6 “$100,00 or more.” Column C has the names of the presidential
contenders and column H is the crucial one from which the “moral values”
emerged in first place. For the November election the column read, “Which One
Issue mattered most in deciding how you voted for President.” There were seven
choices that were listed in the sequence shown and I have added the percentage
results in brackets: Taxes (5), Education (4), Iraq
(15), Terrorism (19), Economy/Jobs (20), Moral Values (22), Healthcare
(8). Although moral values did indeed land on the top of the heap and 80% of
Bush voters checked that box; Economy/Jobs were a close second. They were
Kerry’s forte who got his 80%.
These data were subsequently tweaked to assuage the grief of
the losing Democrats who pointed out that “moral values” is an ambiguous term
anyway and if one were to combine Economy/Jobs with Iraq and Terrorism those
concerns would clearly appear on the front burner. Thus, multiple choice
questions are not necessarily the best way to get at true answers. It has also
been pointed out that when the question was open ended as in an October Harris
poll only 1% of prospective voters volunteered moral values as their prime
concern. But be that as it may; there are more important issues at stake in the
exit polls.
We are told that the complete sample, depending upon which
site you visit, consisted of 11,027; 13,531 or 13,660 respondents. This fairly
small number is, however, not the main issue because there is some indication
that something happened with the data later in the day to bring them more in
conformity with actually tabulated votes. We don’t know what happened but one
set of figures was clearly out of line with the other. The margin of error
between projections and actual results tends to be rather small and ranges in
general around 1-2 percentage points. But there were instances during the
November elections were the early results reportedly differed by 12 or 14
percentage points, which is practically unheard of. This information comes from
www.globalresarch.ca under
“Footprints of Electoral Fraud: The November 2 Exit Poll Scam” by Michael
Keefer and I have no independent information to prove or disprove his claims.
At any rate Keefer says that in Ohio
the exit poll data reported by CNN at 7:32 p.m.
EST favored Kerry as leading Bush by a little more than four
percent. But by 1:41 a.m., when the
final exit poll had been updated, Bush was leading Kerry by 2.5 percent. Many
of us saw on TV the long lines of voters during the evening of November 2 and
it is difficult to believe from their appearance that they were all staunch
Republicans. But appearances aside something else had happened that defies
logic, if the mentioned report is accurate. To quote from the report, “At 7:32 p.m. EST there were 1,963 respondents; at
1:41 a.m. on November 3, the final
total consisted of 2,020 respondents. These fifty-seven additional respondents
must all have voted very powerfully for Bush – for while representing only a
2.8% increase in the number of respondents, they managed to produce a swing
from Kerry to Bush of fully 6.5 percent.” A similar event occurred in Florida,
the other key state. At 8:40 p.m. EST
exit polls showed Kerry and Bush in a dead heat, but by 1:01 a.m. EST the final poll gave Bush a 4 percent lead
over Kerry. Now comes the clincher, “The number of exit polls respondents in Florida
had risen only from 2,846 to 2,862. But once again, a
powerful numerical magic was at work. A mere sixteen respondents – 0.55% of the
total number – produced a four percent swing to Bush.” Thus the question
arises: were the exit poll projections completely wrong or was the actual vote
count interfered with to provide a victory for Bush? Furthermore, was The
National Election Pool forced to massage their data for the final update in
order to retain credibility for the future? Something happened but we don’t
know what.
One may now say, so what, forget about exit polls and just
count the votes. But it’s not as simple as that. First of all exit polls are regarded as so
accurate that their numbers are taken at face value when elections are
monitored in third world countries. If the counted votes (remember Stalin:
never mind who votes, what’s important is who counts the votes) differ markedly
from the exit polls the vote count is suspected of having been fraudulent. This
is especially á propos in regard to the Ukrainian vote which is making headlines
all over the world at this time. The good people of Kiev, and we must really
congratulate them, defied miserable weather to protest an election result that
showed Yanukovich as having won the election by 49.4 percent over his rival
Yushchenko who supposedly garnered 46.7 percent. The exit polls, on the other
hand, had essentially the same result of 49.7% versus 46.7% but in favor of the
opposition candidate, Yushchenko! Now
back to the critical state of Ohio
and the 7:32 p.m. EST exit poll
before the data had undergone a miraculous transformation. At that time Kerry
had a four percent lead and on that basis he should have won the election.
The question arises therefore, how the votes that had been
cast were counted. At this point we must thank the Internet for keeping
democracy alive. If one types “US
elections 2004” into Google one is overwhelmed with articles about
irregularities and outright fraud. Obviously Internet sites cannot necessarily
be checked for accuracy, and there are some very disgruntled citizens around,
but it is possible to glean some rather surprising facts. The most important
one is that 2 companies: Diebold Election Systems (DES) and Election Systems &
Software Inc. (ES&S) were responsible for registering and counting about 80
percent of our votes. Now comes the real surprise:
those are not completely separate entities but are run by the brothers Bob and
Todd Urosevich, second generation immigrants from the Ukraine.
While Bob is responsible for Diebold, Todd’s major contribution is the
touch-screen voting machine that runs under the name of Accu-Vox-TSx. The
company advertisement states that the equiment
“represents a major leap forward in voting technology. Our reliable system
accurately and securely captures each vote.” Is this true?
To examine this claim one need to know that Diebold and
ES&S use the same software which is Windows based and can readily be hacked
into. Diebold found itself in major difficulties after the California Primary
in March of 2004 where the machines malfunctioned to an extent that according
to The San Diego Union-Tribune of May
1, 2004 California’ Secretary of State asked the State’s Attorney General to
open a criminal investigation on charges of fraud and deliberate misleading
advertisements. The Attorney General did not bring criminal charges but went
the civil court route in September of 2004 and Diebold settled with the State
for 2.6 Million dollars on November 10.
These were the same touch-screen systems that had been used
in about one third of the votes cast on November 2 around the country. It has
now been reported that some of the touch-screen voting machines recorded the
wrong choices. When voters checked their vote against the review screen at the
end, some found out that their vote for one candidate had been changed to
another. When they tried to correct the error the obstinate machine refused to
do so and when supervisors were notified of the problem they promised to fix
it.
How widespread were the voting irregularities on November 2?
This is a difficult question to answer because Internet information tends to be
highly anti-Bush on this topic and one does not know what to credit and what to
discount. One of the somewhat more objective articles is by William Rivers Pitt
in the November 8 edition of www.truthout.org Some of the “strange things” that did happen
were that in Broward County Florida, a Democrat stronghold, machines started
counting backwards after 32,000 votes had been cast. In one of Ohio’s
precinct in Franklin county Bush got 4,258 votes to Kerry’s 260 but only 638
voters had actually cast ballots. In another Democratic stronghold LaPorte
County Indiana “the electronic voting machines decided that each precinct only
had 300 votes.” Thus, for more than 79,000 registered voters only 22,000 could
be counted. The list goes on and the article is well worth reading.
It is apparent, therefore, that widespread and to some
extent systematic irregularities favoring Bush over Kerry seem to have occurred.
We also know that they were predicted as early as the spring of 2004. Lynn Landes published on April 28, 2004 in www.onlinejournal.com a fascinating
article. She wrote, “Voters can run, but they can’t hide from these guys. Meet
the Urosevich brothers, Bob and Todd. Their respective companies, Diebold and
ES&S, will count (using both
computerized ballot scanners and touchscreen machines) about 80 percent of all
votes cast in the upcoming U.S.
presidential.election. . . . The ability to rig an
election is well within easy reach of voting machine companies. . . . And don’t
count on recounts to save the day. In most states recounts of paper ballots
only occur if election results are close. The message for those who want to rig
elections is, ‘rig them by a lot.’ . . .
There is no federal agency that has regulatory authority or oversight of the
voting machine industry. . . . The 2004 election rests in the hands of the
Urosevich brothers who are financed by the far-out right wing and top donors of
the Republican Party. The Democrats are either sitting ducks or
co-conspirators. I don’t know which.”
On 10-10-04
William Thomas wrote an article “Rigged.” It starts out with “GW Bush has
already won the Presidential election. It doesn’t much matter that the actual
vote has yet to be held . . . “ Thomas based this conclusion on the fact that
as mentioned around 80% of the votes are registered and counted by Diebold and
associates while the remaining are divided between Sequoia and SAIC. Sequoia
was, according to the article involved in a corruption case that led to jail
sentences of some top Louisiana state officials, while SAIC also has “a long
history of fraud charges and ‘security lapses.’ in its electronic system.” Articles
of this type may explain why Karl Rove had not presented us with an anticipated
last minute October surprise. He may not have needed it when the election was
already in the bag.
There is another interesting aspect to this story. Our media
report diligently on suspected vote fraud in the Ukraine
but there is hardly a word about the Internet furor in regard to our own
problems. The Boston Globe wrote a rather non-committal
article on November 17 entitled “Media accused of ignoring election irregularities,”
but it did not address some of the major issues that were raised here. We
might, therefore, add to their headline the words, “for now.” The 2004 election
chapter seems far from closed and the Kiev
protesters may actually help our democracy here.
But regardless of what happens in the future about the
election results for now we have Mr. Bush who has claimed to have been given a
mandate (some of his supporters even say that it came from the good Lord
Himself) and promised us that he will “spend the capital he has earned.” He
feels vindicated and we know, therefore, what we can expect: more of the same.
While reformatting his cabinet he is turning it into an echo chamber. He is
separating, in biblical fashion, the sheep from the goats where the sheep have
to bleat in unison and the goats are banished to outer darkness. This could
have worked in an authoritarian state but we still have a democracy where it
can’t. There are responsible moderate Republicans in Congress who will try to
make their voices heard.
While Bush seems intent to pursue a domestic agenda, such as
tax and social security reform, he is likely to be hamstrung by foreign events
that are not under his control and will sap his ability to spend money the way
he wants. If he tries to nominate ultra-conservative judges to the Supreme
Court the Democrats will filibuster and he does not have the necessary two
thirds majority in Congress to overrule them. In
foreign affairs he will be confronted by the fact that there is precious little
he can do about Korea’s
nuclear weapons or Iran’s
nuclear ambitions. He doesn’t have the troops to invade the rest of “the axis
of evil.” “Bombing them back into the stone age,” as his Dad promised the
Iraqis in days gone by, will likewise not bring peace on earth and good will to
men. If and when elections are held in Iraq
they will probably not bring the democracy Mr. Bush envisioned and a victorious
“exit strategy” is also likely to remain elusive. Although he now proclaims his
willingness to bring about a viable Palestinian state it is in all probability
too late for that. The chance was in the spring of 2001 and that was missed.
Arafat was not the major problem as the accord between him and Rabin showed.
But the Likud party, first under Netanyahu and thereafter under Sharon
was just as intent on preventing a Palestinian state from arising as some
Palestinian factions are on the disappearance of Israel.
Regardless what the new Palestinian leadership does, they are likely to get
only words from Jerusalem while the
deeds will consist of wall building and increasing the settlements in the West
Bank. Sharon holds all
the cards and he has no interest in allowing this Bush vision to come to pass.
As if that was not enough of the problems our “strong
leader” will face there is also still Osama around whom Bush vowed to capture
three years ago “dead or alive.” In
October we saw him on our TV screens. Not only did he look remarkably healthy
but outright regal in his flowing gold-braided robe. This was not the picture
of a hunted fugitive who hides out some place in a cave or hut on the
Afghan-Pakistan border, as popular propaganda has it. I also used to subscribe
to this opinion but not any more. The man looked too well cared for. So, where
he does he live at present? The Pakistanis gave up looking for him last
week and I believe with good reason. Although I have no inside information
common sense provides an obvious answer, which has in all probability also
occurred to others including members of the Administration who do have facts.
Bush’s words that, “we will pursue the terrorists wherever they hide out and we
will hold the countries which hide them responsible” ring very hollow indeed if
my suspicions are correct.
Ask yourself for a moment what you would do if you were the
son of one of the richest families in Saudi
Arabia and you find yourself with a price of
$25 million on your head? Where would you go and who could you trust? I believe
that the answer is obvious: you go home where the family ties are strong and
nobody would dare to deliver you to the enemy. This obviously occurred also to
the Saudi Royals who are hanging on to their monarchy by the skin of their
teeth. They would be more than happy to make some quiet arrangement with the
Mullahs for whom Osama is a hero, while expressing “plausible denials” abroad.
In Saudi Arabia,
in the bosom of his family and likeminded friends, Osama can now wait patiently
for the fruits of his labors to ripen. If I am correct in my assumption about
Osama’s whereabouts we are not likely to hear much about him from our
administration because there is absolutely nothing it can do. What the Arabs
have going for them is patience. This is what we lack and that is what they
know and bank on.
Osama doesn’t have to send terrorists to the US
any more. Our government is doing all the terrorizing of the population by
itself with intermittent alarming news and increasing strictures on our lives
to promote “security” and thereby produces further drains on our resources.
Our intelligence services are now blamed for the 9/11
failure and the Iraq
debacle. A brand new super agency is about to be created which will consume
considerable amounts of money and will be even more unwieldy than what we have
at present. It is also predictable that if it were to come up with facts which
don’t fit the purposes of Bush&Co. they will be ignored again. While some
reform of the CIA and more collaboration with the FBI may well have been
appropriate, the current effort seems to have as its main purpose to divert
attention from the person who was really responsible for getting us into this
fix, the President.
Let us wish the President and his family a happy Christmas
season but the way things look this may be the only peace he is likely to enjoy
for some time to come. If even only half of what we are told on the Internet is
true the resulting scandals, if they were allowed to hit the major media, may
well dwarf ENRON and Watergate. Let us remember that President Nixon had won
the election by a landslide in 1972 and by 1974 he had to resign in
disgrace. There are now more than enough
scandals in the administration to potentially bring both Bush as well as Cheney
down, if the media were to follow up on them. Even John Edwards, who is
currently out of a job, and who has promised us that he’ll make sure that every
vote will be counted might find his calling and he will be difficult to ignore.
The hand-picked new Attorney General, Alberto Gonzales, may
not be able to provide immunity for the administration either. Although the
President had praised him with, “His sharp intellect and sound judgment have
helped shape our policies in the war on terror,” Gonzales’ advice to disregard
the Geneva Conventions was not particularly enlightened. The resultant abuses
in Guantanamo and Abu Ghraib have
brought him sufficient enemies that each and every one of his actions will be
examined with a fine tooth-comb, even if the appointment were to be confirmed
by the Senate. Finally, if the administration keeps insisting on having been
elected to provide “moral values,” for our country the American people may well
demand them from those who govern us. When that happens our leadership is likely
to be in deep trouble, because morality goes beyond what has been called
“pelvic issues.”
January 1, 2005
LOVE YOUR ENEMY
This is the season of the year when
hope is rekindled and resolutions are made to do better than in the past. It is
not easy to be optimistic nowadays when one looks at the world realistically and
watches all the natural as well as man-made disasters unfold. Nevertheless,
giving in to despair and/or resentment does not solve problems it only makes
them worse.
Let us, therefore, separate the
natural disasters such as hurricanes and now the devastating tsunami, over
which we have no control, from the man-made ones that are our
responsibility. Nature’s upheavals may
well become worse because our climate is changing. We don’t know the cause for
certain. We don’t know how much is due to industrial pollution and what is the
role of a wobbling earth, changes of solar emissions or a shifting of magnetic
poles. But that does not absolve us from the duty to study our climate and take
prudent rather than excessive action. Inasmuch as natural catastrophes are
likely to become increasingly costly it would behoove us to husband our
financial resources to be able to meet the demand when it arises.
Prudence and foresight ought to be
the key words that allow us to meet the challenges nature as well as our
politicians create. They are the antidote to fear with which those who are in
power over our lives in the economic and military sense try to rule us. We are
being told, for instance, that we are confronted with mortal danger to our way
of life by an evil ruthless enemy and unless he is defeated, regardless of the
cost to ourselves and others, civilization as we know it will perish. Some
authors even prophecy as the goal of Islamist revolutionaries the creation of a
United Islamic Republic of America. This is not my fantasy; I read it in the
pages of the conservative Jewish publication Commentary. It is an old axiom that you can rule people, like
donkeys, with carrots and sticks. When there are not enough carrots to go
around then you have to frighten them into submission. Remarkably enough this
has worked for millennia and puts into question the theory of the
perfectibility of the human race as a whole rather than merely of some few
gifted individuals.
We are currently living in a truly
paradoxical age. One the one hand we want to spread secular democracies around
the world and on the other hand we are doing this in the name of protecting our
Judeo-Christian heritage. What is even more astonishing is that these policies
are promoted and enacted by people who regard themselves as “born again
Christians.” With other words, from our President on down, these individuals
believe that they have found Christ in their lives who has saved them from evil
and it is their duty to now bring this good news to the rest of the world
regardless whether the world wants it or not. But who is this Christ or
personal Jesus they have taken to heart and why did he get himself crucified?
I am not about to engage in
theological speculations about unprovable assumptions
so let us look instead at comparative religion and history as recorded in the
holy books. This is a wholesome enterprise because it shows how the American
people are being misled by skillful propaganda. Furthermore, many of the people
who are doing so are acting in good faith and are simply not aware of the
profound differences between the Jewish and the Christian religion which are
patched over under the term Judeo-Christian. I have discussed some of these
differences in The Moses Legacy but
this is a book that tends not be read. I shall, therefore, attempt to profile
here the essential distinctions between the teachings of Moses and those of
Jesus. This is not merely a theoretical exercise but involves choices by what
principles we intend to live our lives.
Moses, as he comes across in the
Pentateuch (the first five books of the Bible ascribed to Moses), is relatively
easy to understand. He took a diverse group of people who had lived in Egypt,
united them under a single God and in the name of that God gave them a law code
that set them apart from all other nations. The laws were designed to create a
warrior ethos that would allow a numerically inferior group to overcome the
people living in the country which they were to conquer and occupy. For the
natives of the land no mercy was to be shown. They had to be exterminated in toto because
their customs would deflect the immigrants from the worship of the true God to
whom alone they were responsible. Thus, there was to be no fraternization, no
sharing of meals and, of course, no intermarriage. The conquerors were to live in a world of
Israelites ruled by Israelites for the benefit of Israelites. Under those
circumstances the Lord would shower blessings upon them but if they reneged on
the contract with the Lord, which they had entered into at Sinai, supposedly
voluntarily, severe long lasting punishment including the expulsion from the
land would follow. Since Moses’ laws were stringent, backsliding was to be
expected and this is why the most terrible calamities that would befall them in
that case were listed in Deuteronomy, which is essentially a summation of the
first four books. Moses ruled by fear and the last verses of Deuteronomy make
this quite clear. It is stated that there has not been a prophet in Israel like
Moses “whom the Lord knew face to face; in all the signs and the wonders, which
the Lord sent him to do in the land of Egypt, to Pharaoh, and to all his
servants, and to all his land; and in all the mighty hand, and in all the great terror, which Moses wrought
[emphasis added] in the sight of all Israel [Dt XXXIV
10-12].”
The Israelites or Jews as they were
later called were people like everybody else. They could neither live up to the
lofty admonitions nor were they capable of exterminating all their enemies and
were, therefore, conquered and dispossessed twice from their land. Now they are
engaged in a repeat performance in Palestine.
Since their leadership has apparently not drawn the appropriate lessons from
the past failures this experiment may well end up the same way as the previous
two. Whenever one disregards the rights of others and attempts to remake an
existing society into one’s own image one is asking for trouble. This is the
lesson that has not yet sunk in but pertains equally to the leadership of Israel
as well as to some Jews in the Diaspora.
This is what we know about Moses: a
thoroughly autocratic, even tyrannical, flesh and blood ruler of a reluctant
people. Now, how about Jesus? Here the situation is considerably more complex
because we don’t have one account of his life but four, which differ in a
number of details. Furthermore, the gospel of John is mainly a theological
document, which takes Jesus out of the realm of humanity and places him into
that of the divine. But let us again
leave theology aside and concentrate on the essence of Jesus’ teachings.
We don’t know for certain what
Jesus said and what the evangelists have put into his mouth. Since he spoke, in
all probability, Aramaic rather than Hebrew, Greek or Latin and no written
publication of his is extant we are dealing with translations of translations.
All of us who have played silent mail as children know what can come out under
those circumstances. This problem was attacked by a group of academics, the
so-called Jesus Seminar, who met ever so often and discussed what words that
have been ascribed to Jesus he might actually have uttered. Their final report
entitled: The Five Gospels.
What did Jesus really say? was published in 1993.
The seminar consisted of 76 eminent
professors from North American and European religious colleges who devised a
rigorous scientific protocol where the words attributed to Jesus by the gospel
writers could be graded for presumed authenticity. Each gospel, including that
of Thomas, was examined and a color code was assigned to every one of Jesus’
sentences. A colloquial way to define the words for authenticity as proposed by
one member was: red for, “That’s Jesus!,” pink for, “Sure sounds like Jesus,”
grey, “Well, maybe,” and black for, “There’s been some mistake.” A vote was
cast by each member of the seminar and a probability score was assigned to each
color: Greater than 75 percent for red, between 50 and 75 percent to pink,
between 26 and 50 percent for grey, and 25 percent or less for black. When the
scores were tallied it was found that of the more than 1500 passages only 90
received a red or pink score, and only 10 were unequivocally placed into the
red column! I have a feeling that even the members of the seminar may have been
surprised at the outcome of this academic exercise.
What does this tell us about Jesus?
The answer seems to be that he lives in the minds of beholders; but even so a
minimalist consensus is achievable. Regardless of the academicians’ scientific
problems what do we, ordinary people, associate the Christian way of life with?
I believe that it deals with love, forgiveness, repentance and sacrifice of
self for others. Furthermore, and this is the essential difference to Judaism,
these virtues are to be extended not only to members of one’s ethnic or
national group but to everyone we come into contact with. St.
Paul’s doctrine: In Christ there is “not Jew nor
Greek, not slave nor free, not male and female [Galatians 3:28];” did away not only with national and class
distinctions but also repudiated the Jewish national concept of separateness.
If we are all one then we have to truly treat each other as members of one
family where when one falls ill all feel the pain and come to each others’
help. The parable of the Good Samaritan was the illustration where Jesus broke
with Jewish tradition which had limited the concept of “neighbor” to members of
the tribe. Thus, there are fundamental differences in the authentic (biblical)
Jewish and Christian view of the relationships that should govern our conduct
to “the other.”
Although the Jewish rituals were
demanding they were not in conflict with basic human nature. An eye for an eye,
namely retribution for ills that have been suffered, is infinitely easier than
letting bygones be bygones. Deuteronomy is quite specific. For instance: the
tribe of Amalek that did not let the wandering
Hebrews pass through the land, but attacked them, has
to be held in perpetual dishonor. The slight must never be forgotten (XXV: 19].
A malicious murderer who has escaped to a city of refuge needs to be tracked
down. “No pity” shall be shown and he has to be placed “into the hand of the
avenger of blood that he may die [XIX 12-13].” Vengeance is, therefore, not
only sanctioned but encouraged and this keeps the cycle of revenge and
counter-revenge going. This is not only ancient history but explains,
what others may regard as, the fanatical obsession with past Nazi war crimes
towards Jews and the continued reprisals against Palestinian suicide attacks.
Jesus, who grew up in a milieu of
intense civil and religious strife, saw that violence and resultant retribution
only perpetuate violence and without forgiveness there can never be peace in
this world. He found himself, however, not only in direct conflict with Jewish
orthodoxy but also of human nature. A “Father forgive them, for they know not what
they do” uttered when nailed to a cross is not part of it. This requires a
degree of other-worldliness hardly any one of us is capable of. So does the
exhortation to not only love our neighbor but also our enemy, to do good to those who hate us and pray for those who abuse us.
Nevertheless this is the only authentic Christian message and those
“Christians” who preach and practice vengeance, for the 9/11 tragedy for
instance, do not act in accordance with Jesus’ teachings.
Precisely because the Christian
message is more difficult it should be followed to the extent we are indeed
capable of. Muscle is strengthened by exercise and spiritual muscle is no
exception to that rule. Of all the demands the Christian religion places on us
“Love your enemy” is surely the most difficult to follow. But let us not be
trapped by semantics. As mentioned earlier the sayings of Jesus represent
translations of translations. We don’t know the word he used for love, but we
do know the word that occurs in the original Greek New Testament and
subsequently in the Latin Vulgate. Our language has become impoverished because
we no longer distinguish between erotic love, the love of family members
towards each other, and the love for music or any other artistic enterprise.
The Greeks did and they had several words for what is now lumped under a single
one. The word agapao,
which was used in the biblical context, denoted not only the love for family
but also the concept of esteem. The same applied to the Latin diligete. What
this means is that Christians are not necessarily ordered to hug and kiss Osama
bin Laden for instance, but we are to see him as a fellow human being, albeit
misguided. We can ask ourselves: what does this man really want? and what can he teach us in regard to our own shortcomings?
Under those circumstances progress is possible. It is foreclosed when we simply
regard him as an evil monster whose actions are beyond comprehension and if he
were to be caught and done away with our problems would be solved.
As long as we adhere to this what
may be called Old Testament ideation we will stumble from one disaster to the
next because our actions, determined by righteous anger, will provoke equal
anger on part of those whom we harm in our pursuit of a goal as elusive as instant
secular democracy in Iraq.
It is not the end that justifies the means; it is the means we employ which
determine the outcome of whatever we do. Breaking down doors in the middle of
the night and terrifying Iraqi families may be in the interest of finding
suspected insurgents but is hardly the way to bring us good will in the long
run. Shock and awe is apparently still the motto and our leadership seems to be
oblivious to the fact that although you can shock somebody with brute force
that doesn’t mean he will be awed by it and will willingly do whatever you want
him to. The ill-will the battle for Fallujah has created and is still creating
among the former inhabitants of this currently uninhabitable city is likely to
simmer for a good long time. We believe that if we just give them money to
rebuild their destroyed homes that will solve the problem. It is not likely to
in that part of the world where the same tribal loyalties as in Israel
hold sway. Blood needs to be washed away by blood is the law and our failure to
understand this fundamental doctrine will be the reason why our Iraqi
experiment in nation building on secular democratic principles is likely to
fail.
The current issue of Time magazine has our President once
again as “Person of the Year” on its front cover. There is also extensive
reporting about him and what is called the “Bush dynasty” in the inside pages.
Although slightly cautious the overall tone is one of approval. I happen to see
him differently and after 9/11 I couldn’t help being reminded of Goethe’s
Faust. There is a scene where Mephistopheles appears in Faust’s study and when
asked by Faust who he is he said, “I am a part of that force which forever
desires evil and yet creates good.” With our President it seems to be the
opposite. I believe that he truly desires to do good
but the means that are employed create evil. Does he know or care how many
innocent Iraqis we have killed, maimed, deprived of their homes and livelihoods
or that as a result of our liberation of Iraq
from a secular dictatorship he seems to be paving the way for a religious one?
As The Christian Science Monitor
reported recently, Christian families are beginning to leave their country
because they are afraid of a Muslim resurgence. This is the tragedy of our
time: good Christians pursue noble goals with means that come out of the Old
Testament rather than the New. A truly Christian foreign policy, which places
the wishes of others on the same level as ours and subsequently achieves a
mutually agreeable solution, would truly be a first in human affairs. This may
be an impossible dream but it needs to at least be put on the table. Precisely
because it is the most difficult thing to do, because it goes against human
selfishness, it needs to be worked towards on a case by case basis.
We are being told that the
President reads the Bible on Sundays. My only wish is that he would devote
himself to the study of the New rather than the Old Testament because there is
an additional aspect of the Jesus story which can transcend sectarian and
personal strife. Christians are taught to regularly recite “The Lord’s prayer.”
I have a suggestion which can even be turned into a New Year’s resolution for
anyone. We do not need to regard the sentences contained in the prayer simply
as a request to the Deity but as commandments how to treat each other!
Non-Christians might want to delete
the introductory statement of, “Our Father who is in heaven” but, “hallowed be
thy name” can be applied. It can be taken as a request not to slander each other,
call each other names we don’t want to have applied to ourselves, and refrain
from using Jesus’ name as an expletive. The words, “Thy kingdom come” order us
to create circumstances on this very earth of ours where help is gladly
extended to everyone who is in need, where suffering is reduced to its bare
minimum and where we abstain from actions that will produce it. “Thy will be
done,” when confronted with a reasonable request and it is in our power to
grant it we should do so. “Give us this day our daily bread,” we should see to
it that the hungry are indeed being fed; but in addition when Jesus used the
word bread he also meant spiritual sustenance. This is what we frequently fail
to give to each other. Not only our bodies but our souls require nourishment
and we should provide it. “Forgive us our trespasses” is surely something we
can and should do. “Lead us not into temptation” is perhaps today the most
urgent in our secular capitalistic society. We are being bombarded by promises
of instant gratification of most of our desires. Advertisements on billboards,
radio, TV, the Internet that play on our greed and sexual urges are only one
part. The entire “entertainment industry” tends to be geared now towards
emotional, especially sexual, gratification. There is active incitement of our
baser qualities to the neglect of the intellectual and spiritual needs of the
human being. Neither you nor I can change the industry but we can change the
emotional climate in our families and we can make every effort to protect our
children from this barrage of falsehood. “Deliver us from evil” follows from
the foregoing. Let us carefully consider our actions not only in respect to the
hoped for outcome but how the means we employ will impact on others. If this
had been done by our leadership we would not be faced with the current daily
tragedies to innocent families of Iraqis as well as those of U.S.
troops.
In these perilous times lip service
to Jesus’ words will no longer suffice, we must take the message to heart including,
“Fear not!” In regard to “loving” our enemies the first order of business ought
to be to reduce their numbers rather than increase them by ill considered
actions. As to those who are determined to harm us we should take them as
individuals and examine their personal motives and capabilities rather than
lump them under amorphous names such as the Taliban or al Qaeda. In regard to
these people we don’t even know how many there are who want to harm us rather
than establish religious regimes in their own countries. It is up to those
countries how to deal with them. We ought not to be the sheriff of the world
where “My will be done” rules. The Cold War strategies where we defended
ourselves against nations are currently inapplicable because we deal with
probably quite small groups of individuals who may or may not have state
support. To use those strategies i.e. reliance on superior military power, is
not only fruitless but counterproductive.
For our “Christian” leadership to
deserve that name it would have to abandon the old ways of tit for tat and the
reliance on fear to maintain power. Instead we should engage in selfless
cooperation with the peoples of the rest of the world. There ought to be no
favorites but impartial justice towards all and for those nations whose
leadership violates international law the United Nations is the appropriate
forum to settle disputes. The money we save on useless military expenditures
could be set aside not only to restore fiscal balance and domestic programs but
also to create a fund for the inevitable natural disasters that are bound to
occur in the future.
Unless we follow the road, as shown
in the New rather than the Old Testament, Jesus will have died in vain as a
deluded idealist. The theology that has grown around the person of Jesus need
not deter us. He is honored in the Koran as well as in Buddhist literature and
it is now up to us to grant him the stature he deserves. When we truly do what
Jesus asked us to, as expressed in the Lord’s Prayer, everybody will benefit.
You will tell me that what I have proposed here is not likely to ever come to
pass. I know that it won’t for the people who currently are in power but we can
adopt these suggestions as our personal New Year’s resolution.
February 1, 2005
ROOTS OF EVIL
Before
entering into the topic at hand a word of explanation is required. This is the
fourth anniversary for this website and just like everything else in life it
has evolved beyond its original conception. Not only have the essays gotten
longer but there are now three books instead of one which I hope to bring to
the attention of the readership. The purpose of the books is to present a view
of the forces shaping our society which differs from what is generally
available and hopefully makes the reader question conventional wisdom. This is,
however, not popular in our day and age and there is little incentive to read,
let alone buy, this type of material especially in the United
States. I have, therefore, decided to make The Moses Legacy and its companion piece
Whither Zionism? available
in .pdf format so that they can be readily viewed by anyone with computer
access. They will, however, also remain on the market and can be ordered
through this site.
Now to the
problem of evil, which will not be discussed in a
metaphysical-philosophical context but in a very practical one.
Furthermore, I shall limit myself only to those evils that are wrought by man
rather than unreasoning nature over which we have no control. Like Socrates I don’t
believe that most people who create evil desire to do so for the sake of evil but
it is the outcome of the desire for some good that is expected to result from
their action. The road to hell is indeed paved with good intentions and some
examples from recent as well as past history will illustrate this principle.
Among
man-made evils war can surely be regarded as the greatest. Yet American
politicians seem to be fond of “War”, not necessarily in its general military
sense where it is a disaster to individuals, but as a cause to engage in.
Europeans are sick and tired of war and don’t even want to hear the word but
since America has never suffered the serious consequences of it, and on the
contrary experienced prosperity and increasing stature on the world scene, the
word War is popular. Since the 1960s we had a War on Poverty, a War on Cancer,
a Cold War, and now a War on Terrorism, apart from those that are fought by the
military. It may be time to ask ourselves what these wars have accomplished and
how useful these metaphors really are.
When Lyndon Johnson declared a War
on Poverty and announced as his goal the creation of a Great Society he surely intended
to do good. As he said early on in his Presidency, “I want to be the President who
is loved by all the people!” When I heard this I said to myself: good luck and
Machiavelli immediately sprang to mind, “It is better for a prince to be feared
than loved!” One of the aspects of the Great Society was that children from the
suburbs needed to be bussed to the inner cities and vice versa in order to
achieve racial balance. The idea was that every child would learn more and
better in integrated schools and the public good would be enhanced. The old
proverb, “birds of a feather flock together” was, and still is, disregarded by
social planners. The result of bussing was exactly the opposite of its
intentions. People are mobile and when laws are forced upon them with which
they disagree they move to areas where their children get the best possible
education rather than what is provided in inner cities. “White flight” began,
the inner cities were abandoned in the 1960s, their tax base was eroded, and
they decayed. I happened to work in Detroit
at that time and we saw first hand the fruits of government idealism. Forty
years later we still have a public school system which is a disgrace and
American children tend to score poorer on objective tests than their
counterparts in, what are called, the developed nations. President Bush’s “No
child left behind” act is also in the process of creating more problems than it
will solve because it does not address the causes of poor schooling. These are:
inadequate preparation of the teachers for the subject matter they are supposed
to transmit to their pupils, wrong teaching methods, and lack of discipline in
the classrooms. No amount of money that is thrown at schools for smaller class
sizes, computers, teachers’ salaries or whatever, will succeed unless the three
R’s are properly taught in elementary school and the foundations are laid there
for future intellectual growth.
Let us stay with Lyndon Johnson a
moment longer because he provides an excellent example of a failed presidency
and of good intentions gone awry. His
foreign policy, admirable in its goal to prevent the spread of communism in South
East Asia, turned into the disaster of the Vietnam War. Why did America
lose that war? The reason is rather simple: the ideas of the locals conflicted
with ours. We saw the war as preventing enslavement of the South by the Communist
North while a substantial portion of the Viet Cong did not fight for communism
but for an end to colonial domination. We were seen simply as the successors of
the French and had to be dealt with accordingly.
When South
Vietnam’s President Diem imposed his own
totalitarian rule on his portion of the country Buddhist monks took their
master’s parting words, “Make of yourself a light,”
literally and started immolating themselves in public places. Under those
circumstances our government thought that a “regime change” in Saigon
was necessary. Our ambassador colluded with some generals who first arrested
and then murdered Diem. By the way all this happened already on Kennedy’s watch
rather than Johnson’s who merely continued with the mistakes. Madame Diem, the
President’s widow, told the U.S.
government in no uncertain terms that no good would flow from this murder and
she was right. Kennedy was killed about three weeks later and religious people
might wonder about divine justice, which differs considerably from the human version.
The rest is, of course, as the popular phrase goes “history.” We tried to prop
up a series of unpopular generals to rule a country that just wanted to be left
alone and in the end had to abandon our embassy via helicopters among scenes of
appalling confusion and outright horror.
We had the
best intentions but the highest ideals when pursued with wrong means are bound
to come to grief. Our current President seems to ignore these nasty facts of
history and believes that he can accomplish in Iraq
what the Brits failed to do about three quarters of a century earlier. When one
reads his second Inaugural Address it becomes apparent that he seems to be
afflicted with what one might call the “Wilson
complex.” He does not seem to realize that Wilson’s
presidency was an even greater disaster for the world than Johnson’s was. If
the President follows through on his promise to end tyranny all over the world
he will not only suffer profound personal disappointment but leave the country
and the world even worse off than it is now.
Although historians know it, the
general public is not aware of the forces that propelled America
into the First World War, which in turn created all the difficulties we find
ourselves in today. There are two recent books dealing with the subject which
are very worth while reading. One is The
Pity of War by Niall Ferguson and the other The Illusion of Victory by Thomas Fleming. Students of the history
of WWI can also profit from www.firstworldwar.com,
which provides primary documents. These sources present a considerably more
objective picture than what we are treated to by the media about what Ferguson
has called, “nothing less than the greatest error of modern history.” Ostensibly
Wilson entered WWI to end all wars
and to “make the world safe for democracy.” Yet, he unleashed even greater
evils than those committed up to
April 1917. Had the U.S.
remained on the sidelines it is likely that the Western Allies and the Central Powers
would have fought themselves to a stalemate and a compromise peace might have
been achieved. The Austro-Hungarian Empire was
certainly eager to drop out in 1916 already when it had become obvious that the
ill fated decision to punish the Serbs militarily had gone sadly awry. When
Franz Josef died in November of 1916 Karl, the 29 year old nephew of the
murdered crown prince Franz Ferdinand, inherited the crown. In his Ascension
Proclamation he said, “As I implore Heaven’s grace and blessing for Myself, My
House as well as My beloved Peoples I vow before the
Almighty, to faithfully administer the realm my ancestors have bequeathed to
Me. I shall do everything to banish the horrors and sacrifices of war at the
earliest opportunity in order to return the sorely missed blessings of peace to
My Peoples, as soon as the honor of our arms, the living conditions of My nations and their faithful allies, as well as the
defiance of our enemies allow it.” As Shakespeare said in other context, “Ay
there’s the rub.” It takes only one to start a war but at least two to end it.
Karl also promised the nations which comprised the monarchy that, “I shall be a
just and loving Sovereign to my peoples. I shall carefully preserve their
constitutional freedoms and other laws including equality before the law for
all. . . . Permeated by the faith in Austria-Hungary’s indestructible vitality,
animated by the deep love towards My peoples I shall
devote my Life and all My strength to this noble task. [Reichspost November 22, 1916].”
Karl meant every word he said, but
events had spun out of control. Although he tried his level best and sent out
peace feelers to the Entente they came to naught. Italy
became the stumbling block. She had been bribed by London
with secret promises during the previous year to join in the war.
These consisted of considerable territorial acquisitions, the most important of
which could only be gained by a complete defeat of Austria.
Although Austria
had given her no offense in 1915, there was the promise of hay to be made and
why not, “strike when the iron is hot?” The government of Italy
was not evil just greedy.
But Italy’s
entry into the war in 1915 had another consequence no one had thought of at
that time. The Italian army didn’t win any battles and in November of 1917 it
suffered a massive defeat at the hands of combined German and Austro-Hungarian
troops. The government was in disarray and there was fear that if Italy
lost the war she would be dismembered. In the context of November 1917 this
fear was quite realistic. As a result of Russia dropping out of the war German
divisions could be removed from the East and thrown to the West as well as
South where they could help the Austrians who weren’t good at winning any
battles either. There was universal war weariness among the people of Europe
and with Russia
out of the picture the West was in danger of losing the war. America
had to come to the rescue.
While America’s declaration of war
against Germany on April 2nd, 1917 was in part due to German
submarines sinking American merchant vessels, Wilson’s request to Congress in
his State of Union speech of December 4, 1917 to declare war against
Austria-Hungary had nothing to do with any misdeeds the Austro-Hungarian
government might have committed. On the contrary Emperor Karl had assiduously
courted the American ambassador in Vienna
in the hope of keeping America
at least semi-neutral. He had warned the German government against the
resumption of unrestricted submarine warfare and desperately wanted to separate
his monarchy from that of Wilhelm’s. Instead of recognizing Karl’s desire for a
separate peace, Wilson acceded to
incessant Italian demands during November of 1917 to enter the war against the Danube
monarchy. First greed by the government of Italy
then fear became co-responsible for prolonging the war with its accompanying
miseries for the peoples of Europe.
The average American obviously had
no quarrel with the Habsburg monarchy and probably hardly knew of its existence
so the question how to sell the extension of the war, rather than making peace,
became acute. To tell Americans that they should die for Italian ineptness
would not have worked. Wilson,
therefore, produced a rhetorical masterpiece in his address to Congress that
deserves to be carefully studied because it became a model for how to
successfully camouflage the real reasons for going to war. I shall, therefore
quote the relevant portions as they refer to Austria-Hungary
from A Compilation of the Messages and Papers of
the Presidents. First he placed the blame for the war clearly at the feet
of the “sinister masters of Germany.” They had been greedy, not content with
the rightful powers they had enjoyed before August 1914, and the world was now
confronted with “this intolerable thing of which the masters of Germany have
shown us the ugly face, this menace of combined intrigue and force which we now
see so clearly as the German power, a thing without conscience or honor or
capacity for covenanted peace, must be crushed.” Then there would be the
permanent peace of, “No annexations, no contributions, no
punitive indemnities.” This peace,
“must deliver the once fair lands
and happy peoples of Belgium and Northern France from the Prussian conquest and
the Prussian menace, but it must deliver also the peoples of Austria-Hungary,
the peoples of the Balkans and the peoples of Turkey, alike in Europe and Asia,
from the impudent and alien domination of the Prussian military and commercial
autocracy.
We owe it, however, to ourselves,
to say that we do not wish in any way to impair or to rearrange the
Austro-Hungarian Empire. It is no affair of ours what they do with their own
life, either industrially or politically. We do not purpose or desire to
dictate to them in any way. We only desire to see that their affairs are left
in their own hands, in all matters great or small. . . .
What shall we do, then, to push
this great war of freedom and justice to its righteous conclusion? We must
clear away with a thorough hand all impediments to success, and we must make
every adjustment of law that will facilitate the full and free use of our whole
capacity and force as a fighting unit.
One very embarrassing obstacle that stands in
our way is that we are at war with Germany
but not with her allies. I, therefore, very earnestly recommend that the
Congress immediately declare the United States
in a war with Austria-Hungary.
Does it seem strange to you that this should be the conclusion of the argument
I have just addressed to you? It is not. It is in fact the inevitable logic of
what I have said. Austria-Hungary
is for the time being not her own mistress but simply the vassal of the German
Government.
We must state the facts as they are
and act upon them without sentiment in this stern business. The government of Austria-Hungary
is not acting upon its own initiative or in response to the wishes and feelings
of its own peoples, but as the instrument of another nation. We must meet its
force with our own and regard the Central Powers as but one. The war can be
successfully conducted in no other way.
The same logic would lead also to a
declaration of war against Turkey
and Bulgaria.
They also are tools of Germany,
but they are mere tools and do not yet stand in the direct path of our
necessary action. We shall go wherever the necessities of this war carry us.
But it seems to me that we should go only where immediate and practical
considerations lead us, and not heed any others.”
Let us examine these words in some
detail because the relevance to our own time ought to be apparent to anyone.
The adversary who is portrayed as totally evil and depraved must be crushed.
But the enemy is only the government and not the governed. The people yearn to
be free and they will receive this freedom from a gracious America
which is unselfishly shedding her blood towards that goal. This establishes the
moral high ground. The fact that you can’t crush a government without killing
its citizens and destroying its economy, did not enter
into the equation.
Only the German government was
greedy and Italy,
which had entered the war strictly for territorial gains and had become the
cause for the declaration, was never mentioned. Neither were the efforts of
Emperor Karl to get out from under the wings of the German eagle. It is a
perfect example of what results from the “good versus evil stance.” It
precludes consideration of the concerns the other side might have. If Wilson
had made the effort to talk to Emperor Karl personally he might have learned
how unrealistic his ideas were. He would have found out that not interfering in
the internal affairs of Austria-Hungary
in one sentence and yet championing the principle of “self-determination of
nations” were incompatible with the continued
existence of the multinational Austro-Hungarian Empire. Needless to say this
wonderful phrase also flew in the face of all colonial powers including Britain.
What would the British government have done had Wilson
insisted on free elections in India
for instance? Even more close to home the Irish certainly wanted to be free
from their domination by the Brits and for their aspirations Wilson
showed not a shred of concern. Germany’s
unrestricted submarine warfare, which was designed to starve England
into submission, was a crime against humanity in Wilson’s
eyes but the fact that a British blockade of Germany
existed for the same purpose ever since 1914 was never mentioned.
There was an additional sleight of
hand in Wilson’s distinction
between Austria-Hungary,
upon whom war must be declared immediately, and the rest of the Central Powers
where this necessity did not exist. The rhetorical device of talking about an ”instrument” of German power
on the one hand and “mere tools” on the other strikes one as a distinction
without a difference. Nevertheless, it served its purpose to camouflage the
real reason. Congress approved and on December 7 Wilson
issued the Proclamation wherein he announced the war against Austria-Hungary.
In it he simply stated that “Whereas the Imperial and Royal Austro-Hungarian
Government has committed repeated acts of war against the Government and the
people of the United States
. . .” None of them were detailed because, to the best of my knowledge, none
had occurred. Thus, the declaration was issued not because of a high moral
reason but out of fear that Italy
might drop out of the war enabling Germany
to win.
With the fall of Russia
in December 1917 there was a brief moment for achieving a negotiated peace but
it was missed. The evils of war had to continue because a misguided idealist
had fallen victim to the propaganda of the press and a messianic vision of
himself. A wiser person, who had no ulterior motives, but had only the well
being of all at heart, might have seized the opportunity by throwing his
considerable weight on the scales of peace rather than those of war. Wilson
won the war but lost the peace and the world has not yet overcome his fateful
legacy. Even the current war in Iraq
has its roots in the colonial ambitions of the British Empire.
There was a corollary to Wilson’s
fear that Germany
might win the war. A similar fear by Roosevelt led him
to announce the “unconditional surrender” demand during the January 1943
conference with Churchill in Casablanca.
Roosevelt was deeply concerned that Hitler might once
again come to some arrangement with Stalin and the Western allies would be left
holding the bag. He knew that Stalin was deeply unhappy with Churchill’s
opposition to an immediate second front in France
and he regarded the Mediterranean campaign, justifiably so, as a side show.
Stalin had to be kept on board and Roosevelt would do
whatever it took to reach that goal. The side-effect of the unconditional
surrender formula was to stiffen German resistance and thereby prolong the war.
It may now be argued that there was
a profound difference between what Hitler represented and what Wilhelm II had
stood for. Wilhelm was just a fool while Hitler was thoroughly evil. But this difference evaporates when one reads
how the West including America
had described “the Kaiser” during the war years. The same epithets were hurled
at him, with considerably less cause, as were against Hitler thirty years
later. When one reads the old newspapers one is impressed that there is not a
shred of difference in the language used to describe the enemy. Since Hitler,
apart from the “Butcher of Baghdad,” is nowadays regarded as the
personification of evil he provides us with an example how evil evolves and
there can be no doubt that the concentration camp system with its systematic
industrialized killing of “undesirable” human beings represented an evil of the
first magnitude.
Hitler surely did not see himself
as evil and neither did those around him. He was a man on a mission who had to
restore the German greatness she had been robbed of by the evil democracies –
plutocracies who in turn were run not by their people but by Jewish
capitalists. Jews were not a religion but a race and a nation. As such they were
aliens in Germany
(regardless of how long they had lived there) and had to conform to German laws
for aliens. Germany
was for Germans and there was to be no room for aliens, i.e. Jews, in leading
positions. That was the Nazi faith and as any other faith it was to be accepted
and not to be reasoned with. By the spring of 1939 Hitler’s image in the world
differed considerably from that of his followers for whom he had provided
tangible benefits. Yet, he felt he could safely disregard world opinion because
he was put into his job by Providence
who guided his steps. The high point of his career was not after the fall of France
in 1940 because there was still recalcitrant England,
but at 4 a.m. on March 15, 1939. After having bullied President
Hacha of Czechoslovakia
into placing his country “under the protection of the German Reich” Hitler met
his two secretaries in private and asked them to give him a peck on each of his
cheeks with the statement, “Children, this is the greatest day of my life. I
shall enter history as the greatest German.”
He had indeed accomplished, without
shedding one drop of blood, a unification of most of the Hohenzollern and
Habsburg Empires. Germany
was now the strongest power in Central Europe. That he
had set himself on a collision course with England which had never tolerated one
dominant continental power regardless, whether it was France under Napoleon,
Germany under Wilhelm II, or now under Hitler did not occur to him. While
Hitler saw himself as the crusader for German rights the West saw him as a
menace and robber baron who had to be, in Wilson’s
words, “crushed.” Hate escalated on both sides with the outcome of the total
destruction of German cities on the one hand and Auschwitz
on the other.
Last week saw commemoration
services at that death camp and Elie Wiesel, the most prominent survivor, wrote in an article
for the Los Angeles Times, “What made Auschwitz
possible? How could a nation known for its culture and education have dreamed
up such a place? . . . Most of the questions that I had 60 years ago . . . remain unanswered.
Even if there is an answer I refuse to accept it.” Auschwitz has indeed become
a defining symbol but I believe that the proper lessons have not been drawn as
long as one sees evil only in “the other.” I have discussed this aspect in War&Mayhem but I doubt that the
explanations provided will satisfy those who have made the Holocaust their
profession. The key aspects how this tragedy could have happened were: the
dehumanization of the adversary, the desire for revenge, the capability to
extract it, and perhaps most importantly: secrecy.
Secrecy is the key word where the
past, present and the future merge. Can anyone conceive that Hitler could have
done in public what he ordered to be done in secret? This is the heart of the
problem. The desire for gain resides in every human being. When it is
accompanied by fear that the means to obtain it might conflict with commonly
accepted mores, it is carried out in secret and camouflaged under a variety of
excuses. These excuses become outright lies when they are challenged by others.
This process is part of our human nature and, unfortunately, we find it at work
even in our own government at the present time.
Democracies are not immune from
government secrecy and “oversight by Congress” or the media are profoundly
deficient. The country was led into the Iraq
invasion under false pretenses and one would sorely wish that Nixon like tapes
came to the surface that presented us with the conversations between our
President and his Vice-President starting with February 2001. The American
people now, just like the German people during the first part of the twentieth
century have no idea what is being perpetrated in their name. When the
Abu-Ghraib photos first emerged, which showed the degradations Iraqi men were
subjected to, an attempt was made to hide them, when that failed their
importance was minimized and the blame is still being laid on a few sadistic
soldiers. This is wrong because it ignores the culture under which these abuses
occurred.
This is the evil that should be
addressed but it is not and continues to flourish. Seymour Hersh wrote in “The
Coming Wars” (The New Yorker January 29, 2005) that the war on
terrorism will be placed under the Defense Department. “The President has
signed a series of findings and executive orders authorizing secret commando
groups and other Special Forces units to conduct covert operations against
suspected terrorist targets in as many as ten nations in the Middle
East and South Asia.” These can be “run off
the books – free from legal restrictions imposed on the C.I.A. Under current law, all C.I.A. covert
activities overseas must be authorized by a presidential finding and reported
to the Senate and House Intelligence Committees.” In other words Congress has
no business knowing how the administration conducts its war on terrorism, which
is likely to include its extension into Iran,
and its duty is simply to put up the money for the costs. What we can now
expect is that all questions will be stonewalled with the mantra of “national
security” or “executive privilege.” Since our “interrogators” in the war on
terrorism overseas and at Guantanamo can do whatever they want to get
“information” we should not be surprised at all when practices will come to
light that are clearly beyond the standards of decent behavior. Yet we are
paying for it and by our silence become co-responsible.
Hersh’s article has profound
implications but has, of course, been called unreliable and is quietly hushed
up. Condoleeza Rice was confirmed as Secretary of State and she has told
Congress that now is the time for diplomacy rather than military actions.
Theoretically it is, but is she capable of carrying out the wishes of the more
rational State Department or those of a President who is clearly on a mission
just as were some of the other people mentioned above? She was appointed
because Bush likes her, respects her and appreciates her loyalty. But the
country demands loyalty not only to a given President but to the principles it
was founded upon and these do not include the excesses that are currently being
perpetrated. Dr. Rice is well educated, she knows history but does she have the
stamina to become what Thomas Becket was to Henry II? The King thought he’d get
a toady and wound up with a moral force he could not control. For the good of
the country we can hope that this will be so because unchecked our President is
likely to continue to follow in Wilson’s
footsteps with potentially even more disastrous results. The same statements
apply to our newly confirmed Attorney General who, in his capacity as counsel
to the President, had labeled provisions of the Geneva Conventions as “quaint.”
So what are the roots of evil? They
are: 1) To desire more than what you have or is freely given; 2) To conduct
your actions designed to fulfill your desires in secret; 3) To ignore the legitimate
aspirations of others and pursue a course of “My will be Done.” Ultimately it
boils down to a relationship to “the other” regardless who “the other” is. If
we show respect and understanding all is well and cooperation will ensue. If we
feel that we can force our will upon others nothing but grief will ensue.
Whatever high moral phrases our President and his followers may continue to
utter they will ring just as hollow as those of his fore-runner about whom the
French President Clemenceau said in 1919, “He thinks he is another Jesus Christ
come upon earth to reform men.”
March 1, 2005
FREEDOM AND DEMOCRACY
When one read the newspaper and
magazine headlines of the past month one was led to believe that spring is
finally here, after a long hard winter, and freedom and democracy were breaking
out all over the world. The Palestinians had a free election and “Sharon
extends an olive branch.” The Iraqis had an election of sorts and “U.S.
Senators in Iraq
optimistic.” “Iraqi leader says violence won’t divide the nation,” and the
subheading proclaims, “Suicide blasts: Fifty-five die in the attacks on the
Shiite holy day, but the number is far less than last year.” We have also been
told that, “Israel’s
parliament approves plan to remove Jewish settlements.”
The Bush administration is
currently engaged in a charm offensive. First Condi Rice was sent to Europe
and the Middle East to assure their leaderships that the
wind that is blowing from the West is changing to a gentler breeze and
subsequently our President himself followed up with a quickie trip to Brussels,
Mainz and Bratislava,
of all places, where he met with Mr. Putin. In spite of all the charm that is
currently exuded there were also stern warnings what Iran, Syria and Russia
“must “ do in order to keep enjoying spring-time weather sent by the U.S.A. The
American public laps it up because unless one is motivated to pursue the facts
and has Internet access that’s all the news one gets. Time magazine had a most
revealing statistic that demonstrates the type of information the average
American is exposed to. It was a short blurb under “Numbers” and cited diverse
figures from a 57% increase in AIDS in Africa, through
157,281 illegal immigrants shipped back to Mexico,
to $452,800 as the winning bid for one of Kennedy’s maple desks. The item under
discussion reads, “6 min. 21 sec. Amount of time a typical half-hour local
TV-news broadcast devotes to sports and weather. 38 sec. Amount of time a
typical half-hour local newscast devotes to U.S.
foreign policy, including the war in Iraq.”
The rest of the time is spent on advertisements and local mishaps. Is it any
wonder that with this type of information the average proverbial Joe-six-pack
gets a distorted view of the factors that will impinge on his life in the long
run? What is even worse is that he has been trained not to care because
high-schools do not teach world history as a compulsory subject in any degree
of depth. Under those circumstances it is no wonder that people are satisfied
with headlines and catchy phrases.
But let us look at the facts which
remain as unpleasant as they have been for the past several years. Mahmoud
Abbas who is now a genuinely elected leader of the Palestinian government can
do all the reforms he wants but it will not get him anywhere unless Sharon
gives him more than a smile, a handshake, the release of a few prisoners and
the dismantling of some settlements, which he really doesn’t want anyway,
especially in Gaza. The bedrock of Palestinian demands namely genuine freedom
from Israeli occupation, removal of the major settlements, rather than some
ram-shackle ones, the rights to their water and air space, and East
Jerusalem as the seat of their internationally recognized
government are still non-negotiable. But as long as these are not met and olive
trees are cut down to expand current settlements and to permit the building of
the “wall of separation” no “olive branch,” will have credibility. As mentioned
in “Palestinian State
or Israeli Protectorate?” (April 1,
2002), Sharon does not
want an independent Palestinian state he wants the equivalent of Hitler’s
“Reich Protectorate of Bohemia and Moravia.” That means they can have their own
police, postage system, currency, sewage removal etc. but they have to toe the
line and do what Berlin, or in Israel’s case the Knesset, wants them to do.
There can be no Middle
East peace under those circumstances and this is where the second
part of this month’s headline comes in. Sharon,
even if he wanted to, which is doubtful, cannot accede to the Palestinian’s
demands because not only would it lead to the fall of his government but
possibly even to some sort of civil war within Israel
itself. This is the point where his freedom to act ends. Barring massive
demonstrations in Israel which demand the total withdrawal from the occupied
territories and for granting the Palestinians their rights, there is only one
group of people who is, theoretically at least, indeed free to act in this
sphere and bring an end to the bloodshed and the waste of our tax payers’ money
in Palestine. As has been repeatedly pointed out in these pages it is only the
leadership of Jewish organizations in the U.S.
who enjoys this freedom. Neither Congress, nor our President is free to enforce
their own wishes in this thorny problem unless the grassroots Jewish population
in our country demands from their own Jewish leadership a change of direction
and the granting to the Palestinians all the rights that they have been
deprived of for so many years. Although the Jewish people in our country are
considerably better educated and interested in world affairs than our average
citizens, they have not yet confronted this challenge. This may become one of
the greatest tragedies of this century because without genuine peace in Jerusalem
there cannot be peace in this interconnected world.
The freedom loving American
taxpayer who reads only headlines and gets snippets of world news on TV doesn’t
realize that it is our money that keeps the Israeli government afloat. First we
pay for the military buildup, then we pay for the settlements, now we will pay
for the removal of some settlements from Gaza
and we pay for the wall. I will be challenged on this because we really don’t
pay directly for these items but we do so indirectly. Creative book-keeping on
the Israeli side assures that while the letter of the law is obeyed, the spirit
is, in good Talmudic fashion, disregarded. Unless one knows, what may be
called, “the Talmud mentality,” negotiations with the Jewish leadership is
likely to run on parallel tracks which meet in infinity. This is the reason why
I wrote The Moses Legacy and made it
freely available. Please download it at your leisure and read the chapters on
the Talmud as well as on Jewish Power.
The Iraqi elections, although important,
are a side-show. The freedom in which they were conducted was severely hampered
in the Sunni part of the country and when we heard at first that the Shiites
won about 67 per cent of the vote it seems that Bush the son decided to emulate
his father in this particular situation by silently vowing “this must not
stand.” Mr. Negroponte had to get into the act. The data were massaged in what
was called a “recount” and the Shiites 67 per cent majority shrunk into a more
manageable 48 per cent. That this, now elected but still interim, government is
free to write the constitution it
wants rather than what is compatible with U.S.
demands is questionable. What would have been the purpose of our invasion if we
abolished a secular Iraqi dictatorship
where women and Christians had guaranteed rights provided they kept their
mouths shut and did not agitate the pot, to an Islamic one that is governed by
the law of Sharia? What if that government were to become friendly with Iran
and to make matters worse if both of those countries were to decide to sell
their oil not for dollars but the Euro? Why should the oil producing countries
continue to pay with dollars when our currency has been devalued considerably
over the past years? Those are the questions an educated American government
ought to ask itself, an educated Congress should debate, and an educated public
take part in.
What is the reason for our
belligerency against Iran
and the demand that it must not be allowed to develop nuclear weapons? Who are
the mullahs really threatening if they have the bomb? Are they going to
annihilate, Rome, Paris,
Berlin, Moscow,
or Vienna? Hardly, but Tel Aviv and
possibly Jerusalem, would surely be
on the list. Even the achievement of peace with Iran
depends, therefore, on the interests of the mentioned key players in Jerusalem
and Washington. Nuclear
proliferation is obviously undesirable and we should have less of those weapons
rather than more. A sane American foreign policy, which would be
enthusiastically supported by the Europeans and the rest of the world, would
not only demand that Iran gives up its nuclear ambitions, but that Israel
destroys its nuclear arsenal as well as its assorted other WMDS under
international inspections. It is that arsenal and Israeli nuclear subs in the Mediterranean,
the Persian Gulf and Indian Ocean
that give Teheran the shivers. Unless and until Americans learn to put
themselves into the shoes of others and begin to see the problems from both
sides there will not be peace in our time.
Consider also some other headlines
that tell us about our “overflights” of Iranian airspace and that a Syrian
intelligence officer admitted to training Iraqi insurgents. How would we feel
if the Iranians had the capability to spy on us either via satellites or drones?
What are our CIA and other operatives currently doing in Iran
(see previous installment) and possibly Syria
if not to foment rebellion? Do the Mossad and their agents just sit on their
hands? When foreign governments try to protect themselves this potential
freedom from interference into their internal affairs is intolerable to our
government.
These are the fundamental problems
our President should have discussed with the European leadership but he played
it safe. Smiles and partially conciliatory words were to take the place of
substance. When I read the President’s itinerary I had to laugh. While Kennedy
had met with Khrushchev, at the height of the Cold War, in Vienna Bush went to Bratislava
for his meeting with Putin. Americans don’t know this but every Viennese of my
generation is familiar with the “Preszburger Bahn.” Preszburg, or now Bratislava,
being about 18 miles to the east was regarded more or less as a suburb of Vienna
and connected during the monarchy by light rail- the Preszburger Bahn, similar
to the Badner Bahn (still in existence) that connects the center of Vienna
with that spa resort. The local analogy would be if the President were to visit
Utah but eschew Salt
Lake City because of its potentially more cantankerous
populace and head instead to the safety of the Mormon bastion Provo.
What did the President really
accomplish during his visit with Mr. Putin in that new democracy of Slovakia,
which actually was given its very first birth through the good graces of Hitler
when he disassembled Czechoslovakia
in 1939? Is “Vladimir,” whose soul
he had looked into a few years earlier and found spotless, now less willing to
support the Syrians and Iranians? Did he promise to grant the Chechens their
freedom and allow American style smut on his state-run television? Obviously
not; Russian democracy has limits and her citizens are left in no doubt about
it. But so does ours, only that we don’t talk about it and nobody else is
supposed to point it out to us. Fortunately The
Salt Lake Tribune and especially its Opinion page cartoonist Pat Bagley are
at times still willing to risk their freedom by voicing some dissenting notions
as the cartoon from February 24, reproduced with his permission at the bottom
of the essay, shows. The subtle truth about the President’s real opinions, which
is contained in the change of one vowel, may, however, escape the attention of many
readers.
Let us now leave the present for a
moment and step back into the past, the cradle of democracy Athens,
and see how people felt about it at that time. Fortunately we do have the
contemporary voices of Thucydides and Plato, who paraphrased Socrates. America
is commonly likened to the Roman Empire but this is not
quite correct because a) we don’t have obligatory emperor worship as yet and b)
we don’t have the legions. The Athenian League and its rise as well as its
demise might be the more appropriate analogy. Thucydides, who served in some of
the campaigns, informs us in Chapter IV of The
Peloponnesian War about Athens’
“progress from Supremacy to Empire.” For the Greek city states Athens’
naval victory at Salamis over the
Persian fleet and the subsequent route of the Persians at Plataea
by the Spartans was the equivalent of America’s
victory in WWII. While the Spartans, a continental power, were content to go
home after a while the Athenians, who had relied on their navy, exploited that
success and “liberated” several Aegean islands and Ionian cities from their
Persian overlords. That liberty came, however, at a price. The members of the
“Athenian League,” as it was officially called had to contribute taxes and/or
ships. When they were no longer willing to do so, and joined instead the
Peloponnesian League dominated by Sparta,
punishment was brutal, swift and effective. After some decades it was no longer
love for Athens but fear of
retribution that held the League together. Athens’
high-handed conduct led to fear and loathing and became co-responsible (apart
from the foolish greediness of the leadership in Corfu
and Corinth) for the outbreak of
the Peloponnesian war that finished Athens’
years of glory.
To what extent was Athens
a democracy in her prime and what were its virtues? First of all the vote was
limited to free, native born, male citizens who made up only a minority of the
total population. A person like Socrates who challenged popular wisdom was
tolerated for a while but when he preached his ideas to youngsters of the
establishment class he was put on trial and convicted of not honoring the
time-honored gods as well as of seducing the young. The judges would have let him
pay a fine but Socrates, ornery as he was, suggested such a ridiculously low
one that they were forced to let him drink hemlock juice for his insolence.
From Plato’s account it is obvious that Socrates wanted to die in this manner
because not only was he already 70 years old, he had a nagging wife, sons who
may or may not have been wastrels, and the future had only slowly progressive
physical and mental decay to offer. While Caesar, when asked what kind of a
death he wanted, said “a quick one,” Socrates opted for a noble one and both
got their wish.
What was Socrates’ opinion of
democracy and what does it tell us about human behavior? It is no secret that
he was not enamored with the rule of the people by the people. His first choice
was philosopher kings: rulers who were skilled in the art of public service as
well as war. This was essentially Sparta’s
model where there were two kings; one presided over domestic affairs and the
other led the army in foreign campaigns. But since everything in life degenerates
the next best idea of government was “timocracy,” which means rule by honor.
When the most honorable and meritorious citizens were in charge the city-state
would be well administered. But again human nature does not lend itself to this
blessed state very long so oligarchy – rule by a few – comes next, which is a
further degradation of the art of government. People then become dissatisfied
with having no voice and demand democracy which is next to the worst form of
government on the Socratic scale, because its excesses of freedom lead to the
destruction of morals and eventually anarchy. Since people can’t live in an
anarchic society a strong leader emerges who then becomes a tyrant and that
completes the cycle. Thus, very little has changed in the intervening
twenty-four hundred years.
It becomes positively funny when
one reads subsequently how Plato, through the mouth of Socrates, describes
Athenian democracy. Here are excerpts from Book VIII of The Republic with Socrates as the speaker:
“The good which oligarchy proposed
to itself and the means by which it was maintained was excess of wealth-am I
not right?
Yes.
And the insatiable desire of wealth
and the neglect of all other things for the sake of money gathering was also
the ruin of oligarchy?
True.
And democracy has her own good of
which the insatiable desire brings her to dissolution?
What good?
Freedom I replied; which as they
tell you in a democracy is the glory of the State –
and therefore in a democracy alone will the freeman of nature deign well.
Yes; the saying is in everybody’s
mouth.
I was going to observe, that the
insatiable desire of this and the neglect of other things introduces the change
in democracy, which occasions a demand for tyranny.”
Socrates then details some of the changes
he and the audience have observed. With unlimited liberty:
“anarchy
finds its way into private houses. . . . the father
grows accustomed to descend to the level of his sons and to fear them, and the
son is on a level with his father, he having no respect or reverence for either
of his parents . . . .
In such a state of society the
master [teacher] fears and flatters his scholars [pupils], and the scholars
despise their masters and tutors, young and old are alike; and the young man is
on a level with the old, and is ready to compete with him in words or deeds and
the old men condescend to the young and are full of pleasantry and gaiety; they
are loath to be thought morose and authoritative, and therefore they adopt the
manners of the young. . . .
. . . at length they [the citizens]cease to care even for the
laws, written or unwritten; they will have no one over them. . . .
Such my
friend, I said, is the fair and glorious beginning out of which springs
tyranny.”
In addition
to these evils Socrates found it intolerable that slaves should have the same
rights as free men. That women should have the same civil rights men and even
animals could do whatever they wanted on a public road thereby menacing
passers-by. The statement about animals’
rights brought to mind a little incident that occurred at the time when Clinton
was liberating the Yugoslavs from Milosevic by bombing the citizens of Belgrade.
The good wife, Martha, who loves all living beings, had received in the mail
from the Animal Legal Defense Fund a bumper sticker, “Abuse an animal . . . go
to jail!” My immediate next thought was, “bomb a city . . . become a hero!”
When we
look at the state of our democracy we’d hardly know that 2400 years have gone
by since Plato penned those words. Among other aspects the enforced equality
and concomitant lack of respect have become all pervasive. First academic
titles were abolished when addressing someone, subsequently Mr., Miss, or Mrs.
before last names, thereafter last names, and now we are all Tom, Dick, and
Harry’s. I am not sure that President Putin relished being referred to as
Vladimir in public. The sad part is that people in our country don’t even know
any more that this is disrespectful and breeds dislike rather than friendship.
In Europe and elsewhere in the world the use of first
name by others is a privilege that must be granted rather than a right to be
usurped. But it seems that in parallel with an excess of freedom - coupled with
disrespect - we also experience increasing coercion. This is justified by the
so-called War on Terrorism for which we are now supposed to sacrifice our
lives, liberty and fortunes. The invasions of Afghanistan
and subsequently Iraq
were supposed to have gotten rid of this evil but now we are told in another
headline, “Intelligence, military officials say the U.S.
faces a growing terror threat.” What have we been paying all these billions of
dollars since 9/11 for and why have we invaded other countries when this does
not achieve the stated aim? The answer is, of course, obvious, the reasons we
are being given are not reasons but excuses to justify policies that are
hatched in secret for the benefit of a few rather than the citizens of our
country or those in the rest of the world.
This brings
me to the final question, “What freedom does the individual citizen have
regardless of the type of government one lives under?” This will be explored in
greater detail in the April installment. For now it is important to state that
absolute freedom does not and cannot exist for the human being. Statisticians
introduced the useful concept of “degrees of freedom,” and those also apply to
people living in a given society. In authoritarian states personal degrees of
freedom are restricted but can be retained as long as one does not belong to a
persecuted minority and does not criticize the government in word or deed. In
our democracy we are given greater latitude but we still have taboos that must
not even be discussed, lest one is in danger of losing one’s job.
When
our President talks about bringing “Freedom and Democracy” to the rest of the
world he would be well advised to look back on history and see the cyclical
progression rather than expect that democracy will be the end all and be all.
But as Mr. Pat Bagley so astutely noted in his cartoon, this is really not what
it’s all about and readers of this essay will be well advised to look beyond
the obvious humor to the deeper message. Nevertheless, we are witnessing a
moment of hope but Lady Opportunity has restless legs and unless she is firmly
grasped now she may take her leave again for a long time.
April 1, 2005
PAIN AND SUFFERING
In last month’s essay I discussed
the political and external freedoms a human being possesses under different
forms of government and had intended to follow it up with a discussion of
internal freedom. This is the ability of the human being to deal with the
vicissitudes of life in a constructive fashion regardless of external
circumstances. Two events transpired subsequently which made this decision
highly topical. The first one was the airing of the movie “Million Dollar Baby”
and the other the Schiavo tragedy. They present different aspects of suffering and
serve as good examples of how our society reacts to dying.
Martha and I hardly go to the
movies any more because the fare tends to be atrocious. Furthermore, as a neurologist
I have a high respect for the brain and don’t enjoy watching people, especially
women, beating each other into unconsciousness.
But “Million Dollar Baby” had good reviews, Clint Eastwood is an
excellent actor and a surprise ending was promised, so we went. By now the
story is well known and I’m not giving away any surprises by summarizing it.
Clint Eastwood, as Frankie, ran a training gym for would be boxers and a young
woman by name of Maggie begged him to take her on as a student. He was reluctant
to do so but eventually relented and she became a star on the women’s boxing
circuit, earning considerable amounts of money. She had come a long way from
her trailer home upbringing, and subsequent work as a waitress, to enjoy wide
acclaim and the respect she had craved all her life. It had been her own
achievement through grueling and punishing years of painful work of which she
was justly proud. But when she thought that her mother would be grateful for
the house she had bought for her she was rebuffed because all
the woman wanted was money to spend rather than a decent house to live
in. At the pinnacle of her career for the world championship fight Maggie was
dealt a vicious and illegal blow that sent her crashing into a chair, which
severed her spinal cord at the highest levels. When she regained consciousness,
several days later, she found herself on a respirator and permanently
quadriplegic. Frankie, who had become the father she never had, promised that
he would always be taking care of her. He did in fact provide the assistance
she needed, and the encouragement to make the best of a disastrous situation.
She seemed to respond but when the family arrived and they only wanted her to
sign her money over to them, something snapped. She lost her will to live and
begged Frankie to do for her what she couldn’t do for herself namely terminate,
what was for her, an intolerable existence. When he refused she severely bit
her tongue so that she might choke but prompt medical care prevented the
desired outcome.
Frankie had been a severely
troubled person for several years who carried a burden
of guilt for reasons we were not told. He went to mass daily but also annoyed
the young priest no end with theological questions for which there were no
genuine answers. Maggie’s’ request added to his spiritual dilemma. He felt that
he was responsible for having made her into a star by giving in to her wish but
he had also rendered her now a permanently disabled person dependent on
artificial life support. Frankie tried to discuss Maggie’s wish with his priest
but this particular caretaker of souls was not yet old and wise enough to be
able to express anything other than standard theological platitudes that only
added to Frankie’s guilt. Eventually Frankie sneaked into the hospital at
night, terminated Maggie’s life in a loving manner and then disappeared
forever.
The film has a profound impact on
viewers because it raises the inevitable question of what we would want to have
done for us by others, who indeed have our best interests at heart, when we are
no longer in charge of our bodies. This is the point where our ultimate freedom
comes in. We still have choices, limited as they are. We can do what Maggie did
and what a great many of us in her situation might also do,
or we can use the steely resolve that she exhibited in her boxing life to lend
purpose even to a tragedy of this magnitude. Christopher Reeves comes to mind
immediately. But when one puts one’s hopes entirely on regaining lost physical function,
which is currently medically impossible and is likely to remain so for years to
come, one will suffer inevitable disappointment. Even if stem cell research
will yield positive results in this respect in future decades it will be too
late for all the quadriplegic, ventilator dependent, patients who are ill now.
The fictional Maggie’s case and the
real life quadriplegic patients are faced with a spiritual problem and the
individual patient as well as society at large will have to come to recognize
it as such and not pin hopes entirely on physical recovery. Furthermore,
we have here a clear example of the difference between pain and suffering.
Maggie had no pain, before she severed her tongue, but she surely suffered.
Although we commonly tend to lump pain and suffering into one phrase as if they
were synonymous, they are not and this neglected distinction needs to be kept
in mind. Pain is a physical sensation in one or more parts of one’s body which
does lead to suffering by its perception and mental elaboration. How much
suffering is associated with pain is not merely due to its intensity but also, and
perhaps in our daily lives most importantly, the mental burden we add to it.
At this point I would like to
invite the reader to the August 2004 essay on “Perception of Reality”. It discusses
the difference between sensation and perception on a physiologic level and
explains the basis upon which suffering arises and what can be done to reduce
it. As mentioned at that time, sensory impulses from our bodies, or the
external world, trigger responses in the appropriate area of our brain. These
responses consist, in the normal individual, of two types: one is the primary,
which is specific to the area that is stimulated and the other, a secondary one
which elaborates on it and relays it to distant structures. It is the latter,
which is tied to perception and adds the emotional quality. When the sensation
is one of discomfort and/or pain it also gets relayed to the prefrontal lobes,
those parts of the brain which make us truly human and which exist only in a
rudimentary state even in the monkey. The prefrontal parts of our brain allow
for planning and foresight, but are also responsible for ruminative, obsessive
thinking. When our thoughts are allowed to dwell exclusively on past events or
future expectations suffering will become inevitable. The remembered past was
never as happy or unhappy as our imagination paints it and the unknowable
future is likewise just that – unknowable. We tend to dwell on fantasies,
regard them as reality, and poison our present lives to the detriment of the
future.
Let us stay with the fictional Maggie
for now. She had intact prefrontal lobes and instead of ruminating over the
loss of functions, and past glory which was gone forever, she might have put
them to use with Frankie’s help. There are things, even ventilator dependent
quadriplegic patients can do. For a person with strong religious faith this may
be easier but the human spirit need not be limited by theology and a broader
spiritual perspective, above and beyond conventional religions, is potentially
available even to agnostics. It simply needs the will to recognize this
possibility and act on it. What might have been done in Maggie’s case? She had
two options. If there was a shred of a will to live left it could have been
nourished by spiritual sustenance with the help of an experienced guide. Indian
philosophy which emphasizes, “I am not my body,” or appropriately modified to
“I am not only my body” could have been helpful, especially if she had been
provided with training in the control of the mind. The emphasis should have
been not only on physical rehabilitation but also on that of mind and spirit. If
on the other hand she was absolutely determined to die she might have asked
Frankie to bring her a lawyer; dictate a living will, demand that no further
efforts be made to save her life, that artificial respiration be discontinued,
and that her money was to be given to a charity of her choice. This was her
right as an autonomous human being and would have removed the burden of guilt
she had placed on Frankie. I don’t know if such a step would have been
successful if it were argued in the courts, but I am suggesting it because “the
right to life” versus “the right to die” peacefully is currently not only a
personal but legal and political problem especially because of the Terri
Schiavo case.
Here we were faced with a real
person who presented us with a medical, moral and legal dilemma. The tragedy of
the case was not only what happened to Mrs. Schiavo but that the American
public is inundated on hourly basis with allegations, rumors and conflicting
opinions that did not allow the truth to emerge. The real problem is that we
have been given too few facts and, therefore, too many opinions, most of which
are based on emotion rather than reason and now on politicians’ desires.
Let me summarize what is actually
known. The Internet is full of opinions, many of them quite spiteful, but there
are also some facts to be gleaned. I shall rely now on Dr. Jay Wolfson who was
appointed by the Court as Guardian ad Litem for Mrs. Schiavo and his duty was
to provide a report and make recommendations to Governor Jeb Bush as to lifting
an injunction against the removal of Terri Schiavo‘s
feeding tube. The report can be found under http://jb-williams.com/ts-report-12-03.htm.
Although it is somewhat dated no new medical facts have come to light to
invalidate any aspect of it and it presents the most precise summary of the
case.
Terri Schindler was markedly obese up
to age 19 when under appropriate medical care she reduced her weight from 250
to around 150 pounds. At that time she met and later married Michael Schiavo
(1984). Since they desired children but Terri failed to get pregnant she and
her husband went to an obstetrician, for counseling and fertility services,
three years after the marriage. Terri’s weight had by that time dropped to 110
pounds and she was proud of her stunning figure. During the early morning hours
of February 25, 1990 she
suffered from cardiac arrest for reasons that are still being debated. By the
time emergency medical crews arrived and she received a tracheotomy as well as
artificial respiration her brain had been sufficiently long without oxygen to
produce permanent irreversible damage. The cause of her cardiac arrest was a
potassium deficiency. She had been engaged in an aggressive weight loss regimen
with inadequate diet and drinking 10-15 glasses of iced tea each day.
Terri remained comatose with
intermittent epileptic seizures and then emerged from coma into what used to be
called “apallic syndrome” (absence of a functional cerebral cortex) but was
renamed in the 1980s to “persistent vegetative state.” Since she was unable to
chew and swallow, nutrition was provided by a gastric feeding tube. In June of
1990 her husband was appointed by the court as her legal guardian and there
were no objections from the Schindler family. On the contrary excellent rapport
existed between the two families and Michael as well as Terri’s mother were
intimately involved in her care. When attempts at rehabilitation, were
unsuccessful and a firm diagnosis of persistent vegetative state (PVS) had been
made Michael took her in the fall of 1990 to California
for an experimental treatment which consisted of the implantation of a
“thalamic stimulator” into her brain. Deep brain stimulation was abandoned
after several months when it was found ineffective and the Schiavos went back
to Florida where Terri resided
since in nursing homes. She had received excellent care as evidenced by the
absence of bedsores during an illness that has lasted for 15 years.
The good relationship between the
Schindler’s and the Schiavos broke down after Michael won a malpractice suit he
had initiated against the obstetrician who had treated Terri for the
infertility problem (1993). The settlement consisted of more than $750,000 for
Terri – which was placed in a trust fund – and $300,000 for Michael. This was a
watershed for the two families and the Schindlers instituted court proceedings
to have Michael’s legal guardianship revoked. They also insisted that Terri was
not in PVS in spite of having previously acknowledged the presence of that
condition. The Schindlers’ petition was denied by the court on repeated occasions;
because there was no evidence that Michael was negligent in Terri’s care.
In as much as there was no hope for
his wife’s recovery Michael entered in May of 1998 a petition to have Terri’s
feeding tube withdrawn. He had in the meantime begun a long-term relationship
with another woman whom he wanted to marry and Terri had become a hopeless
impediment. The court appointed a Guardian ad Litem, Richard Pearse, to review
the request. His recommendation was that
unless the court found convincing evidence to the contrary the feeding tube
should remain in place and a permanent Guardian ad Litem be appointed. Michael
appealed this suggestion, Mr. Pearse withdrew from the case and the battle over
guardianship and the feeding tube grew increasingly more acrimonious.
In February 2000 after having
reviewed the available evidence Judge Greer ordered the removal of the feeding
tube. The Schindlers fought the decision but the court set April 24, 2001 as the date on which the tube
was to be removed. Court actions by the Schindlers persisted but on the
mentioned date the tube was clamped rather than completely removed and the
Schindlers filed a civil action as “natural guardians.” A temporary injunction
was issued and the tube unclamped. The court also agreed to an additional
medical review where both sides would select two expert physicians
(neurologists or neurosurgeons) and agree between them on a fifth. If no
agreement could be reached the fifth physician would be appointed by the court.
The neurologists provided by
Michael had good academic credentials in their profession. The Schindlers
provided one neurologist (Dr. William Hammesfahr) and a “radiologist/hyperbaric
physician.” Since the families could not agree on the fifth neurologist he was
appointed by the court. These three neurologists “presented scientifically
grounded, academically based evidence that was reasonably deemed to be clear
and convincing by the court,” while the evidence presented by the Schindlers
expert witnesses was regarded as “substantially anecdotal.”
Another appeal resulted but the
court ordered that the tube be removed on October 15, 2003 on which date the tube was disconnected
for the second time. The Schindlers then appealed to the Florida legislature,
which passed a bill on October 21, 2003 “to stay the disconnection of the
artificial feeding tube and required, among other things, the appointment of a
Guardian ad Litem to produce this report.” The tube was re-inserted the same
day and the battle between the families, and now the general public, resumed.
Dr. Wolfson concluded in his report
to the Governor that the weight of the evidence indicates that Theresa Schiavo
“is in a permanent vegetative state with no likelihood of improvement,” and
that the Florida court was
clearly within its legal rights when it ordered removal of the tube. He also
recommended that the Guardian ad Litem appointment be extended until a final
resolution could be achieved.
This was not done, the battle
persisted, increasingly absurd claims have come forward and the case reached
its climax during the past weeks when another date for the removal of the tube
was set. The U. S Congress got into the act and the President had to leave his
beloved Crawford ranch abruptly on a Sunday night to sign the legislation that
the case again be referred to the Florida Federal Court system. Senate Majority
Leader Bill Frist also forgot that he was a cardiac surgeon rather than
neurologist and showed that he was foremost just another politician. The case then went all the way to the Supreme
Court who mercifully refused to get involved. The gastric tube was removed but
intensive public lobbying by the Schindlers continued with renewed efforts to
get the Florida legislature, as
well as the Supreme Court to reconsider their decision and have the tube
reinserted. In spite of truly frantic efforts by the Schindler family, with
massive collusion by the media, their attempts failed and Terri was pronounced
dead on the morning of March 31.
What we were witnessing during
these past weeks on TV was a society that had lost its rational bearings and it
must have left the ordinary citizen thoroughly bewildered. We don’t expect to
get the truth from politicians or lawyers any more but one might have expected
it from religious authorities and bio- ethicists. On the other hand even these
individuals cannot provide valid opinions unless the facts are clear.
This brings us to the crucial
question: How can physicians who are supposed to know what a persistent
vegetative state is and what recovery, if any, can be expected disagree to such
a marked extent? The answer is simple. Those neurologists, of good standing in
their profession, who have actually examined the patient, are in agreement that
Terri was in a persistent vegetative state and needlessly postponing death by
keeping the feeding tube in place was not indicated.
Precise guidelines as to diagnosis
and treatment of patients with PVS have been published by the American
Academy of Neurology, which is the
main voice for neurologists in the country, and they specifically mention that
continuation of artificial feeding through a gastric tube, after the patient
has been definitively diagnosed as being in PVS is not indicated. Terri’s condition clearly fell into those
definitions so why should there be disagreement by neurologists, as reported in
the press and on TV, about Terri’s diagnosis? The answer is that there was no
disagreement by specialists who had actually examined the patient apart from Dr.
W. Hammesfahr who had been seen Terri on request of the Schindler family.
I happened to see him being
interviewed by Sean Hannity on the Fox News Channel, who has done an
outstanding job in misleading the public. He introduced Dr. Hammesfahr as a
famous neurologist who has done such outstanding work that he had been
nominated for a Nobel Prize in medicine. Mr. Hannity could hardly let a
sentence pass without informing us about this honor. His counterpart Alan Colmes
who is supposed to provide the “fair and balanced” part was also so awed that
he forgot to ask the most important questions as to who had proposed him, what
had happened to the nomination and what the academic credentials of Dr.
Hammesfahr were. At any rate Dr. Hammesfahr told us that he carefully examined
Terri over a ten hour period, while others had spent only one hour; that a four
and a half hour video was taken during the examination which documented that
Terri was intermittently aware of her environment and could respond with
voluntary action. The interview was frequently interrupted with showing the
same few seconds of the video which purports to demonstrate that Terri smiled
at her mother and that she followed a plastic balloon with her eyes.
Since I had never heard of Dr.
Hammesfahr before I tried to look him up in the Directory of the American
Academy of Neurology but found his name missing. I subsequently contacted the
Academy office and they told me that he neither is nor has ever been a member.
This is certainly curious for someone deemed worthy of a Nobel Prize in
medicine. Thereafter I checked for his scientific work on PubMed, which is
maintained by the National Library of Medicine and one of the positive aspects
of our tax dollars at work, but came up again empty handed. He does not have a
single publication in any peer reviewed medical journal in any field. He does
exist, however, on the Internet. In his biography he is listed as having had
training in neurology and neurosurgery, that he was Board certified in
Neurology and has published medical information on an Internet journal. He is
in private practice and not associated with a University. I can’t blame Judge
Greer for having preferred the information provided by the other three Board
certified neurologists, as well as that of the Guardian ad Litem Dr. Wolfson
who testified to the absence of voluntary activity on Terri’s part. The only
other neurologists who appeared on on our television
screens were Dr. Cranford who has published extensively on PVS and Dr.
Bambakidis. The latter was the court appointee and is certified not only in
neurology but also clinical neurophysiology. Both physicians recommended the
removal of the feeding tube.
The Schindler family and their
supporters have succeeded to sow doubt and confusion but unfortunately they
have not been of any help to their daughter or to the numerous other patients
who linger in PVS all over the industrialized countries of the world. PVS is
not a naturally occurring illness; it is a medically induced condition that
resulted from our technology which enables us to keep death at bay for a given
period of time. It is a disease created by our society and society will have to
face up to its consequences.
Let us examine what really happened
and why. The moment one dials 911 for emergency medical assistance the
so-called “health care industry” shifts into high gear. The patient loses
his/her autonomy and becomes a number. The EMS
technicians are duty bound to apply resuscitative measures and thereby initiate
a series of events that are difficult to reverse. Advanced medical directives
e.g. living wills, tend not to be available in young adults and a loving family
will initially insist on continuing life support which includes artificial
respiration and nutrition. If the family after some time agrees to the futility
of the effort all is well, support is withdrawn and the patient is allowed to
die. But here is the problem; family members may not agree among themselves,
especially when money is involved, as was the case in the Schiavo situation.
Although both sides to the dispute probably had the best interests of the
patient in mind one cannot help but wonder whether the case would have assumed
such proportions had the malpractice suit either never been filed or been
denied. With the husband as legal guardian whatever is left of Terri’s trust
fund would probably go to him or if he had lost guardianship, as the Schindlers
desired, it would have gone to them. Churchill said that, “In war the first
casualty is the truth,” and this is what we have also witnessed in this case.
It was money that drove the families apart and will continue to do so. This is
also the common denominator between the fictional Maggie and the real Terri.
But otherwise they present a completely different aspect of pain and suffering.
Quadriplegic patients can be in pain and they certainly suffer, PVS patients
cannot feel pain and cannot experience suffering. If this simple distinction
would come across for the “right to die,” versus “right to life” proponents we
would have made a step forward towards a rational society.
Let me now explain what I would
have done, above and beyond a clinical neurological examination and CT or MRI
scans, had Terri been admitted to the hospital where I was in charge of the
electrophysiology laboratory. I would have made sure that the EEG was not
contaminated by movement of the patient, as had been alleged by Dr. Hammesfahr,
in Terri’s case. Subsequently I would have performed evoked potential
recordings in the same manner as I reported in an article on “Brainstem Death”
in 1985. An absence of expected responses would have provided objective
evidence for the cessation of higher cortical functions. I have not come across
any information whether or not evoked potential recordings had been carried out
in Terri’s case. But these relatively simple tests, rather than a PET scan
which is only available in very few facilities, could have gone a long way to
settle the doubt whether or not cognition existed. They could also have been
repeated in any competent teaching hospital, if another opinion had been
requested. This would have settled the question whether or not Terri was in any
position to have wishes.
Recently we were told that Terri intended
to say “I want to live.” This assumption
was based on repeated coaxing to utter that phrase and a grunt of “Aah Wah” resulted. This was
interpreted by the family as, “I want to live.” Did she really? Would you want
to live in a totally incapacitated situation, dependent on others for every one
of your bodily needs? Would you want to live with a minimum of consciousness
that makes you aware of your condition and its hopelessness? I doubt it, but
that is precisely what the advocates for prolonging Terri’s PVS were asking
for.
Can some good come out of the
Schiavo tragedy? Yes, under several provisos. We should discuss with our family
members our wishes in regard to the care we want to receive if we were to be
rendered unable to make them known when tragedy strikes. A living will alone,
important as it is, is not enough unless there is agreement within the family. The
will can always be contested and lawyers are not in the least averse to making
a buck. If we do not want to end up on a respirator after cardio-respiratory
arrest we also need to inform the people we live with not to make the 911 call
that mobilizes the EMS and automatically triggers
artificial life support. It is more difficult to remove these systems once they
have been started and full functional recovery is highly unlikely. If there is
agreement within the family on these important matters of life and death and if
in addition financial aspects are agreed on beforehand we don’t need lawyers,
politicians or ethicists to ensure a death with dignity and a minimum of
suffering. Death is a normal, natural and inevitable event that needs to be
stripped of the fears surrounding it, as well as the potential secondary gain
by others. Once this premise is accepted all else will fall into place.
Can Terri and her case now finally
be laid to rest? Hardly; law suits will be filed, Congress will pass laws to
further interfere with good medical practice, books will be written, movies
will be made, lawyers will make money, an industry providing “do not
resuscitate” dog tags or bracelets will spring up and Terri will become the
Patron Saint of the extreme wing of the right to life group.
The fact that her illness had been
self-inflicted by a desire to lose weight that had gone to absurd proportions
will not receive much attention by the media. Yet this is the crux of the case
and of the suffering she has thereby inflicted on her and her husband’s family.
This was the original cause; her celebrity status resulted from a fight over
money between the Schindlers and the husband. Greta van Susteren,
who follows the Hannity and Colmes show on the Fox News Channel, had on March
30 the attorney who had won the malpractice suit for Michael as her guest. Here
we learned for the first time that the Jury had regarded the physician as being
at fault for only 30% of her condition (not having recognized that she suffered
from bulimia), while 70% was due to Terri’s behavior. If this were publicized
it might put a dent into the efforts of some people to turn her into a martyr.
What this case really proves is the
truth that was enunciated 2500 years ago. Suffering is caused by desire! Since
we can’t live without desires I would like to reformulate it to “craving.” It
is the small mental step from “I would like to have,” to “I have to have,” that
starts the process of suffering. At first it is limited to the person who
craves but subsequently grows inevitably to involve family, friends and in
extreme cases even entire societies because of ill considered actions that are
supposed to remove suffering. As has been mentioned repeatedly in these pages,
we can’t do anything about what lawyers, judges and politicians do to us, but
we can and should avoid in our lives the above mentioned small change in our
mental attitude. This is the only way to achieve peace of mind regardless of
circumstances.
May 1, 2005
PURSUIT OF HAPPINESS
The past two installments
discussed the “rights” Americans are supposed to possess. The debate over the right
to life versus the right to die has become increasingly acrimonious and our
politicians and ethicists are straining to define when a fetus starts to
deserve this right, and under what circumstances an adult has the right to end
a life that he/she has come to regard as intolerable. In addition we are in the
process of exporting these “human rights” all over the world and our
administration feels compelled to force those on other cultures regardless
whether or not they want them.
I grew up at a time and in a country where instead of
“rights,” obedience to parents, teachers and the law was stressed as well as
one’s duty toward society at large. These concepts were reinforced by a
conscience that produced a sense of guilt and shame when one could not fully
adhere to them, as well as rapid, effective punishment. Now they have not only
become obsolete but are regarded with disdain. But when people don’t have a
conscience where the ultimate judge of good or bad behavior is God, and when even
the word conscience has been replaced with a nebulous “super-ego,” the fabric
of society begins to tear. This is what we are witnessing in our country and
why there is now a “culture war.” This is supposedly fought between what is
erroneously called “people of faith” versus the equally misnamed
“progressives.” In an inversion of historical precedent the Democrats, who in
general have always espoused more socialistic types of ideas, which would have
entitled them to the color red, are now painted in blue and the Republicans who
stood for private property and limited government are the reds. Since the
“people of faith,” which is the euphemistic title of the extreme right wing of
the Republican party and the “progressives” who
represent the extreme left wing of the Democrats make up when taken together
probably no more than about forty percent of the total population, the majority
of us is currently not properly represented by our political system.
Nevertheless our politicians pretend to know what’s good for us and judges have
no problem inventing new rights that are supposed to guarantee and increase our
well-being if not happiness.
For a non-aligned detached observer
of the political scene this brought up the question where do all these supposed
human rights, which are proclaimed so vigorously, come from. One might
obviously think that they are anchored in the Constitution but one will search
in vain for a right to abortion or equal societal rights for homosexual couples
to those who have married a member of the opposite sex. The founders of the
republic would never have entertained such thoughts; therefore a right to
“privacy” had to be stretched to allow for the former and a right to “equality”
for the latter.
So where do all these rights, which
are so liberally bestowed upon us by a benevolent Congress and Judiciary really
come from? The answer to that question makes an excursion into history
inevitable, regardless of how irrelevant the younger generation thinks history
really is. The Declaration of Independence tells us,
“We hold these truths to be
self-evident, that all men are created equal; that they are endowed by their
Creator with certain unalienable rights: that among these are life, liberty and
the pursuit of happiness. That to secure these rights, governments are
instituted among men, deriving their just powers from the consent of the
governed: that whenever any form of government becomes destructive of these
ends, it is the right of the people to alter or abolish it . . .”
The Declaration goes on to list the
sins George III had committed against the colonists by his tyrannical rule and
that in view of his transgressions against the laws of free people, the
colonies “are, and of right ought to be free and independent states.” As a first
generation immigrant to this country I was not steeped in American history and
although the slogans of equality, life and liberty have since been taken up by
other nations, pursuit of happiness seems to have remained uniquely American and
I was curious how that phrase became enshrined in the founding fathers’ first
official document.
Paul Johnson informs us in “A History of the American People” that the
task for writing the declaration had been delegated to a committee of five men
who agreed that Thomas Jefferson was the best person to do so and after he had
produced his draft version the committee was justly delighted. Benjamin Franklin
changed only the words “sacred and undeniable” to “self-evident,” which removed
any taint of what one might call “churchiness.” Since
the members were also products of the Enlightenment they shied away from the
word “God” although no one had any doubt as to who was meant by the Creator.
But in as much as these “self-evident truths” and “unalienable rights” were not
seen as such by the mother country, which still believed to some extent in the
divine right of kings, war was the inevitable outcome. This outcome was foreseen
and the language of the document was crafted to be a perfect rallying cry for
which to pledge one’s “life, fortune and sacred honor.”
It is true that George III who
suffered from a serious illness, which is believed to have been porphyria and
may have intermittently affected his reasoning faculties, behaved as an
autocrat in his islands and regarded himself above Parliament. His ministers
were appointed by the Crown and Parliament, not too dissimilar from our current
Congress, was expected to rubber stamp the decrees and procure the money for
whatever purposes George deemed appropriate. It is also true that the colonists
labored under severe economic hardships in terms of taxes, import duties and
restriction of trade, which could be conducted only via British ships. The
colonies were supposed to procure the raw materials which were to be shipped to
England and the
manufactured goods thereof were re-imported to America.
This was, of course, a prescription for disaster because free born Englishmen
would never stand for such limitations to growth. As another tidbit of British
rule one might add that South Carolina had petitioned against further
importation of slaves because the colonists felt that they might become too
numerous for them to control. Their request was denied because the slave trade
was simply too lucrative to be abandoned. If we look at the situation of 1776
objectively it is apparent that apart from liberty there were serious
difficulties in acquiring and keeping one’s property at home rather than having
it siphoned off to England.
Thus, the American War of Independence was also, to a considerable extent,
about money. But since people are in general not inclined to undertake the
pledge mentioned above simply for Mammon they had to be inspired with a creed
of honor and divine sanction.
This leaves us with the question
where and when did this divine right of the people originate and in searching
for the answer I am indebted to William and Ariel Durant’s “History of Civilization.” The “divine right
of kings” had received a severe blow in 1649 when the executioner’s axe
separated Charles I’s head from his neck. He had unwisely,
thought that he could rule as absolute monarch but was mistaken on two counts.
First he didn’t have the money to raise an adequate army equal to that of the
Parliament under Oliver Cromwell. Secondly his Catholic wife and his lenient
treatment of Catholics had raised fears of a counter reformation where not only
blood would flow but where there would also be a massive redistribution of
wealth from Protestants to Catholics.
Nevertheless, it was not
necessarily an easy matter for the Parliament to execute their king, rather
than using some other expedient to curb his power. The civil war between the
forces supporting the king and those in favor of his removal had led to his
capture and Parliament had to decide what to do. The fascinating aspect in
connection with our topic is that Parliament in January of 1649 consisted of
only fifty-six members, from the original 650 that had been voted for in 1640.
The rest had fallen victim to repeated purges during the civil war. This
remainder consisted, in the overwhelming majority, of Cromwell’s soldiers and
other Puritans who had no love for the king’s Catholic leanings. It was this
“rump parliament” that declared it had been “treason for a king to make war
upon parliament” and called for his execution with a majority of six votes. The
House of Lords rejected the ordinance stating that the Commons had no authority
for such a bold statement,” whereupon the Commons resolved the people were,
‘under God, the original [sic] of all just power’; that the Commons as
representing the people, had the supreme power in this nation.’” It is worth while considering that “the people”
whose supreme power was asserted consisted of 31 men, because 25 of the
delegates had either voted nay or abstained.
One hundred-thirty five
Commissioners were then appointed to try the king and when one of them told
Cromwell that they had no legal authority to do so Cromwell had enough of the
affair and cried, “I tell you, we will cut off his head with the crown upon it.” When the votes were tallied 59 judges had voted for
execution. Although this did not amount even to a simple majority the divine
right of kings died on that day, that of “the people” was born, and Louis XVI of
France would have been better off, had he remembered the precedent. So how did
“the people” rule thereafter? Cromwell became Lord Protector and ruled as an autocrat
just as harshly as Charles had done except in the name of God and the Puritan –
Calvinistic – religion. Since this did not allow “merry old England”
the fun it had been accustomed to in former times the people soon soured on the
benefits they had expected from the new regime. Wars with foreign powers
continued, this required taxes even beyond what Charles had demanded. “Taxation
without representation or parliamentary approval, arrest without due process of
law, trial without jury, were as flagrant as before; and rule by the army and
naked force was still made more offensive by being coated with a religious
cant. ‘The rule of Cromwell became as hated as any government has ever been
hated in England
before or since.’”
Like Caesar, Cromwell refused the
crown when offered and personally continued to live the simple life. But unlike
Caesar he managed to escape several assassination attempts and died wracked
with illness in his bed in 1658. Nevertheless, in good monarchical fashion he
appointed his son Richard as his successor. Similar to some sons of anointed monarchs
he proved to be incompetent and had no desire for a life of politics. Within a
year Parliament was recalled; Richard resigned and went to France.
Another year later the son of Charles I crossed the channel in the opposite
direction and started his reign as Charles II. The monarchy was restored and
universal happiness reigned again in England
as well as on the Continent over this turn of affairs.
But the story which has a direct
bearing on today’s America
is not over. After the death of Charles II his son inherited the throne as
James II. His pursuit of personal happiness as well as for his people soon
discovered the pleasures of absolutism and in addition he started to re-Catholicize the country. The birth of a son who was to be
brought up in the Catholic faith was the last straw and the Protestants turned
to William of Orange for help. He was happy to comply and arrived in England
with an army. James resisted, was outgunned and fled to France. But Parliament
had learned its lessons. Prior to being crowned as William III former members
of Parliament assembled in a Convention (February 1689) and promulgated a
“Declaration of Right” which was accepted by Parliament in December of that
year as the “Bill of Rights,” which in turn became a model for the Americans
not quite a hundred years later. Like our Declaration of Independence it listed
the trespasses of James II in language fairly similar to what was used in America,
but then entrusted the government to the new king under the proviso that he
would also remove forever any taint of Catholicism from his realm. Although we
keep talking in America
of our “Bill of Rights,” there was originally the assumption that the
Constitution would suffice for that purpose. The proponents of this idea were
overruled and the Amendments to the Constitution took its place, but even in
that document “pursuit of happiness” no longer figured.
We might stop at this point with
our historical excursion had not the past month riveted all eyes on St. Peter’s
Basilica and the changing of the shepherd of Catholics around the world. The
fact that this magnificent edifice was actually the proximate cause of the
Protestant Reformation is hardly appreciated. Leo X (1513-1541) had inherited
upon his ascendancy to the throne of St. Peter full coffers and a clergy that
was in part fonder of the good life than the monastic virtues of chastity,
poverty and obedience. Instead of putting a stop to the abuses that had
occurred within “the body of Christ,” as a Medici, son of Lorenzo the
Magnificent, Leo’s personal preference was also for “la dolce vita.” Since he was not only bishop of Rome
but also in charge of Florence he
spent lavishly on the arts as well as on wars to keep the Papal
States intact from the rapacious French. Furthermore, there was
the construction of the Basilica which had been started under his predecessor because
the original church, built under Constantine
in the fourth century, had fallen apart. But to create as magnificent a
renaissance building as we now see required a great deal of money since the
builders and artisans did not work pro
bono. Within two years the Vatican
was bankrupt and money had to be extracted from the reluctant emperor, kings
and other potentates. This obviously did not sit well with the rulers of the
various countries and provinces who would rather have kept their money at home
than sending it to Rome in order to
support a splendid life-style.
Since one couldn’t get money for
what were regarded as frivolities a Crusade against the Turks was proposed. The
German Emperor Maximilian and Francis I King of France were supposed to lead
the army, while England,
Holland, Spain
as well as Portugal
were to provide the navy. The goal was to sail into the Bosporus
take Constantinople and get rid of the Turkish danger to
Christendom once and for all. The danger was actually quite real because a few
years later Soliman the Magnificent (also spelled Suleiman) arrived with an
army of about 270.000 men before the gates of Vienna
(1529). For the benefit of those who
felt a few years ago that Saddam’s rhetoric with “the mother of all battles”
was somewhat over the top I am going to translate here, from Wien Chronik, excerpts
of Soliman’s proclamation which demanded the surrender
of the city. He introduced himself as,
“We, Sultan Soliman, God on land
and water, Almighty Emperor and Sultan of Babylon [now come several other regal
titles] . . . king of precious metals in India, a preserver of the gods and
sovereign and guide from sunrise to sunset. Guardian of Muhammad’s earthly
paradise, providing comfort and salvation for Turks and heathens, and a
destroyer of Christendom; a protector of the sepulcher of the crucified god and
king of Jerusalem:”
Thereafter he promised Ferdinand of
Austria, who was at that time also in charge of Bohemia,
Moravia and parts of Hungary,
“I shall, god on earth, send you and all your helpers in the most miserable way
we can think of to your death. You might as well know that we shall shortly besiege
and occupy all of Germany
– our empire - with our might.”
Well, it didn’t quite work out that that way. Soliman
lost the battle for Vienna and a
second attempt by Kara Mustafa in 1683 also failed. Christendom in Europe
was saved for the next several centuries only to be endangered now by
secularism and a new, albeit peaceful, incursion from Turkey.
When one is aware of these historical facts it is apparent why America’s
desire to have Turkey
speedily admitted to the European Union is not met with equal enthusiasm in Europe.
They were very happy to have finally driven “the Turk” completely out of Europe
- apart from a foothold in Constantinople, renamed to Istanbul
- after the First World War. Although the Europeans current Christianity is not
reflected in visits to the churches this does not necessarily make them any
fonder of Muslim ways and customs which are infiltrating their countries. This makes
it also understandable that the new Pope Benedict XVI will not look with favor
on a speedy integration of Muslim Turkey into what he feels should be at heart
a Christian civilization, which needs to be brought back into the fold. A
conflict with America
in this area seems foreordained. Europeans feel towards Turkey
just about like Americans feel toward Mexico:
good neighbors yes, but everybody should stay on their own turf. Ronald
Reagan’s, “mi casa su casa” is not in the cards for
the immediate future.
But Leo’s Crusade against the Turks
did not materialize in the first years of his rule because the various potentates
had their own quarrels and preferred to fight each other rather than a common
enemy. Thus by 1517 Leo was again in dire financial straits. The money that had
been collected from Germany
for the Crusade did not arrive in Rome
and especially “Frederick the Wise”
of Saxony lived up to his title. He withheld the
contributions until there was actually a Crusade. No Crusade no money, which
left Leo high and dry. But the Church was not quite without resources because
it could always extract funds from the faithful by promising remission of sins
for an outstretched palm. These “indulgences” were reasonably lucrative and in
March of 1517 Leo issued the most famous of all in order to get his building
funds, which led to the irrevocable split of Western Christianity. The
Archbishop of Mainz, who had bought himself the office from the Pope, entrusted
the task of collecting the funds for St. Peter’s to the Dominican monk Johann
Tetzel. But in his marketing zeal the good friar promised more than he could
deliver. He not only promised remission of past sins but also of all future
ones and at death “the gates of punishment shall be shut, and the gates of the
paradise of delight shall be opened.” The idea that by buying this indulgence
one could then live merrily to one’s heart’s content without contrition was
already tough to swallow for the true believers but Tetzel apparently went even
a step further. He promised that one could also release the souls of loved ones
who were lingering in purgatory with a financial contribution which led to the ditty,
“As soon as the money rings, the soul from purgatory’s
fire springs.”
This is where the drama began. Frederick
the Wise refused permission for Tetzel to peddle his indulgence in Saxony.
Nevertheless, some curious citizens of his realm visited with Tetzel at the
border and then brought these indulgences to the Professor of Theology at
Wittenberg University, Martin Luther, to have them examined for theological
correctness. When Luther, a man of strong convictions and equally strong
language, saw these documents one can readily imagine the expletive he used. When
this was relayed to Tetzel he called Luther “immoral” and the fight which
continues to this day was on. There was simply no way that Luther would
tolerate such outlandish promises especially in regard to souls in purgatory,
for whom even the Pope could only pray rather than
redeem. This required a reply and he issued it in form of the famous 95 theses,
nailed to the doors of Wittenberg’s
Cathedral, which served as a bulletin Board. By doing so on October 31 he
ensured wide circulation because on November 1, All Saint’s Day, it was
customary to put holy relics on display for the people to view, which always
drew a crowd. To make absolutely sure that his opinions would be heard he not
only had a German translation circulated among the people but he also sent a
copy to the Archbishop of Mainz, Tetzel’s immediate superior.
The theses were meant as an
invitation for discussion to clarify the power of indulgences but since both
sides to the conflict stood their ground no agreement could be reached. For the
German princes this was a gift from heaven because now they had a good local
theological excuse for no longer having to send their money to Rome
but could keep it under their own wing. “Los von Rom,” became the rallying cry
under which the Reformation was fought with fire and blood. It might have
fizzled had Leo understood the seriousness of the problem because disobeying
the Pope was not an easy undertaking and the various Christian kings had
serious reservations, since it involved risking one’s immortal soul. But things
became a great deal easier when Henry VIII’s wife,
Catherine of Aragon, failed to deliver a male heir to the throne. For Henry
this was a necessity because the house of Tudor was still on shaky ground and
could be challenged at any time. Petitions for annulment of the marriage were
sent to Rome but Leo refused. This
was not due to obstinacy but he was in the hand of the German Emperor Charles V
who had driven the French out, and Charles was also the nephew of Catherine who
would not tolerate this insult to his aunt. Thus, there was a stalemate and when
Anne Boleyn arrived on the scene Henry fell head over heels in love with the
maiden. He became obsessed with her and when it came to a choice between the
Pope and sex, with the intent of procuring an heir, and there was in addition
the precedent in Germany
that one could disobey the Pope but remain a good Christian the outcome was
obvious. Kings no longer needed papal and, therefore divine sanction; they
could receive their mandate directly from heaven and could run their kingdoms
to their hearts content as heads of the local Church, which was subservient to
their wishes. Henry’s pursuit of happiness in the arms of Anne also soured when
from her offspring only Elizabeth
survived and Anne had to pay for that failure with her blood under the
executioner’s axe. The rest is, as they say, history.
What does all of this teach us? It
is quite apparent that the pursuit of happiness by secular or ecclesiastic
princes tends to lead to profound unhappiness of a portion of their
constituents and in most people of the countries they make war on. We have also
seen that there is always a handy excuse by invoking the name of God for their
enterprises and when God is out of favor it becomes the “Will of the People”
that provides the sanction. Whatever government people live under it is always
a small oligarchy that feels itself entitled to rule in the name of the
governed. This is swept under the rug and one can bask in moral superiority
over the benighted other.
In private life the pursuit of
happiness is equally fraught with complications. If one looks back at one’s own
life one can count the unmitigated experience of happiness in moments, the
experience of pain and distress in days, months or years, and run of the mill
tedium interrupted by some joy in decades. If this were not so there would be
no market for all the religions as well as self-help books all of which pursue
the same goal: to increase the individual’s contentment if not outright joy in
this tumultuous world human beings keep creating for themselves.
Happiness can be likened to a
butterfly; one can pursue it and it will elude one’s net. Even if we catch it
what do we do? We can spear it and put it into a collection to show the dead
fading beauty prideful to others. But what have we really gained thereby? On
the other hand we can sit still and the butterfly may, out of its own volition,
settle for a while on one’s leg or arm. We can admire its delicate beauty and
wish it well on its further journey. There are moments in life when we
experience what is called the “Grace of God.” It is a sudden, spontaneous, and
uncalled for sensation of a “yes” to the world combined with a sense of intense
gratitude. This is what Schiller was talking about when he said “death is not
too high a price for having lived one moment in Paradise.”
The reasons why we are unable to hang on to those moments will be explored in
the next installment.
June 1, 2005
LIVING WITH DUHKHA
As mentioned in the previous essay,
happiness is a state of mind that can be experienced for relatively brief
moments but not retained for any length of time. Philosophers and theologians
have grappled with this fact of life throughout recorded history and numerous
reasons have been adduced. For the ancient Persians it was simple because they
believed in a dualism of the forces of light versus those of darkness where
sometimes one side and then the other would win. This cosmic battle involves
all of nature and includes the human race.
The situation became more complex
when Jewish monotheism rejected the idea of dualism and instead postulated one
Almighty and benevolent God. This did not change the facts of life and misfortunes
persisted. The Jewish answer to the vicissitudes of life was the concept of
sin. The person had disobeyed the will of God and needed to be punished. This
notion also had its merits but fell short of the mark because disease and other
tragedies befall even saints. The attempt of Jewish theologians to address this
problem is the well known Book of Job. When Job questioned why the Lord was
piling more and more miseries upon him the answer he got was not particularly
satisfactory. To put it simply, “Who are you to question Me?” may well reflect
the state of our insignificance in the context of the cosmos but it is of no
major help to a person in distress. But all was not lost for Job because the
Lord did provide a happy ending of sorts when Job got more than all of his previous
property back including brand new sons and daughters. A more modern answer to
Job’s question was provided by the well known author Rabbi Kushner, who had
also been confronted with a personal tragedy of major proportions. It is
contained in his little book “When Bad Things Happen to Good People.” Since the
Lord’s answer to Job did not address Dr. Kushner’s justified anguish he fell
back on the ancient Greek notion of Moros
(fate or destiny) against which even Zeus was helpless. This idea may also have
its merits but it does conflict with that of an Almighty God. Since it is
important, however, to end one’s contemplations on the problems of mankind on an
optimistic note Dr. Kushner assured us that the Lord will never put more
burdens on us then we can carry.
St. Paul
solved the problem by expanding the concept of sin to include newborn babies.
According to this opinion all of us come into this world tainted by the
disobedience of Adam who brought death into this world. By firmly believing in
Jesus who by his death on the cross and subsequent resurrection has atoned for
all past, present and future sins we overcome death and enter into an eternal
life of the blessed. The “original sin” concept was subsequently elaborated on by
Christian theologians and as a genetic defect it had to be expunged by
baptizing the newborn. Unfortunately baptism early or later in life did not
lead to prolonged states of happiness by the believers. The imminent arrival of
the Kingdom of God
announced by John the Baptist, Jesus, St. Paul
and others did not materialize either. On the contrary the Jews lost whatever
meager independence they had in Jerusalem
and Judea for nearly two millennia. Christians, ignoring
the teachings of Jesus, delighted in that historical fact and regarded it as
the just punishment of the nation by God for having been stubborn and denying
that Jesus had been the promised Messiah. Since this denial persists to this
day and both can’t be right, conflicts between the two religious systems of thought
are unavoidable.
Christianity fared better as a
religion but only by initially accommodating itself to the secular power
structure and later on developing its own. The persistence of evil even in
nominally Christian realms did require further explanations so the ancient
Persian Ahriman as adversary of the god of light was
resurrected under the Greek name of Satan. His main reason for existence is to
torment the human race and especially the believers when they stray from the
straight and narrow. The name and concept were taken over by the Muslims where
he is referred to as Shaitan.
In the late Middle Ages and the Renaissance Satan was a very popular excuse
when bad things happened and Luther, especially, was tormented by him
throughout his life. Satan’s wiles, which included the Church of Rome, and
subsequently the Jews when they failed to listen to him just as they had to St.
Paul, had to be resisted. These efforts made him quite pugnacious but did
little to promote personal happiness. Jesus’ admonition, “resist not evil” had
found no echo in his soul. Since this particular commandment goes directly
against the very fiber of humanity, which demands retribution for genuine or
perceived misfortunes, it continues to be ignored in the private as well as political
arena to the detriment of all of us.
With the so-called period of
Enlightenment, “secularism” arose. The emergence of empirical science first did
away with the “ghosties and ghoulies” which had tormented our ancestors, and
then their boss the devil. In as much as further scientific endeavors showed
that some of the teachings of the Bible were in conflict with emerging facts,
the role of God came into question. But when you do away with God you not only
remove sin but also the moral conscience that has been built up around it as
the foundation and preservation of Western civilization. For “God given” laws “man
made” ones were substituted. This process had two disadvantages. One was that
it created armies of lawyers whose main function is to find ways to circumvent
these laws, while new ones are created on a daily basis. The other is that the
absence of a helping or punishing hand from above has left a vacuum in the
human mind. I use the word mind instead of soul because when you do away with
the concept of God that of the immortal soul also tends to disappear. By the “secularists”
this vacuum is now either ignored or filled by the restless “pursuit of
happiness” in the material or emotional sphere. This has in turn created rising
crime, the drug culture and sexual promiscuity with its attendant dangers to
the health of the individual as well as its ill effects on society at large.
The so-called “culture war” in the U.S. is the attempt to turn the clock of
time back to an era where God reigned supreme and His laws were supposedly
obeyed. Since one cannot uninvent science, and its most destructive outgrowth
the bomb, these efforts will prove futile and mankind is likely to stumble from
one disaster to the next always blaming someone else for misfortunes that are
bound to occur.
The Western outlook on life is
based on thoughts that were largely hatched in the countries bordering on the Mediterranean.
The ancient Indians who lived in the foothills of the Himalayans developed
different ideas about the origin of the vicissitudes of life. Although the
Hindus had a vast pantheon of gods, some good and others bad, they also
produced the Upanishads as a basis for moral living. These documents are in
some ways opposite in spirit to the Old Testament. While Moses’ laws were
intended to create a nation that would conquer territory and amass material
fortunes the Indian sages concentrated on the inner life of human beings and
the question how harmony can be achieved within a given person. The nation was
of no concern. It would take are of itself if all the individuals that make up
the nation would behave according to the precepts laid down.
As in all societies eventually the
will to power became dominant in some people and so did the critical faculty which
gave rise to a splintering of the religion into numerous sects. Conflicts between the two ruling classes the
Brahmins - guardians of the faith - and the Kshatyras
– the military, secular arm of government – became inevitable and the misery of
the common people persisted. At some point between the 6th and 5th
century BC a spiritual revolution took place under the leadership of Siddhartha
Gautama who became known to the world as the Buddha – the Enlightened One. This
is another interesting confluence of terms. In post-Renaissance Europe
the “philosophes” found the concept
of God unappealing and substituted science under a term that had been coined
two thousand years earlier by a different civilization of which they did not as
yet have solid notions. Siddhartha had also thought deeply about the reasons
why human beings are subject to suffering and had found that putting the blame
on the gods was not an adequate way to reduce the problems that living entails.
All the human being can do with gods, or God as the case may be, is to ask for
forgiveness and beg for help which may or may not be granted. Although he did
not put it in these words the concept as expressed in the German language, “Selbst ist der Mann!” arose. The
Brahmins had argued endlessly about the “Self” what it is and what it is not but
the consensus was that it was Brahma, the ultimate reality and therefore God, as
well as its extension in every human soul. Siddhartha who had been endowed with
a thoroughly practical mind abhorred religious speculations and tried living by
the precepts of the various sects which were then prevalent in India.
None of these efforts led to inner peace and the solution to the question why
there is so much suffering in this world. At last the answer came with utmost
simplicity which is always a hallmark of truth. Suffering is a fact of human
existence, it has a cause and when the cause has been eliminated suffering will
cease. The way to make suffering disappear is outlined in the Eightfold Noble Path.
So far so good; but when we read
that the cause of suffering is desire, it does become more complicated. The
human being constantly wants something and the mind flits about like a monkey,
desiring now this and immediately thereafter that and if the end of suffering
can only be achieved by giving up
everything, including the needs of one’s body, the Western mind has difficulty
accepting a philosophy of this type. The rewards of a Nirvana, which when
translated literally simply means extinction, are also not particularly
appealing.
As an educated European I had a
nodding acquaintance with Buddhism but as the lines above indicate it was
another “so what” experience until I was invited by Japanese colleagues to go
on a lecture tour about various aspects of epilepsy. I was treated royally by
my hosts and although the schedule was exacting I shall always be grateful for
the courtesies that were extended to me. The tour also took me to Nara
the very first capital of Japan
and in the evening after dinner I found in the drawer of the nightstand a book
“The Teachings of Buddha.” It had been
placed there by the Buddhist Promotion Society of Japan just as the Gideons
place Bibles into hotel rooms and Mr. Marriott the Book of Mormon in some of
his hotels. When I began reading the book and found the theory of the supremacy
of the mind over everything else, the neurologist perked up and decided that I
needed to study this book in detail. I was tempted to keep it but then I
thought, “No, you don’t start your acquaintance with Buddha by stealing” and
reluctantly put it back in the drawer before going to sleep. The next morning
on the way to breakfast I passed the gift shop and there was the book on
display for purchase. I gladly paid the nominal price and it has become a
valuable companion on the trip through life from then on.
On that particular day in Nara
there was no lecture scheduled and my local hosts, including one of my former
students and the Professor of Neurology with his charming wife, took me to the Deer
Park which houses one of the oldest Todaiji temples in
Japan and has
fortunately survived the ravages of WWII. Inside was a colossal bronze statue
of a seated Buddha who stared serenely at the crowd. I was told that it was
cast around the 8th century is 53 feet high and weighs 500 tons. The
left hand is depicted with the palm up and I was informed that this expresses
his infinite compassion, although an open palm tends to have another
connotation in the West. Since Siddhartha
had to beg for his food both ideas are probably right because the giver
receives a blessing in return. The right hand is raised in the manner of a stop
sign and signifies that it wards off evil.
While I took all this in I also saw
a huge wooden post, somewhat off to the left side of the statue, which extended
up to the ceiling of the building. It had a relatively small hole in the bottom
and little Japanese kids had a great deal of fun crawling through it. It was
explained to me that the hole is the size of the Buddha’s nostril and whoever
gets through it is saved. But it wasn’t only children that availed themselves
of this opportunity adults participated likewise and my hosts, concerned about
my spiritual well being urged me to try. Obviously I resisted because there was
no way a nearly 6 foot frame of 170 pounds would fit through that narrow
tunnel. But they insisted and since I didn’t want to disappoint them I took my
jacket off and to the great delight of the on looking crowd laid down on one
side with an outstretched arm to demonstrate that this simply wouldn’t work
because I was stuck. Never underestimate Japanese perseverance. While I was
trying to shove myself through and get a hold of something in that tunnel with
my fingers, eager little Japanese pushed at my feet with all their might. The
moment my outstretched hand appeared on the other end another group of
onlookers grabbed it and with pushing and pulling I emerged eventually to
joyous laughter and congratulations, although the work had been theirs rather
than just mine. It was a demonstration of Buddhism in action, the hallmark of
which is compassion.
I can’t say that there was some
kind of spiritual revelation associated with that scene but I was glad to have
provided my friends with some moments of happiness and laughter. Nevertheless,
a seed was put into the ground on that day and I decided to learn more about
Buddhism and Siddhartha, its founder. The words “suffering” and “desire” had
turned me off when I first read about Buddhism but when I learned that the word
which is translated as “suffering” is “duhkha”
in Sanskrit the pieces of the puzzle began to fall into place. Although duhkha does mean suffering it has
considerably wider connotations and in the Dalai Lama’s little book, “The Opening
of the Wisdom Eye” these are explained in an endnote. To quote from the book:
“DUHKHA- a very
important term. Often rendered as ‘suffering,’ it is then inadequate and
we [the translators of the book] have preferred either the cumbersome but more
accurate ‘unsatisfactoriness’ or else to leave the word untranslated. Duhkha
may be physical (pain) or mental (anguish), it refers to the facts of ‘birth,
old age, disease and death,’ to the common enough ‘grief, lamentation, pain,
anguish and despair,’ to being ‘conjoined with what one does not like’ and ‘being
separated from what one likes, not to getting what one wants.’ The very
components of our personality are, because we grasp at them (as ‘I’, as
‘mine’), bound up with Duhkha. ‘Duhkha should be understood’ within one’s ‘own’
mind and body and when it is understood one will know true happiness. Phrases
in parentheses in these notes are quoting the words of the Lord Buddha.”
In view of this expanded meaning of
the term I shall leave it untranslated in the future. We can now see that duhkha instead of being due to external
events is part of our beings and there is no escaping from this companion. When the roots of the Sanskrit word are
explored one finds that it is a composite of “dur” which means “bad” and “kha,”
which means “state;” ergo a bad state. When I read this another thought from
Egyptian mythology immediately came to mind. It was assumed that every person
consisted of two elements: one was the visible body and its actions, the other
his “Ka.” This twin was born with
him, acted as his invisible “Doppelgaenger”
and guardian angel. At death it preceded the person to the Western realm. If we
were to render this idea into a modern context we might regard the Ka as a series of computer files which
are created by our actions (The Hindu-Buddhist Karma) and which are delivered
at death to some central registry which may or may not render a judgment. Thereafter
the function of the Ka was to inhabit
the statue of the deceased in his mortuary temple, thereby guaranteeing the
continuation of life. The soul of the person was the Ba and depicted as a little bird that was released from its earthly
bounds. I have often wondered whether the ancient most holy Muslim shrine, the
black stone cube in Mecca the Ka’ba, has any connection to these Egyptian
ideas.
But leaving these theoretical
speculations aside the concept of duhkha can have considerable implications for
daily living. First of all we will come to “expect the unexpected” not out of
pessimism but simply as a fact of life that will be with us in some form or
other as long we are on this planet. When it comes as minor annoyances we can
shrug it off by saying “duhkha” to ourselves and in case of major disasters we
will recognize our obligation to deal with the consequences in a constructive
manner. The favorite American “blame game,” where everything bad that happens
is automatically somebody else’s fault, stops when duhkha is incorporated into
one’s daily life. The aggrieved person knows that loss is part of life, can
never be fully restituted, and as the saying goes “it’s time to move on.” If
more people were to adopt this attitude the numerous lawyers who at this time
engage in litigations of genuine or assumed grievances would have to find
themselves another profession.
This brings me to the second word I
had problems with, “desire.” What is meant is not the wish for ordinary aspects
of daily living, but craving and clinging. It is the mentality of “I have to
have” regardless of object. When this attitude is abandoned mental freedom is
achievable even under adverse circumstances. The advantage of practicing Siddhartha’s
insight of the four noble truths and the eightfold noble path is that it does
not require a change of one’s religion. They can be lived by a Jew, Muslim or
Christian just as much as by an agnostic or atheist. There are no “thou shalts” and there is no prerequisite for belief in a
supernatural force that dispenses good or evil.
All that is required is the will to tame the vagaries of one’s mind. The
practice does not come easy, however, it needs considerable mental effort and
there is no instant Zen. On the other hand it can round out our lives in the
West. We tend to be “this world oriented” and ignore what one could call “the
eyes closed state” where our fears, hopes and aspirations reside. If we are
equally comfortable within ourselves when we are not engaged in frantic
activities chasing after the “American dream” of material well being then our
conduct in the eyes open state including our scientific pursuits will be in
harmony and that ought to be a worthy goal.
The philosophical system called Buddhism
has grown quite complex over the centuries. But this is equally true of what
one may call the Christology which has arisen over the person of Jesus. Yet
when one compares the teachings of Siddhartha and Jesus it is quite apparent
that considerable parallels exist, although they did start from different
premises, which were conditioned by the milieu they had grown up in.
Nevertheless the goal was the same, namely to free the individual from what was
called mental stains by Siddhartha and sin by Jesus. It is also interesting to
note, that the concept of duhkha as an aspect we are born with has its
counterpart in the original sin. The fundamental difference between these two
world views is, however, that the Christian religion sees the human being as a
tainted fallen creature which has to be redeemed by faith and certain rituals. For
the Buddhist the human being is the most desirable state to be born into
because only the human brain can apprehend the infinite and strive for the full
development of one’s mind which in turn leads to an amelioration of suffering
for others.
This point needs to be emphasized
because there exists even in learned Christian circles some misunderstanding about
what the Buddha tried to accomplish. Pope Benedict XVI,
was reported to have referred to Buddhism as “auto-eroticism,” while he was
still Cardinal Ratzinger and in charge of defending Catholic dogma. If this
report is correct nothing could be further from the truth. Although the
Buddhist does spend a great deal of time in meditation this is not solipsism
for personal gratification. Auto-eroticism implies love of self but this is
precisely the opposite of what the Buddha taught. In Buddhism there is no Self.
There are only constantly changing aggregates, which include the human body and
mind, and it is therefore foolish to cling to a notion of self. Meditation is
performed for the sole purpose of gaining mastery over one’s mind in order to
better understand oneself and thereby others. This in turn enables the
practitioner to provide genuine help to all. This is, by the way, also the basis for the
Greek admonition on the temple in Delphi, “Know
Thyself.” The Christian and Jewish religions demand that “Thou shalt love the
Lord thy God and thy neighbor as thyself.” But love cannot be commanded; it is
spontaneous emotion and when absent the commandment becomes either a duty or
worse, hypocrisy. The Buddhist knows this. He is not ordered, “thou shalt have
compassion” but the emotion arises as a direct consequence of his mental
training and is therefore genuine.
Let us consider now how our world
would be different if the principle of duhkha and its causes had been
incorporated into the lives of our political leadership. Apart from clinging,
the root causes are: greed, ignorance and delusion. Let us be honest with
ourselves. What was the invasion of Iraq
really all about? Saddam sat on about half the world’s supply of oil and we
wanted it. That was greed because other arrangements for obtaining some of his oil
could have been made. The idea that we would be welcomed as liberators was
based on ignorance because our neocons who also pushed for the invasion, for
reasons of their own, did not have the
faintest inkling how much dislike the U.S. government has earned in the Arab
world during the past decades. There were two reasons for the hatred of America
among fundamentalists. One was the establishment of military bases in Saudi
Arabia, the Muslim Holy Land, which was seen
as a precursor to a penetration of Muslim society with the moral decay as
presented in our movies and TV shows. The other was our constant unilateral
support of the policies of the state of Israel.
The fact that we vetoed every single UN Security Council resolution that would
have forced the Israeli government to adhere to international legal standards was
ignored here but not by the Arabs who see our government simply as an extension
of the one that sits in Jerusalem.
But in spite of this ignorance of Muslim sensibilities our Iraq
policy was pursued with a fervor that can only be called delusional as
subsequent events have proven. There is enough duhkha in this world due to
natural causes we don’t have to add man made ones.
While personal duhkha resulting
from illness, accident or loss of life and property is serious enough, that
produced by politicians is immense. This is the reason why governments need to
be held accountable. Simply voting the ruling circles out of office is not
enough. Accountability should be ongoing while they are in charge of the
government. Only under those circumstances can the average person say that we
live in freedom and democracy. We would then no longer need to export it by
force for “our security” because others will be happy to emulate it on their
own turf and under their own cultural values. We also need to look at the
forces that control our economy and popular culture. They are based on the
precise opposite of the teachings of Buddha. Instead of limiting desires we are
egged on to want more and more in the material and sexual fields. That this
does not promote happiness but merely increases duhkha, because every
unfulfilled wish will create unhappiness in the person, has yet to be learned.
But since this is the death knell for capitalistic society, which is ultimately
based on greed, this learning experience will be a long and arduous process.
July 1, 2005
WORLD WAR III
The middle of June brings Father’s Day and the
family tends to honor me on that occasion with some books. The first one
arrived from our daughter by mail and was Thomas Friedman’s Longitudes &
Attitudes. Exploring the World after September 11. After glancing at it I
knew that I had to discuss it in these pages. But I had also heard that he has
a new one out called The World is Flat so I had to get that one too. I
felt a little stingy and thought I’d get a copy from the library but was told
that although they have altogether 54 in the Salt Lake County Library system 95
people were on the waiting list. When I mentioned this to Martha and said that
I’ll go to amazon.com for it rather than waiting for several months I got a
stern: “No!” Then she went to a cupboard and pulled out a brand new copy which
she had intended to give me on Sunday. The good wife truly anticipates my every
wish. But since she never gives just one book I got another one on Sunday: Collapse.
How Societies Chose to Fail or Succeed by Jared Diamond. This particular
tome has 575 pages and I haven’t gotten to it yet because I’m still on Mr.
Friedman.
Changes in Longitudes
reminds, of course, every sailor worth his salt of Jimmy Buffets song, “Changes
in Latitudes, Changes in Attitudes” which is in a considerably lighter vein. We
like Tom Friedman because he calls the shots as he sees them and is not afraid
of offending his Jewish co-religionists by telling them that Israel needs to
evacuate the settlements not only in Gaza but also the West Bank, which is the
only logical way for any semblance of peace to arise in that part of the world.
The book consists actually of some bi-weekly columns he wrote for The New
York Times from December 15, 2000 up to July 3, 2002. In order to flesh it out he added some excerpts of his travel diary during those days. He
called these 84 pages, “Diary: Travels in a World without Walls” but they add
little new information to what is in the columns. I believe that he chose this
particular title because it feeds directly into the theme of The World is
Flat, which celebrates the Internet society where there are no borders.
I’ll deal with this particular notion later; for now we have to address his
opinions on the post 9-11 world.
Newspaper columns have to be
written several days before publication date and the editorial that appeared
under the September 11 dateline was called “Walls.” Friedman was in Jerusalem at
the time where Intifada II was in full swing. Although the so-called “security
fence” or “wall of separation” that is supposed to keep Palestinians from
sending suicide bombers into Israel, was not yet being built, Friedman comments
on the many private walls that existed to protect Jewish settlements from
snipers and most of all the mental walls which prevent a constructive dialogue
between Palestinians and Israelis. He realized that a just solution to the
Arab-Israeli conflict is imperative if there is ever to be a what one might
call “cold peace” in the region and, as mentioned, he even favors Israel’s
withdrawal from the territories captured in the 1967 war.
In this connection I was surprised
to read that an educated and knowledgeable person, as Friedman obviously is,
keeps repeating in some form or another the mantra that: Arafat walked away
from the best deal Israel had ever offered at Camp David and answered Israel’s
and America’s demonstrable good will with suicide attacks. For instance, in the
February 8, 2001 column he wrote about Barack: “He offered Mr. Arafat 94
percent of the West Bank for a Palestinian state, plus territorial compensation
for most of the other 6 percent, plus half of Jerusalem, plus restitution and
resettlement in Palestine for Palestinian refugees.” If this were true why
should anybody, including Arafat reject such an offer? But the offer never
existed in this form.
I have presented some of the facts that
led to the rejection of the proposal in the article “Palestinian State or
Israeli Protectorate?” in April of 2002 on this website. If I, as a private
citizen, can get them surely Mr. Friedman with access to infinitely more
sources must also have been aware that this “offer” was a propaganda ploy and
never meant to be enacted. The information for that essay came from www.mideastweb.org and The Israel-Arab
Reader by Laqueur and Rubin.
I am calling those Camp David “negotiations” a
propaganda ploy for two reasons. One of the ground rules was that “nothing is
agreed until everything is agreed.” This statement comes directly from Bill
Clinton after the failed talks on July 25, 2000. Under those circumstances the
stronger will dictate to the weaker and you get a Versailles of WW I memory.
The second reason was Jerusalem. Before Ehud Barack left for Camp David he
issued a statement which can also be found in the mentioned Israel-Arab
Reader in which he said among other aspects:
“If there is an agreement, it will only be one that
will strengthen the security of Israel, its economy, and its regional and
international standing. Otherwise, there will be no agreement.
If there is an agreement, it will only be one
that will comply with the principles to which I committed myself before I was
elected, and principles that I have consistently and clearly stressed:
--A united Jerusalem under Israeli
sovereignty;
--The 1967 borders will be amended
[in Israel’s favor]
--The overwhelming majority of the
settlers in Judea, Samaria and the Gaza strip will be in settlement blocs
under Israeli sovereignty;
--No foreign army in the entire
west of the Jordan River;
--A solution to the problem of
refugees outside Israeli sovereign territory.
These are the principles – these
and no others.”
The entire tone of the message
was: We are in charge, we will remain in charge and if you don’t like it: tough
luck. Under those circumstances why go through this charade unless you want to
make political points to blame your adversary. But there is more to the “most
generous offer” that emerged from these 14 days of “negotiations.”
1) Israel would have retained its
authority over the Jordan valley, control of its water resources and could
re-deploy its troops there at any time it felt threatened.
2) The access roads to the
settlement blocks would have remained under Israeli control.
3) There would not have been
contiguous borders within the proposed Palestinian state, which would have
consisted of a series of disconnected municipalities and the same would have
applied to Jerusalem. Palestinians would have lived on islands within a Jewish
city.
4) Border crossings with Egypt and Jordan
although under Palestinian control would be under Israeli supervision.
5) The Palestinian state would be demilitarized
and alliances with other countries would be subject to Israeli approval.
Although Israel would accept some refugees from previous wars the rest would
have to be absorbed elsewhere.
In essence: The so called Palestinian state would not have
had contiguous borders and Arafat would have become mayor of an assortment of disconnected
Palestinian municipalities. Even in Jerusalem there would not have been contiguity
for the Palestinians because they were only granted some islands in a Jewish
city. One may legitimately ask: would any Jew have accepted such a state if it
had been offered by the UN in 1947? The answer is obvious!
What is so remarkable about this
propaganda ploy is that the Jewish people in Israel and abroad have deluded themselves
with the notion that they are granting favors when they propose to adhere
partially to international law. This conduct flies in the face of the UN
charter which specifically prohibits territorial acquisitions by war. It also
disregards the UN Security Council resolution which demanded that Israel
withdraw from territories she conquered in 1967 as well as those which
repudiated the annexation of East Jerusalem and declared the settlement
policies as illegal. It is even more remarkable how well the Jewish leadership
has succeeded to convince the majority of the American people, and certainly
its political and intellectual leadership to accept their point of view. By
waving the twin banners of anti-Semitism and the Holocaust they have
effectively silenced public opposition including the media.
We may now ask why spend all the
effort on these 14 days at Camp David when the outcome was doomed from the
start? The answer is politics. Barack knew, or should have known that the
conditions he had laid out in his speech on July 10, 2000 would be unacceptable not only to the Palestinians but the Arab world at large. “A united Jerusalem
under Israeli sovereignty” is incompatible with peace in the 21st
century. The clock cannot be turned back to David and Solomon or the Maccabees!
The sooner the Jewish world realizes this, the better off all of us will be. So
why make the demand in the first place? There was an election in the offing and
by speaking of “painful concessions,” Barack tried to create a local climate where
he would be seen as peacemaker while at the same time taking the wind out of Sharon’s
sails who wanted no part of any concessions. It was a smart move and it worked.
Knowing that the Arabs had to reject the plan the onus would be shifted from Israel
to them.
Why did Arafat go to Camp David? He
had no choice. Had he refused outright he would have personally offended Bill
Clinton and would have been seen by the whole world as intransigent.
Why did Clinton instigate the talks
in the waning days of his Presidency? There were probably mixed motives. Maybe
he was genuinely uninformed about how the situation had changed since Jimmy
Carter’s Camp David breakthrough, which he may have thought to emulate. With an
eye on the Nobel Prize he would surely be remembered for that rather than the
Lewinsky affair.
What would have happened had Arafat
done the impossible and signed on to the Barack-Clinton dictate? He would have
signed his death certificate and he knew it. He would have been murdered by his
people, just as Sadat was and there would have been civil war among the
Palestinians.
Although the “peace process” was
not entirely dead after July 25, 2000 it was dealt its final blow by Sharon who
wanted to win the upcoming election. His visit to the Temple Mount, as it is
called by Jews, and Haram al Sharif (Noble Sanctuary) by Arabs, was a
deliberate provocation and the Arabs swallowed the bait. This incident which
led to Intifada II has been downplayed in the American media. Even Friedman
makes only one passing reference when it deserves to be discussed in full
because this event and not just the rejection of the Camp David talks was the
cause of our ongoing troubles. For what happened on September 28, 2000 we cannot rely on the “spin” that has grown up around it but we have to go on the Internet
either to CNN.com of September 27 and 28 or the BBC of September 28.
Sharon was explicitly warned on September 27, 2000 that if he were to go through with his intended visit to the Temple Mount
the next day, it would be seen as a deliberate provocation not only by the
Arabs but also the peace faction within Israel and it would for all practical
purposes kill the peace process. But that is precisely what he wanted. He never
had any use for the Oslo accords and he was engaged in a power struggle with
Netanyahu for the leadership of Likud. In addition, he knew that if the
Palestinians reacted the way he expected them to and responded with violence he
would defeat Barack in the upcoming election. This is precisely what happened.
The BBC report states:
“The violence began after a highly
controversial tour of the mosque compound early this morning by hardline
Israeli opposition leader Ariel Sharon. Under heavy guard, Mr. Sharon entered the
compound with a right-wing Likud party delegation. He crossed from the west
side of the compound to the east and back again, to the sound of enraged
protests from demonstrators outside. BBC correspondent Hilary Andersson said
the visit was clearly intended to underline the Jewish claim to the city of Jerusalem
and its holy sites. . . . As he left the compound Mr. Sharon denied the visit
was a provocation, insisting he had come ‘with a message of peace.’ ‘I came
here to the holiest place of the Jewish people in order to see what happens
here and really to help the feeling that we are now ready to move forward,’ he
said.”
“Move forward” they did. Violence
started immediately after Sharon and his party left. The Palestinians hurled
stones and whatever else they could pick up; the Israeli police retaliated with
tear gas and rubber-coated metal bullets. As they say: The rest is history.
For the election campaign Barack had
outlined his idea of the future: Jerusalem, including the Temple Mount compound
as the Israeli capital; Al Quds (Arab name for Jerusalem) with undefined
geographic borders as the Palestinian capital. This was not good enough for
Sharon and Likud. Any deal with the Palestinians had to be negated and as Sharon
said in a letter to Madeleine Albright on October 20, 2000: “The united city of Jerusalem, which you are all very familiar with, as well as the Temple Mount,
are under full Israeli sovereignty. Neither I, nor any Israeli citizen, need to
seek permission from the PA or from any foreign entity to visit there or any
other site which is the sovereign territory of the State of the Israel.” That
Israeli sovereignty was unilaterally usurped, rather than internationally
agreed to, did not play any role in Mr. Sharon’s thinking because he firmly
believes in “facts on the ground.” He subsequently assured Mrs. Albright that
he remains “fully committed to achieving peace with all our Arab neighbors
including the Palestinians” but it must be “based first and foremost on
complete negation of violence.” The message to the Palestinians was clear they
have to put down whatever arms they have and Israel will dictate the conditions
under which they will subsequently live. Small wonder that the more militant
factions of the Palestinian society did not agree with this type of peace Sharon
had in mind.
The statements cited above come
from contemporary documents and yet even Tom Friedman tries to whitewash Sharon’s
role in provoking Intifada II. Since al Haram al-Sharif is for Muslims the
third holiest site, after Mecca and Medina, and belief has it that the Prophet
Muhammad ascended to Paradise from there it is obvious that exclusive Jewish
control of the Al Aqsa compound and the Dome of the Rock is unacceptable to
Arabs.
Friedman seems to have blinded
himself not only to this aspect of history but also to the extent to which
American policy is co-responsible for the Israeli-Palestinian dilemma. This is
exemplified by a fictitious letter from President Bush to the key members of
the Arab League which Friedman published on February 6, 2002 under the title: Dear Arab League. As such it represents Friedman’s rather than Bush’s views:
[Bush telling the
Arabs] We are just bystanders. You’re the ones with the power to reshape the
diplomacy, not me. And here is my advice for how to do it. You have an Arab
League summit set for March in Lebanon. I suggest your summit issue one simple
resolution: ‘The twenty-two members of the Arab League say to Israel that in
return for a complete Israeli withdrawal to the June 4, 1967 lines – in the
West Bank, Gaza, Jerusalem, and on the Golan Heights – we offer full
recognition of Israel, diplomatic relations, normalized trade, and security
guarantees. Full peace with all twenty-two Arab states for full withdrawal.’ .
. .
Sharon was unelectable in Israeli
politics. What allowed him to reemerge was Arafat’s rejection of the Barack plan
and the Clinton plan, and then the launching of an Intifada with suicide
bombings of Israeli pizza parlors. Did Sharon provoke the Palestinians by going
to the Temple Mount? You bet. But he wasn’t Prime Minister at the time. Barack
was. How could you let Sharon provoke you and lose the best opportunity for a
Palestinian state?
In these excerpts the secular
Friedman shows that he seems to be unfamiliar not only with America’s
complicity in Israel’s political conduct but also the religious sensitivities
of Muslims and Jews. The statements “We are just bystanders” and “You’re [the
Arabs] the ones with the power” are not grounded in historical facts. America
has supported the Jewish state from its inception economically, financially and
militarily. We have spent hundreds of billions to equip the Israeli military
and to prop up the country’s economy. Between 1972 and 2004 forty-seven
resolutions critical of Israel’s conduct have been introduced in the Security
Council and the U.S. vetoed each single one of them. This is not the role of a
bystander who does not have power.
The Saudis did put forth a “peace” plan in Beirut
a month later but as I discussed in the mentioned April 2002 installment it was
doomed to failure. Not only did Sharon reject it out of hand but the Arabs
were not fully committed either and Bush was preoccupied with his forthcoming
invasion of Iraq, which in his mind would have solved not only all the Mid-East
political problems but also America’s oil shortage. As a result the situation
got worse instead of better. Crucial time was lost and America’s resources are
bled in a futile Iraq enterprise.
This brings me to the title of this installment
which is taken from Friedman’s first post 9-11 column published on September 13, 2001, which was called “World War III.” The phrase was picked up by Osama
bin-Laden later, and this week even President Bush repeated it. In that article
Friedman wrote, “Does my country really understand that this is World War III?
And if this attack was the Pearl Harbor of World War III, it means that there
is a long, long war ahead.” His suggestions as to how to win this war were: 1) we
have to “put our best minds to work combating them [the Muslim fanatical
terrorists] –the World War III Manhattan Project – in an equally daring,
unconventional, and unremitting fashion.” 2) “A country like Syria has to
decide: Does it want a Hezbollah embassy in Damascus or an American one? If it
wants a U.S. embassy, then it cannot play host to a rogue’s gallery of
terrorist groups.” 3) “We need to have a serious and respectful dialogue with
the Muslim world and its political leaders about why many of its people are
falling behind.” Friedman did not neglect the Palestinian problem but
reiterated that “the United States put on the table at Camp David a plan that
would have gotten Yasir Arafat much of what he now claims to be fighting for. That
U.S. plan may not be sufficient for Palestinians, but to say that the
justifiable response to it is suicide terrorism is utterly sick.”
When one knows that this was written in Jerusalem
the emphasis on Hezbollah and Syria is understandable but they had nothing to
do with Osama and his grievances which led to 9-11. I would suggest that
readers compare Friedman’s analysis with mine which was published on this site
in October 2001 under the title “September 11th.” What I said then
is still true today with one exception. I had greater expectations for
President Bush’s potential statesmanship and was severely disappointed therein.
He has identified with Israel’s desires to the detriment of America’s
overriding national interests and it has been downhill for us ever since. This
did not have to happen. The Bush administration used the 9-11 tragedy to
advance the goals of a small group of neoconservatives and members of what
Eisenhower had called the “military-industrial complex” with our Vice-President
at its head, seconded by our Secretary of Defense Mr. Rumsfeld. They got us
into the hole we are in and instead of trying to get us out they dig it deeper.
The suggestions Friedman made are reasonable and
suicide bombing is not the answer to the Palestinian’s problems. But let us not
fall victim to war rhetoric. Europeans know what WW II was like and they have
absolutely no interest in igniting or sponsoring a WW III. This is one of the
fundamental differences between Europe and America. For America wars have up to
now been mostly good business but if we were to fall into what I like to call
the “Goebbels trap” namely believing our own propaganda and truly regard the
current situation, bad as it is, as WW III we will sink into real desperate
straits. Right now the genuine WW III is still avoidable but it will need
unconventional thinking and most of all foresight. Although the spark might
come from Israel, especially if there were to be an attempt by Jewish fanatics,
aided by Zionist Christians, to destroy Haram al-Sharif in order to build the
third temple, WW III will not be just between Arabs, or Muslims in general, and
us. The genuine WWIII will have the U.S. on one side and China with or without Russia
on the other. This is the real nightmare of the future and not some suicide
bombers even if they were to set off an atomic blast in one of our cities. Just
as in the 9-11 situation it is not the act which causes the final disaster
but the reaction to it.
The situation in Iraq as well as in Israel is
out of control and is likely to go from bad to worse unless the U.S. changes
course, which Bush is unwilling to do. We are being told that it will take
years, if not a decade, before the Iraqi army will be ready to fight and win
against the insurgency. I beg to differ. They know how to fight but they don’t
want to fight for us and that is the difference. They know how to build their
infrastructure. But they don’t want it to be done by Halliburton. That is the
crux of the problem and unless Americans realize this we will continue to pour
money and resources into this black hole.
I mentioned unconventional thinking. Serious
analysts of the foreign scene already speak of the growing might of China and
the problems it is likely to create for the U.S. in the next decades. This is a
considerably greater problem than Osama and his gang will ever be and requires
rethinking of what America’s role in this new century should really be.
Attempting to create democracies by bombs and tanks will not work and
insightful diplomacy is the only chance for averting the real WW III. Unless
the CIA succeeds in undermining the Chinese regime, so that the country breaks
up again into feuding fiefdoms, China will challenge America’s interests in the
Far East. We now have a choice. We can either make the Chinese full fledged
partners - with no ifs ands or buts – or we can treat them already as the enemy
they might potentially become. If the latter course is pursued we are likely to
get WW III the disasters of which will dwarf those of WW II because atomic
weapons will in all probability come into play.
The Associated Press reported
recently from Singapore that, “Defense Secretary Rumsfeld issued a blunt
challenge to China at a regional security conference today, questioning its
recent military buildup and saying Beijing must [emphasis mine] provide
more political freedom to its citizens.” Rumsfeld said: “‘Since no nation
threatens China, one wonders: Why this growing investment?’” This is merely
another example of the arrogance of the Bush team. Who are we to tell a huge
country like China what they “must” do? What are we going to do if they aren’t
frightened by Mr. Rumsfeld and company? We have proven that we can’t even
occupy Iraq successfully so what are we going to do with China? Are we going to
cut off trade relationships and ruin our economy, or “nuke” them? We behave as
if we had the power to enforce our will on the world when we are actually a
country that is deep in debt to foreigners and have a populace that is highly
averse to military adventures. In addition there is the obvious double standard
that we regard ourselves as entitled to develop any and all types of atomic
weapons for the sake of “our” security, but when others want to emulate our
example that’s a no no. This attitude of false pride may well ruin us.
What should be done to avert WW
III?
Iraq: to merely “stay the course,”
as the President promised us on Tuesday will not work. We can’t “cut and run”
either but we can show the Iraqis and the world, including the Chinese and
Russians, that we have no ulterior motives in that country and we can engage
them, through the Iraqi government, in competitive bidding for the contracts to
rebuild the infrastructure of the country. As long as Halliburton and their
friends are in charge nobody is going to believe that we are there only for the
good of the Iraqis. Trust in our government is currently sorely lacking and
this has to be rebuilt in small steps. When the rest of the world sees us as
genuine partners who are willing to share rather than dictate we are giving “peace
a chance.”
Israel and Palestine: the situation
has now become even more desperate because Abbas will not be able to hold on
unless there is some give on Sharon’s part. But Sharon is now hamstrung by his
own creation. It was he who was responsible for the settlements which are a millstone
around his neck. We have already seen the difficulties that accompany the proposed
relocation of a few thousand settlers from Gaza. What is he going to do with
the hundreds of thousands he has placed, as housing minister, into the West
Bank? The idea of Israel’s peaceful return to the 1967 borders is obsolete.
Unless the US and the international community were to enforce and supervise,
with fully adequate boots on the ground, the UN resolutions which call for the
status quo ante in regard to Israel’s 1967 borders I am afraid that there will
be a civil war in that country. Israeli politicians and the Jewish leadership
in our country need to recognize the facts of the 20th century rather
than live by biblical myths and legends. The State of Israel arose from a 1947
UN vote and its God Parents were Harry Truman and Joseph Stalin. Israel cannot
legitimately remain in the UN and defy its wishes without creating animosity
within the world body. If Israel feels that the UN is dominated by
anti-Semitism and does not want to play by international rules it can leave
that body just as Japan and Germany left the League of Nations in the 1930s and
thereby paved the way to WW II.
The Palestinians also need to change
their strategy. Targeting civilians with suicide bombers is reprehensible. Their
legitimate grievance should be aired by weekly (after Friday prayers) massive
peaceful protests which are broadcast throughout the world, hopefully even by
CNN and Fox News. This would put the Israeli government on the defensive and
eventually achieve the Palestinian’s goals without further massive bloodshed.
America: We need to strengthen,
rather than weaken the UN and this is why the Bolton nomination sends the wrong
signal. Only by full cooperation of the five members of the Security Council
can WW III be avoided and the “War on Terrorism” be brought to a successful
conclusion. This is a task for the entire civilized world and we cannot go it
alone. WW II was avoidable had America joined the League of Nations and brought
its power to bear rather than standing aloof until it was too late. The future
of the world depends now on how we handle Iraq, the Israeli-Palestinian quandary
as well as Russia and China. This is a tall order for any president and it may
well be too tall for Mr. Bush. But regardless of who is President as long as
AIPAC (American Israel Political Action Committee) retains its marked influence
over the executive and legislative branch of our government, as documented in
the recent article by Jeffrey Goldberg: “Real Insiders” (The New Yorker,
July 4, 2005), the above suggested changes are not likely to come to pass.
Finally let us return to Tom
Friedman and his books. I have mentioned his current one “The World is Flat,”
where he deals with the global access we enjoy through the Internet, as well as
its consequences. But as George Orwell once said: “some are more equal than
others.” While global access is easy for him, the average person has at times
serious difficulties getting one’s e-mails answered, let alone to give one’s
ideas wider circulation. To expect replies from politicians is hopeless and the
same applies when one tries to contact our major media pundits. One might have
expected that this would not be a problem among scientists where no ulterior
motives should come into play. That this is not the case will be demonstrated
in the next installment which will deal with Tutankhamen’s recent CT scans and
which continues the “Saga” originally presented here on October 17, 2002.
August 1, 2005
THE PLAME AFFAIR
The good intention of discussing
Tutankhamen’s CT scan, as expressed in last month’s installment, ran
temporarily aground and it will require time for the tide to lift it off. Contrary
to Tom Friedman’s opinion, walls are not coming down, instead new ones are
created every day and although the Internet allows instant letter sending this
does not translate into timely replies nor does it guarantee any reply at all.
This pertains even to the scientific arena where one might have expected that
what was once regarded as “common courtesy” would prevail. Since I am still
waiting for some key answers a continuation of the Saga will be postponed until
they have either arrived or it has become obvious that further waiting is fruitless.
While this pertains to private
individuals it is, of course, worse when it comes to politicians. Some examples
of how our elected officials shield themselves from their constituents have
been presented earlier on this site especially in the “October Surprise?” issue
(August 1, 2002). I know by
now that it is hopeless to try to see one of our Congressional Representatives
or Senators in person but we are encouraged, as good citizens, to write to
them. Here is an example of what happens if you do so.
Orrin Hatch is the senior Senator
from Utah and the country as well as the world
might soon hear more about him because he may be in line for the Supreme
Court Chief Justice position once the ailing Justice Rehnquist relinquishes his
job. If I were the President I would surely nominate Mr. Hatch because you
can’t have a more conservative person than a life-long
devout Mormon, and it would be very difficult for the Democrats to filibuster
one of their peers who has been in his job longer than most can remember. But
be that as it may. The question arose how to send him some of my views which he
is free to disregard thereafter. When one visits his website one is overwhelmed
with news about all the good he is doing for our state but there is also
contact information and “mail policy.” It starts out that “we love to hear from
you” but if you are not from Utah
don’t expect an answer. You do get an answer on “Email Me” after you have dutifully
filled out an identification form, chosen from a list of topics the one you are
concerned about and compressed your message to less than 10,000 characters. I
don’t object to any of that but the exercise is futile because you get back a
form letter. It thanks you for your effort, appreciates your support and goes
on with the Senator’s accomplishments in the area you have listed as being of
concern to you. All of this comes straight out of a can that gets periodically
updated and has very little to do with what you wanted to achieve. I am not
singling out the esteemed Senator it’s just typical for how the leadership of
our country insulates itself from the common people and their concerns.
This applies especially to the current
occupants of the White House and it is small wonder that many people don’t
trust them any more. Mr. Bush has isolated himself to an extent where only a
small coterie of devotees has access to him, they feed him the information he
likes to hear and reading is not his forte. When outsiders attempt to find out
what happened in the inner sanctum they are stonewalled with “executive
privilege,” “national security” and similar words which in plain language mean
“leave me alone, you bother me!” If that happens to become impossible because
the media have created a stir that cannot be ignored the fallback strategy is
to “shoot the messenger.” With other words the person who has made a nuisance
of himself has to be discredited even when the message he wanted to get across
was correct. A typical example that started to bubble during the last month was
the Valerie Plame leak. Let me explain, especially for my non-American readers,
what happened and what is at stake.
In February of 2002 rumors had
reached the White House that Iraq
either had been or was in the process of buying uranium from Niger.
The Vice President’s office then contacted the CIA to find out what that was
all about. The CIA didn’t know but Valerie Plame, one of their undercover
operatives, had a desk job at Langley
as one of the experts on WMDs. As such she had a secret identity and her name
was not to be divulged. Neither the neighbors nor her kids knew what mommy was
really doing. It just so happened that her husband was Joseph Wilson who had
been an ambassador to various African countries, had previously been in Niger
for the National Security Council, and had contacts with current as well as former
Niger government officials, When Ms. Plame was told by her bosses about the Niger
question it was natural that she would point out to her superiors that her
husband was familiar with the country and its politicians and they might want
to talk to him about it.
Talk they did and a few days later
they sent him to Niger
to get a first hand look at what’s what. His expenses were paid but he received
no other remuneration. In Niger
he met with the American ambassador who told him that she had also heard about
that rumor but in the embassy’s opinion there was no substance to it. First there
is an International Consortium that has control over the mines, which in turn
reports to the International Atomic Energy Agency, rather than the Niger
government. Secondly Niger government officials, even if they could lay their
hands on the quantities that were
alleged to have been sold to Iraq, would not be so stupid as to endanger
American aid with such a foolish venture. Wilson
then interviewed the former officials under whose tenure that transfer was
supposed to have been carried out and they all denied that anything of that
sort had happened. Wilson told the
ambassador, went back to Washington
where he was debriefed by the CIA and expected that they would inform the White
House and especially the Vice President, who had started that whole thing, on
what the facts were.
This should theoretically have been
the end of it but it wasn’t. The White House, especially the Vice President and
Condi Rice as national security advisor, kept hyping the nuclear threat from
Iraq in spite of the fact that those yellow cake documents had in the meantime been
exposed as forgeries. In spite of the CIA having known that there was no
nuclear threat from Iraq
the President was given the famous 16 words to utter in his 2003 State of the
Union speech. Mushroom clouds were just too tempting to frighten the American
people with and thereby create war fever.
When Mr. Wilson heard this he
became an activist because it was obvious to him from personal experience in
February of 2002 and from what he had learned subsequently that the charge was
false and that the country was being deceived to condone an unnecessary as well
as dangerous military adventure. First he did so in private with government
officials he knew but when that did no good and it was clear that at least some
Iraqis had not agreed with our President’s May 1, 2003 “Mission Accomplished” assessment, the
ex-ambassador went into overdrive. He wrote an article for the New York Times: “What I Didn’t Find in Africa”
which was published on July 6, 2003.
The article is worth while to read. I will quote only the second paragraph
which has relevance to what Michael Barone wrote in a recent U.S. News and World Report article to
which I shall return later.
“Based on my experience with the
administration in the months leading up to the war, I have little choice but to
conclude that some of the intelligence related to Iraq’s
nuclear weapons program was twisted to exaggerate the Iraqi threat.”
This bomb shell could not be
ignored. Reporters immediately contacted the White House for clarification and
the “outing” of Ms. Plame began. As of now we don’t know who the “high level
source” was who leaked her name although Karl Rove and the Vice President’s Chief
of Staff, Lewis “Scooter” Libby, have been mentioned. The immediate response by
the White House was in line with Mr. Rove’s previous tactics whenever Mr. Bush
found himself in some kind of trouble either as candidate for Governor or the
Presidency. The best defense is offense; and when the facts are undisputable the
bearer of bad news has to be discredited. This was done by suggesting that the Niger
trip was instigated by Wilson’s
wife implying that there was some sinister motive behind it. The problem was
that the wife, as mentioned above, was working undercover for the CIA and to
knowingly reveal the name of one of these agents is a criminal offense. This is
what the ongoing Grand Jury investigation by the Special Prosecutor, Patrick
Fitzgerald, is all about. Who was the person, or persons, who leaked Ms Plame’s
name to the press and was he/she aware that she was still an undercover agent?
Now back to Mr. Barone’s article
from August 1, 2005. U.S. News and World Report lists itself
as “Rated the Nation’s Most Credible Print News Source” and in small print “by
the Pew Research
Center for the People and the
Press.” I have not yet investigated how
the Pew Research
Center obtains its facts but that
is not important right now. Mr. Barone, and what he wrote under the title:
“Bush Bashing Fizzles,” is:
“Now the unsupported charges that
’Bush lied’ about weapons of mass destruction in Iraq
have been rekindled via criticism of Karl Rove. A key witness for the Democrats
and mainstream media was former diplomat Joseph Wilson. Unfortunately for his
advocates, he turned out to be a liar. A year after his famous article appeared
in the New York Times in July 2003
accusing Bush of ‘twisting’ intelligence, the Senate Intelligence Committee, in
a bipartisan report, concluded that Wilson lied when he said his wife had nothing
to do with his dispatch to Niger and Chairman Pat Roberts said that his report
bolstered rather than refuted the case that Saddam Hussein’s Iraq sought to buy
uranium in Africa.”
This sent me to the Internet and
MSNBC from July 9, 2004 has
the full text of the Conclusions of the “Report on the prewar intelligence
assessments” by the Senate Intelligence Committee. It starts with:
“Overall Conclusions Weapons of
Mass Destruction
(U) Conclusion 1. Most of the major
key judgments in the Intelligence Community’s October 2002 National
Intelligence Estimate (NIE), Iraq’s Continuing Programs for Weapons of Mass
Destruction, either overstated, or were not supported by the intelligence
reporting. A series of failures, particularly in the analytic trade craft, led
to the mischaracterization of the intelligence.”
If one were to take the liberty to
exchange the polite word “mischaracterization” for the more commonly used
falsification or as Wilson said twisting, one would not be far off the mark.
Some people deliberately duped the country and the real question is who did so
rather than who sent Mr. Wilson to Niger.
This problem is deftly side-stepped by Mr. Barone as well as the rest of the
media and the political establishment. The Commission’s Conclusions also go on
to say that there was disagreement between some analysts in the CIA versus
those from the State Department:
“(U) Conclusion
13. The report on the former ambassador’s [the official reference to Mr.
Wilson] trip, disseminated in March 2002, did not change any analyst’s
assessment of the Iraq-Niger uranium deal. For most analysts, the information
in the report lent more credibility to the original Central Intelligence Agency
(CIA) reports on the uranium deal, but State Department Bureau of Intelligence
and Research (INR) believed that the report supported their assessment that
Niger was unlikely to be willing or able to sell uranium to Iraq.
(U) Conclusion 14. The Central
Intelligence Agency should have told the Vice President and other senior policy
makers that it had sent someone to Niger
to look into the alleged Iraq-Niger deal and should have briefed the Vice
President on the former ambassador’s findings.”
Conclusion 13 implies that there
were no facts and it was up for grabs whom you wanted to believe which strikes
me as political whitewash. The blame was put on the CIA rather than where it
actually belonged; the Neocons in the Pentagon. Conclusion 14 stretches our faith
in the truthfulness of government. Is it really credible that the CIA sends
somebody to Niger
on the request of the Vice President’s office and does not tell that office
what the result was?
Michael Barone would like us to
believe that his assertion that “Wilson
lied” came from the bipartisan report. It did not. Instead it was contained in
an addendum of 2 conclusions that the Democrats had not put their signature to.
The addendum as presented by the Republican Chairman Pat Roberts is quite
explicit:
“Despite of our hard and successful
work to deliver a unanimous report, however, there were two issues on which the
Republicans and Democrats could not agree: 1) whether the Committee should
agree that former Ambassador Joseph Wilson’s public statements were not based
on knowledge he actually possessed, and 2) whether the Committee should
conclude that it was the former ambassador’s wife who recommended him for his
trip to Niger.”
Ergo, they did not agree. These
Conclusions are not in the bipartisan report but represent a political
statement by the Republicans and the American public is again being deceived by
statements in Mr. Barone’s article. Furthermore, Mr. Barone fails to let us
know that ex –Ambassador Wilson took exception to this formulation and wrote a
letter to that effect to Senators Roberts and Rockefeller. One may now feel
that this is much ado about nothing, because who cares who had sent the former
ambassador to Niger.
But the foregoing represents only the tip of the iceberg and the bipartisan
Committee report to the public is heavily censored as shown by repeated fat
black stripes through key words or portions of sentences. One may, therefore,
legitimately ask: Who is being shielded by this censorship? It can’t be the CIA
because that agency is obviously made the scapegoat; it can’t be the State
Department because its dissent is listed. It can’t be the Brits either because
in his State of the Union Address the President publicly cited them as part of
the source for that disavowed statement. So who is the real source for the
forged documents that sent Joe Wilson on his trip? Whatever is being written
now about that trip and the “outing” of Wilson’s
wife seems to be an attempt to avoid this crucial question from being aired in
public.
That these documents were indeed
forgeries and that the State of the Union sentence, which was based on them,
should not have been uttered is now agreed to by the bipartisan Commission and
the White House. One would have expected that the Commission would have
addressed the crucial question as to the authorship of the forgeries, but they
did not. In the “Niger Conclusions” one can read:
“(U) Conclusion
12. Until October 2002 when the Intelligence Community obtained the
forged foreign language documents on the Iraq-Niger uranium deal, it was
reasonable for analysts to assess that Iraq
may have been seeking uranium from Africa based on
Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) reporting and other available intelligence.
(BLACKED OUT) In March 2003, the Vice Chairman of the Committee, Senator
Rockefeller, requested that the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI)
investigate the source of the documents, BLACKED OUT the motivation of those
responsible for the forgeries, and the extent to which the forgeries were part
of a disinformation campaign. Because of the FBI’s current investigation into
this matter, the Committee did not examine these issues.”
There is a proverb in the German language
which when translated says: God’s mills grind slowly but inexorably. Two years ago
in the August 1, 2003 Hot Issues installment I discussed “The Niger Forgery”
which had just reached public awareness and I would recommend that the reader
consult this document for details because I shall only summarize it here. I regarded
these forgeries as a crime and whenever a crime is committed we are informed
from TV shows that the detective looks at: motive, means and opportunity. When
one puts these three aspects together a logical mind is led to the conclusion
that there seems to be only one Intelligence Service in the world that fits the
bill. This is the Mossad whose maxim is: “By way of deception thou shalt do
war.” Israel
was at war with Iraq
ever since 1948 and its government had the most to gain by removing Saddam
Hussein. In order to live up to its mentioned motto the Mossad does have among
its various divisions one that is specifically devoted to: psychological
warfare, propaganda and deception operations. Thus, all of the mentioned three
requirements coalesce. As documented in the previously mentioned article the
statements about the Mossad come from Israeli sources.
One can’t blame the Israelis because, right or
wrong, they see themselves in a life and death struggle with the Arab world and
“all is fair in love and war.” I do wonder, however, why our media and
politicians so obediently trot the Israeli line which is not in our best
interest, as has been pointed out repeatedly in these pages. Israel
is not part of the Union; it is a foreign country which
deserves the same respect but also the same caution that we exhibit in dealing
with other countries with which we have friendly relations. Let me ask,
therefore, again: Who is being protected by the blacked out portions of the
Commission’s report? I don’t expect to hear an answer or even public mention of
this question in the near future; but the question needs to be raised. More
than two years have passed since Senator Jay Rockefeller had officially asked
for the FBI investigation but if it is going on at all then it’s at a snail’s
pace and the media don’t seem to be interested.
Although the Committee stated that
the CIA obtained the forgeries only in October of 2002 somebody is likely to
have been aware of them earlier because Mr. Wilson would not have been sent by
the CIA to Africa in February of that year. This
suggests the following scenario which is, however, strictly my personal opinion
without support of publicly available reliable information. There seems to be
hardly any doubt that the Vice President was heavily invested in gaining access
to Iraq’s oil
reserves which, when in our hands, would significantly reduce our energy
problem. When his office heard about the possible uranium sale from Niger
to Iraq it was
obvious that this could be the looked for casus belli if it panned out. This is why the
Vice President’s office was ultimately the reason for Mr. Wilson’s trip to Africa.
The problem was that he didn’t find what the Vice President had hoped for. This
is why the trip was disregarded and the Vice President now states that he had never
heard of Mr. Wilson or his wife. Although this may well be technically correct
it is not likely that mere underlings had acted on their own account to
initiate the contact with the CIA that had set the whole affair in motion. But
the Vice President as well as Karl Rove are the main
driving forces of the current administration, with Condi Rice only an affable
policy administrator rather than an independent voice. As such they have to be
protected at all costs. Regardless how diligent the Special Prosecutor and his
Grand Jury are the full truth is not likely to come out in the foreseeable
future because it would bring this entire White House down. To take the country
to war under false pretenses is obviously an impeachable offense.
There are some Internet sites that
try to re-enact a Nixon scenario and advocate impeachment of the President.
There are, of course, some similarities to 1974. We are engaged in a fruitless
war that is becoming increasingly unpopular and what brought Nixon down was not
the Watergate burglary but the cover-up of White House involvement. It was
Nixon’s loyalty to his subordinates, who had acted on some general directives,
which led him to deny White House complicity and got him branded as a liar in
the media. That there is currently a cover-up going on in the Bush
administration, only the most ardent Bush supporters are likely to deny.
Furthermore, it is well known that the President not only demands loyalty from
his subordinates but also extends this courtesy to them,
But 2005 is not quite 1974 and here
are the reasons why I believe that serious efforts to remove Mr. Bush from
office will either not be undertaken at all or fail. Nixon had a Democratic
Congress while Bush has a Republican majority in both houses, although this may
change in November of 2006. Furthermore we have to keep in mind that an
impeachment of the President would elevate Mr. Cheney to the Presidency, which
is every Democrat’s worst nightmare. In Nixon’s case the Vice President, Spiro
Agnew, who was loathed by the media, had to resign on bribery charges in
October of 1973 and Nixon had appointed the good natured Gerald Ford, a person
Democrats could readily live with. Thus, Dick Cheney would have to be indicted
for malfeasance first which, considering his record, might actually not be too
difficult to do. But under these circumstances there is no way of knowing whom
George W might appoint as Vice President and the Democrats might be even worse
off than they are today. Since all of this has nothing to do with justice but
everything with politics I believe that the Democrats will abstain from an
impeachment effort.
What can we reasonably expect now from
the White House and the Special Prosecutor? Last week the President made a
surprise announcement nominating Judge John Roberts for the Supreme Court
vacancy created by the retirement of Justice Sandra Day O’Connor. This was a
shrewd move because it keeps the media busy. In addition the Senate, before
adjourning for August vacation, passed an energy bill on July 28, the merits of
which can also be expected to be debated endlessly. How the senators could have
read and digested all of the more than 1700 pages of this bill within a couple
of days is a mystery. But this is how the country is being governed and we the
tax payers will now be saddled with billions of subsidies for the oil and gas
industry without seeing any return on our investment in regard to energy
prices. But this wasn’t the purpose anyway, the media have to be kept occupied
and their energies deflected from Iraq
and the White House’s problems.
The Special Prosecutor’s
conclusions are also not likely to yield any fundamental surprises. We know
that it was syndicated columnist Robert Novak who was the first to mention
Valerie Plame’s name. We also know that he is a faithful defender of the
current administration’s policies and has apparently struck some kind of a deal
with the Special Prosecutor that keeps him out of jail. The New York Times reporter Judith Miller was
not so lucky. She stuck to journalistic ethics, did not divulge the name of the
source for her article and now sits in jail on a contempt of court charge. These
two morsels of information tell us where this investigation is likely to go. First
of all, if this were a serious effort to get at the truth of the matter and if
the President had indeed fully cooperated, as he had promised he would do, it
wouldn’t have needed two years and a Grand Jury. Any CEO in private business,
worth his salary, would have called the key players together and told them: “’Fess
up, or you’re out of here.” Eisenhower had promised an administration “clean as
a hound’s tooth” and when the press found out that his Chief of Staff and
personal friend, Sherman Adams, had accepted a Vicuna coat as a gift he asked
him to resign. Mr. Bush apparently chose not to go this route but may have
followed that of Nixon and, as mentioned above, will probably get away it. The
outcome of the investigation is, therefore, likely to follow the Abu Ghraib
model. Some expendable pawns may be sacrificed but people who set the policy
will remain unscathed.
Where does this leave us with our
most pressing problem Iraq
- that swallows numerous lives on a daily and billions of dollars on a monthly
basis? Since there is no solution in sight every effort will be made to “show
progress” although everybody knows that sooner or later we will be forced to
leave because the effort is unsustainable. We should take our example from the
British who knew what to do when the Empire had become a drain rather than a
benefit. First they ditched Churchill immediately after he had won the war for
them because a war time leader is not necessarily the best one to deal with
post-war problems. Then they relinquished their Palestine
mandate to the UN in 1947. It had become amply apparent that the conflict
between Arabs and Jews was irreconcilable; the Balfour declaration had become
“inoperative” and they were now caught in the middle of a fight without being
able to effect any positive changes. Thereafter they dismantled the empire bit
by bit because it had simply become unaffordable and concentrated on making
their islands as prosperous as possible. They showed us that this worked
although Tony Blair’s unstinting support of the Bush policies, against the
wishes of his people, has now contributed to the recent London
tragedies. Nevertheless the Brits demonstrated again how to deal with
disasters. The stiff upper lip prevailed and so did efficient police and secret
service work. If our administration had done this after 9-11-2001 the country and the world would have
been infinitely better off. The British cousins have only a couple of islands
and they prospered by giving up their major oversea assets. We have a continent
and think that we still need military bases all around the world and especially
in that most volatile region of all the Middle East.
This type of policy is not based on reason. Pride, ignorance and greed rule at
this time. Until these fundamental human flaws are corrected in our government
and the media we will not see peace.
September 1, 2005
PRESIDENT BUSH’S DILEMMA
Our President and his policies have
fallen on hard times because he is now confronted with the unintended
consequences of his past actions as well as inactions. He cannot undo the past
and neither can he simply “stay the course” for any length of time because the
country will not let him do so. When he thought that he could get away from his
problems and have a quiet vacation at his Crawford ranch this hope was dashed
by a determined Ms. Cindy Sheehan who had lost her son in Iraq.
She parked herself practically on his doorstep and vowed not to leave until the
President explained to her in person why her son had to die in this war. If Mr.
Bush did not want to do this she would endure the Texas
heat till August 31 when it’s time for the President to go back to Washington.
She was soon joined by other war protesters as well as a group of pro-war
activists and the idea of a leisurely August on the ranch was no longer
feasible.
It was time for the President to go
on the road and explain himself to the people at large rather than Ms. Sheehan
in person. But he is very cautious in his choice of places to visit and the
audiences he speaks to. So the White House picked Salt
Lake for him to address the Veterans
of Foreign Wars National Convention. What could possibly go wrong in the most
Republican state of the Union that had re-elected him by
70 per cent? Well, there was this pesky mayor of Salt
Lake, Rocky Anderson, who put his
convictions before politics and sent an e-mail to a variety of people to
encourage them to attend an already planned protest meeting at which he would
also be present. Undaunted, the President literally stayed the course reciting
the successes in Iraq;
that it is better to fight 9/11 type terrorism over there than here at home;
all is going well and we just need to be patient. The veterans cheered while
the outsiders jeered. A repeat performance was staged in our neighboring Idaho
where he likewise preached to the choir and where the dissenting voices were
kept at a distance.
We were told that the President
intends to continue giving speeches of this type for the next week or so but it
is highly doubtful that the steadily rising number of people who disagree with
his Iraq policy
will decrease significantly if he persists in the same vein. This ought to send
up warning flags in the White House that business as usual might no longer be
practical. More of the same is not going to work and I have a feeling that the
majority of Americans would love to hear him read a speech that addresses their
concerns directly. The events of the past week, namely the proposed
Constitution for Iraq
and the devastation wreaked by Hurricane Katrina, would provide him with a
perfect opportunity. Since he doesn’t personally write his speeches anyway I
have taken the liberty to write one for him:
My Fellow Americans:
During the past
week we witnessed two events, one in Iraq
and the other here at home, which suggest that a reappraisal of our foreign and
domestic policy is appropriate. It is my purpose tonight to acquaint you with
my current thoughts and feelings.
Last year I was asked by a reporter what the
biggest mistake was that I had made after 9/11 and what lessons I had drawn
from it. I was taken aback by the question because I had not been prepared for
it and under the glare of the camera lights could not think immediately of a
good answer. I, therefore, said, “I can’t think of one right now,” which was
true at that moment. Since that time I have given a great deal of thought to
this question because it is a vital one and deserves an honest answer.
As events over the
past two years have shown I was misled into believing that by invading Iraq
and toppling the Saddam Hussein regime we would bring stability to the Middle
East and our chronic energy problem would thereby also be
significantly reduced. I ignored the advice of those whom I should have trusted
like Tony Blair of Great Britain
and the leaders from Egypt,
Jordan, Saudi
Arabia as well as Turkey,
who had felt that an invasion of Iraq
was neither in the best interests of the United
States nor those of their own countries.
Instead I relied on the views of a small group of people in the Pentagon and
Iraqi exiles who assured me that Saddam Hussein presented an imminent danger to
our country, that our troops would be greeted as liberators and a stable
democratic government friendly to the United
States could be established in the immediate
aftermath of the invasion. We now know that this was a mistaken assumption. I
allowed myself to be misled and in so doing I misled you, albeit in good faith.
A second mistake
was that upon taking office I had not sufficiently appreciated the threat Osama
bin Laden’s terrorist organization, al Qaeda, posed to our country, although
the warning signs had been there. Whether or not timely intervention on my part
could have prevented the full force of the 9/11 tragedy I do not know for
certain. I do know, however, that regardless of how we got into the current
difficult situation ruminating over the past will not make it go away. The
lessons to be drawn from these mistakes need to be addressed instead.
As you well know I
have up to now advocated a policy of “staying the course” in Iraq until that
country has a stable democratic government that is beneficial to all its
citizens, rather than only certain subgroups, and does not pose a threat to its
neighbors. Recent events have proven, however, that this goal will not be
achievable within the next few months and we do not know how many years will
have to pass before the dream of a peaceful unified Iraq that is a beacon for
democracy in the region can come to fruition. These are facts you and I must
face and from which we have to draw the consequences.
We now have
several alternatives for our future Iraq
policy. Immediate and complete withdrawal of our brave troops who have fought
and bled so honorably for us as well as for Iraqis is not a viable option. It
would plunge that country into further greater chaos and vitiate all the good we
have tried to accomplish.
To completely
quell the insurrection that is currently going on would require methods that
are also abhorrent to the American people. We would have to follow the examples
set by well known dictators and fully saturate Iraq
with our troops. They would have to not only seal all of the country’s borders,
which is a tremendous task by itself, but also fully
occupy all the major cities, establish martial law, and govern by military
decrees. In order to do so we would have to re-institute the draft because our
volunteer army and National Guard do not have the manpower to accomplish these
goals.
But a rule through
force and fear both here and abroad is alien to the spirit of the founders of
our country and is, therefore, likewise no durable solution. We set out to win
the hearts and minds of the people of Iraq
and the broader Middle East. This was and is a noble
goal but cannot be achieved with the methods outlined above. It has also become
clear that our past efforts have not been sufficiently successful to justify
hope that keeping on the same track will bring better results in the future. A
more precise strategy needs to be adopted.
Changing hearts
and minds will have to begin at home because only a united country can hope to
emerge successfully and with honor from the present difficulties. I have
promised you at the beginning of my Presidency that I shall conduct myself as a
uniter rather than divider but have so far not been able to live up to this
promise. Our country is increasingly splintering and changes in the
administration’s policy have to be made. I shall outline now the immediate and
most important ones:
1) I have accepted
Mr. Donald Rumsfeld’s request to step down as Secretary of Defense. He has
served the administration faithfully but has now become identified with the
current Iraq
problems and a fresh start is needed. I shall consult with the chief military
leadership as well as the members of the responsible branches of Congress as to
who his replacement should be.
The function of
the Department of Defense will be reorganized to serve foremost the security of
the homeland rather than to plan for future preventive wars abroad. This will
include an orderly withdrawal of our troops from Iraq
on a timetable that suits American needs and is not dictated by events in
foreign countries over which we have no control. In order to accomplish this
goal I have requested from the Defense Department and the Armed Services
Committees in the House and Senate a detailed plan how this can be implemented
during the next three years. I envision that we bring the members of the
National Guard home first. They and their families have suffered great
hardships and have earned the right to be the first ones to be greeted here and
to resume their civilian occupations. The federal government will not only
honor their service but also help financially wherever help is needed. Next in
line for coming home will be those members of the military reserve who have
already spent time in Iraq
on previous tours of duty. They have also earned our gratitude and they should
be allowed now to return to their families and jobs. Our professional military
and first time reservists shall be withdrawn thereafter in an orderly manner.
This policy will
not only bring relief to our brave military forces and their families, but will
also signal to the Iraqi people that they have to take their fate into their
own hands. We have helped them to prepare a Constitution for their country
which, although not ideal from our point of view, is, nevertheless, a first
step towards democracy. The Iraqi people are now free to accept, modify, or
reject it. America
neither can nor will dictate their future form of government to them. We do not
desire further bloodshed in the region and will help, short of military
intervention, in any and all ways. We are engaged in a battle of ideas and
since ours are based on personal freedom and justice they will be emulated in
time by others without the force of arms. This brings me to the second point.
2) A solution to
the vexing problems of our world can no longer be achieved by military means
but requires the patient exercise of international diplomacy. This is the
primary function of the State Department. As you know I have entrusted the
Foreign Policy of our country to Dr. Condoleeza Rice who has my full
confidence. Her life is a vivid example of what America
is really all about and that the ideas of personal freedom and justice for all
are not merely slogans in our country. As an African American woman she has won
the respect not only of our people but also that of foreign leaders who
appreciate being dealt with in an amiable but decisive and straightforward
manner. Her achievements were possible through the guidance and sacrifices of
devoted parents as well as unstinted personal efforts. As such Dr. Rice stands
for what is best in our country and she will be listened to.
Since the Iraq
situation is no longer solvable by military means I have asked Dr. Rice to
convene a conference of the Foreign Ministers of Iraq’s neighbors and those of
the five permanent members of the Security Council to develop, jointly with
members of the Iraqi government, a political and economic plan that can bring
peace and stability to this long suffering country. The purpose of the
conference shall be to achieve a Resolution which can then be submitted for
approval to the Security Council. Although Security Council Resolutions have
been disregarded in the past we shall work for unanimity among the permanent
members and subsequently enforce their decision. We do not expect to find
instant solutions to a problem as protracted as this one but by showing the
world that we are indeed serious in a truly cooperative rather than unilateral
approach we take the wind out of the sails from those who intend to harm us.
The
other most troubling area in the Middle East is the long
standing Palestinian-Israeli conflict which affects all the other countries of
the region and beyond. I have, therefore, asked Dr. Rice to push ahead also
with the implementation of the road map for peace which I have outlined two
years ago. We congratulate Prime Minister Ariel Sharon for his courageous
withdrawal of Israeli settlers and troops from Gaza
and parts of the West Bank in the face of significant
protests by a vocal minority in his country. But this needs to be followed up
with helping the Palestinians in Gaza
and the West Bank to establish a viable economy which
provides a living wage and allows parents to educate their children towards
success in a profession of their choice rather than condemning them to a life
of misery and the goal of martyrdom.
The past month has
also shown how difficult it will be for Israel
to divest itself from its conquests in the 1967 war which is demanded by UN
Resolution 242 of November 1967. While about 8,500 settlers could be relocated,
albeit with a great deal of heartbreak but without violence, this task will be
infinitely more difficult for the more than 400,000 Israelis who live in
annexed parts of Jerusalem and the West
Bank.
The people of the
State of Israel, just as the Iraqi people, are at a crossroad and they have to
decide what type of country they want to live in. The UN charter forbids
territorial acquisitions by war and if our world is to survive in this new
century with its dangers from atomic and chemical warfare we shall now have to
abide by it and enforce it. Let me also make clear that those extremists who
believe in God given rights to force their will upon others, regardless whether
they deduce these rights from an inappropriate interpretation of the Koran or
the Bible, will find no support from my administration.
3) The war on
terrorism will also be pursued differently. Instead of relying primarily on our
military we shall continue to search out terrorist cells both here and abroad
by full cooperation with the security forces of other governments around the
world. The terrorist threat is universal and requires a universal collaborative
coordinated effort. This will bring terrorists to justice without harming
innocent civilians.
In order to
prevent further terrorist attacks on the homeland we will secure our borders
against illegal immigration and the transport of illicit materials. I shall first
meet with the governors of our Southern Border States
and together we shall plan a program that will stem the influx of migrants
which has risen to intolerable proportions. Nevertheless, patrolling the
borders will not be enough. As you are aware Congress is about to discuss
legislation for a temporary guest worker program, which I have proposed
earlier. But a genuine solution to the problem will also require the active
assistance of the Mexican government. I shall meet with President Vicente Fox
and discuss the best ways to achieve a mutually beneficial result. The illegal
coyote traffic which exploits poor people who seek a better life and who are
then left stranded in our deserts or forced to work under inhuman conditions
will no longer be tolerated.
Our northern
border has different problems and these will be dealt separately with the
governors of that region. But we have a country that is bordered by two oceans
as well as the Gulf of Mexico and complete security will
not be achievable because it takes only one boat to land on any of our beaches
to deliver a weapon of mass destruction. While I cannot promise you, therefore,
absolute security I shall, however, do everything in my power to prevent such
an event from occurring. In order to limit the destructive potential, if such a
disaster were to occur, we shall make adequate preparations while at the same
time ensuring that our constitutional rights are not violated.
4) This week we
have witnessed the terrible destruction Hurricane Katrina has wreaked on the
Gulf coast. Cities and townships have been devastated and beautiful New
Orleans is under water. Tens of thousands of our
citizens are without the necessities for life and lawlessness has made its
appearance. We shall meet the current problems with the combined forces of the
federal and state governments as well as your generous help to the victims of
this unprecedented disaster. Reconstruction will begin immediately as
circumstances permit but it will be a long process and your patience will be
required.
Dreadful as this
calamity is it may not be the last because even this year’s hurricane season is
not yet over. We are all aware that our climate has gotten warmer. We can
debate the causes, but the progressive melting of glaciers is there for
everyone to see and warmer oceans can produce stronger winds. As you are aware
my administration has rejected the Kyoto Climate Accord and there were good
reasons for doing so. But the time has come to reappraise our policy towards
the natural environment we live in. All of us are passengers on spaceship earth
and it behooves us to take care of our planet the best we know how. This will
require a global effort and America
will be a full time partner in it. What is preventable we shall prevent and
what is not we shall deal with when it comes.
Apart from the
steps outlined above there is one additional aspect you need to know. I am
aware that I have been criticized for taking too many vacations and being away
from Washington too often. While
I do regard a healthy life style as important, none of you can take five weeks
of vacation and neither should your President, especially in times of war. I
shall, therefore, devote myself henceforth full time to your concerns. This
means also that I shall not engage in fund raising efforts around the country
for my party but I shall remain at my desk in the Oval Office to serve the
needs of all the people of our nation in this crucial and difficult time. As
you well know the needs are many and I have mentioned only some of the most urgent
ones. The doors to the Oval Office shall remain open to all members of
Congress, regardless of political affiliation so that we can jointly arrive at
durable solutions for the numerous problems that beset us.
I cannot guarantee
you success of the plans as outlined above but only my best effort. While I
genuinely regret past mistakes, I would now like to ask for your forgiveness of
these human weaknesses and your help and prayers for the future.
Thank you for your
attention.
A speech of this type would solve
the President’s current dilemma and instantly boost his popularity rating. But
will he do so? I doubt it because from what we have seen so far it does not
appear to conform to his character. Nevertheless, he should be told how average
Americans feel and I shall send this article to the White House as well as some
members of Congress and our major news media. Patriotism should not be equated
with flag waving and “Fuehrer befiehl wir
folgen.” Blind obedience to a leader is not what America
is all about. If we want to preserve our democracy the people need to speak up
when their vital interests are at stake and when they do so the leadership
needs to listen to their concerns and address them in a responsible manner.
Calling war protesters “nutcakes,” as our senior Senator Orrin Hatch did during
the President’s visit to Salt Lake,
will not do. A remark of this type only shows his current mindset and how much
he has yet to learn even about his own constituents. But that would require
reading and answering his mail which he is not in the habit of doing as
mentioned in the previous essay on The Plame Affair.
October 1, 2005
THE DARK SIDE
In the early part of last
month Martha and I went to see Star Wars III which is supposed to wrap up the
series and to explain how a noble Jedi warrior became the evil Darth Vader. The
attraction was actually not only curiosity but also money. We couldn’t resist
the lure of paying only $3 for the both of us when it would have cost us more
than three times that had we gone earlier to the neighborhood Megaplex. These
are the market forces in action. The Megaplex gets the initial run of the
movies and is usually, after the first 3 weeks or so, three quarters empty. A
smaller chain then picks up the same movie and sells the tickets for a flat
rate of $1.50 regardless of age. People learn to wait and the cinema was
packed.
Apart from
the hundreds of flying objects shooting at each other for no ostensible reason
Mr. Lukas did manage to get a lesson across which may, however, not have been
picked up by most people in the audience. For those who have not seen the film
let me summarize the essence. Under the wise and diligent leadership of middle
aged Obi-Wan Kenobi, young Anakin Skywalker grows into an extraordinarily
morally good and physically superb Jedi who will do anything to defend the Republic
from the forces of looming authoritarianism. But after hearing that the woman
he dearly loves will die when she gives birth to his son, Luke Skywalker, he
becomes desperate. The evil Chancellor of the Republic who aspires to Caesarism
seduces Anakin by promising him that if he were to use not only the Force of
light but also that of darkness he could overcome death and his beloved would
live. Although the good and kind Anakin struggles valiantly against this idea,
his love for the woman overcomes his scruples and in the ensuing inner battle
the handsome Jedi loses and turns into the gruesome Darth Vader.
The phrase
that “only by combining the forces of darkness and light can you achieve
complete power” might not have struck me had I not composed a few weeks earlier
a little poem about a water Lilly while spending a weekend morning at our
ponds. It was in German and I shall not
reproduce it here but simply give its content. We admire the beauty of the
white flower among its green leaves but don’t realize that this beauty depends
on the roots which are grounded in the muck. Dry out the mud and the flower
dies. Thus, the forces which literally require darkness for their work to come
to fruition are not to be shunned but are vital. On the other hand if there were no sunshine
the mud would freeze and there would likewise be no flower. Thus it is true
that only the combination of light and dark are essential for life as we know
it and the “dark side” is not to be shunned but patiently and cautiously
explored.
As
mentioned in War & Mayhem it was
Schopenhauer who pointed out our natural inclination to: “dislike thinking of
things that are injurious to our interest, pride, or wishes. How difficult is
the decision to subject them to exact and serious investigation.” Nietzsche
then picked up the thought and wrote: “A genuine Physio-Psychologist has to
fight with unconscious resistances in the heart of the investigator; it goes
against the grain. . . . Wherever one
not only sees, but wants to see hunger, sexual desire and vanity as the
original driving forces of human actions there the lover of insight should
listen to very carefully.” Freud made it his life work but he and his followers
remained stuck in the mud - the libido - and neglected to consider in their therapeutic
efforts the spiritual dimension of the human being.
This
failure was remedied by Viktor Frankl whose 100th birthday is
celebrated this year and whose work I have already mentioned previously (September 1, 2003: “For the Goyim They
Sing”). His method of Logotherapy recognizes the power of instinctual forces
and works towards directing them to a higher meaning in a difficult life
situation. Once the purpose and meaning of that situation has become clear,
life can proceed in a healthy and integrated manner. What made his life and
teaching authentic is that he had survived nearly three years of Nazi
concentration camps without hate or rancor. He was a physician who had devoted
himself to treat the psychiatrically and neurologically ill before deportation
and he returned to these tasks thereafter. Although initially physically
shattered by the effects of his ordeal - which had also cost him his wife,
parents and brother - he overcame all these difficulties and reemerged a
stronger and better person. This might not have come about had he not met, a
year after his return, a young nurse at the Allgemeine
Poliklinik who gave him the unselfish love he was in desperate need of at
the time. They married had children as well as grandchildren and as Frankl
himself put it she had turned him from a homo
patiens - a suffering person - into a homo
amans – a loving person. He died in 1997 at the ripe old age of 92 years.
Although physically frail his spirit had remained undaunted.
Frankl‘s work has found world-wide acclaim but in the United
States it is still eclipsed by Freudian
disciples of various sects. I use the term advisedly because Freudian type of
psychoanalysis is a secular religion which you have to subscribe to lest you
will be cast out. The reason why the names: Sigmund Freud, Simon Wiesenthal and
Eli Wiesel are known to everyone in the U.S. but that of Viktor Frankl to only
relatively few tells us something about our culture which we also ought to face
up to. Wiesenthal’s death and funeral in Vienna
last month gave rise to articles of praise even in The Salt Lake Tribune but Frankl‘s 100th
birthday in March of this year has gone unnoticed by our media.
But let us
return to Star wars III because there is another lesson about the nature of the
dark side. What did the “evil ones” want? The answer is simple: power! Why do
people want power? Because they are afraid of losing something, whatever that
something might be. It might be fear of loss of property, life of a loved one
or ones own, illness, prestige, one’s “good name” and so on. This fear creates
greed and these two evils combined appear to be the driving forces of our
current culture.
“Know Thyself,” said the old Greeks and it’s still the best advice
one can get. But, as mentioned, we don’t want to face our inner demons and when
something goes wrong there is always “the other” who can be blamed. The events of the past month are no
exception. Hurricane Katrina revealed the dark side of America
for all the world to see. We knew of its existence but
didn’t want to face the consequences. The fact that the vast majority of
Katrina’s victims were of African descent makes the “dark side” even literally
true. This led to the inevitable charge of racism, which is, however, again
only an attempt to deflect blame. There was no ill will, just inertia and
incompetence at all levels of government, in addition to the inability to
anticipate as well as well as to cope subsequently with the disaster. Within
less than a week the myth of the “Homeland Security Department” was dispelled
and it had become obvious that the creation of that office was actually a
hindrance rather than help for victims of natural or man-made disasters. FEMA,
the Federal Emergency Administration, had worked infinitely better before the
creation of Mr. Chertoff’s office and the billions of
dollars which have been spent on this useless bureaucracy have been wasted. In
the tradition of government, regardless which party happens to be in control,
it is inevitable that more money will be thrown after bad.
Creating programs with layers over layers of newly created departments is after
all the only way governments know how to deal with self-created problems.
While
racism was not an issue in this disaster this does not mean that negative
attitudes between Blacks – as they referred to themselves in the 1960’s and
1970’s – and Whites don’t exist. It subsequently dawned on the Black leadership
that the word is actually only the English translation of the Spanish word
Negro and they advocated a name change to African-American which is now the
officially sanctioned term. But changing a name does not change an underlying
substantive issue. It is a fact that poverty and concomitant crime are
widespread in this segment of our society and that the Whites’ fear of the
Blacks and vice versa is deeply rooted in the history of this country.
Know
thyself demands that we also face up to this topic and I am aware that I was no
exception to this wide-spread fear. Martha and I used to live from 1958 - 1990
in Lilly white Grosse Pointe but worked in downtown Detroit.
We, therefore, had a front row view of the progressive decay of this city. It
had started with a massive influx of poor blacks from the South into the inner
city. White business owners became nervous and relocated to the suburbs. Lyndon
Johnson’s “Great Society” program exacerbated the problem. When racial
integration of the public school system became the law of the land parents drew
the line. The white population of Detroit
refused to have their children transported by bus from their local
neighborhoods into the inner city and voted with their feet. They moved as far
away as possible into suburbia. The city lost its tax base and the riots of
1967 accelerated the slide into further decay. This is another example of how a
well meant idea which ignores human nature leads to the opposite of the
intended result.
First the
businesses on Kercheval, which was my snow emergency route when Jefferson,
the main east west artery, was clogged, began to be boarded up. The houses were
vacant and yards overgrown with weeds. One morning a few minutes before eight
when I drove by Martin Luther
King High School
on Lafayette Street I noted
that the pupils on the way to school, all black, didn’t have backpacks or
books. It surely surprised me. “Don’t they have any homework?” I wondered.
Decades later our current President asked in his usually mangled syntax: “Is
our children learning?” Unfortunately the only answer we can give him is a
resounding: No! You can throw all the money you want on buildings, computers
and other gadgets but unless children are motivated and forced by parents and
teachers to learn the basics rather than be allowed to engage in frills there
will be no positive results.
There are
two other Detroit vignettes that bear
mention. We used to go with the children downtown to the movies. “Willard” was
the last one we saw there and that dates it to 1971. We had been slightly late
and the theater was already dark when we sat down. After the lights had come
back on and we were beginning to leave we noted with surprise that we were the
only white faces in a sea of black ones. Nobody bothered us but we did feel
uneasy and a sense of not belonging here. I experienced this sensation in spite
of the fact that my nursing staff, for instance, was predominantly black and we
enjoyed excellent working relations. This provided a lesson: we don’t mind
individual relationships with people of different color or backgrounds but we
fear the aggregate – the masses.
The other event occurred two years
later. I had to attend Circuit Court sessions and when I parked the car at a
nearby lot I didn’t believe my eyes. In the shack where a white fellow handed
me my ticket there leaned against one wall a rifle, against another a shotgun
and in the open desk drawer there was a revolver. In amazement I asked him: “Is
this for real?” “Where d‘you think, you are man? You’re in downtown Detroit!”
was the answer. Well, here it is; crude fear and willingness to kill.
In the
meantime Detroit, under a succession
of black mayors, has deteriorated further. It is now at least 80% black and on
my last visit two years ago I noted with dismay that even on Jefferson, in what
used to be nice neighborhoods, many stores are boarded up, others have been
torn down and nature reasserts itself with weeds. Our daughter in law told me
that, when a visitor had come across the river from Windsor,
Canada, and saw these
conditions she asked in amazement: “Has there been a war?” No, not yet; but
with this disparity in living conditions between the city and the suburbs, and
with a populace that is armed to the teeth it is likely to be only a matter of
time before there is a major explosion. This may not be limited to Detroit
but affect many inner cities of our country which have been turned into what
used to be called slums. This is the dark side of America
which we usually don’t show our visitors or on TV.
But let us
not blame the looting we saw in Detroit
and Los Angeles during the riots,
in New York during the blackout,
and now New Orleans, on the black
population of those cities. Iraqis looted Baghdad
and even my dear Viennese looted numerous stores, including that of my mother,
during the few days after the Nazis had left and the Russians had not yet taken
over. Once they were here they also had their share of it but that was
expected. Thus looting and other crimes are bound to take place in any country
anywhere in the world and should be expected to occur whenever there is no
civilian or military police that enforces order. The Nazis knew how to prevent
looting in the aftermath of bombing raids. Looters were shot on sight and that
was a highly effective deterrent. This was easy to do under a regime whose
slogan was: “der Einzelne
ist nichts, das Volk ist alles.”
The individual meant nothing the nation everything.
In America
we tend to adhere to the opposite extreme. Individual lives must either be
saved, or prolonged as the case may be, sometimes even under circumstances that
will never permit the person to become a functional member of society. These
are philosophical differences the merits of which can and will be endlessly
argued. As in all other situations the extreme positions ought to be shunned
and the golden mean of well thought out reason ought to rule. Unfortunately
this is not yet the American way. Nevertheless one ought to work towards it and
instead of attempts at global solutions by Congress; local ones should be
pursued with experimental demonstration programs before they are mandated for
the country.
While these
comments addressed the dark side of our nation they are still only shades of
grey because the real darkness remains for the most part under lock and key in
the deepest recesses of our own individual minds. This is where our ultimate
fears, which are of a very personal nature, reside. For everyday life they can
safely remain there in the otherwise mentally healthy individual. There are
good reasons why we shy away from our innermost fears and when we need to deal
with them it should be done, as mentioned above, carefully. The inner demons,
who reside in all of us, should not be trifled with because once released they
can overwhelm the mind and lead to psychosis. This is also the reason why
Freudian type psychoanalysis can be dangerous for the patient as well as, in
some instances, the psychiatrist.
Who and
what are these demons? There are two ways to approach this question. One is through classic literature and in the
West especially Greek mythology. Here we find all the superhuman and subhuman
creatures the human mind was capable of conceiving. The other is through
biology. Let us deal with mythology first because it provides the forms and
combines the supernatural with the natural.
The ancients knew of the dual
nature of the sacred: its goodness and its horror. The Greek word daimon from which our demon is derived
had several meanings which we regard today as opposites. Among them were:
divine being, guardian spirit, evil spirit, devil, specter, demon, fate, evil,
death. Thus, when Socrates talked about the demon that drove him on he referred
to the inner divinity whose voice he had to obey even at risk of death. This
dual aspect of the holy was preserved in the Latin language in the word sacer. All my professional life was devoted to
understanding the mystery of morbus sacer, the holy illness, which we currently call
epilepsy. Sacer
does stand for: sacred, holy, and consecrated; but also for: accursed, devoted
to destruction. These apparent paradoxes resulted from a view of the world
where people lived in nature and who saw it in its creative as well as
destructive aspect. For them all of nature was not only alive but had inherent
spirits which were given different names. In order to tame the unfavorable
aspects and to express gratitude for the favorable ones various rituals evolved
but there was never any doubt about their divinity because mankind was aware of
its relative weakness over the forces surrounding it.
We deride the naiveté of the Greeks
for anthropomorphizing their gods and attributing to them all the human
emotions we experience and where the only difference was that gods could do
everything we do and more, in addition to having gained immortality. When we
realize, however, that Greek mythology also insisted that gods and men were
derived from the same substance, except that the former came first, then there
is no longer need for derision. When Agamemnon started his prayer on the plain
before Troy with: “Father Zeus who
rulest in Ida” this was not some abstract mental conception like our current “Our
Father who art in heaven.” No, he
regarded himself literally as the great-great- etc. son of Zeus and so did all
the other Greeks. With the triumph of the Jewish religion where fatherhood is
attributed to Abraham we have lost this inherent knowledge. This in turn paved
the way towards a purely materialistic view of the world from which demons are
to be banished by executive fiat. That this did not work is obvious to anyone
who wanders around our world with open eyes.
In regard to biology the principle that
phylogeny repeats ontology is taught in all our schools but the possible
consequences are not considered. It is true that in embryonic life the human
being like all other mammals goes through the phases of ameba, fish, reptile,
monkey and it is tacitly assumed that there is no mentation that accompanies
these various aspects. The fact that we don’t remember it does not necessarily
mean that it did not exist. When I say mentation I obviously don’t mean
“thought” in either visual or verbal form but rather some crude awareness of
comfort, discomfort and later on at birth: pain and fear. Freud spoke of the
“birth trauma” and he may well have been correct. Vaginal birth is no pleasure
for either mother or baby and memories are being laid down. Subsequent early
childhood experiences shape the personality and when unfavorable can have
lasting detrimental effects. This occurs through the establishment of neuronal
circuitry and their conditioning which are unconcious processes. Although
positive experiences usually outweigh the negative ones the latter don’t vanish
they just get filtered out. But filters are not necessarily tight they can be
porous and when the early animal nature of the human being comes to the fore
either as a result of illness, drugs, dreams, or through voluntary dabbling
there can literally be hell to pay. What was inchoate before will now have
shapes and forms that are no pleasure to behold. They need not be the gargoyles
on our churches or the fantastic creatures of Hieronymus Bosch, threatening
appearances in human form suffice. It is the accompanying emotion which counts
which is usually fear and in its extreme stark horror.
This is the realm of our minds
where the “sacred” lives and from where it will reemerge in our final hours as
I have briefly mentioned in the August
26, 2004 issue: “Perception of Reality.” The Tibetan Book of the Dead or its more accurate subtitle The After-Death Experiences on the Bardo
Plane, according to Lama Kazi Dawa-Samdup’s
English Rendering is of great interest in this context. It is of value not
only to the student of esotericism but also to the neuroscientist. Since I
belong professionally to the latter group I shall try to summarize the contents
briefly from a modern Western standpoint. According to Buddhist belief the
deceased, unless he was a highly accomplished Lama, will go through various
stages for a period of 49 days after which rebirth occurs. The purpose of the
book was to explain to the person who had just died all the visions and
accompanying emotions he is going to experience on the Bardo plane which is the state between death and rebirth.
The person is told that immediately
after the last breath has been exhaled he will initially experience the
“Primary Clear Light” of radiant consciousness unencumbered by any form and
accompanied by the sensation of pure bliss. The person is urged to use all his
powers of concentration to remain in this state because this is the ultimate
final liberation. Although this boon is potentially available to all of us we lack
this power to concentrate laser-like, one-pointedly and begin our way through
the Bardo. During the first seven
days “peaceful deities” are encountered but with each image the deceased is
admonished to disregard them and instead concentrate on the light. The person
is told over and over again that these images have no reality by themselves but
are merely emanations of ones personal consciousness.
If the person is unable to do so,
because of lack of concentration on the task, the next seven days will be filled
with the appearance of the “wrathful deities.”
While the “peaceful deities” are accompanied by a subjective feeling of
comfort and pleasure, the wrathful ones provoke fear and terror. But again, and
this is the key element for our discussion, the deceased is earnestly entreated
by his guru: “Oh nobly- born fear not, flee not, be not awed, know it to be the
embodiment of thine own intellect.” If the person is able to do so liberation
will be achieved. With each passing day the visions and accompanying physically
painful as well as mentally terrifying subjective sensations will increase but
if the person is able to recognize them merely as products of his own mind he
can still attain liberation.
Inasmuch as this recognition
requires intense mental training while the person was alive most individuals
are unable to do so and continue to wander on for the rest of the 49 days
towards rebirth. Nevertheless even at this late stage liberation is still
possible through intense concentration on the words of the guru. If that fails
a rebirth which allows the individual to grow towards the goal that has been
missed during the previous life is to be looked for. Human life is regarded as
a great privilege (therefore the guru’s address: “Oh nobly-born”) because it is
the only way for the intellect and spirit to grow and that is what our purpose
on this planet should be.
This is neither the time nor the
place to engage in the scientific pros and cons of the events as outlined
above. Suffice it to say that from the neurologic point of view the insistence,
that these phenomena are the workings of one’s own mind rather than due to
outside occurrences, is eminently sound. When we furthermore condense the 49
days into 49 or so seconds we might even arrive at a scientific basis. During
my days in training at Vienna’s Neuro-Psychiatric
University Hospital
I had come across a book which mentioned a rather macabre experiment that had
been carried out during the French revolution when the guillotine was working
overtime. Someone had measured how long the severed head’s eyes would roll to
the side from which its name was called. As I recall it was about 38 seconds
which seems reasonable from all we know about cerebral functions. What went on
in this person’s mind during those seconds is, of course, anybody’s guess but
it reinforces the Hindu-Buddhist idea that there is nothing more important in
our life than our last conscious thought.
This brings us back to the question
that was posed earlier. How did the noble Anakin Skywalker become the evil
Darth Vader? He wanted to harness the powers of the dark side to do good; but he wanted power over the fate of others rather
than his own. That is not given to the human being and as religion tells us
even Satan can’t give life on his own, he needs our free will to cooperate and
subsequently merely uses us as tools for his pleasure. Thus the question is:
what do we want the power we are seeking for? If it is to bend others to our
will then the best advice is to abstain from the attempt because the outcome is
not in our hands. On the other hand if power, even from “the dark side,” is
sought to understand our place in this universe we can do so, but carefully! We
will be confronted by terror, especially in our dreams. Under these
circumstances we need another human being whom we can trust implicitly and with
whom we can discuss what is happening. In everyday life it would be best if
this were our marital partner who has no other vested interest than our
well-being. Under these circumstances the need to exercise power over others
will disappear and both partners will grow intellectually as well as
spiritually.
November 1, 2005
TUTANKHAMEN’S CT SCANS
In July of this year I mentioned
that I would discuss Tutankhamen’s CT scans in the next Hot Issues article but
I had to admit in August that Tom Friedman’s theory of the “Flat earth,” i.e.
unlimited instant access to information, applies only to some privileged people
rather than to most of the rest of us. Since I was unable to fulfill my promise
in August I wrote instead “The Plame Affair,” which has now become grist for
the mills of the mainstream media and TV pundits. I also mentioned in August
that I shall discuss the CT scans either when more definitive information has
become available or “it has become obvious that further waiting is fruitless.” This
is now the case. Although the drama which is currently unfolding in Washington
would deserve discussion this can wait until December.
In “The Saga of Tutankhamen’s Skull
X-Rays” (October 17, 2002) I presented in considerable detail the difficulties
we had encountered in obtaining a copy of the X-rays that had been taken in
1968 by a team from the University of Liverpool under the leadership of the
late Professor Harrison. The reason why I had persevered over a long period of
time was because the X-rays were purported to have shown a skull fracture
and/or subdural hematoma (blood clot on the brain). This in turn had given rise
to a widely reported theory that the pharaoh had been murdered by a blow to the
head.
After having had an opportunity to
study the actual X-rays, rather than photographs, upon which a book which
endorsed the murder theory had been written, my colleagues and I concluded that
the X-rays were normal, apart from post-mortem artifacts introduced by the
ancient embalmers as well as by the Carter-Derry autopsy in 1925. These
conclusions were published in The
American Journal of Neuroradiology in the June/July 2003 issue and this was
the first time that an assessment of these radiographs had been presented to
the medical community. Previous publications by Dr. Harrison had addressed
themselves to the general public or archeologists.
Although skull X-rays can
demonstrate bony changes they cannot determine possible soft tissue damage
which might be apparent on a CT scan. When I learned that Professor Griggs of Brigham
Young University
in nearby Provo had a license from
the Egyptian authorities not only to perform archeological excavations but also
DNA analyses on mummies with his colleague Professor Scott Woodward, I visited
with them. I was told that they had not only obtained samples from a large
grave site at El - Faiyum but they
had also been able to obtain some from royal mummies in the Cairo
museum in order to establish possible lineages within members of the XVIIIth
dynasty and they planned to examine Tutankhamen. I suggested immediately that when
the sarcophagus is opened for that purpose we ought to also obtain a CT scan to
settle the head injury question once and for all. This suggestion was well
received and I was asked to write a proposal to that effect because funding and
permissions would have to be obtained. I prepared a document that outlined the
need for the investigation as well as potential funding sources and submitted it
to Dr. Griggs on 0ctober 3, 1996. There was no reply but since the
archeological season in Egypt
is limited to the winter months he may have already been in Egypt
on other excavations. Nevertheless, the hope remained that we might get
something done for the next season. But although I kept calling Dr. Griggs over
the next few years on a regular basis nothing came of the attempt because there
were either other priorities or some hurdles from the Egyptian authorities.
Nevertheless, I was assured that the project was not dead it would just take a
little longer than what had been hoped for. After a while phone calls were no
longer returned and I issued a mental death certificate for it.
Then in the fall of 2001 the events
which are documented in the “Saga” took place and as mentioned the scientific
paper was published in 2003. At that point I thought I was done with Tut because
I felt that the political conditions in Egypt
simply were not conducive to good scientific work, especially since a scan
would have to be obtained at the tomb in the Valley of the Kings
because a transport to Cairo seemed
unrealistic. But January of this year brought to my great surprise the news
that a CT scan had been performed on the pharaoh’s mutilated remains under the
auspices of the Secretary General of Egypt’s
Supreme Council for Antiquities Dr. Zahi Hawass.
The early reports indicated that the
project had been funded by the National Geographic Society and Siemens of
Germany had made the scanner available, but as Dr. Hawass kept re-iterating the
actual work of data gathering and initial interpretation was all done by
Egyptians and only Egyptians. On March
8, 2005 there appeared the official Press Release where the world
was told that the scientific team, headed by Dr. Zahi Hawass, had reviewed over
17,000 images and that it had included radiologists, pathologists and
anatomists under the oversight of Dr. Madiha Khattab, Dean of Medicine at Cairo
University. Important aspects of
the report were that the team found no evidence to support a murder theory; the
king was about 19 years old at time of death; of slender stature about five and
a half feet tall; well nourished and in good general health. The slight
curvature of the spine that had been noted in Harrison’s
X-ray was within normal limits and had probably resulted from positioning at
the time of embalming. The missing sternum (breastbone) was probably the result
of Carter-Derry’s removal of the famous mask which had be firmly glued to the
body, rather than having resulted from a crushing injury to the chest as had
been posited by Dennis Forbes in 1992. The only disagreement among the
scientists was the nature of a fracture of the lower end of the left femur
(thighbone). Some regarded it as a wound that had occurred during life and
might have been a cause of death because open fractures would lead to infection
and blood poisoning which was untreatable in those days. Others felt that the
fracture was another post-mortem event and the question was not resolved.
So far so good but as usual the
devil is in the details and these already appear on the first page of the
report.
“Lead radiologist Dr. Marvat Shafik
and the rest of the team requested that three international experts, two from Italy
and one from Switzerland,
be permitted to review the images. ‘We need our opinion to be international,
since people all over the world are waiting for the results of this important
scan,’ said Dr. Shafik,”
But Dr. Hawass did not seem to be
enthused about international cooperation because the report goes on to state:
“Dr. Hawass also said: ‘The
Egyptian team worked on the images for two months. The foreign team came for
several days at the end to review the work of the Egyptian team. The foreign
consultants confirmed the results of the Egyptian team, and joined us to make
the announcement internationally. All of us are proud to announce these
findings, the first CT examination
of a securely identified royal mummy from ancient Egypt.
I believe these results will close
the case of Tutankhamun, and the king will not need to be examined again. We
should now leave him at rest. I am proud that this work was done, and done well,
by a completely Egyptian team.”
When we strip away exalted language
one gains the impression that the Europeans were not regarded by Dr. Hawass as
full partners in the assessment of the data but they may have been expected to
merely rubber stamp the findings of their Egyptian colleagues.
Inasmuch as Dr. Boyer and I had a
long standing interest in actually examining the CT scans rather than merely
taking somebody else’s word as to what they do or do not show a new chapter in
the Saga began. My main problem was that the report had not addressed itself to
two aspects of Derry’s findings. One was the nature of
the “rounded depression, which has slightly raised edges, the skin filling it,
resembling a scab” on the left check and the other the “pronounced bulging of
the left side of the occiput [back of the head].” In addition there was, of
course, the unresolved question of the possible left femur fracture.
The press release did provide the
names but not the addresses of the members of the Egyptian as well as European
team. There were 3 radiologists on the Egyptian team and 1 on the European. The
latter was Dr. Paul Gostner from Bolzano
Italy. But
every Austrian knows that Bolzano
used to be called Bozen, was the capital city of South Tyrol
and our esteemed President Wilson had handed the entire province to the
Italians after WWI. Self- determination of nations, as proclaimed in his 14
points, had its limits when it came to the vanquished ones. The Austrians of
South Tyrol were abandoned to the Italians and those of the Sudetenland
to the Czechs. Wilson’s motive was
to get his League of Nations approved by the Brits,
French and Italians regardless of the cost to actual people who suddenly lost
their homeland. This tit for tat was also part of the cause for WWII. There
were obviously bad feelings for some time between Austrians and Italians on
that score but these were overcome in subsequent decades and amiable
relationships exist now between the two countries.
At any rate, I felt a sudden sense of
kinship and the potential to get more information about the scans. I did not
have Dr. Gostner’s e-mail address but most of us have scientific articles to
our names and PubMed is one of the best examples of our tax dollars at work. It
is available to the general public and comes up immediately on search engines. Thereafter
one needs only the last name and the initial of the author and all the papers
arrive within milliseconds. The first paper on the list was authored by Dr W.
Murphy from Houston Texas
with the title: “The Iceman: Discovery and Imaging” and was published in Radiology in 2003. The abstract also had
Dr. Murphy’s e-mail address and he was kind enough to immediately supply me
with that of Dr. Gostner which led to a very fruitful correspondence. He told
me that he had read our report in the AJNR before going to Egypt
and it was fully vindicated by the CT results. A scientific publication of
their findings was planned but it needed the cooperation of the Egyptians which
was slow in forthcoming, and that he would be happy to collaborate with us in
any further data evaluation.
This took place at the end of June
and since Europeans have the good sense to get out of their hot cities during
the summer we postponed further discussions until the fall. In the meantime I thought
that since National Geographic had put up the money, and as a long time member
I had partially paid for that scan too, they should be able to put me in touch
with the Egyptians so that one might be able to expedite the situation
somewhat. I sent off an e-mail to the Magazine requesting the address of A.R.
Williams who had written “The New Face of King Tut His Life and Death” for the
June issue. Back came four pages of “Thank you for contacting the National
Geographic society …” and this was followed by links to frequently asked
questions which obviously were not related to my problem. But the message also
mentioned that questions which do not appear on the form would be answered
within two weeks. Lo and behold a week later the assistant to Ms Williams wrote
back stating that “The Society and Siemens have an explicit agreement with the
Supreme Council of Antiquities that the CT data is theirs to use as they see
fit. Thus all we can suggest is that you take your case directly to Dr. Hawass
and the SCA.” She then provided the contact information and an e-mail address.
This was on July 21 and the following day I wrote to Dr. Hawass explaining why
we would like to see the scans and offered any help in publication of the data,
that he might desire. The message did not come back as undeliverable but there
was no reply.
As a sailor I took another tack and
tried to establish contact with one of the Egyptian radiologists who had worked
on the scans. Dr. Essam Ismail, an Egyptian radiologist who currently works in Kuwait,
was very helpful in establishing contact with Dr. Ashraf Selim, Professor of
Radiology at Cairo University,
who was a member of the examining team. Dr. Selim wrote a very pleasant letter
back stating that he had also read our paper agreed with its conclusions and
“I'd love to communicate and share our knowledge.”
When I replied I mentioned not only
the reasons why we would be interested in seeing the scans but also that it
might have been useful to obtain DNA samples at the time of the scanning. Dr. Selim agreed that:
“DNA tests would have been definitely useful
for answering many questions but unfortunately we work under the supreme
council of antiquities who rejected this idea. . . . . Regarding the
issue of sending some of the CT pictures to you I personally agree
but I have to take the approval of Dr. Hawass first according to the
protocol of confidentiality that we signed with him before taking any further
steps.”
Since this still looked promising I
replied that “May be I could write to Dr. Hawass personally, if you think it
were to be useful.” The answer came back
immediately:
“Dear Dr. Rodin:
I really don’t think it's necessary now, let me contact him first and then we
decide what to do, regards.”
Well, it
doesn’t take much imagination to ascertain what happened here. The abrupt
change in tone clearly suggests that word came down from the top: “don’t get
involved with foreigners.” This
impression was confirmed in the subsequent correspondence with Dr. Gostner.
Earlier last month he told me that he and his two other colleagues had
repeatedly tried to continue the collaboration with the Egyptian scientists in
order to proceed with a publication but their efforts were thwarted. He also
told me that Dr. Frank Ruehli of Switzerland
(Anatomist and Paleopathologist, Zurich
University, and member of the
evaluation team) had suggested a presentation at the Anthropology Congress in
March 2006 and had sent a preliminary abstract for approval to Egypt.
After some delay he received this response from Dr. Hawass: “as a matter of
fact we can not make a kind of lecture in conference now. I am waiting to read
the first report of the two parties.” As Dr. Gostner mentioned to me it is
quite unclear what Dr. Hawass meant by this statement but it is apparent that a
publication or presentation is not in the immediate offing. All of us who have
submitted abstracts to national and international meetings know that there are
deadlines for when abstracts have to be received by the organizing committee
and these are usually at least six if not nine months prior to the meeting.
Thus any delay jeopardizes acceptance.
We have, therefore a situation that
is not readily understandable on scientific grounds. The European and the
Egyptian scientists are eager to collaborate further but apparently a political
decision has been reached to prevent this from coming to pass in the near
future. Dr. Hawass has currently the exclusive rights to the scans and for
reasons only known to him he apparently refuses to allow further studies. I
believe this attitude to be ill advised and would like him to reconsider his
stance.
Dr Hawass
has said in a recent speech that Tutankhamen “belongs to the world,” which is
true. Although everyone agrees that the artifacts found in the tomb as well as
the mummy belong to Egypt
this should not be extended to scientific data derived from them. The
scientific community is international and true scientists have only one goal,
which is to extract the maximum information from a given set of data. This is
why we have international societies for our various specialties and
international meetings where we can discuss in public as well as in private the
data we are most interested in.
Since I am
writing for the general public let me now explain why this international
collaboration is so vital. Let us be honest with each other; even if Dr. Hawass
were to give the Egyptian members of the team authority to publish a paper on
their own it would run into resistance from peer reviewers, if it were to be
submitted to a reputable international journal. They would immediately ask why
the European members of the team were not included and to what extent they
agreed with the conclusions that were expressed.
There is a further point. When one
has 17,000 pictures to review it is difficult if not impossible to do justice
to the data within a few days and that is all the time the members of the
European team had at their disposal. Furthermore, even in everyday clinical
practice we require a referral slip for a given examination. This may be for a
CT scan, an MRI or as in my case EEG/MEG which tells us what area we should pay
closest attention to. Digital technology has the tremendous advantage that the
data are stored as megabytes or gigabytes and these can be examined at leisure
from various points of view. Whenever I am not writing for general publication
I do just that with electrical and/or magnetic brain activity which was in part
collected several years ago. New observations are made with improved data
analysis programs and published. They can then point the way for better data
assessment in the future. But this takes time which overburdened clinicians
usually don’t have. On the other hand those of us who have reached retirement
age do have the time, know how and interest and are happy to pursue these
investigations for everybody’s benefit.
This brings
me back to Dr. Gostner and the iceman because it is an excellent example why
international collaboration is so vital. Oetzi, as he is affectionately called
because he was found in the Oetztaler Alps, was discovered in 1991 and has been
extensively investigated first by an Austrian and subsequently an Italian team.
Since there are no border guards on a glacier it was initially assumed that the
body was still on the Austrian side and it was taken to Innsbruck, but when it
was finally determined that that part of the glacier was already on the Italian
side of the border he was removed to Bolzano where he now resides in a special
museum. Although the Austrians did perform a CT scan no definitive cause of
death could be established. Since some of the ribs were “distorted” as if they
might have been fractured it was hypothesized that the man might have been
attacked, for some reason or another, escaped to higher altitudes and then
froze to death. A replica of his face, similar to that of Tutankhamen, was made
and the matter rested.
But Dr.
Peter Vanezis a forensic pathologist of Bolzano
did not. He was not happy with what had been called the “disaster theory” and
found that the body had not always lain in the position it was found. The ice
had apparently melted to some extent at some time and the body moved to a
slightly different location. When the water froze again the chest was partially
crushed which accounted for the deformed ribs. Thus, the disaster theory had to
be revisited and the cause of death was again undetermined. With this question
hanging in the air Dr. Eduard Ergarter Vigl, the curator of the mummy in Bolzano,
decided in June of 2001 it was time for another X-ray. This was done and the
films were given to Dr. Gostner, head of Radiology at Bolzano
General Hospital,
for evaluation. As soon as Dr. Gostner saw the chest X-ray he noted a foreign
body near the left shoulder. On close examination it was determined to have
been an arrow head and, therefore, a likely cause of death.
For the
Austrians this was major embarrassment. They had previously had the body for
several years, had performed a CT scan and had missed detecting that metal
fragment. Professor Horst Seidler from the University
of Vienna stated in a BBC interview:
“that has been the shock of my life.” Why had they overlooked the arrowhead in
the CT scan? Well, sometimes you can have too much information and the
proverbial needle in the haystack doesn’t jump out. When Dr. Wolfgang Recheis
loaded up the scans again on his work station in Innsbruck now knowing where to
look the object not only showed up clear as daylight but with further study and
newer data analysis tools the arrowhead could be completely reconstructed. This
is a perfect example for international cooperation how to get at the bottom of
a scientific problem. Oetzi had been shot in the left shoulder, escaped from
his pursuers to higher ground, pulled out the arrow, which was found in the
general vicinity, died of his wounds and the body froze.
Let us now
return to our Pharaoh and what should be done. The most obvious immediate
action should be to make the CT scans available to the European team so that a
preliminary scientific report on the data can be presented. There are so much
data on hand that the scans should subsequently be made available to qualified
specialists around the world upon their request. Different scientists have
different areas of interest and a series of papers, including a monograph,
could be published. This can readily be done and requires only the “go ahead”
from Dr. Hawass.
But a CT
scan can also give only a partial picture and more information might have been
obtained had a DNA sample been taken which opens another chapter of this Saga. In
response to Ms William’s report Ann Marie Ackermann of Boenningheim,
Germany wrote a Letter to
the Editor of National Geographic: “Although your article on King Tut was
fascinating, it contained an omission. Were any DNA samples taken and, if not,
why not?” The answer from the magazine was: “It is the policy of Egypt’s
Supreme Council of Antiquities not to do DNA testing on mummies. Some experts
believe such tests are not yet accurate enough for ancient remains and would
only open the door for speculation.
Although this is true it is not the
whole answer. Drs. Griggs and Woodward had, as mentioned above, obtained
samples even from pharaohs during the 1990s but for reasons beyond their
control never did get the go ahead to obtain samples from Tutankhamen. Furthermore,
when I reviewed Internet data for this article I found to my surprise that Carolyn
Hawley had reported from Cairo for
BBC News on November 11, 2000:
“Tutankhamun to undergo DNA tests.” The article stated in part
“A Japanese team, working with
local experts, will conduct DNA tests on Tutankhamun’s mummy, which has lain
undisturbed in its tomb in Luxor [sic] since it was last X-rayed in 1969 [sic].
The results will be compared with
tests on the mummy of the man thought to be his grandfather, Amenhotep III, now
in the Egyptian museum.
But mummy expert, Nasry Iskander,
cautions that DNA analysis on ancient remains is still a hit-and-miss affair
and that Tutankhamun’s mummy may be in too poor a shape to yield conclusive
answers.”
CNN.com reported on December 5, 2000 that a team of
Japanese experts was expected to arrive in Egypt
“this week” to obtain DNA samples. We don’t know at this time what happened but
apparently Dr. Iskander was overruled and the Japanese never got their samples.
This is a
very unfortunate situation. It is true that lineage may be difficult to
ascertain and that there are considerable technical problems. The difficulties
in regard to lineage are compounded in the case of royal mummies because, apart
from Tutankhamen, all have been removed from their tombs in antiquity and one
is working on bodies whose precise identity may be in doubt. This also applies to
the mummy of Amenhotep III. But lineage, important as it may be, is not the
only reason why an adequate DNA sample should have been obtained as mentioned
in my correspondence with Dr. Selim. The cause of the pharaoh’s death is
unknown and the skeletonized dismembered remains may not yield full answers in
regard to the cause of death but the viscera might provide additional
information. They were found by Carter in canopic jars in the tomb and
transported to Cairo at that time.
They ought to reside somewhere in the Cairo
museum. I am saying “ought” and “somewhere” because a physician, Dr. Bucaille,
who wrote a book for the general public in which he severely criticized
Carter’s handling of the mummy, stated that he could not find the canopic jars
in the museum. Thus even if someone were to look into the various nooks and
crannies of this vast building and were to find canopic jar contents labeled “Tutankhamun”
one would never know for sure whether these labels were indeed correct. If we
had DNA from the mummy, the contents of the jars might be properly identified
and one might be one step further in unraveling the mystery that surrounds the
young king’s unexpected death. Dr Hawass has been quoted in an interview on March 8, 2005 (MSNBC.com) as having
told the Associated Press: “I have two theories – that he may have died from
natural causes or that he was poisoned. We are going to look at the viscera to
see if his organs show any signs, but it is virtually impossible to prove how
he died.” I agree with the last part of
the last sentence but how is Dr. Hawass going to establish for certain, without
DNA confirmation, that the viscera really belonged to Tutankhamen?
Thus the
Saga continues. The last word has not been spoken with the Press Release and it
behooves us to find a way that allows proper scientific research of at least
the CT scans to proceed. But it is not only the fate of the CT scan that is at
stake. If Dr. Hawass were to insist that he has the right to control all
scientific publications resulting from excavations in Egypt
the entire field of Egyptology is in peril. This is why I wrote this article
and why I shall give it wide circulation. Inasmuch as I could not get a private
reply from Dr. Hawass I am now writing to him in public.
Dear Dr. Hawass
During the
past months I have made several attempts to contact you through private
channels but my efforts were unsuccessful. Since the topic is vital for the
current state of Egyptology I feel obliged to write to you in this forum. It
seems that the scientists who have evaluated the CT scans of Tutankhamen are
currently prevented from publishing their findings in the scientific
literature. I do not know the reason, but I do know that they are seriously
interested in doing so because Press Releases cannot do justice to the many
questions that are still unanswered.
As a first step I would like to
request that you make the entire set of scans available to all members of the
scientific team. This should be done electronically so that the scientists from
the different disciplines can independently investigate these scans at their
leisure rather than in a hurried manner. They can then discuss their agreements
and disagreements among themselves, arrive at sustainable conclusions and
publish the data. Thereafter a Symposium could be arranged at an appropriate
International Congress where the scientific community at large is given an
opportunity to see the data and review the conclusions derived from them. You
might want to give the keynote address at that Symposium. This is how science
proceeds in all other areas and the CT scan data should not be an exception. At
present the scans are of no benefit to anyone including you because they
require specialized expertise for further evaluation.
You have
recently received from the American University
in Cairo an Honorary Degree of
“Doctor of Humane Letters” and I appeal to you to regard this not only as an
honor but also as an obligation. You cannot shut out the international
scientific community because you depend on it for your future work. By not
releasing the scans you are not only hurting the scientific community at large
but also and especially your Egyptian co-workers who have spent a great deal of
time on evaluating the scans and have a right to see their results published.
Furthermore, without the help from the U.S.
and Germany the
scans would never have materialized in the first place. While pride in the
achievements of one’s country is thoroughly understandable it should not turn
into chauvinism because this has always led to disaster.
You have mentioned repeatedly that
you have enemies and that the forces of Seth are arraigned against you. This
may well be so but please feel assured that the scientific community is not
your enemy but is only interested in a search for the truth, regardless where
it ultimately may lead to. I would, therefore, like to urge you not to provide
those with whom you have differences with more food for animosity; which
secrecy surely breeds.
Those of us who love and respect
the magnificent culture your ancestors have given to the world would be
severely disappointed if this tradition of sharing, which has characterized
them in the ancient world were to be abandoned now. I, therefore, urgently
request that you reconsider your decision and follow the suggestions made above.
In American parlance this is a “win-win” situation where nobody loses and everybody
gains.
Sincerely yours,
Ernst Rodin MD
December 1, 2005
ALBERT WOHLSTETTER’S DISCIPLES
The purpose of these essays is
to elucidate the behind the scenes maneuverings which shape current political
events; or in other words, to present information that anticipates what are
likely to become the headlines of the future. The title of the current one was
prompted by a cryptic remark in a “Dear Judy” letter that was sent by I. Lewis
“Scooter” Libby to the New York Times reporter
Judith Miller who sat in jail for refusing to divulge the name of her source in
the Valerie Plame “outing.” The letter expressed surprise that she had not
taken him up on his earlier offer to waive his right to confidentiality and
ended with,
“You went into jail in the summer.
It is fall now. You will have stories to cover – Iraqi elections and suicide
bombings, biological threats and the Iranian nuclear program. Out West, where you vacation, the aspens
will already be turning. They turn in clusters because their roots connect them
[italics added]. Come back to work – and life. Until then, you will remain
in my thoughts and prayers.
With admiration, Scooter Libby.”
Judy Miller
took the advice and named Scooter as her source. He was indicted by Patrick
Fitzgerald’s grand jury and she thought that she would be welcomed with open
arms by her newspaper for having defended the freedom of the press. This hope
didn’t last long because it had become apparent that she had simply used the New York Times as a mouthpiece for the
administration in its justification for the Iraq
invasion. The Editor-in- Chief did not take kindly to this abuse of her
credentials and she was suspended from her job. The Times had been confronted with other shills in the recent past and
wanted to regain its image of respectability. Thus “Scooter’s” enigmatic words
were indeed prophetic and the connected roots are gradually being recognized.
This is why
the American public has to get to know Professor Wohlstetter and his little
band of devout followers. His biography reveals an illustrious career.
Wikipedia (free on line encyclopedia) states that he was:
“One of the world's leading nuclear
and national security strategists. His studies led to the
"second-strike" and "Fail-Safe" concepts for deterring
nuclear war. These and other methods reduced the probability of accidental war.
Wohlstetter was affiliated with institutions such as the European-American
Institute, the Hoover Institution, and PAN Heuristics Services. He received the
Medal of Freedom for his contributions toward national security. He earned
degrees from Columbia University
and later taught at UCLA and UC Berkeley and then for many years at the University
of Chicago’s Political Science
Department. It was in this capacity that
he became the inspiration for a number of students who subsequently rose to
prominence in the Reagan and the current Bush administration [italics
added].”
In an obituary on January 16, 1997 his friend Jude
Wanniski wrote:
“Albert never had a serious
challenger at the top of the intellectual pyramid, right up until the end of
the Cold War. He remained unknown, except to the inner circles of power in our
country, because he saw no need to become a public man when his function was to
design the grand strategy that would bring military victory over the Soviet
Union without a nuclear shot having to be fired. . . . For all practical
purposes every editorial on America’s
geopolitical strategy that appeared in The
Wall Street Journal during the last 25 years was the result of Albert’s
genius. If Henry Kissinger was the leading leader of the ‘dove team’ in foreign
policy over much of this period, stressing diplomatic stratagems, Wohlstetter
was the undisputed leader of the ‘hawk
team,’ which stressed military moves of breathtaking creativity and
imagination. . . . . President Reagan’s ‘end game’ with Moscow in the Cold War,
replete with ‘Star Wars’ initiatives and the idea of targeting Soviet missile
silos with inexpensive ‘smart bombs’ that were chemical, not nuclear, were all
advanced as part of the bag of tricks Albert and Roberta [his surviving wife,
historian, and co-recipient of the Medal of Freedom] brought to the table.”
Wanniski listed as some of the
people who were most influenced by Wohlstetter not only Richard Perle, Paul
Wolfowitz, Senators Henry “Scoop” Jackson and Robert Dole but also Margaret
Thatcher. Well, that was eight years ago. Today the senators and Maggie are in
retirement but among others of Wohlstetter’s admirers the unlikely name of
Ahmad Chalabi would have to be included.
I now intend to piece together,
from a large group of diverse Internet articles as well as the book Pretext for War by James Bamford, how a
coalition of devoted Jewish Zionists and a secular Arab Shiite managed to
recruit not only our government, but also the media for their purposes. This
“cabal,” as they “mockingly” called themselves, according to The New Yorker article by Seymour Hersh
(May12, 2003) has led us into Iraq
and now intends to reshape the rest of the Middle East
in their image with “Wohlstetterian” methods.
When the Cold War ended and the
rest of the world breathed a sigh of relief the neocons found themselves not
only out of power but also bereft of a target to which they could apply their
belief system. But since the membership of that unofficial group is composed of
people who |